Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa

Vinayapiṭake

Pācittiyapāḷi

5. Pācittiyakaṇḍaṃ

1. Musāvādavaggo

1. Musāvādasikkhāpadaṃ

Ime kho panāyasmanto dvenavuti pācittiyā

Dhammā uddesaṃ āgacchanti.

1. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena hatthako sakyaputto vādakkhitto hoti. So titthiyehi saddhiṃ sallapanto avajānitvā paṭijānāti, paṭijānitvā avajānāti, aññenaññaṃ paṭicarati, sampajānamusā bhāsati, saṅketaṃ katvā visaṃvādeti. Titthiyā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma hatthako sakyaputto amhehi saddhiṃ sallapanto avajānitvā paṭijānissati, paṭijānitvā avajānissati, aññenaññaṃ paṭicarissati, sampajānamusā bhāsissati, saṅketaṃ katvā visaṃvādessatī’’ti!

Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ titthiyānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Atha kho te bhikkhū yena hatthako sakyaputto tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā hatthakaṃ sakyaputtaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, āvuso hatthaka, titthiyehi saddhiṃ sallapanto avajānitvā paṭijānāsi, paṭijānitvā avajānāsi, aññenaññaṃ paṭicarasi, sampajānamusā bhāsasi, saṅketaṃ katvā visaṃvādesī’’ti? ‘‘Ete kho, āvuso, titthiyā nāma yena kenaci jetabbā; neva tesaṃ jayo dātabbo’’ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma hatthako sakyaputto titthiyehi saddhiṃ sallapanto avajānitvā paṭijānissati, paṭijānitvā avajānissati, aññenaññaṃ paṭicarissati, sampajānamusā bhāsissati, saṅketaṃ katvā visaṃvādessatī’’ti!

Atha kho te bhikkhū hatthakaṃ sakyaputtaṃ anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sannipātāpetvā hatthakaṃ sakyaputtaṃ paṭipucchi – ‘‘saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, hatthaka, titthiyehi saddhiṃ sallapanto avajānitvā paṭijānāsi, paṭijānitvā avajānāsi, aññenaññaṃ paṭicarasi, sampajānamusā bhāsasi, saṅketaṃ katvā visaṃvādesī’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, titthiyehi saddhiṃ sallapanto avajānitvā paṭijānissasi, paṭijānitvā avajānissasi, aññenaññaṃ paṭicarissasi, sampajānamusā bhāsissasi, saṅketaṃ katvā visaṃvādessasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

2.‘‘Sampajānamusāvāde pācittiya’’nti.

3.Sampajānamusāvādo nāma visaṃvādanapurekkhārassa vācā, girā, byappatho, vacībhedo, vācasikā viññatti, aṭṭha anariyavohārā – adiṭṭhaṃ diṭṭhaṃ meti, assutaṃ sutaṃ meti, amutaṃ mutaṃ meti, aviññātaṃ viññātaṃ meti, diṭṭhaṃ adiṭṭhaṃ meti, sutaṃ assutaṃ meti , mutaṃ amutaṃ meti, viññātaṃ aviññātaṃ meti.

Adiṭṭhaṃ nāma na cakkhunā diṭṭhaṃ. Assutaṃ nāma na sotena sutaṃ. Amutaṃ nāma na ghānena ghāyitaṃ, na jivhāya sāyitaṃ, na kāyena phuṭṭhaṃ. Aviññātaṃ nāma na manasā viññātaṃ. Diṭṭhaṃ nāma cakkhunā diṭṭhaṃ. Sutaṃ nāma sotena sutaṃ. Mutaṃ nāma ghānena ghāyitaṃ, jivhāya sāyitaṃ, kāyena phuṭṭhaṃ. Viññātaṃ nāma manasā viññātaṃ.



礼敬世尊、阿罗汉、正等正觉者
律藏
波逸提
波逸提品
妄语品
妄语学处
诸大德，这九十二条波逸提法来诵。
那时，佛世尊住在舍卫城（现今印度北方邦斯拉瓦斯蒂）祇树给孤独园。当时，释迦族子哈塔卡好辩论。他与外道交谈时，否认后承认，承认后否认，以此遮掩彼，故意说妄语，约定后欺骗。外道们抱怨、批评、指责说："为什么释迦族子哈塔卡与我们交谈时，否认后承认，承认后否认，以此遮掩彼，故意说妄语，约定后欺骗呢？"
比丘们听到那些外道抱怨、批评、指责。于是那些比丘走近释迦族子哈塔卡，走近后对释迦族子哈塔卡如此说："朋友哈塔卡，据说你与外道交谈时，否认后承认，承认后否认，以此遮掩彼，故意说妄语，约定后欺骗，这是真的吗？""朋友们，这些外道应该用任何方法打败；不应该给他们胜利。"那些少欲的比丘们抱怨、批评、指责说："为什么释迦族子哈塔卡与外道交谈时，否认后承认，承认后否认，以此遮掩彼，故意说妄语，约定后欺骗呢？"
于是那些比丘以种种方式呵责释迦族子哈塔卡后，将此事告诉世尊。然后世尊因此缘由、因此事件召集比丘僧团，询问释迦族子哈塔卡："哈塔卡，据说你与外道交谈时，否认后承认，承认后否认，以此遮掩彼，故意说妄语，约定后欺骗，这是真的吗？""是的，世尊。"佛世尊呵责道："愚人，为什么你与外道交谈时，否认后承认，承认后否认，以此遮掩彼，故意说妄语，约定后欺骗呢？愚人，这不能令不信者生信......"如是，诸比丘，你们应当诵此学处：
2."故意妄语者，波逸提。"
3.故意妄语即是为了欺骗而说的话语、言辞、表达、言说、言语表示，八种非圣言说 - 未见言见，未闻言闻，未觉言觉，未知言知，见言未见，闻言未闻，觉言未觉，知言未知。
未见即未以眼见。未闻即未以耳闻。未觉即未以鼻嗅，未以舌尝，未以身触。未知即未以意知。见即以眼见。闻即以耳闻。觉即以鼻嗅，以舌尝，以身触。知即以意知。

4. Tīhākārehi ‘‘adiṭṭhaṃ diṭṭhaṃ me’’ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa – pubbevassa hoti ‘‘musā bhaṇissa’’nti, bhaṇantassa hoti ‘‘musā bhaṇāmī’’ti, bhaṇitassa hoti ‘‘musā mayā bhaṇita’’nti.

Catūhākārehi ‘‘adiṭṭhaṃ diṭṭhaṃ me’’ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa – pubbevassa hoti ‘‘musā bhaṇissa’’nti, bhaṇantassa hoti ‘‘musā bhaṇāmī’’ti, bhaṇitassa hoti ‘‘musā mayā bhaṇita’’nti, vinidhāya diṭṭhiṃ.

Pañcahākārehi ‘‘adiṭṭhaṃ diṭṭhaṃ me’’ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa – pubbevassa hoti ‘‘musā bhaṇissa’’nti, bhaṇantassa hoti ‘‘musā bhaṇāmī’’ti, bhaṇitassa hoti ‘‘musā mayā bhaṇita’’nti, vinidhāya diṭṭhiṃ, vinidhāya khantiṃ.

Chahākārehi ‘‘adiṭṭhaṃ diṭṭhaṃ me’’ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa – pubbevassa hoti ‘‘musā bhaṇissa’’nti, bhaṇantassa hoti ‘‘musā bhaṇāmī’’ti, bhaṇitassa hoti ‘‘musā mayā bhaṇita’’nti , vinidhāya diṭṭhiṃ, vinidhāya khantiṃ, vinidhāya ruciṃ.

Sattahākārehi ‘‘adiṭṭhaṃ diṭṭhaṃ me’’ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa’’ – pubbevassa hoti ‘‘musā bhaṇissa’’nti, bhaṇantassa hoti ‘‘musā bhaṇāmī’’ti, bhaṇitassa hoti ‘‘musā mayā bhaṇita’’nti, vinidhāya diṭṭhiṃ, vinidhāya khantiṃ, vinidhāya ruciṃ, vinidhāya bhāvaṃ.

5. Tīhākārehi ‘‘assutaṃ sutaṃ me’’ti…pe… amutaṃ mutaṃ meti…pe… aviññātaṃ viññātaṃ meti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa – pubbevassa hoti ‘‘musā bhaṇissa’’nti, bhaṇantassa hoti ‘‘musā bhaṇāmī’’ti, bhaṇitassa hoti ‘‘musā mayā bhaṇita’’nti.

Catūhākārehi…pe… pañcahākārehi…pe… chahākārehi…pe… sattahākārehi ‘‘aviññātaṃ viññātaṃ me’’ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa – pubbevassa hoti ‘‘musā bhaṇissa’’nti, bhaṇantassa hoti ‘‘musā bhaṇāmī’’ti, bhaṇitassa hoti ‘‘musā mayā bhaṇitanti, vinidhāya diṭṭhiṃ, vinidhāya khantiṃ, vinidhāya ruciṃ, vinidhāya bhāvaṃ.

6. Tīhākārehi ‘‘adiṭṭhaṃ diṭṭhañca me sutañcā’’ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe… tīhākārehi ‘‘adiṭṭhaṃ diṭṭhañca me mutañcā’’ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe… tīhākārehi ‘‘adiṭṭhaṃ diṭṭhañca me viññātañcā’’ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa …pe… tīhākārehi adiṭṭhaṃ ‘‘diṭṭhañca me sutañca mutañcā’’ti…pe… tīhākārehi adiṭṭhaṃ ‘‘diṭṭhañca me sutañca viññātañcā’’ti…pe… tīhākārehi adiṭṭhaṃ ‘‘diṭṭhañca me sutañca mutañca viññātañcā’’ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe….

Tīhākārehi assutaṃ ‘‘sutañca me mutañcā’’ti…pe… tīhākārehi assutaṃ ‘‘sutañca me viññātañcā’’ti…pe… tīhākārehi assutaṃ ‘‘sutañca me diṭṭhañcā’’ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe… tīhākārehi assutaṃ ‘‘sutañca me mutañca viññātañcā’’ti…pe… tīhākārehi assutaṃ ‘‘sutañca me mutañca diṭṭhañcā’’ti…pe… tīhākārehi assutaṃ ‘‘sutañca me mutañca viññātañca diṭṭhañcā’’ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe….

Tīhākārehi amutaṃ ‘‘mutañca me viññātañcā’’ti…pe… tīhākārehi amutaṃ ‘‘mutañca me diṭṭhañcā’’ti…pe… tīhākārehi amutaṃ ‘‘mutañca me sutañcā’’ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe… tīhākārehi amutaṃ ‘‘mutañca me viññātañca diṭṭhañcā’’ti…pe… tīhākārehi amutaṃ ‘‘mutañca me viññātañca sutañcā’’ti…pe… tīhākārehi amutaṃ ‘‘mutañca me viññātañca diṭṭhañca sutañcā’’ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe….

Tīhākārehi aviññātaṃ ‘‘viññātañca me diṭṭhañcā’’ti…pe… tīhākārehi aviññātaṃ ‘‘viññātañca me sutañcā’’ti…pe… tīhākārehi aviññātaṃ ‘‘viññātañca me mutañcā’’ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe… tīhākārehi aviññātaṃ ‘‘viññātañca me diṭṭhañca sutañcā’’ti…pe… tīhākārehi aviññātaṃ ‘‘viññātañca me diṭṭhañca mutañcā’’ti…pe… tīhākārehi aviññātaṃ ‘‘viññātañca me diṭṭhañca sutañca mutañcā’’ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe….



以三种方式说"我见到未见的"而故意妄语者，犯波逸提罪：之前他想"我将说妄语"，说时他知道"我正在说妄语"，说后他知道"我说了妄语"。
以四种方式说"我见到未见的"而故意妄语者，犯波逸提罪：之前他想"我将说妄语"，说时他知道"我正在说妄语"，说后他知道"我说了妄语"，歪曲见解。
以五种方式说"我见到未见的"而故意妄语者，犯波逸提罪：之前他想"我将说妄语"，说时他知道"我正在说妄语"，说后他知道"我说了妄语"，歪曲见解，歪曲忍受。
以六种方式说"我见到未见的"而故意妄语者，犯波逸提罪：之前他想"我将说妄语"，说时他知道"我正在说妄语"，说后他知道"我说了妄语"，歪曲见解，歪曲忍受，歪曲喜好。
以七种方式说"我见到未见的"而故意妄语者，犯波逸提罪：之前他想"我将说妄语"，说时他知道"我正在说妄语"，说后他知道"我说了妄语"，歪曲见解，歪曲忍受，歪曲喜好，歪曲本性。
以三种方式说"我听到未听的"......说"我觉到未觉的"......说"我知道未知的"而故意妄语者，犯波逸提罪：之前他想"我将说妄语"，说时他知道"我正在说妄语"，说后他知道"我说了妄语"。
以四种方式......以五种方式......以六种方式......以七种方式说"我知道未知的"而故意妄语者，犯波逸提罪：之前他想"我将说妄语"，说时他知道"我正在说妄语"，说后他知道"我说了妄语"，歪曲见解，歪曲忍受，歪曲喜好，歪曲本性。
以三种方式说"我见到未见的，也听到"而故意妄语者，犯波逸提罪......以三种方式说"我见到未见的，也觉到"而故意妄语者，犯波逸提罪......以三种方式说"我见到未见的，也知道"而故意妄语者，犯波逸提罪......以三种方式说"我见到未见的，也听到，也觉到"......以三种方式说"我见到未见的，也听到，也知道"......以三种方式说"我见到未见的，也听到，也觉到，也知道"而故意妄语者，犯波逸提罪......
以三种方式说"我听到未听的，也觉到"......以三种方式说"我听到未听的，也知道"......以三种方式说"我听到未听的，也见到"而故意妄语者，犯波逸提罪......以三种方式说"我听到未听的，也觉到，也知道"......以三种方式说"我听到未听的，也觉到，也见到"......以三种方式说"我听到未听的，也觉到，也知道，也见到"而故意妄语者，犯波逸提罪......
以三种方式说"我觉到未觉的，也知道"......以三种方式说"我觉到未觉的，也见到"......以三种方式说"我觉到未觉的，也听到"而故意妄语者，犯波逸提罪......以三种方式说"我觉到未觉的，也知道，也见到"......以三种方式说"我觉到未觉的，也知道，也听到"......以三种方式说"我觉到未觉的，也知道，也见到，也听到"而故意妄语者，犯波逸提罪......
以三种方式说"我知道未知的，也见到"......以三种方式说"我知道未知的，也听到"......以三种方式说"我知道未知的，也觉到"而故意妄语者，犯波逸提罪......以三种方式说"我知道未知的，也见到，也听到"......以三种方式说"我知道未知的，也见到，也觉到"......以三种方式说"我知道未知的，也见到，也听到，也觉到"而故意妄语者，犯波逸提罪......

7. Tīhākārehi diṭṭhaṃ ‘‘adiṭṭhaṃ me’’ti…pe… sutaṃ ‘‘assutaṃ me’’ti…pe… mutaṃ ‘‘amutaṃ me’’ti…pe… viññātaṃ ‘‘aviññātaṃ me’’ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe….

8. Tīhākārehi diṭṭhaṃ ‘‘sutaṃ me’’ti…pe… tīhākārehi diṭṭhaṃ ‘‘mutaṃ me’’ti…pe… tīhākārehi diṭṭhaṃ ‘‘viññātaṃ me’’ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe… tīhākārehi diṭṭhaṃ ‘‘sutañca me mutañcā’’ti…pe… tīhākārehi diṭṭhaṃ ‘‘sutañca me viññātañcā’’ti…pe… tīhākārehi diṭṭhaṃ ‘‘sutañca me mutañca viññātañcā’’ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe….

Tīhākārehi sutaṃ ‘‘mutaṃ me’’ti…pe… tīhākārehi sutaṃ ‘‘viññātaṃ me’’ti…pe… tīhākārehi sutaṃ ‘‘diṭṭhaṃ me’’ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe… tīhākārehi sutaṃ ‘‘mutañca me viññātañcā’’ti…pe… tīhākārehi sutaṃ ‘‘mutañca me diṭṭhañcā’’ti…pe… tīhākārehi sutaṃ ‘‘mutañca me viññātañca diṭṭhañcā’’ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe….

Tīhākārehi mutaṃ ‘‘viññātaṃ me’’ti…pe… tīhākārehi mutaṃ ‘‘diṭṭhaṃ me’’ti…pe… tīhākārehi mutaṃ ‘‘sutaṃ me’’ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe… tīhākārehi mutaṃ ‘‘viññātañca me diṭṭhañcā’’ti…pe… tīhākārehi mutaṃ ‘‘viññātañca me sutañcā’’ti…pe… tīhākārehi mutaṃ ‘‘viññātañca me diṭṭhañca sutañcā’’ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe….

Tīhākārehi viññātaṃ ‘‘diṭṭhaṃ me’’ti…pe… tīhākārehi viññātaṃ ‘‘sutaṃ me’’ti …pe… tīhākārehi viññātaṃ ‘‘mutaṃ me’’ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe… tīhākārehi viññātaṃ ‘‘diṭṭhañca me sutañcā’’ti…pe… tīhākārehi viññātaṃ ‘‘diṭṭhañca me mutañcā’’ti…pe… tīhākārehi viññātaṃ ‘‘diṭṭhañca me sutañca mutañcā’’ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe….

9. Tīhākārehi diṭṭhe vematiko diṭṭhaṃ nokappeti, diṭṭhaṃ nassarati , diṭṭhaṃ pamuṭṭho hoti…pe… sute vematiko sutaṃ nokappeti, sutaṃ nassarati, sutaṃ pamuṭṭho hoti…pe… mute vematiko mutaṃ nokappeti, mutaṃ nassarati, mutaṃ pamuṭṭho hoti…pe… viññāte vematiko viññātaṃ nokappeti, viññātaṃ nassarati, viññātaṃ pamuṭṭho hoti… viññātañca me diṭṭhañcāti…pe… viññātaṃ pamuṭṭho hoti viññātañca me sutañcāti…pe… viññātaṃ pamuṭṭho hoti; viññātañca me mutañcāti…pe… viññātaṃ pamuṭṭho hoti; viññātañca me diṭṭhañca sutañcāti…pe… viññātaṃ pamuṭṭho hoti; viññātañca me diṭṭhañca mutañcāti…pe… viññātaṃ pamuṭṭho hoti; viññātañca me diṭṭhañca sutañca mutañcāti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

10. Catūhākārehi…pe… pañcahākārehi…pe… chahākārehi…pe… sattahākārehi…pe… viññātaṃ pamuṭṭho hoti, viññātañca me diṭṭhañca sutañca mutañcāti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa – pubbevassa hoti ‘‘musā bhaṇissa’’nti, bhaṇantassa hoti ‘‘musā bhaṇāmī’’ti, bhaṇitassa hoti ‘‘musā mayā bhaṇita’’nti, vinidhāya diṭṭhiṃ, vinidhāya khantiṃ, vinidhāya ruciṃ, vinidhāya bhāvaṃ.

11. Anāpatti davā bhaṇati, ravā bhaṇati [davāya bhaṇati, ravāya bhaṇati (syā.)]. ‘‘Davā bhaṇati nāma sahasā bhaṇati. Ravā bhaṇati nāma ‘aññaṃ bhaṇissāmī’ti aññaṃ bhaṇati’’. Ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Musāvādasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ paṭhamaṃ.

2. Omasavādasikkhāpadaṃ



以三种方式说"我未见到所见的"......说"我未听到所听的"......说"我未觉到所觉的"......说"我未知道所知的"而故意妄语者，犯波逸提罪......
以三种方式说"我听到所见的"......以三种方式说"我觉到所见的"......以三种方式说"我知道所见的"而故意妄语者，犯波逸提罪......以三种方式说"我听到所见的，也觉到"......以三种方式说"我听到所见的，也知道"......以三种方式说"我听到所见的，也觉到，也知道"而故意妄语者，犯波逸提罪......
以三种方式说"我觉到所听的"......以三种方式说"我知道所听的"......以三种方式说"我见到所听的"而故意妄语者，犯波逸提罪......以三种方式说"我觉到所听的，也知道"......以三种方式说"我觉到所听的，也见到"......以三种方式说"我觉到所听的，也知道，也见到"而故意妄语者，犯波逸提罪......
以三种方式说"我知道所觉的"......以三种方式说"我见到所觉的"......以三种方式说"我听到所觉的"而故意妄语者，犯波逸提罪......以三种方式说"我知道所觉的，也见到"......以三种方式说"我知道所觉的，也听到"......以三种方式说"我知道所觉的，也见到，也听到"而故意妄语者，犯波逸提罪......
以三种方式说"我见到所知的"......以三种方式说"我听到所知的"......以三种方式说"我觉到所知的"而故意妄语者，犯波逸提罪......以三种方式说"我见到所知的，也听到"......以三种方式说"我见到所知的，也觉到"......以三种方式说"我见到所知的，也听到，也觉到"而故意妄语者，犯波逸提罪......
以三种方式对所见产生疑惑，不相信所见，不记得所见，忘记所见......对所听产生疑惑，不相信所听，不记得所听，忘记所听......对所觉产生疑惑，不相信所觉，不记得所觉，忘记所觉......对所知产生疑惑，不相信所知，不记得所知，忘记所知......"我知道，也见到"......忘记所知；"我知道，也听到"......忘记所知；"我知道，也觉到"......忘记所知；"我知道，也见到，也听到"......忘记所知；"我知道，也见到，也觉到"......忘记所知；"我知道，也见到，也听到，也觉到"而故意妄语者，犯波逸提罪。
以四种方式......以五种方式......以六种方式......以七种方式......忘记所知；"我知道，也见到，也听到，也觉到"而故意妄语者，犯波逸提罪：之前他想"我将说妄语"，说时他知道"我正在说妄语"，说后他知道"我说了妄语"，歪曲见解，歪曲忍受，歪曲喜好，歪曲本性。
无罪的情况：开玩笑而说，错说。"开玩笑而说"是指突然说出。"错说"是指本想说这个却说成那个。精神错乱者，初犯者。
妄语学处第一终
辱骂学处

12. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme . Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū pesalehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ bhaṇḍantā [bhaṇḍentā (itipi)] pesale bhikkhū omasanti – jātiyāpi, nāmenapi, gottenapi, kammenapi, sippenapi, ābādhenapi, liṅgenapi, kilesenapi, āpattiyāpi; hīnenapi akkosena khuṃsenti vambhenti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū pesalehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ bhaṇḍantā pesale bhikkhū omasissanti – jātiyāpi, nāmenapi, gottenapi, kammenapi, sippenapi, ābādhenapi, liṅgenapi, kilesenapi, āpattiyāpi; hīnenapi akkosena khuṃsessanti vambhessantī’’ti!

Atha kho te bhikkhū chabbaggiye bhikkhū anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, pesalehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ bhaṇḍantā pesale bhikkhū omasatha – jātiyāpi…pe… hīnenapi akkosena khuṃsetha vambhethāti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, pesalehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ bhaṇḍantā pesale bhikkhū omasissatha – jātiyāpi…pe… hīnenapi akkosena khuṃsessatha vambhessatha ! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi –

13. ‘‘Bhūtapubbaṃ, bhikkhave, takkasilāyaṃ [takkasīlāyaṃ (ka.)] aññatarassa brāhmaṇassa nandivisālo nāma balībaddo [balivaddo (sī.), balibaddo (syā.)] ahosi. Atha kho, bhikkhave, nandivisālo balībaddo taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘gaccha tvaṃ, brāhmaṇa, seṭṭhinā saddhiṃ sahassena abbhutaṃ karohi – mayhaṃ balībaddo sakaṭasataṃ atibaddhaṃ pavaṭṭessatī’’ti. Atha kho, bhikkhave, so brāhmaṇo seṭṭhinā saddhiṃ sahassena abbhutaṃ akāsi – mayhaṃ balībaddo sakaṭasataṃ atibaddhaṃ pavaṭṭessatīti. Atha kho, bhikkhave, so brāhmaṇo sakaṭasataṃ atibandhitvā nandivisālaṃ balībaddaṃ yuñjitvā etadavoca – ‘‘gaccha, kūṭa [añcha kūṭa (sī. syā.)], vahassu, kūṭā’ti. Atha kho, bhikkhave, nandivisālo balībaddo tattheva aṭṭhāsi. Atha kho, bhikkhave, so brāhmaṇo sahassena parājito pajjhāyi. Atha kho, bhikkhave, nandivisālo balībaddo taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kissa tvaṃ, brāhmaṇa, pajjhāyasī’’ti? ‘Tathā hi panāhaṃ, bho, tayā sahassena parājito’’ti. ‘Kissa pana maṃ tvaṃ, brāhmaṇa, akūṭaṃ kūṭavādena pāpesi? Gaccha tvaṃ, brāhmaṇa, seṭṭhinā saddhiṃ dvīhi sahassehi abbhutaṃ karohi – ‘‘mayhaṃ balībaddo sakaṭasataṃ atibaddhaṃ pavaṭṭessatī’’ti. ‘‘Mā ca maṃ akūṭaṃ kūṭavādena pāpesī’’ti. Atha kho, bhikkhave, so brāhmaṇo seṭṭhinā saddhiṃ dvīhi sahassehi abbhutaṃ akāsi – ‘‘mayhaṃ balībaddo sakaṭasataṃ atibaddhaṃ pavaṭṭessatī’’ti. Atha kho, bhikkhave, so brāhmaṇo sakaṭasataṃ atibandhitvā nandivisālaṃ balībaddaṃ yuñjitvā etadavoca – ‘‘accha, bhadra, vahassu, bhadrā’’ti. Atha kho, bhikkhave, nandivisālo balībaddo sakaṭasataṃ atibaddhaṃ pavaṭṭesi.

[jā. 1.1.28 nandivisālajātakepi, tattha pana manuññasaddo dissati] ‘‘Manāpameva bhāseyya, nā, manāpaṃ kudācanaṃ;

Manāpaṃ bhāsamānassa, garuṃ bhāraṃ udabbahi;

Dhanañca naṃ alābhesi, tena ca, ttamano ahūti.

‘‘Tadāpi me, bhikkhave, amanāpā khuṃsanā vambhanā. Kimaṅgaṃ pana etarahi manāpā bhavissati khuṃsanā vambhanā? Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe…. ‘‘Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

14.‘‘Omasavāde pācittiya’’nti.



那时，佛世尊住在舍卫城（现今印度北方邦斯拉瓦斯蒂）祇树给孤独园。当时，六群比丘与善良的比丘们争吵时辱骂善良的比丘们 - 以出身、名字、姓氏、职业、技能、疾病、性别、烦恼、犯戒；以低劣的辱骂贬低轻视。那些少欲的比丘们抱怨、批评、指责说："为什么六群比丘与善良的比丘们争吵时辱骂善良的比丘们 - 以出身、名字、姓氏、职业、技能、疾病、性别、烦恼、犯戒；以低劣的辱骂贬低轻视呢？"
于是那些比丘以种种方式呵责六群比丘后，将此事告诉世尊......"比丘们，据说你们与善良的比丘们争吵时辱骂善良的比丘们 - 以出身......以低劣的辱骂贬低轻视，这是真的吗？""是的，世尊。"佛世尊呵责道："愚人，为什么你们与善良的比丘们争吵时辱骂善良的比丘们 - 以出身......以低劣的辱骂贬低轻视呢？愚人，这不能令不信者生信......"呵责后......说法后，世尊对比丘们说：
"比丘们，从前在塔克西拉（现今巴基斯坦塔克西拉）有一位婆罗门，他有一头名叫南迪维萨拉的公牛。比丘们，那时南迪维萨拉公牛对那婆罗门说：'婆罗门，你去和富商打赌一千钱 - 我的公牛能拉动一百辆连在一起的车。'于是，比丘们，那婆罗门就和富商打赌一千钱 - 我的公牛能拉动一百辆连在一起的车。然后，比丘们，那婆罗门把一百辆车连在一起，套上南迪维萨拉公牛，对它说：'走，畜生！拉啊，畜生！'比丘们，这时南迪维萨拉公牛就站在那里不动。比丘们，于是那婆罗门输了一千钱，很沮丧。比丘们，这时南迪维萨拉公牛对那婆罗门说：'婆罗门，你为什么沮丧？''因为我被你害得输了一千钱。''婆罗门，为什么你用畜生这样的恶语骂我这不是畜生的？去吧，婆罗门，和富商打赌两千钱 - 我的公牛能拉动一百辆连在一起的车。但不要用畜生这样的恶语骂我这不是畜生的。'比丘们，于是那婆罗门就和富商打赌两千钱 - 我的公牛能拉动一百辆连在一起的车。然后，比丘们，那婆罗门把一百辆车连在一起，套上南迪维萨拉公牛，对它说：'走吧，好家伙！拉啊，好家伙！'比丘们，这时南迪维萨拉公牛就拉动了一百辆连在一起的车。
[本生经1.1.28南迪维萨拉本生故事中也有，那里可以看到悦耳的声音]
'应当只说悦耳的话，不要说不悦耳的话，
对说悦耳话的人，它拉动了沉重的负担，
为他赢得了财富，因此他心满意足。'
"比丘们，那时对我来说贬低轻视是不悦耳的。何况现在贬低轻视会是悦耳的呢？比丘们，这不能令不信者生信......"比丘们，你们应当如此诵此学处：
14."辱骂者，波逸提。"

15.Omasavādo nāma dasahi ākārehi omasati – jātiyāpi, nāmenapi, gottenapi, kammenapi, sippenapi, ābādhenapi, liṅgenapi, kilesenapi, āpattiyāpi, akkosenapi.

Jāti nāma dve jātiyo – hīnā ca jāti ukkaṭṭhā ca jāti. Hīnā nāma jāti – caṇḍālajāti, venajāti, nesādajāti, rathakārajāti, pukkusajāti. Esā hīnā nāma jāti. Ukkaṭṭhā nāma jāti – khattiyajāti, brāhmaṇajāti. Esā ukkaṭṭhā nāma jāti.

Nāmaṃ nāma dve nāmāni – hīnañca nāmaṃ ukkaṭṭhañca nāmaṃ . Hīnaṃ nāma nāmaṃ – avakaṇṇakaṃ, javakaṇṇakaṃ, dhaniṭṭhakaṃ, saviṭṭhakaṃ, kulavaḍḍhakaṃ, tesu tesu vā pana janapadesu oññātaṃ avaññātaṃ hīḷitaṃ paribhūtaṃ acittīkataṃ, etaṃ hīnaṃ nāma nāmaṃ. Ukkaṭṭhaṃ nāma nāmaṃ – buddhappaṭisaṃyuttaṃ, dhammappaṭisaṃyuttaṃ, saṅghappaṭisaṃyuttaṃ, tesu tesu vā pana janapadesu anoññātaṃ anavaññātaṃ ahīḷitaṃ aparibhūtaṃ cittīkataṃ, etaṃ ukkaṭṭhaṃ nāma nāmaṃ.

Gottaṃ nāma dve gottāni – hīnañca gottaṃ ukkaṭṭhañca gottaṃ. Hīnaṃ nāma gottaṃ – kosiyagottaṃ, bhāradvājagottaṃ, tesu tesu vā pana janapadesu oññātaṃ avaññātaṃ hīḷitaṃ paribhūtaṃ acittīkataṃ, etaṃ hīnaṃ nāma gottaṃ. Ukkaṭṭhaṃ nāma gottaṃ – gotamagottaṃ, moggallānagottaṃ, kaccānagottaṃ, vāsiṭṭhagottaṃ, tesu tesu vā pana janapadesu anoññātaṃ anavaññātaṃ ahīḷitaṃ aparibhūtaṃ cittīkataṃ, etaṃ ukkaṭṭhaṃ nāma gottaṃ.

Kammaṃ nāma dve kammāni – hīnañca kammaṃ ukkaṭṭhañca kammaṃ. Hīnaṃ nāma kammaṃ – koṭṭhakakammaṃ, pupphachaḍḍakakammaṃ, tesu tesu vā pana janapadesu oññātaṃ avaññātaṃ hīḷitaṃ paribhūtaṃ acittīkataṃ, etaṃ hīnaṃ nāma kammaṃ. Ukkaṭṭhaṃ nāma kammaṃ – kasi, vaṇijjā, gorakkhā, tesu tesu vā pana janapadesu anoññātaṃ anavaññātaṃ ahīḷitaṃ aparibhūtaṃ cittīkataṃ. Etaṃ ukkaṭṭhaṃ nāma kammaṃ.

Sippaṃ nāma dve sippāni – hīnañca sippaṃ ukkaṭṭhañca sippaṃ . Hīnaṃ nāma sippaṃ – naḷakārasippaṃ, kumbhakārasippaṃ, pesakārasippaṃ, cammakārasippaṃ, nahāpitasippaṃ, tesu tesu vā pana janapadesu oññātaṃ avaññātaṃ hīḷitaṃ paribhūtaṃ acittīkataṃ. Etaṃ hīnaṃ nāma sippaṃ. Ukkaṭṭhaṃ nāma sippaṃ – muddā, gaṇanā, lekhā, tesu tesu vā pana janapadesu anoññātaṃ anavaññātaṃ ahīḷitaṃ aparibhūtaṃ cittīkataṃ, etaṃ ukkaṭṭhaṃ nāma sippaṃ.

Sabbepi ābādhā hīnā, apica madhumeho ābādho ukkaṭṭho.

Liṅgaṃ nāma dve liṅgāni – hīnañca liṅgaṃ ukkaṭṭhañca liṅgaṃ. Hīnaṃ nāma liṅgaṃ – atidīghaṃ, atirassaṃ, atikaṇhaṃ, accodātaṃ, etaṃ hīnaṃ nāma liṅgaṃ. Ukkaṭṭhaṃ nāma liṅgaṃ – nātidīghaṃ, nātirassaṃ, nātikaṇhaṃ, nāccodātaṃ. Etaṃ ukkaṭṭhaṃ nāma liṅgaṃ.

Sabbepi kilesā hīnā.

Sabbāpi āpattiyo hīnā. Apica, sotāpattisamāpatti ukkaṭṭhā.

Akkoso nāma dve akkosā – hīno ca akkoso ukkaṭṭho ca akkoso. Hīno nāma akkoso – oṭṭhosi, meṇḍosi, goṇosi, gadrabhosi, tiracchānagatosi, nerayikosi; natthi tuyhaṃ sugati, duggati yeva tuyhaṃ pāṭikaṅkhāti, yakārena vā bhakārena vā, kāṭakoṭacikāya vā, eso hīno nāma akkoso. Ukkaṭṭho nāma akkoso – paṇḍitosi, byattosi , medhāvīsi, bahussutosi, dhammakathikosi, natthi tuyhaṃ duggati, sugatiyeva tuyhaṃ pāṭikaṅkhāti, eso ukkaṭṭho nāma akkoso.



辱骂是指以十种方式辱骂：以出身、名字、姓氏、职业、技能、疾病、性别、烦恼、犯戒、辱骂。
出身有两种：低贱的出身和高贵的出身。低贱的出身是：旃陀罗种、竹匠种、猎人种、车匠种、清道夫种。这些是低贱的出身。高贵的出身是：刹帝利种、婆罗门种。这些是高贵的出身。
名字有两种：低贱的名字和高贵的名字。低贱的名字是：阿瓦康纳卡、贾瓦康纳卡、达尼塔卡、萨维塔卡、库拉瓦达卡，或在各个地方被人知道、轻视、蔑视、鄙视、不受尊重的名字，这些是低贱的名字。高贵的名字是：与佛陀有关的、与法有关的、与僧团有关的，或在各个地方不被人知道、不被轻视、不被蔑视、不被鄙视、受到尊重的名字，这些是高贵的名字。
姓氏有两种：低贱的姓氏和高贵的姓氏。低贱的姓氏是：拘尸姓、婆罗豆婆阇姓，或在各个地方被人知道、轻视、蔑视、鄙视、不受尊重的姓氏，这些是低贱的姓氏。高贵的姓氏是：乔答摩姓、目犍连姓、迦旃延姓、婆私吒姓，或在各个地方不被人知道、不被轻视、不被蔑视、不被鄙视、受到尊重的姓氏，这些是高贵的姓氏。
职业有两种：低贱的职业和高贵的职业。低贱的职业是：仓库管理员、花匠，或在各个地方被人知道、轻视、蔑视、鄙视、不受尊重的职业，这些是低贱的职业。高贵的职业是：农业、商业、牧牛，或在各个地方不被人知道、不被轻视、不被蔑视、不被鄙视、受到尊重的职业，这些是高贵的职业。
技能有两种：低贱的技能和高贵的技能。低贱的技能是：编篮子的技能、制陶的技能、织布的技能、制皮的技能、理发的技能，或在各个地方被人知道、轻视、蔑视、鄙视、不受尊重的技能，这些是低贱的技能。高贵的技能是：印章、计算、书写，或在各个地方不被人知道、不被轻视、不被蔑视、不被鄙视、受到尊重的技能，这些是高贵的技能。
所有疾病都是低贱的，但糖尿病是高贵的疾病。
性别有两种：低贱的性别和高贵的性别。低贱的性别是：太高、太矮、太黑、太白，这些是低贱的性别。高贵的性别是：不太高、不太矮、不太黑、不太白，这些是高贵的性别。
所有烦恼都是低贱的。
所有犯戒都是低贱的。但预流果是高贵的。
辱骂有两种：低劣的辱骂和高尚的辱骂。低劣的辱骂是：你是骆驼、你是绵羊、你是牛、你是驴、你是畜生、你是地狱众生；你没有善趣，只有恶趣等着你，或用"呀"音、"巴"音、或用粗俗的话，这些是低劣的辱骂。高尚的辱骂是：你是智者、你是聪明人、你是有智慧的、你是多闻的、你是说法者，你没有恶趣，只有善趣等着你，这些是高尚的辱骂。

16. Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena hīnaṃ vadeti, caṇḍālaṃ venaṃ nesādaṃ rathakāraṃ pukkusaṃ – ‘‘caṇḍālosi, venosi, nesādosi, rathakārosi, pukkusosī’’ti bhaṇati [vadetīti uddeso. bhaṇatīti vitthāro (vajirabuddhi)], āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, khattiyaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ – ‘‘caṇḍālosi, venosi, nesādosi, rathakārosi, pukkusosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo ukkaṭṭhena hīnaṃ vadeti, caṇḍālaṃ venaṃ nesādaṃ rathakāraṃ pukkusaṃ – ‘‘khattiyosi, brāhmaṇosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo ukkaṭṭhena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, khattiyaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ – ‘‘khattiyosi, brāhmaṇosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

17. Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena hīnaṃ vadeti, avakaṇṇakaṃ javakaṇṇakaṃ dhaniṭṭhakaṃ saviṭṭhakaṃ kulavaḍḍhakaṃ – ‘‘avakaṇṇakosi, javakaṇṇakosi, dhaniṭṭhakosi, saviṭṭhakosi, kulavaḍḍhakosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, buddharakkhitaṃ dhammarakkhitaṃ saṅgharakkhitaṃ – ‘‘avakaṇṇakosi, javakaṇṇakosi, dhaniṭṭhakosi, saviṭṭhakosi, kulavaḍḍhakosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo ukkaṭṭhena hīnaṃ vadeti, avakaṇṇakaṃ javakaṇṇakaṃ dhaniṭṭhakaṃ saviṭṭhakaṃ kulavaḍḍhakaṃ – ‘‘buddharakkhitosi, dhammarakkhitosi, saṅgharakkhitosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo ukkaṭṭhena ukaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, buddharakkhitaṃ dhammarakkhitaṃ saṅgharakkhitaṃ – ‘‘buddharakkhitosi, dhammarakkhitosi, saṅgharakkhitosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

18. Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena hīnaṃ vadeti, kosiyaṃ bhāradvājaṃ – ‘‘kosiyosi, bhāradvājosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, gotamaṃ moggallānaṃ kaccānaṃ vāsiṭṭhaṃ – ‘‘kosiyosi, bhāradvājosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo ukkaṭṭhena hīnaṃ vadeti, kosiyaṃ bhāradvājaṃ – ‘‘gotamosi, moggallānosi, kaccānosi, vāsiṭṭhosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo ukkaṭṭhena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, gotamaṃ moggallānaṃ kaccānaṃ vāsiṭṭhaṃ – ‘‘gotamosi, moggallānosi, kaccānosi, vāsiṭṭhosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

19. Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena hīnaṃ vadeti, koṭṭhakaṃ pupphachaḍḍakaṃ – ‘‘koṭṭhakosi, pupphachaḍḍakosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, kassakaṃ vāṇijaṃ gorakkhaṃ – ‘‘koṭṭhakosi, pupphachaḍḍakosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo ukkaṭṭhena hīnaṃ vadeti, koṭṭhakaṃ pupphachaḍḍakaṃ – ‘‘kassakosi, vāṇijosi, gorakkhosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo ukkaṭṭhena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, kassakaṃ vāṇijaṃ gorakkhaṃ – ‘‘kassakosi, vāṇijosi, gorakkhosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.



具足戒者想要贬低、轻视、羞辱另一具足戒者，以低贱的称呼低贱者，对旃陀罗、竹匠、猎人、车匠、清道夫说："你是旃陀罗、你是竹匠、你是猎人、你是车匠、你是清道夫"，每说一句，犯一波逸提罪。
具足戒者想要贬低、轻视、羞辱另一具足戒者，以低贱的称呼高贵者，对刹帝利、婆罗门说："你是旃陀罗、你是竹匠、你是猎人、你是车匠、你是清道夫"，每说一句，犯一波逸提罪。
具足戒者想要贬低、轻视、羞辱另一具足戒者，以高贵的称呼低贱者，对旃陀罗、竹匠、猎人、车匠、清道夫说："你是刹帝利、你是婆罗门"，每说一句，犯一波逸提罪。
具足戒者想要贬低、轻视、羞辱另一具足戒者，以高贵的称呼高贵者，对刹帝利、婆罗门说："你是刹帝利、你是婆罗门"，每说一句，犯一波逸提罪。
具足戒者想要贬低、轻视、羞辱另一具足戒者，以低贱的名字称呼低贱者，对阿瓦康纳卡、贾瓦康纳卡、达尼塔卡、萨维塔卡、库拉瓦达卡说："你是阿瓦康纳卡、你是贾瓦康纳卡、你是达尼塔卡、你是萨维塔卡、你是库拉瓦达卡"，每说一句，犯一波逸提罪。
具足戒者想要贬低、轻视、羞辱另一具足戒者，以低贱的名字称呼高贵者，对佛护、法护、僧护说："你是阿瓦康纳卡、你是贾瓦康纳卡、你是达尼塔卡、你是萨维塔卡、你是库拉瓦达卡"，每说一句，犯一波逸提罪。
具足戒者想要贬低、轻视、羞辱另一具足戒者，以高贵的名字称呼低贱者，对阿瓦康纳卡、贾瓦康纳卡、达尼塔卡、萨维塔卡、库拉瓦达卡说："你是佛护、你是法护、你是僧护"，每说一句，犯一波逸提罪。
具足戒者想要贬低、轻视、羞辱另一具足戒者，以高贵的名字称呼高贵者，对佛护、法护、僧护说："你是佛护、你是法护、你是僧护"，每说一句，犯一波逸提罪。
具足戒者想要贬低、轻视、羞辱另一具足戒者，以低贱的姓氏称呼低贱者，对拘尸、婆罗豆婆阇说："你是拘尸、你是婆罗豆婆阇"，每说一句，犯一波逸提罪。
具足戒者想要贬低、轻视、羞辱另一具足戒者，以低贱的姓氏称呼高贵者，对乔答摩、目犍连、迦旃延、婆私吒说："你是拘尸、你是婆罗豆婆阇"，每说一句，犯一波逸提罪。
具足戒者想要贬低、轻视、羞辱另一具足戒者，以高贵的姓氏称呼低贱者，对拘尸、婆罗豆婆阇说："你是乔答摩、你是目犍连、你是迦旃延、你是婆私吒"，每说一句，犯一波逸提罪。
具足戒者想要贬低、轻视、羞辱另一具足戒者，以高贵的姓氏称呼高贵者，对乔答摩、目犍连、迦旃延、婆私吒说："你是乔答摩、你是目犍连、你是迦旃延、你是婆私吒"，每说一句，犯一波逸提罪。
具足戒者想要贬低、轻视、羞辱另一具足戒者，以低贱的职业称呼低贱者，对仓库管理员、花匠说："你是仓库管理员、你是花匠"，每说一句，犯一波逸提罪。
具足戒者想要贬低、轻视、羞辱另一具足戒者，以低贱的职业称呼高贵者，对农夫、商人、牧牛人说："你是仓库管理员、你是花匠"，每说一句，犯一波逸提罪。
具足戒者想要贬低、轻视、羞辱另一具足戒者，以高贵的职业称呼低贱者，对仓库管理员、花匠说："你是农夫、你是商人、你是牧牛人"，每说一句，犯一波逸提罪。
具足戒者想要贬低、轻视、羞辱另一具足戒者，以高贵的职业称呼高贵者，对农夫、商人、牧牛人说："你是农夫、你是商人、你是牧牛人"，每说一句，犯一波逸提罪。

20. Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena hīnaṃ vadeti, naḷakāraṃ kumbhakāraṃ pesakāraṃ cammakāraṃ nahāpitaṃ – ‘‘naḷakārosi, kumbhakārosi, pesakārosi, cammakārosi, nahāpitosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, muddikaṃ gaṇakaṃ lekhakaṃ – ‘‘naḷakārosi, kumbhakārosi, pesakārosi, cammakārosi, nahāpitosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo ukkaṭṭhena hīnaṃ vadeti, naḷakāraṃ kumbhakāraṃ pesakāraṃ cammakāraṃ nahāpitaṃ – ‘‘muddikosi, gaṇakosi, lekhakosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo ukkaṭṭhena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, muddikaṃ gaṇakaṃ lekhakaṃ – ‘‘muddikosi, gaṇakosi, lekhakosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

21. Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena hīnaṃ vadeti, kuṭṭhikaṃ gaṇḍikaṃ kilāsikaṃ sosikaṃ apamārikaṃ – ‘‘kuṭṭhikosi, gaṇḍikosi, kilāsikosi, sosikosi, apamārikosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, madhumehikaṃ – ‘‘kuṭṭhikosi, gaṇḍikosi, kilāsikosi, sosikosi, apamārikosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo ukkaṭṭhena hīnaṃ vadeti, kuṭṭhikaṃ gaṇḍikaṃ kilāsikaṃ sosikaṃ apamārikaṃ – ‘‘madhumehikosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo ukkaṭṭhena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, madhumehikaṃ – ‘‘madhumehikosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

22. Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena hīnaṃ vadeti, atidīghaṃ atirassaṃ atikaṇhaṃ accodātaṃ – ‘‘atidīghosi, atirassosi, atikaṇhosi, accodātosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, nātidīghaṃ nātirassaṃ nātikaṇhaṃ nāccodātaṃ – ‘‘atidīghosi, atirassosi, atikaṇhosi, accodātosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo ukkaṭṭhena hīnaṃ vadeti, atidīghaṃ atirassaṃ atikaṇhaṃ accodātaṃ – ‘‘nātidīghosi, nātirassosi, nātikaṇhosi, nāccodātosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo ukkaṭṭhena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, nātidīghaṃ nātirassaṃ nātikaṇhaṃ nāccodātaṃ – ‘‘nātidīghosi, nātirassosi, nātikaṇhosi, nāccodātosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

23. Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena hīnaṃ vadeti, rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṃ dosapariyuṭṭhitaṃ mohapariyuṭṭhitaṃ – ‘‘rāgapariyuṭṭhitosi, dosapariyuṭṭhitosi, mohapariyuṭṭhitosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, vītarāgaṃ vītadosaṃ vītamohaṃ – ‘‘rāgapariyuṭṭhitosi , dosapariyuṭṭhitosi, mohapariyuṭṭhitosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo ukkaṭṭhena hīnaṃ vadeti, rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṃ dosapariyuṭṭhitaṃ mohapariyuṭṭhitaṃ – ‘‘vītarāgosi, vītadososi, vītamohosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo ukkaṭṭhena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, vītarāgaṃ vītadosaṃ vītamohaṃ – ‘‘vītarāgosi, vītadososi, vītamohosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.



具足戒者想要贬低、轻视、羞辱另一具足戒者，以低贱的技能称呼低贱者，对编篮子的、制陶的、织布的、制皮的、理发的说："你是编篮子的、你是制陶的、你是织布的、你是制皮的、你是理发的"，每说一句，犯一波逸提罪。
具足戒者想要贬低、轻视、羞辱另一具足戒者，以低贱的技能称呼高贵者，对印章师、计算师、书记说："你是编篮子的、你是制陶的、你是织布的、你是制皮的、你是理发的"，每说一句，犯一波逸提罪。
具足戒者想要贬低、轻视、羞辱另一具足戒者，以高贵的技能称呼低贱者，对编篮子的、制陶的、织布的、制皮的、理发的说："你是印章师、你是计算师、你是书记"，每说一句，犯一波逸提罪。
具足戒者想要贬低、轻视、羞辱另一具足戒者，以高贵的技能称呼高贵者，对印章师、计算师、书记说："你是印章师、你是计算师、你是书记"，每说一句，犯一波逸提罪。
具足戒者想要贬低、轻视、羞辱另一具足戒者，以低贱的疾病称呼低贱者，对麻风病人、疮病人、白癞病人、肺病人、癫痫病人说："你是麻风病人、你是疮病人、你是白癞病人、你是肺病人、你是癫痫病人"，每说一句，犯一波逸提罪。
具足戒者想要贬低、轻视、羞辱另一具足戒者，以低贱的疾病称呼高贵者，对糖尿病人说："你是麻风病人、你是疮病人、你是白癞病人、你是肺病人、你是癫痫病人"，每说一句，犯一波逸提罪。
具足戒者想要贬低、轻视、羞辱另一具足戒者，以高贵的疾病称呼低贱者，对麻风病人、疮病人、白癞病人、肺病人、癫痫病人说："你是糖尿病人"，每说一句，犯一波逸提罪。
具足戒者想要贬低、轻视、羞辱另一具足戒者，以高贵的疾病称呼高贵者，对糖尿病人说："你是糖尿病人"，每说一句，犯一波逸提罪。
具足戒者想要贬低、轻视、羞辱另一具足戒者，以低贱的性别称呼低贱者，对太高的、太矮的、太黑的、太白的说："你太高了、你太矮了、你太黑了、你太白了"，每说一句，犯一波逸提罪。
具足戒者想要贬低、轻视、羞辱另一具足戒者，以低贱的性别称呼高贵者，对不太高的、不太矮的、不太黑的、不太白的说："你太高了、你太矮了、你太黑了、你太白了"，每说一句，犯一波逸提罪。
具足戒者想要贬低、轻视、羞辱另一具足戒者，以高贵的性别称呼低贱者，对太高的、太矮的、太黑的、太白的说："你不太高、你不太矮、你不太黑、你不太白"，每说一句，犯一波逸提罪。
具足戒者想要贬低、轻视、羞辱另一具足戒者，以高贵的性别称呼高贵者，对不太高的、不太矮的、不太黑的、不太白的说："你不太高、你不太矮、你不太黑、你不太白"，每说一句，犯一波逸提罪。
具足戒者想要贬低、轻视、羞辱另一具足戒者，以低贱的烦恼称呼低贱者，对被贪欲缠绕的、被嗔恨缠绕的、被愚痴缠绕的说："你被贪欲缠绕、你被嗔恨缠绕、你被愚痴缠绕"，每说一句，犯一波逸提罪。
具足戒者想要贬低、轻视、羞辱另一具足戒者，以低贱的烦恼称呼高贵者，对离贪的、离嗔的、离痴的说："你被贪欲缠绕、你被嗔恨缠绕、你被愚痴缠绕"，每说一句，犯一波逸提罪。
具足戒者想要贬低、轻视、羞辱另一具足戒者，以高贵的烦恼称呼低贱者，对被贪欲缠绕的、被嗔恨缠绕的、被愚痴缠绕的说："你已离贪、你已离嗔、你已离痴"，每说一句，犯一波逸提罪。
具足戒者想要贬低、轻视、羞辱另一具足戒者，以高贵的烦恼称呼高贵者，对离贪的、离嗔的、离痴的说

24. Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena hīnaṃ vadeti, pārājikaṃ ajjhāpannaṃ saṅghādisesaṃ ajjhāpannaṃ thullaccayaṃ ajjhāpannaṃ pācittiyaṃ ajjhāpannaṃ pāṭidesanīyaṃ ajjhāpannaṃ dukkaṭaṃ ajjhāpannaṃ dubbhāsitaṃ ajjhāpannaṃ – ‘‘pārājikaṃ ajjhāpannosi, saṅghādisesaṃ ajjhāpannosi, thullaccayaṃ ajjhāpannosi, pācittiyaṃ ajjhāpannosi, pāṭidesanīyaṃ ajjhāpannosi, dukkaṭaṃ ajjhāpannosi, dubbhāsitaṃ ajjhāpannosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, sotāpannaṃ – ‘‘pārājikaṃ ajjhāpannosi…pe… dubbhāsitaṃ ajjhāpannosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo ukkaṭṭhena hīnaṃ vadeti, pārājikaṃ ajjhāpannaṃ…pe… dubbhāsitaṃ ajjhāpannaṃ – ‘‘sotāpannosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo ukkaṭṭhena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, sotāpannaṃ – ‘‘sotāpannosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

25. Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena hīnaṃ vadeti, oṭṭhaṃ meṇḍaṃ goṇaṃ gadrabhaṃ tiracchānagataṃ nerayikaṃ – ‘‘oṭṭhosi, meṇḍosi, goṇosi, gadrabhosi, tiracchānagatosi, nerayikosi, natthi tuyhaṃ sugati, duggati yeva tuyhaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, paṇḍitaṃ byattaṃ medhāvi bahussutaṃ dhammakathikaṃ – ‘‘oṭṭhosi, meṇḍosi, goṇosi, gadrabhosi, tiracchānagatosi, nerayikosi; natthi tuyhaṃ sugati, duggati yeva tuyhaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo ukkaṭṭhena hīnaṃ vadeti, oṭṭhaṃ meṇḍaṃ goṇaṃ gadrabhaṃ tiracchānagataṃ nerayikaṃ – ‘‘paṇḍitosi, byattosi, medhāvīsi, bahussutosi, dhammakathikosi, natthi tuyhaṃ duggati, sugati yeva tuyhaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo ukkaṭṭhena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, paṇḍitaṃ byattaṃ medhāviṃ bahussutaṃ dhammakathikaṃ – ‘‘paṇḍitosi, byattosi, medhāvīsi, bahussutosi, dhammakathikosi, natthi tuyhaṃ duggati, sugati yeva tuyhaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

26. Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo evaṃ vadeti, ‘‘santi idhekacce caṇḍālā venā nesādā rathakārā pukkusā’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya dukkaṭassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo evaṃ vadeti, ‘‘santi idhekacce khattiyā, brāhmaṇā’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya dukkaṭassa.



具足戒者想要贬低、轻视、羞辱另一具足戒者，以低贱的犯戒称呼低贱者，对犯波罗夷罪的、犯僧残罪的、犯偷兰遮罪的、犯波逸提罪的、犯波罗提提舍尼罪的、犯突吉罗罪的、犯恶语罪的说："你犯了波罗夷罪、你犯了僧残罪、你犯了偷兰遮罪、你犯了波逸提罪、你犯了波罗提提舍尼罪、你犯了突吉罗罪、你犯了恶语罪"，每说一句，犯一波逸提罪。
具足戒者想要贬低、轻视、羞辱另一具足戒者，以低贱的犯戒称呼高贵者，对预流果圣者说："你犯了波罗夷罪......你犯了恶语罪"，每说一句，犯一波逸提罪。
具足戒者想要贬低、轻视、羞辱另一具足戒者，以高贵的犯戒称呼低贱者，对犯波罗夷罪的......犯恶语罪的说："你是预流果圣者"，每说一句，犯一波逸提罪。
具足戒者想要贬低、轻视、羞辱另一具足戒者，以高贵的犯戒称呼高贵者，对预流果圣者说："你是预流果圣者"，每说一句，犯一波逸提罪。
具足戒者想要贬低、轻视、羞辱另一具足戒者，以低劣的辱骂称呼低贱者，对骆驼、绵羊、牛、驴、畜生、地狱众生说："你是骆驼、你是绵羊、你是牛、你是驴、你是畜生、你是地狱众生，你没有善趣，只有恶趣等着你"，每说一句，犯一波逸提罪。
具足戒者想要贬低、轻视、羞辱另一具足戒者，以低劣的辱骂称呼高贵者，对智者、聪明人、有智慧的、多闻的、说法者说："你是骆驼、你是绵羊、你是牛、你是驴、你是畜生、你是地狱众生，你没有善趣，只有恶趣等着你"，每说一句，犯一波逸提罪。
具足戒者想要贬低、轻视、羞辱另一具足戒者，以高尚的辱骂称呼低贱者，对骆驼、绵羊、牛、驴、畜生、地狱众生说："你是智者、你是聪明人、你是有智慧的、你是多闻的、你是说法者，你没有恶趣，只有善趣等着你"，每说一句，犯一波逸提罪。
具足戒者想要贬低、轻视、羞辱另一具足戒者，以高尚的辱骂称呼高贵者，对智者、聪明人、有智慧的、多闻的、说法者说："你是智者、你是聪明人、你是有智慧的、你是多闻的、你是说法者，你没有恶趣，只有善趣等着你"，每说一句，犯一波逸提罪。
具足戒者想要贬低、轻视、羞辱另一具足戒者，这样说："这里有一些旃陀罗、竹匠、猎人、车匠、清道夫"，每说一句，犯一突吉罗罪。
具足戒者想要贬低、轻视、羞辱另一具足戒者，这样说："这里有一些刹帝利、婆罗门"，每说一句，犯一突吉罗罪。

27. Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo evaṃ vadeti, ‘‘santi idhekacce avakaṇṇakā javakaṇṇakā dhaniṭṭhakā saviṭṭhakā kulavaḍḍhakā’’ti bhaṇati…pe…. ‘‘Santi idhekacce buddharakkhitā dhammarakkhitā saṅgharakkhitā’’ti bhaṇati …pe…. ‘‘Santi idhekacce kosiyā bhāradvājā’’ti bhaṇati…pe…. ‘‘Santi idhekacce gotamā moggallānā kaccānā vāsiṭṭhā’’ti bhaṇati…pe…. ‘‘Santi idhekacce koṭṭhakā pupphachaḍḍakā’’ti bhaṇati…pe…. ‘‘Santi idhekacce kassakā vāṇijā gorakkhā’’ti bhaṇati…pe…. ‘‘Santi idhekacce naḷakārā kumbhakārā pesakārā cammakārā nahāpitā’’ti bhaṇati…pe…. ‘‘Santi idhekacce muddikā gaṇakā lekhakā’’ti bhaṇati…pe…. ‘‘Santi idhekacce kuṭṭhikā gaṇḍikā kilāsikā sosikā apamārikā’’ti bhaṇati…pe…. ‘‘Santi idhekacce madhumehikā’’ti bhaṇati…pe…. ‘‘Santi idhekacce atidīghā atirassā atikaṇhā accodātā’’ti bhaṇati…pe…. ‘‘Santi idhekacce nātidīghā nātirassā nātikaṇhā nāccodātā’’ti bhaṇati…pe…. ‘‘Santi idhekacce rāgapariyuṭṭhitā dosapariyuṭṭhitā mohapariyuṭṭhitā’’ti bhaṇati…pe…. ‘‘Santi idhekacce vītarāgā vītadosā vītamohā’’ti bhaṇati…pe…. ‘‘Santi idhekacce pārājikaṃ ajjhāpannā…pe… dubbhāsitaṃ ajjhāpannā’’ti bhaṇati…pe…. ‘‘Santi idhekacce sotāpannā’’ti bhaṇati…pe…. ‘‘Santi idhekacce oṭṭhā meṇḍā goṇā gadrabhā tiracchānagatā nerayikā, natthi tesaṃ sugati, duggatiyeva tesaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya dukkaṭassa.

28. Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo evaṃ vadeti, ‘‘santi idhekacce paṇḍitā byattā, medhāvī bahussutā dhammakathikā, natthi tesaṃ duggati, sugatiyeva tesaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya dukkaṭassa.

29. Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo evaṃ vadeti, ‘‘ye nūna caṇḍālā venā nesādā rathakārā pukkusā’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya dukkaṭassa…pe….

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo evaṃ vadeti, ‘‘ye nūna paṇḍitā byattā medhāvī bahussutā dhammakathikā’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya dukkaṭassa.

30. Upasampanno upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo evaṃ vadeti, ‘‘na mayaṃ caṇḍālā venā nesādā rathakārā pukkusā’’ti bhaṇati…pe…. ‘‘Na mayaṃ paṇḍitā byattā medhāvī bahussutā dhammakathikā, natthamhākaṃ duggati, sugatiyeva amhākaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā’’ti bhaṇati. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya dukkaṭassa.

31. Upasampanno anupasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo hīnena hīnaṃ vadeti,…pe… hīnena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti…pe… ukkaṭṭhena hīnaṃ vadeti…pe… ukkaṭṭhena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, paṇḍitaṃ byattaṃ medhāviṃ bahussutaṃ dhammakathikaṃ – ‘‘paṇḍitosi, byattosi, medhāvīsi, bahussutosi, dhammakathikosi, natthi tuyhaṃ duggati, sugatiyeva tuyhaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya dukkaṭassa.

Upasampanno anupasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo evaṃ vadeti, ‘‘santi idhekacce caṇḍālā venā nesādā rathakārā pukkusā’’ti bhaṇati…pe…. ‘‘Santi idhekacce paṇḍitā byattā medhāvī bahussutā dhammakathikā, natthi tesaṃ duggati, sugatiyeva tesaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya dukkaṭassa.

Upasampanno anupasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo evaṃ vadeti, ‘‘ye nūna caṇḍālā venā nesādā rathakārā pukkusā’’ti bhaṇati…pe…. ‘‘Ye nūna paṇḍitā byattā medhāvī bahussutā dhammakathikā’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya dukkaṭassa.

Upasampanno anupasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo vambhetukāmo maṅkukattukāmo evaṃ vadeti, ‘‘na mayaṃ caṇḍālā venā nesādā rathakārā pukkusā’’ti bhaṇati…pe…. ‘‘Na mayaṃ paṇḍitā byattā medhāvī bahussutā dhammakathikā, natthamhākaṃ duggati, sugatiyeva amhākaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā’’ti bhaṇati. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya dukkaṭassa.



具足戒者想要贬低、轻视、羞辱另一具足戒者，这样说："这里有一些阿瓦康纳卡、贾瓦康纳卡、达尼塔卡、萨维塔卡、库拉瓦达卡"......说："这里有一些佛护、法护、僧护"......说："这里有一些拘尸、婆罗豆婆阇"......说："这里有一些乔答摩、目犍连、迦旃延、婆私吒"......说："这里有一些仓库管理员、花匠"......说："这里有一些农夫、商人、牧牛人"......说："这里有一些编篮子的、制陶的、织布的、制皮的、理发的"......说："这里有一些印章师、计算师、书记"......说："这里有一些麻风病人、疮病人、白癞病人、肺病人、癫痫病人"......说："这里有一些糖尿病人"......说："这里有一些太高的、太矮的、太黑的、太白的"......说："这里有一些不太高的、不太矮的、不太黑的、不太白的"......说："这里有一些被贪欲缠绕的、被嗔恨缠绕的、被愚痴缠绕的"......说："这里有一些离贪的、离嗔的、离痴的"......说："这里有一些犯波罗夷罪的......犯恶语罪的"......说："这里有一些预流果圣者"......说："这里有一些骆驼、绵羊、牛、驴、畜生、地狱众生，他们没有善趣，只有恶趣等着他们"，每说一句，犯一突吉罗罪。
具足戒者想要贬低、轻视、羞辱另一具足戒者，这样说："这里有一些智者、聪明人、有智慧的、多闻的、说法者，他们没有恶趣，只有善趣等着他们"，每说一句，犯一突吉罗罪。
具足戒者想要贬低、轻视、羞辱另一具足戒者，这样说："那些旃陀罗、竹匠、猎人、车匠、清道夫"，每说一句，犯一突吉罗罪......
具足戒者想要贬低、轻视、羞辱另一具足戒者，这样说："那些智者、聪明人、有智慧的、多闻的、说法者"，每说一句，犯一突吉罗罪。
具足戒者想要贬低、轻视、羞辱另一具足戒者，这样说："我们不是旃陀罗、竹匠、猎人、车匠、清道夫"......说："我们不是智者、聪明人、有智慧的、多闻的、说法者，我们没有恶趣，只有善趣等着我们"，每说一句，犯一突吉罗罪。
具足戒者想要贬低、轻视、羞辱未具足戒者，以低贱的称呼低贱者......以低贱的称呼高贵者......以高贵的称呼低贱者......以高贵的称呼高贵者，对智者、聪明人、有智慧的、多闻的、说法者说："你是智者、你是聪明人、你是有智慧的、你是多闻的、你是说法者，你没有恶趣，只有善趣等着你"，每说一句，犯一突吉罗罪。
具足戒者想要贬低、轻视、羞辱未具足戒者，这样说："这里有一些旃陀罗、竹匠、猎人、车匠、清道夫"......说："这里有一些智者、聪明人、有智慧的、多闻的、说法者，他们没有恶趣，只有善趣等着他们"，每说一句，犯一突吉罗罪。
具足戒者想要贬低、轻视、羞辱未具足戒者，这样说："那些旃陀罗、竹匠、猎人、车匠、清道夫"......说："那些智者、聪明人、有智慧的、多闻的、说法者"，每说一句，犯一突吉罗罪。
具足戒者想要贬低、轻视、羞辱未具足戒者，这样说："我们不是旃陀罗、竹匠、猎人、车匠、清道夫"......说："我们不是智者、聪明人、有智慧的、多闻的、说法者，我们没有恶趣，只有善趣等着我们"，每说一句，犯一突吉罗罪。

32. Upasampanno upasampannaṃ na khuṃsetukāmo na vambhetukāmo na maṅkukattukāmo, davakamyatā hīnena hīnaṃ vadeti, caṇḍālaṃ venaṃ nesādaṃ rathakāraṃ pukkusaṃ – ‘‘caṇḍālosi, venosi, nesādosi, rathakārosi , pukkusosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya dubbhāsitassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ na khuṃsetukāmo na vambhetukāmo na maṅkukattukāmo, davakamyatā hīnena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, khattiyaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ – ‘‘caṇḍālosi, venosi, nesādosi, rathakārosi, pukkusosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya dubbhāsitassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ na khuṃsetukāmo na vambhetukāmo na maṅkukattukāmo, davakamyatā ukkaṭṭhena hīnaṃ vadeti, caṇḍālaṃ venaṃ nesādaṃ rathakāraṃ pukkusaṃ – ‘‘khattiyosi, brāhmaṇosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya dubbhāsitassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ na khuṃsetukāmo na vambhetukāmo na maṅkukattukāmo, davakamyatā ukkaṭṭhena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, khattiyaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ – ‘‘khattiyosi, brāhmaṇosī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya dubbhāsitassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ na khuṃsetukāmo na vambhetukāmo na maṅkukattukāmo, davakamyatā hīnena hīnaṃ vadeti…pe… hīnena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti…pe… ukkaṭṭhena hīnaṃ vadeti…pe… ukkaṭṭhena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, paṇḍitaṃ byattaṃ medhāviṃ bahussutaṃ dhammakathikaṃ – ‘‘paṇḍitosi, byattosi, medhāvīsi, bahussutosi, dhammakathikosi, natthi tuyhaṃ duggati, sugati yeva tuyhaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya dubbhāsitassa.

33. Upasampanno upasampannaṃ na khuṃsetukāmo na vambhetukāmo na maṅkukattukāmo, davakamyatā evaṃ vadeti, ‘‘santi idhekacce caṇḍālā venā nesādā rathakārā pukkusā’’ti bhaṇati…pe…. ‘‘Santi idhekacce paṇḍitā byattā medhāvī bahussutā dhammakathikā, natthi tesaṃ duggati, sugati yeva tesaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya dubbhāsitassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ na khuṃsetukāmo na vambhetukāmo na maṅkukattukāmo, davakamyatā evaṃ vadeti, ‘‘ye nūna caṇḍālā venā nesādā rathakārā pukkusā’’ti bhaṇati…pe…. ‘‘Ye nūna paṇḍitā byattā medhāvī bahussutā dhammakathikā’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya dubbhāsitassa.

Upasampanno upasampannaṃ na khuṃsetukāmo na vambhetukāmo na maṅkukattukāmo, davakamyatā evaṃ vadeti, ‘‘na mayaṃ caṇḍālā venā nesādā rathakārā pukkusā’’ti bhaṇati…pe…. ‘‘Na mayaṃ paṇḍitā byattā medhāvī bahussutā dhammakathikā, natthamhākaṃ duggati, sugatiyeva amhākaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā’’ti bhaṇati. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya dubbhāsitassa.

34. Upasampanno anupasampannaṃ na khuṃsetukāmo na vambhetukāmo na maṅkukattukāmo, davakamyatā hīnena hīnaṃ vadeti…pe… hīnena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti…pe… ukkaṭṭhena hīnaṃ vadeti…pe… ukkaṭṭhena ukkaṭṭhaṃ vadeti, paṇḍitaṃ byattaṃ medhāviṃ bahussutaṃ dhammakathikaṃ – ‘‘paṇḍitosi , byattosi, medhāvīsi, bahussutosi dhammakathikosi, natthi tuyhaṃ duggati; sugati yeva tuyhaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya dubbhāsitassa.

Upasampanno anupasampannaṃ na khuṃsetukāmo na vambhetukāmo na maṅkukattukāmo, davakamyatā evaṃ vadeti, ‘‘santi idhekacce caṇḍālā venā nesādā rathakārā pukkusā’’ti bhaṇati…pe…. ‘‘Santi idhekacce paṇḍitā byattā medhāvī bahussutā dhammakathikā, natthi tesaṃ duggati, sugati yeva tesaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya dubbhāsitassa.

Upasampanno anupasampannaṃ na khuṃsetukāmo na vambhetukāmo na maṅkukattukāmo, davakamyatā evaṃ vadeti, ‘‘ye nūna caṇḍālā venā nesādā rathakārā pukkusā’’ti bhaṇati…pe…. ‘‘Ye nūna paṇḍitā byattā medhāvī bahussutā dhammakathikā’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya dubbhāsitassa.

Upasampanno anupasampannaṃ na khuṃsetukāmo na vambhetukāmo na maṅkukattukāmo, davakamyatā evaṃ vadeti, ‘‘na mayaṃ caṇḍālā venā nesādā rathakārā pukkusā’’ti bhaṇati…pe…. ‘‘Na mayaṃ paṇḍitā byattā medhāvī bahussutā dhammakathikā, natthamhākaṃ duggati, sugati yeva amhākaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti vācāya, vācāya dubbhāsitassa.



具足戒者不想贬低、不想轻视、不想羞辱另一具足戒者，但出于开玩笑的心态，以低贱的称呼低贱者，对旃陀罗、竹匠、猎人、车匠、清道夫说："你是旃陀罗、你是竹匠、你是猎人、你是车匠、你是清道夫"，每说一句，犯一恶语罪。
具足戒者不想贬低、不想轻视、不想羞辱另一具足戒者，但出于开玩笑的心态，以低贱的称呼高贵者，对刹帝利、婆罗门说："你是旃陀罗、你是竹匠、你是猎人、你是车匠、你是清道夫"，每说一句，犯一恶语罪。
具足戒者不想贬低、不想轻视、不想羞辱另一具足戒者，但出于开玩笑的心态，以高贵的称呼低贱者，对旃陀罗、竹匠、猎人、车匠、清道夫说："你是刹帝利、你是婆罗门"，每说一句，犯一恶语罪。
具足戒者不想贬低、不想轻视、不想羞辱另一具足戒者，但出于开玩笑的心态，以高贵的称呼高贵者，对刹帝利、婆罗门说："你是刹帝利、你是婆罗门"，每说一句，犯一恶语罪。
具足戒者不想贬低、不想轻视、不想羞辱另一具足戒者，但出于开玩笑的心态，以低贱的称呼低贱者......以低贱的称呼高贵者......以高贵的称呼低贱者......以高贵的称呼高贵者，对智者、聪明人、有智慧的、多闻的、说法者说："你是智者、你是聪明人、你是有智慧的、你是多闻的、你是说法者，你没有恶趣，只有善趣等着你"，每说一句，犯一恶语罪。
具足戒者不想贬低、不想轻视、不想羞辱另一具足戒者，但出于开玩笑的心态，这样说："这里有一些旃陀罗、竹匠、猎人、车匠、清道夫"......说："这里有一些智者、聪明人、有智慧的、多闻的、说法者，他们没有恶趣，只有善趣等着他们"，每说一句，犯一恶语罪。
具足戒者不想贬低、不想轻视、不想羞辱另一具足戒者，但出于开玩笑的心态，这样说："那些旃陀罗、竹匠、猎人、车匠、清道夫"......说："那些智者、聪明人、有智慧的、多闻的、说法者"，每说一句，犯一恶语罪。
具足戒者不想贬低、不想轻视、不想羞辱另一具足戒者，但出于开玩笑的心态，这样说："我们不是旃陀罗、竹匠、猎人、车匠、清道夫"......说："我们不是智者、聪明人、有智慧的、多闻的、说法者，我们没有恶趣，只有善趣等着我们"，每说一句，犯一恶语罪。
具足戒者不想贬低、不想轻视、不想羞辱未具足戒者，但出于开玩笑的心态，以低贱的称呼低贱者......以低贱的称呼高贵者......以高贵的称呼低贱者......以高贵的称呼高贵者，对智者、聪明人、有智慧的、多闻的、说法者说："你是智者、你是聪明人、你是有智慧的、你是多闻的、你是说法者，你没有恶趣，只有善趣等着你"，每说一句，犯一恶语罪。
具足戒者不想贬低、不想轻视、不想羞辱未具足戒者，但出于开玩笑的心态，这样说："这里有一些旃陀罗、竹匠、猎人、车匠、清道夫"......说："这里有一些智者、聪明人、有智慧的、多闻的、说法者，他们没有恶趣，只有善趣等着他们"，每说一句，犯一恶语罪。
具足戒者不想贬低、不想轻视、不想羞辱未具足戒者，但出于开玩笑的心态，这样说："那些旃陀罗、竹匠、猎人、车匠、清道夫"......说："那些智者、聪明人、有智慧的、多闻的、说法者"，每说一句，犯一恶语罪。
具足戒者不想贬低、不想轻视、不想羞辱未具足戒者，但出于开玩笑的心态，这样说："我们不是旃陀罗、竹匠、猎人、车匠、清道夫"......说："我们不是智者、聪明人、有智慧的、多闻的、说法者，我们没有恶趣，只有善趣等着我们"，每说一句，犯一恶语罪。

35. Anāpatti atthapurekkhārassa, dhammapurekkhārassa, anusāsanipurekkhārassa, ummattakassa, khittacittassa, vedanāṭṭassa, ādikammikassāti.

Omasavādasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dutiyaṃ.

3. Pesuññasikkhāpadaṃ

36. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhūnaṃ bhaṇḍanajātānaṃ kalahajātānaṃ vivādāpannānaṃ pesuññaṃ upasaṃharanti; imassa sutvā amussa akkhāyanti, imassa bhedāya; amussa sutvā imassa akkhāyanti, amussa bhedāya. Tena anuppannāni ceva bhaṇḍanāni uppajjanti, uppannāni ca bhaṇḍanāni bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṃvattanti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhūnaṃ bhaṇḍanajātānaṃ kalahajātānaṃ vivādāpannānaṃ pesuññaṃ upasaṃharissanti, imassa sutvā amussa akkhāyissanti, imassa bhedāya; amussa sutvā imassa akkhāyissanti, amussa bhedāya! Tena anuppannāni ceva bhaṇḍanāni uppajjanti, uppannāni ca bhaṇḍanāni bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṃvattantī’’ti. Atha kho te bhikkhū chabbaggiye bhikkhū anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… ‘‘saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ bhaṇḍanajātānaṃ kalahajātānaṃ vivādāpannānaṃ pesuññaṃ upasaṃharatha, imassa sutvā amussa akkhāyatha, imassa bhedāya, amussa sutvā imassa akkhāyatha, amussa bhedāya? Tena anuppannāni ceva bhaṇḍanāni uppajjanti, uppannāni ca bhaṇḍanāni bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṃvattantī’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ , bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, bhikkhūnaṃ bhaṇḍanajātānaṃ kalahajātānaṃ vivādāpannānaṃ pesuññaṃ upasaṃharissatha! Imassa sutvā amussa akkhāyissatha, imassa bhedāya! Amussa sutvā imassa akkhāyissatha, amussa bhedāya! Tena anuppannāni ceva bhaṇḍanāni uppajjanti, uppannāni ca bhaṇḍanāni bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṃvattanti. Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya. Pasannānaṃ vā bhiyyobhāvāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

37.‘‘Bhikkhupesuññe pācittiya’’nti.

38.Pesuññaṃ nāma dvīhākārehi pesuññaṃ hoti – piyakamyassa vā bhedādhippāyassa vā. Dasahākārehi pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – jātitopi, nāmatopi, gottatopi, kammatopi, sippatopi, ābādhatopi, liṅgatopi, kilesatopi, āpattitopi, akkosatopi.

Jāti nāma dve jātiyo – hīnā ca jāti ukkaṭṭhā ca jāti. Hīnā nāma jāti – caṇḍālajāti venajāti nesādajāti rathakārajāti pukkusajāti . Esā hīnā nāma jāti. Ukkaṭṭhā nāma jāti – khattiyajāti brāhmaṇajāti. Esā ukkaṭṭhā nāma jāti…pe….

Akkoso nāma dve akkosā – hīno ca akkoso ukkaṭṭho ca akkoso. Hīno nāma akkoso – oṭṭhosi, meṇḍosi, goṇosi, gadrabhosi, tiracchānagatosi, nerayikosi; natthi tuyhaṃ sugati; duggati yeva tuyhaṃ pāṭikaṅkhāti, yakārena vā bhakārena vā kāṭakoṭacikāya vā. Eso hīno nāma akkoso. Ukkaṭṭho nāma akkoso – paṇḍitosi, byattosi, medhāvīsi, bahussutosi, dhammakathikosi; natthi tuyhaṃ duggati; sugati yeva tuyhaṃ pāṭikaṅkhāti. Eso ukkaṭṭho nāma akkoso.



不犯的情况：为了利益而说，为了法而说，为了教导而说，精神错乱者，心乱者，痛苦折磨者，最初犯戒者。
第二条辱骂学处已结束。
离间语学处
那时，佛陀住在舍卫城（现今印度北方邦斯拉瓦斯蒂）祇树给孤独园。当时，六群比丘对已经争吵、斗争、争论的比丘们进行离间语；听了这个人的话就告诉那个人，为了分裂这个人；听了那个人的话就告诉这个人，为了分裂那个人。因此，未生的争端就生起了，已生的争端就更加扩大增长。那些少欲的比丘们......抱怨、批评、指责说："为什么六群比丘对已经争吵、斗争、争论的比丘们进行离间语；听了这个人的话就告诉那个人，为了分裂这个人；听了那个人的话就告诉这个人，为了分裂那个人！因此，未生的争端就生起了，已生的争端就更加扩大增长。"于是那些比丘以各种方式呵责六群比丘后，把这件事告诉了世尊......（世尊说）："比丘们，你们真的对已经争吵、斗争、争论的比丘们进行离间语，听了这个人的话就告诉那个人，为了分裂这个人；听了那个人的话就告诉这个人，为了分裂那个人吗？因此，未生的争端就生起了，已生的争端就更加扩大增长吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀呵责道......："为什么你们这些愚人，要对已经争吵、斗争、争论的比丘们进行离间语！听了这个人的话就告诉那个人，为了分裂这个人！听了那个人的话就告诉这个人，为了分裂那个人！因此，未生的争端就生起了，已生的争端就更加扩大增长。愚人们，这不会使不信者生信，也不会使已信者增长信心......"于是，比丘们，你们应当如此宣说这条学处：
"比丘进行离间语者，波逸提。"
离间语是指以两种方式进行离间语：为了讨好或为了分裂。以十种方式进行离间语：以出身、名字、姓氏、职业、技能、疾病、性别、烦恼、犯戒、辱骂。
出身有两种：低贱的出身和高贵的出身。低贱的出身是：旃陀罗种、竹匠种、猎人种、车匠种、清道夫种。这些是低贱的出身。高贵的出身是：刹帝利种、婆罗门种。这些是高贵的出身......
辱骂有两种：低劣的辱骂和高尚的辱骂。低劣的辱骂是：你是骆驼、你是绵羊、你是牛、你是驴、你是畜生、你是地狱众生；你没有善趣，只有恶趣等着你，或用"呀"音、"巴"音、或用粗俗的话。这些是低劣的辱骂。高尚的辱骂是：你是智者、你是聪明人、你是有智慧的、你是多闻的、你是说法者；你没有恶趣，只有善趣等着你。这些是高尚的辱骂。

39. Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – ‘‘itthannāmo taṃ ‘caṇḍālo veno nesādo rathakāro pukkuso’ti bhaṇatī’’ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – ‘‘itthannāmo taṃ ‘khattiyo brāhmaṇo’ti bhaṇatī’’ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – ‘‘itthannāmo taṃ ‘avakaṇṇako javakaṇṇako dhaniṭṭhako saviṭṭhako kulavaḍḍhako’ti bhaṇatī’’ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – ‘‘itthannāmo taṃ ‘buddharakkhito dhammarakkhito saṅgharakkhito’ti bhaṇatī’’ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – ‘‘itthannāmo taṃ ‘kosiyo bhāradvājo’ti bhaṇatī’’ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – ‘‘itthannāmo taṃ ‘gotamo moggallāno kaccāno vāsiṭṭho’ti bhaṇatī’’ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – ‘‘itthannāmo taṃ ‘koṭṭhako pupphachaḍḍako’ti bhaṇatī’’ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – ‘‘itthannāmo taṃ ‘kassako vāṇijo gorakkho’ti bhaṇatī’’ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – ‘‘itthannāmo taṃ ‘naḷakāro kumbhakāro pesakāro cammakāro nahāpito’ti bhaṇatī’’ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – ‘‘itthannāmo taṃ ‘muddiko gaṇako lekhako’ti bhaṇatī’’ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

40. Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – ‘‘itthannāmo taṃ ‘kuṭṭhiko gaṇḍiko kilāsiko sosiko apamāriko’ti bhaṇatī’’ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – ‘‘itthannāmo taṃ ‘madhumehiko’ti bhaṇatī’’ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – ‘‘itthannāmo taṃ ‘atidīgho atirasso atikaṇho accodāto’ti bhaṇatī’’ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – ‘‘itthannāmo taṃ ‘nātidīgho nātirasso nātikaṇho nāccodāto’ti bhaṇatī’’ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – ‘‘itthannāmo taṃ ‘rāgapariyuṭṭhito dosapariyuṭṭhito mohapariyuṭṭhito’ti bhaṇatī’’ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – ‘‘itthannāmo taṃ ‘vītarāgo vītadoso vītamoho’ti bhaṇatī’’ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – ‘‘itthannāmo taṃ ‘pārājikaṃ ajjhāpanno, saṅghādisesaṃ ajjhāpanno, thullaccayaṃ ajjhāpanno, pācittiyaṃ ajjhāpanno , pāṭidesanīyaṃ ajjhāpanno, dukkaṭaṃ ajjhāpanno, dubbhāsitaṃ ajjhāpanno’ti bhaṇatī’’ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – ‘‘itthannāmo taṃ ‘sotāpanno’ti bhaṇatī’’ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – ‘‘itthannāmo taṃ ‘oṭṭho meṇḍo goṇo gadrabho tiracchānagato nerayiko, natthi tassa sugati, duggatiyeva tassa pāṭikaṅkhā’ti bhaṇatī’’ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – ‘‘itthannāmo taṃ ‘paṇḍito byatto medhāvī bahussuto dhammakathiko, natthi tassa duggati, sugati yeva tassa pāṭikaṅkhā’ti bhaṇatī’’ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.



具足戒者听了具足戒者的话后，向另一具足戒者进行离间语："某某人说你是'旃陀罗、竹匠、猎人、车匠、清道夫'"。每说一句，犯一波逸提罪。
具足戒者听了具足戒者的话后，向另一具足戒者进行离间语："某某人说你是'刹帝利、婆罗门'"。每说一句，犯一波逸提罪。
具足戒者听了具足戒者的话后，向另一具足戒者进行离间语："某某人说你是'阿瓦康纳卡、贾瓦康纳卡、达尼塔卡、萨维塔卡、库拉瓦达卡'"。每说一句，犯一波逸提罪。
具足戒者听了具足戒者的话后，向另一具足戒者进行离间语："某某人说你是'佛护、法护、僧护'"。每说一句，犯一波逸提罪。
具足戒者听了具足戒者的话后，向另一具足戒者进行离间语："某某人说你是'拘尸、婆罗豆婆阇'"。每说一句，犯一波逸提罪。
具足戒者听了具足戒者的话后，向另一具足戒者进行离间语："某某人说你是'乔答摩、目犍连、迦旃延、婆私吒'"。每说一句，犯一波逸提罪。
具足戒者听了具足戒者的话后，向另一具足戒者进行离间语："某某人说你是'仓库管理员、花匠'"。每说一句，犯一波逸提罪。
具足戒者听了具足戒者的话后，向另一具足戒者进行离间语："某某人说你是'农夫、商人、牧牛人'"。每说一句，犯一波逸提罪。
具足戒者听了具足戒者的话后，向另一具足戒者进行离间语："某某人说你是'编篮子的、制陶的、织布的、制皮的、理发的'"。每说一句，犯一波逸提罪。
具足戒者听了具足戒者的话后，向另一具足戒者进行离间语："某某人说你是'印章师、计算师、书记'"。每说一句，犯一波逸提罪。
具足戒者听了具足戒者的话后，向另一具足戒者进行离间语："某某人说你是'麻风病人、疮病人、白癞病人、肺病人、癫痫病人'"。每说一句，犯一波逸提罪。
具足戒者听了具足戒者的话后，向另一具足戒者进行离间语："某某人说你是'糖尿病人'"。每说一句，犯一波逸提罪。
具足戒者听了具足戒者的话后，向另一具足戒者进行离间语："某某人说你'太高了、太矮了、太黑了、太白了'"。每说一句，犯一波逸提罪。
具足戒者听了具足戒者的话后，向另一具足戒者进行离间语："某某人说你'不太高、不太矮、不太黑、不太白'"。每说一句，犯一波逸提罪。
具足戒者听了具足戒者的话后，向另一具足戒者进行离间语："某某人说你'被贪欲缠绕、被嗔恨缠绕、被愚痴缠绕'"。每说一句，犯一波逸提罪。
具足戒者听了具足戒者的话后，向另一具足戒者进行离间语："某某人说你'已离贪、已离嗔、已离痴'"。每说一句，犯一波逸提罪。
具足戒者听了具足戒者的话后，向另一具足戒者进行离间语："某某人说你'犯了波罗夷罪、犯了僧残罪、犯了偷兰遮罪、犯了波逸提罪、犯了波罗提提舍尼罪、犯了突吉罗罪、犯了恶语罪'"。每说一句，犯一波逸提罪。
具足戒者听了具足戒者的话后，向另一具足戒者进行离间语："某某人说你是'预流果圣者'"。每说一句，犯一波逸提罪。
具足戒者听了具足戒者的话后，向另一具足戒者进行离间语："某某人说你是'骆驼、绵羊、牛、驴、畜生、地狱众生，你没有善趣，只有恶趣等着你'"。每说一句，犯一波逸提罪。
具足戒者听了具足戒者的话后，向另一具足戒者进行离间语："某某人说你是'智者、聪明人、有智慧的、多闻的、说法者，你没有恶趣，只有善趣等着你'"。每说一句，犯一波逸提罪。

41. Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – ‘‘itthannāmo ‘santi idhekacce caṇḍālā venā nesādā rathakārā, pukkusā’ti bhaṇati, na so aññaṃ bhaṇati, taññeva bhaṇatī’’ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya dukkaṭassa.

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – ‘‘itthannāmo ‘santi idhekacce khattiyā brāhmaṇā’ti bhaṇati, na so aññaṃ bhaṇati, taññeva bhaṇatī’ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya dukkaṭassa…pe….

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – ‘‘itthannāmo ‘santi idhekacce paṇḍitā byattā medhāvī bahussutā dhammakathikā, natthi tesaṃ duggati, sugati yeva tesaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā’ti bhaṇati, na so aññaṃ bhaṇati, taññeva bhaṇatī’’ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya dukkaṭassa.

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – ‘‘itthannāmo ‘ye nūna caṇḍālā venā nesādā rathakārā pukkusā’ti bhaṇati, na so aññaṃ bhaṇati, taññeva bhaṇatī’’ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya dukkaṭassa.

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – ‘‘itthannāmo ‘ye nūna paṇḍitā byattā medhāvī bahussutā dhammakathikā’ti bhaṇati, na so aññaṃ bhaṇati, taññeva bhaṇatī’’ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya dukkaṭassa.

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – ‘‘itthannāmo ‘na mayaṃ caṇḍālā venā nesādā rathakārā pukkusā’ti bhaṇati, na so aññaṃ bhaṇati, taññeva bhaṇatī’’ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya dukkaṭassa.

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati – ‘‘itthannāmo ‘na mayaṃ paṇḍitā byattā medhāvī bahussutā dhammakathikā, natthamhākaṃ duggati, sugati yeva amhākaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā’ti bhaṇati, na so aññaṃ bhaṇati, taññeva bhaṇatī’’ti. Āpatti vācāya, vācāya dukkaṭassa.

42. Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati; āpatti vācāya, vācāya pācittiyassa.

Upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā anupasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Upasampanno anupasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Upasampanno anupasampannassa sutvā anupasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

43. Anāpatti napiyakamyassa, nabhedādhippāyassa, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Pesuññasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ tatiyaṃ.

4. Padasodhammasikkhāpadaṃ

44. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū upāsake padaso dhammaṃ vācenti. Upāsakā bhikkhūsu agāravā appatissā asabhāgavuttikā viharanti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū upāsake padaso dhammaṃ vācessanti! Upāsakā bhikkhūsu agāravā appatissā asabhāgavuttikā viharantī’’ti. Atha kho te bhikkhū chabbaggiye bhikkhū anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… ‘‘saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, upāsake padaso dhammaṃ vācetha; upāsakā bhikkhūsu agāravā appatissā asabhāgavuttikā viharantī’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, upāsake padaso dhammaṃ vācessatha! Upāsakā bhikkhūsu agāravā appatissā asabhāgavuttikā viharanti! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya pasannānaṃ vā bhiyyobhāvāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

45.‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu anupasampannaṃ padaso dhammaṃ vāceyya pācittiya’’nti.



具足戒者听了具足戒者的话后，向另一具足戒者进行离间语："某某人说'这里有一些旃陀罗、竹匠、猎人、车匠、清道夫'，他不说别的，就是这么说的"。每说一句，犯一突吉罗罪。
具足戒者听了具足戒者的话后，向另一具足戒者进行离间语："某某人说'这里有一些刹帝利、婆罗门'，他不说别的，就是这么说的"。每说一句，犯一突吉罗罪......
具足戒者听了具足戒者的话后，向另一具足戒者进行离间语："某某人说'这里有一些智者、聪明人、有智慧的、多闻的、说法者，他们没有恶趣，只有善趣等着他们'，他不说别的，就是这么说的"。每说一句，犯一突吉罗罪。
具足戒者听了具足戒者的话后，向另一具足戒者进行离间语："某某人说'那些旃陀罗、竹匠、猎人、车匠、清道夫'，他不说别的，就是这么说的"。每说一句，犯一突吉罗罪。
具足戒者听了具足戒者的话后，向另一具足戒者进行离间语："某某人说'那些智者、聪明人、有智慧的、多闻的、说法者'，他不说别的，就是这么说的"。每说一句，犯一突吉罗罪。
具足戒者听了具足戒者的话后，向另一具足戒者进行离间语："某某人说'我们不是旃陀罗、竹匠、猎人、车匠、清道夫'，他不说别的，就是这么说的"。每说一句，犯一突吉罗罪。
具足戒者听了具足戒者的话后，向另一具足戒者进行离间语："某某人说'我们不是智者、聪明人、有智慧的、多闻的、说法者，我们没有恶趣，只有善趣等着我们'，他不说别的，就是这么说的"。每说一句，犯一突吉罗罪。
具足戒者听了具足戒者的话后，向另一具足戒者进行离间语，每说一句，犯一波逸提罪。
具足戒者听了具足戒者的话后，向未具足戒者进行离间语，犯突吉罗罪。
具足戒者听了未具足戒者的话后，向具足戒者进行离间语，犯突吉罗罪。
具足戒者听了未具足戒者的话后，向未具足戒者进行离间语，犯突吉罗罪。
不犯的情况：不是为了讨好，不是为了分裂，精神错乱者，最初犯戒者。
第三条离间语学处已结束。
逐句教法学处
那时，佛陀住在舍卫城（现今印度北方邦斯拉瓦斯蒂）祇树给孤独园。当时，六群比丘逐句教导优婆塞法。优婆塞们对比丘不恭敬、不顺从、不和睦相处。那些少欲的比丘们......抱怨、批评、指责说："为什么六群比丘要逐句教导优婆塞法！优婆塞们对比丘不恭敬、不顺从、不和睦相处。"于是那些比丘以各种方式呵责六群比丘后，把这件事告诉了世尊......（世尊说）："比丘们，你们真的逐句教导优婆塞法吗？优婆塞们对比丘不恭敬、不顺从、不和睦相处吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀呵责道......"为什么你们这些愚人，要逐句教导优婆塞法！优婆塞们对比丘不恭敬、不顺从、不和睦相处。愚人们，这不会使不信者生信，也不会使已信者增长信心......"于是，比丘们，你们应当如此宣说这条学处：
"若比丘逐句教导未具足戒者法，波逸提。"

46.Yopanāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Anupasampanno nāma bhikkhuñca bhikkhuniñca ṭhapetvā avaseso anupasampanno nāma.

Padaso nāma padaṃ, anupadaṃ, anvakkharaṃ, anubyañjanaṃ.

Padaṃ nāma ekato paṭṭhapetvā ekato osāpenti. Anupadaṃ nāma pāṭekkaṃ paṭṭhapetvā ekato osāpenti. Anvakkharaṃ nāma ‘‘rūpaṃ anicca’’nti vuccamāno, ‘‘ru’’nti opāteti. Anubyañjanaṃ nāma ‘‘rūpaṃ anicca’’nti vuccamāno, ‘‘vedanā aniccā’’ti saddaṃ nicchāreti.

Yañca padaṃ, yañca anupadaṃ, yañca anvakkharaṃ, yañca anubyañjanaṃ – sabbametaṃ padaso [padaso dhammo (itipi)] nāma.

Dhammo nāma buddhabhāsito, sāvakabhāsito, isibhāsito, devatābhāsito, atthūpasañhito, dhammūpasañhito.

Vāceyyāti padena vāceti, pade pade āpatti pācittiyassa. Akkharāya vāceti, akkharakkharāya āpatti pācittiyassa.

47. Anupasampanne anupasampannasaññī padaso dhammaṃ vāceti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Anupasampanne vematiko padaso dhammaṃ vāceti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Anupasampanne upasampannasaññī padaso dhammaṃ vāceti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Upasampanne anupasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Upasampanne vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Upasampanne upasampannasaññī, anāpatti.

48. Anāpatti ekato uddisāpento, ekato sajjhāyaṃ karonto , yebhuyyena paguṇaṃ ganthaṃ bhaṇantaṃ opāteti, osārentaṃ opāteti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Padasodhammasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ catutthaṃ.

5. Sahaseyyasikkhāpadaṃ

49. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā āḷaviyaṃ viharati aggāḷave cetiye. Tena kho pana samayena upāsakā ārāmaṃ āgacchanti dhammassavanāya. Dhamme bhāsite therā bhikkhū yathāvihāraṃ gacchanti. Navakā bhikkhū tattheva upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ upāsakehi saddhiṃ muṭṭhassatī, asampajānā, naggā, vikūjamānā, kākacchamānā seyyaṃ kappenti. Upāsakā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhadantā muṭṭhassatī asampajānā naggā vikūjamānā kākacchamānā seyyaṃ kappessantī’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ upāsakānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhū anupasampannena sahaseyyaṃ kappessantī’’ti! Atha kho te bhikkhū te navake bhikkhū anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… ‘‘saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhū anupasampannena sahaseyyaṃ kappentī’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma te, bhikkhave, moghapurisā anupasampannena sahaseyyaṃ kappessanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu anupasampannena sahaseyyaṃ kappeyya pācittiya’’nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

50. Atha kho bhagavā āḷaviyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena kosambī tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. Anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena kosambī tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā kosambiyaṃ viharati badarikārāme. Bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ rāhulaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘bhagavatā, āvuso rāhula, sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ – ‘na anupasampannena sahaseyyā kappetabbā’ti. Seyyaṃ, āvuso rāhula, jānāhī’’ti. Atha kho āyasmā rāhulo seyyaṃ alabhamāno vaccakuṭiyā seyyaṃ kappesi. Atha kho bhagavā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya yena vaccakuṭi tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ukkāsi. Āyasmāpi rāhulo ukkāsi. ‘‘Ko etthā’’ti? ‘‘Ahaṃ, bhagavā, rāhulo’’ti. ‘‘Kissa tvaṃ, rāhula, idha nisinnosī’’ti? Atha kho āyasmā rāhulo bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, anupasampannena dirattatirattaṃ sahaseyyaṃ kappetuṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

51.‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu anupasampannena uttaridirattatirattaṃ sahaseyyaṃ kappeyya, pācittiya’’nti.



"若"是指任何......比丘是指......在这里所指的比丘是这个意思。
未具足戒者是指除了比丘和比丘尼之外的其他人。
逐句是指逐词、逐短语、逐音、逐字母。
逐词是指一起开始一起结束。逐短语是指分别开始一起结束。逐音是指在说"色无常"时，只说"色"。逐字母是指在说"色无常"时，发出"受无常"的声音。
无论是逐词、逐短语、逐音还是逐字母，这一切都称为逐句。
法是指佛陀所说、弟子所说、仙人所说、天神所说，与义相应、与法相应。
教导是指逐句教导，每句犯一波逸提罪。逐字母教导，每个字母犯一波逸提罪。
对未具足戒者认为是未具足戒者而逐句教法，犯波逸提罪。对未具足戒者有疑虑而逐句教法，犯波逸提罪。对未具足戒者认为是具足戒者而逐句教法，犯波逸提罪。
对具足戒者认为是未具足戒者，犯突吉罗罪。对具足戒者有疑虑，犯突吉罗罪。对具足戒者认为是具足戒者，无罪。
不犯的情况：一起诵读，一起背诵，对大部分熟悉的经文插话，对结尾处插话，精神错乱者，最初犯戒者。
第四条逐句教法学处已结束。
同宿学处
那时，佛陀住在阿拉维（现今印度北方邦阿拉哈巴德）阿伽拉瓦塔神庙。当时，优婆塞们来到寺院听法。法被说完后，长老比丘们各自回到住处。新学比丘们就在那里的集会堂与优婆塞们一起，失念、不正知、裸体、呻吟、打鼾地睡觉。优婆塞们抱怨、批评、指责说："为什么尊者们会失念、不正知、裸体、呻吟、打鼾地睡觉呢！"比丘们听到了那些优婆塞们的抱怨、批评、指责。那些少欲的比丘们......抱怨、批评、指责说："为什么比丘们要与未具足戒者同宿呢！"于是那些比丘以各种方式呵责那些新学比丘后，把这件事告诉了世尊......（世尊说）："比丘们，你们真的与未具足戒者同宿吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀呵责道......"为什么你们这些愚人，要与未具足戒者同宿！比丘们，这不会使不信者生信......"于是，比丘们，你们应当如此宣说这条学处：
"若比丘与未具足戒者同宿，波逸提。"
世尊为比丘们制定了这条学处。
之后，世尊在阿拉维住了一段时间后，向憍赏弥（现今印度北方邦阿拉哈巴德）出发游行。渐次游行到达憍赏弥。在那里，世尊住在憍赏弥的芭达利卡园。比丘们对尊者罗睺罗说："罗睺罗贤友，世尊制定了学处：'不可与未具足戒者同宿'。罗睺罗贤友，你要知道睡处。"于是尊者罗睺罗找不到睡处，就在厕所里睡觉。之后，世尊在夜晚后分起来，走向厕所；走近后咳嗽。尊者罗睺罗也咳嗽。"谁在这里？""世尊，是我罗睺罗。""罗睺罗，你为什么坐在这里？"于是尊者罗睺罗把这件事告诉了世尊。之后，世尊以此因缘、以此场合作了法的开示，然后对比丘们说："比丘们，我允许与未具足戒者同宿两三夜。比丘们，你们应当如此宣说这条学处：
"若比丘与未具足戒者同宿超过两三夜，波逸提。"

52.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Anupasampanno nāma bhikkhuṃ ṭhapetvā avaseso anupasampanno nāma.

Uttaridirattatirattanti atirekadirattatirattaṃ.

Sahāti ekato.

Seyyā nāma sabbacchannā, sabbaparicchannā, yebhuyyenacchannā, yebhuyyena paricchannā.

Seyyaṃ kappeyyāti catutthe divase atthaṅgate sūriye, anupasampanne nipanne, bhikkhu nipajjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Bhikkhu nipanne, anupasampanno nipajjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Ubho vā nipajjanti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Uṭṭhahitvā punappunaṃ nipajjanti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

53. Anupasampanne anupasampannasaññī uttaridirattatirattaṃ sahaseyyaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Anupasampanne vematiko uttaridirattatirattaṃ sahaseyyaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Anupasampanne upasampannasaññī uttaridirattatirattaṃ sahaseyyaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Upaḍḍhacchanne upaḍḍhaparicchanne, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Upasampanne anupasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Upasampanne vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Upasampanne upasampannasaññī, anāpatti.

54. Anāpatti dvetisso rattiyo vasati, ūnakadvetisso rattiyo vasati, dve rattiyo vasitvā tatiyāya rattiyā purāruṇā nikkhamitvā puna vasati, sabbacchanne, sabbaaparicchanne, sabbaparicchanne sabbaacchanne [vasati, sabbaacchanne sabbaaparicchanne, (sī.)], yebhuyyena acchanne, yebhuyyena aparicchanne, anupasampanne nipanne bhikkhu nisīdati, bhikkhu nipanne anupasampanno nisīdati, ubho vā nisīdanti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Sahaseyyasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ pañcamaṃ.

6. Dutiyasahaseyyasikkhāpadaṃ



"若"是指任何......比丘是指......在这里所指的比丘是这个意思。
未具足戒者是指除了比丘之外的其他人。
超过两三夜是指超过两三夜。
同是指一起。
睡处是指全部有遮蔽、全部有围绕、大部分有遮蔽、大部分有围绕。
同宿是指在第四天日落后，未具足戒者躺下时，比丘躺下，犯波逸提罪。比丘躺下时，未具足戒者躺下，犯波逸提罪。两人都躺下，犯波逸提罪。起来后再躺下，犯波逸提罪。
对未具足戒者认为是未具足戒者而超过两三夜同宿，犯波逸提罪。对未具足戒者有疑虑而超过两三夜同宿，犯波逸提罪。对未具足戒者认为是具足戒者而超过两三夜同宿，犯波逸提罪。
在半遮蔽半围绕的地方，犯突吉罗罪。对具足戒者认为是未具足戒者，犯突吉罗罪。对具足戒者有疑虑，犯突吉罗罪。对具足戒者认为是具足戒者，无罪。
不犯的情况：住两三夜，住不满两三夜，住两夜后第三夜天亮前离开再回来住，全部有遮蔽，全部无围绕，全部有围绕全部无遮蔽，大部分无遮蔽，大部分无围绕，未具足戒者躺下时比丘坐着，比丘躺下时未具足戒者坐着，两人都坐着，精神错乱者，最初犯戒者。
第五条同宿学处已结束。
第二同宿学处

55. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā anuruddho kosalesu janapade [ettha ambaṭṭhasuttādiṭīkā oloketabbā] sāvatthiṃ gacchanto sāyaṃ aññataraṃ gāmaṃ upagacchi. Tena kho pana samayena tasmiṃ gāme aññatarissā itthiyā āvasathāgāraṃ paññattaṃ hoti. Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho yena sā itthī tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṃ itthiṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sace te, bhagini, agaru, vaseyyāma ekarattaṃ āvasathāgāre’’ti. ‘‘Vaseyyātha, bhante’’ti. Aññepi addhikā yena sā itthī tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā taṃ itthiṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘sace te, ayye, agaru vaseyyāma ekarattaṃ āvasathāgāre’’ti . ‘‘Eso kho ayyo samaṇo paṭhamaṃ upagato; sace so anujānāti, vaseyyāthā’’ti. Atha kho te addhikā yenāyasmā anuruddho tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘sace te, bhante, agaru, vaseyyāma ekarattaṃ āvasathāgāre’’ti. ‘‘Vaseyyātha, āvuso’’ti. Atha kho sā itthī āyasmante anuruddhe saha dassanena paṭibaddhacittā ahosi. Atha kho sā itthī yenāyasmā anuruddho tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ayyo, bhante, imehi manussehi ākiṇṇo na phāsu viharissati. Sādhāhaṃ, bhante, ayyassa mañcakaṃ abbhantaraṃ paññapeyya’’nti. Adhivāsesi kho āyasmā anuruddho tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho sā itthī āyasmato anuruddhassa mañcakaṃ abbhantaraṃ paññapetvā alaṅkatappaṭiyattā gandhagandhinī yenāyasmā anuruddho tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ayyo, bhante, abhirūpo dassanīyo pāsādiko, ahaṃ camhi abhirūpā dassanīyā pāsādikā. Sādhāhaṃ, bhante, ayyassa pajāpati bhaveyya’’nti. Evaṃ vutte āyasmā anuruddho tuṇhī ahosi. Dutiyampi kho…pe… tatiyampi kho sā itthī āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ayyo, bhante, abhirūpo dassanīyo pāsādiko, ahañcamhi abhirūpā dassanīyā pāsādikā. Sādhu, bhante, ayyo mañceva paṭicchatu [sampaṭicchatu (syā.)] sabbañca sāpateyya’’nti. Tatiyampi kho āyasmā anuruddho tuṇhī ahosi. Atha kho sā itthī sāṭakaṃ nikkhipitvā āyasmato anuruddhassa purato caṅkamatipi tiṭṭhatipi nisīdatipi seyyampi kappeti. Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho indriyāni okkhipitvā taṃ itthiṃ neva olokesi napi ālapi. Atha kho sā itthī – ‘‘acchariyaṃ vata bho, abbhutaṃ vata bho! Bahū me manussā satenapi sahassenapi pahiṇanti. Ayaṃ pana samaṇo – mayā sāmaṃ yāciyamāno – na icchati mañceva paṭicchituṃ sabbañca sāpateyya’’nti sāṭakaṃ nivāsetvā āyasmato anuruddhassa pādesu sirasā nipatitvā āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘accayo maṃ, bhante, accagamā yathābālaṃ yathāmūḷhaṃ yathāakusalaṃ yāhaṃ evamakāsiṃ. Tassā me, bhante, ayyo accayaṃ accayato paṭiggaṇhātu āyatiṃ saṃvarāyā’’ti. ‘‘Taggha tvaṃ, bhagini, accayo accagamā yathābālaṃ yathāmūḷhaṃ yathāakusalaṃ yā tvaṃ evamakāsi. Yato ca kho tvaṃ, bhagini, accayaṃ accayato disvā yathādhammaṃ paṭikarosi, taṃ te mayaṃ paṭiggaṇhāma. Vuddhi hesā, bhagini, ariyassa vinaye yo accayaṃ accayato disvā yathādhammaṃ paṭikaroti āyatiñca saṃvaraṃ āpajjatī’’ti.


那时，佛陀住在舍卫城（现今印度北方邦斯拉瓦斯蒂）祇树给孤独园。当时，尊者阿那律从憍萨罗（现今印度北方邦）前往舍卫城，傍晚到达一个村庄。那时，那个村庄里有一位女子准备了一间客房。于是尊者阿那律走向那位女子；走近后对那位女子说："姐妹，如果你不介意，我想在客房住一晚。""请住吧，尊者。"其他旅客也走向那位女子；走近后对那位女子说："夫人，如果你不介意，我们想在客房住一晚。""这位沙门先来的；如果他同意，你们就住吧。"于是那些旅客走向尊者阿那律；走近后对尊者阿那律说："尊者，如果你不介意，我们想在客房住一晚。""请住吧，朋友们。"
那时，那位女子一见到尊者阿那律就对他产生了爱慕之心。于是那位女子走向尊者阿那律；走近后对尊者阿那律说："尊者，你被这些人包围着不会住得舒服。尊者，我可以为你在里面铺一张床吗？"尊者阿那律以沉默表示同意。于是那位女子为尊者阿那律在里面铺好床后，打扮得漂漂亮亮、散发着香气，走向尊者阿那律；走近后对尊者阿那律说："尊者，你英俊潇洒，我也美丽动人。尊者，我可以做你的妻子吗？"说了这话，尊者阿那律保持沉默。第二次......第三次那位女子对尊者阿那律说："尊者，你英俊潇洒，我也美丽动人。尊者，请你接受我和所有的财产吧。"第三次尊者阿那律还是保持沉默。
于是那位女子脱下外衣，在尊者阿那律面前走来走去、站着、坐着、躺下。这时，尊者阿那律收摄诸根，既不看她也不和她说话。于是那位女子想："真是奇怪啊，真是罕见啊！很多人用百千金钱来追求我。而这位沙门——即使我亲自请求——也不愿意接受我和所有的财产。"她穿上外衣，向尊者阿那律头面礼足，对尊者阿那律说："尊者，我犯了过错，像个愚痴、迷惑、不善的人那样做了。请尊者接受我的忏悔，我将来会谨慎约束。""确实，姐妹，你犯了过错，像个愚痴、迷惑、不善的人那样做了。既然你已经看到过错并如法忏悔，我们接受你的忏悔。姐妹，这在圣者的律中是一种进步，即看到过错并如法忏悔，将来谨慎约束。"


Atha kho sā itthī tassā rattiyā accayena āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappetvā sampavāretvā, āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho taṃ itthiṃ āyasmā anuruddho dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho sā itthī – āyasmatā anuruddhena dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṃsitā – āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘abhikkantaṃ, bhante, abhikkantaṃ, bhante! Seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya – cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantīti, evamevaṃ ayyena anuruddhena anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. Esāhaṃ, bhante, taṃ bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. Upāsikaṃ maṃ ayyo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gata’’nti.

Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho sāvatthiyaṃ gantvā bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma āyasmā anuruddho mātugāmena sahaseyyaṃ kappessatī’’ti! Atha kho te bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… ‘‘saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, anuruddha, mātugāmena sahaseyyaṃ kappesī’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti . Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, anuruddha, mātugāmena sahaseyyaṃ kappessasi! Netaṃ, anuruddha, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

56.‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu mātugāmena sahaseyyaṃ kappeyya pācittiya’’nti.

57.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Mātugāmo nāma manussitthī, na yakkhī [yakkhinī (ka.)], na petī, na tiracchānagatā; antamaso tadahujātāpi dārikā, pageva mahattarī.

Sahāti ekato.

Seyyā nāma sabbacchannā, sabbaparicchannā, yebhuyyenacchannā, yebhuyyena paricchannā.

Seyyaṃ kappeyyāti atthaṅgate sūriye, mātugāme nipanne bhikkhu nipajjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Bhikkhu nipanne mātugāmo nipajjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Ubho vā nipajjanti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Uṭṭhahitvā punappunaṃ nipajjanti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

58. Mātugāme mātugāmasaññī sahaseyyaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Mātugāme vematiko sahaseyyaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Mātugāme amātugāmasaññī sahaseyyaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Upaḍḍhacchanne upaḍḍhaparicchanne, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Yakkhiyā vā petiyā vā paṇḍakena vā tiracchānagatitthiyā vā sahaseyyaṃ kappeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Amātugāme mātugāmasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Amātugāme vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Amātugāme amātugāmasaññī, anāpatti.

59. Anāpatti sabbacchanne sabbaaparicchanne, sabbaparicchanne sabbaacchanne [anāpatti sabbaacchanne sabbaaparicchanne, (sī.)], yebhuyyena acchanne, yebhuyyena aparicchanne, mātugāme nipanne bhikkhu nisīdati , bhikkhu nipanne mātugāmo nisīdati, ubho vā nisīdanti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Dutiyasahaseyyasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ.

7. Dhammadesanāsikkhāpadaṃ



那时，那位女子在那夜过后，亲手以美味的硬食软食满足、供养尊者阿那律。尊者阿那律用餐完毕，手离开钵后，那位女子礼敬尊者阿那律，坐在一旁。坐在一旁的那位女子，尊者阿那律以法语开示、教导、鼓励、令欢喜。那时，那位女子被尊者阿那律以法语开示、教导、鼓励、令欢喜后，对尊者阿那律说："太好了，尊者！太好了，尊者！就像扶起倒下的，揭开遮蔽的，为迷路者指路，在黑暗中举灯——有眼之人得见诸色。同样地，尊者阿那律以种种方便开示法。尊者，我皈依佛、法、僧。愿尊者接受我为优婆夷，从今以后终生皈依。"
之后，尊者阿那律到舍卫城后，把这件事告诉了比丘们。那些少欲的比丘们......抱怨、批评、指责说："为什么尊者阿那律要与女人同宿呢！"于是那些比丘以各种方式呵责尊者阿那律后，把这件事告诉了世尊......（世尊说）："阿那律，你真的与女人同宿吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀呵责道......"阿那律，为什么你要与女人同宿！阿那律，这不会使不信者生信......"于是，比丘们，你们应当如此宣说这条学处：
"若比丘与女人同宿，波逸提。"
"若"是指任何......比丘是指......在这里所指的比丘是这个意思。
女人是指人类女性，不是女夜叉、女饿鬼、雌性动物；即使是刚出生的女婴，更不用说年长的。
同是指一起。
睡处是指全部有遮蔽、全部有围绕、大部分有遮蔽、大部分有围绕。
同宿是指日落后，女人躺下时比丘躺下，犯波逸提罪。比丘躺下时女人躺下，犯波逸提罪。两人都躺下，犯波逸提罪。起来后再躺下，犯波逸提罪。
对女人认为是女人而同宿，犯波逸提罪。对女人有疑虑而同宿，犯波逸提罪。对女人认为不是女人而同宿，犯波逸提罪。
在半遮蔽半围绕的地方，犯突吉罗罪。与女夜叉、女饿鬼、黄门、雌性动物同宿，犯突吉罗罪。对非女人认为是女人，犯突吉罗罪。对非女人有疑虑，犯突吉罗罪。对非女人认为不是女人，无罪。
不犯的情况：全部有遮蔽全部无围绕，全部有围绕全部无遮蔽，大部分无遮蔽，大部分无围绕，女人躺下时比丘坐着，比丘躺下时女人坐着，两人都坐着，精神错乱者，最初犯戒者。
第六条第二同宿学处已结束。
说法学处

60. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā udāyī sāvatthiyaṃ kulūpako hoti, bahukāni kulāni upasaṅkamati. Atha kho āyasmā udāyī pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena aññataraṃ kulaṃ tenupasaṅkami. Tena kho pana samayena gharaṇī nivesanadvāre nisinnā hoti, gharasuṇhā āvasathadvāre nisinnā hoti. Atha kho āyasmā udāyī yena gharaṇī tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā gharaṇiyā upakaṇṇake dhammaṃ desesi. Atha kho gharasuṇhāya etadahosi – ‘‘ki nu kho so samaṇo sassuyā jāro udāhu obhāsatī’’ti?

Atha kho āyasmā udāyī gharaṇiyā upakaṇṇake dhammaṃ desetvā yena gharasuṇhā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā gharasuṇhāya upakaṇṇake dhammaṃ desesi. Atha kho gharaṇiyā etadahosi – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho so samaṇo gharasuṇhāya jāro udāhu obhāsatī’’ti ? Atha kho āyasmā udāyī gharasuṇhāya upakaṇṇake dhammaṃ desetvā pakkāmi. Atha kho gharaṇī gharasuṇhaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘he je, kiṃ te eso samaṇo avocā’’ti? ‘‘Dhammaṃ me, ayye, desesi’’. ‘‘Ayyāya pana kiṃ avocā’’ti? ‘‘Mayhampi dhammaṃ desesī’’ti. Tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyo udāyī mātugāmassa upakaṇṇake dhammaṃ desessati! Nanu nāma vissaṭṭhena vivaṭena dhammo desetabbo’’ti?

Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tāsaṃ itthīnaṃ ujjhāyantīnaṃ khiyyantīnaṃ vipācentīnaṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma āyasmā udāyī mātugāmassa dhammaṃ desessatī’’ti! Atha kho te bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ udāyiṃ anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… ‘‘saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, udāyi, mātugāmassa dhammaṃ desesī’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, mātugāmassa dhammaṃ desessasi. Netaṃ moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu mātugāmassa dhammaṃ deseyya pācittiya’’nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

61. Tena kho pana samayena upāsikā bhikkhū passitvā etadavocuṃ – ‘‘iṅghāyyā dhammaṃ desethā’’ti. ‘‘Na, bhaginī, kappati mātugāmassa dhammaṃ desetu’’nti. ‘‘Iṅghāyyā chappañcavācāhi dhammaṃ desetha, sakkā ettakenapi dhammo aññātu’’nti. ‘‘Na, bhaginī, kappati mātugāmassa dhammaṃ desetu’’nti. Kukkuccāyantā na desesuṃ. Upāsikā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā amhehi yāciyamānā dhammaṃ na desessantī’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tāsaṃ upāsikānaṃ ujjhāyantīnaṃ khiyyantīnaṃ vipācentīnaṃ. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, mātugāmassa chappañcavācāhi dhammaṃ desetuṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

‘‘Yo pana bhikkhū mātugāmassa uttarichappañcavācāhi dhammaṃ deseyya, pācittiya’’nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

62. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū – ‘‘bhagavatā anuññātaṃ mātugāmassa chappañcavācāhi dhammaṃ desetu’’nti te aviññuṃ purisaviggahaṃ upanisīdāpetvā mātugāmassa uttarichappañcavācāhi dhammaṃ desenti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū aviññuṃ purisaviggahaṃ upanisīdāpetvā mātugāmassa uttarichappañcavācāhi dhammaṃ desessantī’’ti!

Atha kho te bhikkhū chabbaggiye bhikkhū anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… ‘‘saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, aviññuṃ purisaviggahaṃ upanisīdāpetvā mātugāmassa uttarichappañcavācāhi dhammaṃ desethā’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, aviññuṃ purisaviggahaṃ upanisīdāpetvā mātugāmassa uttarichappañcavācāhi dhammaṃ desessatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –



那时，佛陀住在舍卫城（现今印度北方邦斯拉瓦斯蒂）祇树给孤独园。当时，尊者优陀夷是舍卫城的常客，经常拜访许多家庭。一天早晨，尊者优陀夷穿好衣服，拿着钵和衣，走向一户人家。那时，女主人坐在房门口，儿媳妇坐在内室门口。于是尊者优陀夷走向女主人；走近后在女主人耳边说法。这时儿媳妇想："这沙门是婆婆的情人还是在调戏她？"
然后尊者优陀夷在女主人耳边说完法后，走向儿媳妇；走近后在儿媳妇耳边说法。这时女主人想："这沙门是儿媳妇的情人还是在调戏她？"之后尊者优陀夷在儿媳妇耳边说完法就离开了。然后女主人对儿媳妇说："喂，那沙门对你说什么？""夫人，他对我说法。""他对夫人说什么？""他也对我说法。"她们抱怨、批评、指责说："为什么尊者优陀夷要在女人耳边说法！难道不应该公开清晰地说法吗？"
比丘们听到那些女人的抱怨、批评、指责。那些少欲的比丘们......抱怨、批评、指责说："为什么尊者优陀夷要对女人说法！"于是那些比丘以各种方式呵责尊者优陀夷后，把这件事告诉了世尊......（世尊说）："优陀夷，你真的对女人说法吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀呵责道......"愚人，为什么你要对女人说法！愚人，这不会使不信者生信......"于是，比丘们，你们应当如此宣说这条学处：
"若比丘对女人说法，波逸提。"
世尊为比丘们制定了这条学处。
那时，优婆夷们看到比丘就说："请尊者们说法。""姐妹，不允许对女人说法。""请尊者们说五六句法，这样也能理解法。""姐妹，不允许对女人说法。"他们因为顾虑就不说法。优婆夷们抱怨、批评、指责说："为什么尊者们在我们请求时不说法！"比丘们听到那些优婆夷的抱怨、批评、指责。于是那些比丘把这件事告诉了世尊。之后，世尊以此因缘、以此场合作了法的开示，然后对比丘们说："比丘们，我允许对女人说五六句法。比丘们，你们应当如此宣说这条学处：
"若比丘对女人说超过五六句法，波逸提。"
世尊为比丘们制定了这条学处。
那时，六群比丘想："世尊允许对女人说五六句法。"他们让一个不懂事的男子坐在旁边，对女人说超过五六句法。那些少欲的比丘们......抱怨、批评、指责说："为什么六群比丘让一个不懂事的男子坐在旁边，对女人说超过五六句法！"
于是那些比丘以各种方式呵责六群比丘后，把这件事告诉了世尊......（世尊说）："比丘们，你们真的让一个不懂事的男子坐在旁边，对女人说超过五六句法吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀呵责道......"愚人们，为什么你们让一个不懂事的男子坐在旁边，对女人说超过五六句法！愚人们，这不会使不信者生信......"于是，比丘们，你们应当如此宣说这条学处：

63.‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu mātugāmassa uttarichappañcavācāhi dhammaṃ deseyya, aññatra viññunā purisaviggahena, pācittiya’’nti.

64.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Mātugāmo nāma manussitthī; na yakkhī na petī na tiracchānagatā; viññū, paṭibalā subhāsitadubbhāsitaṃ duṭṭhullāduṭṭhullaṃ ājānituṃ.

Uttarichappañcavācāhīti atirekachappañcavācāhi.

Dhammo nāma buddhabhāsito, sāvakabhāsito, isibhāsito, devatābhāsito, atthūpasañhito, dhammūpasañhito.

Deseyyāti padena deseti, pade pade āpatti pācittiyassa. Akkharāya deseti, akkharakkharāya āpatti pācittiyassa.

Aññatra viññunā purisaviggahenāti ṭhapetvā viññuṃ purisaviggahaṃ. Viññū nāma purisaviggaho, paṭibalo hoti subhāsitadubbhāsitaṃ duṭṭhullāduṭṭhullaṃ ājānituṃ.

65. Mātugāme mātugāmasaññī uttarichappañcavācāhi dhammaṃ deseti, aññatra viññunā purisaviggahena, āpatti pācittiyassa. Mātugāme vematiko uttarichappañcavācāhi dhammaṃ deseti, aññatra viññunā purisaviggahena, āpatti pācittiyassa. Mātugāme amātugāmasaññī uttarichappañcavācāhi dhammaṃ deseti, aññatra viññunā purisaviggahena, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Yakkhiyā vā petiyā vā paṇḍakassa vā tiracchānagatamanussaviggahitthiyā vā uttarichappañcavācāhi dhammaṃ deseti, aññatra viññunā purisaviggahena, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Amātugāme mātugāmasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Amātugāme vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Amātugāme amātugāmasaññī, anāpatti.

66. Anāpatti viññunā purisaviggahena, chappañcavācāhi dhammaṃ deseti, ūnakachappañcavācāhi dhammaṃ deseti, uṭṭhahitvā puna nisīditvā deseti, mātugāmo uṭṭhahitvā puna nisīdati tasmiṃ deseti, aññassa mātugāmassa deseti, pañhaṃ pucchati, pañhaṃ puṭṭho katheti, aññassatthāya bhaṇantaṃ mātugāmo suṇāti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Dhammadesanāsikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ sattamaṃ.

8. Bhūtārocanasikkhāpadaṃ



"若比丘对女人说超过五六句法，除非有懂事的男子在场，波逸提。"
"若"是指任何......比丘是指......在这里所指的比丘是这个意思。
女人是指人类女性；不是女夜叉、女饿鬼、雌性动物；有理解能力，能够分辨善说恶说、粗俗不粗俗。
超过五六句是指超过五六句。
法是指佛陀所说、弟子所说、仙人所说、天神所说，与义相应、与法相应。
说是指逐句说，每句犯一波逸提罪。逐字母说，每个字母犯一波逸提罪。
除非有懂事的男子在场是指除了有懂事的男子在场。懂事的男子是指能够分辨善说恶说、粗俗不粗俗。
对女人认为是女人而说超过五六句法，除非有懂事的男子在场，犯波逸提罪。对女人有疑虑而说超过五六句法，除非有懂事的男子在场，犯波逸提罪。对女人认为不是女人而说超过五六句法，除非有懂事的男子在场，犯波逸提罪。
对女夜叉、女饿鬼、黄门或化作人形的雌性动物说超过五六句法，除非有懂事的男子在场，犯突吉罗罪。对非女人认为是女人，犯突吉罗罪。对非女人有疑虑，犯突吉罗罪。对非女人认为不是女人，无罪。
不犯的情况：有懂事的男子在场，说五六句法，说不到五六句法，起身后再坐下说，女人起身后再坐下时对她说，对另一个女人说，被问问题，被问问题时回答，为他人说时女人听到，精神错乱者，最初犯戒者。
第七条说法学处已结束。
宣说证果学处

67.[pārā. 193] Tena samayena buddho bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā sandiṭṭhā sambhattā bhikkhū vaggumudāya nadiyā tīre vassaṃ upagacchiṃsu. Tena kho pana samayena vajjī dubbhikkhā hoti – dvīhitikā setaṭṭhikā salākāvuttā, na sukarā uñchena paggahena yāpetuṃ. Atha kho tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘etarahi kho vajjī dubbhikkhā – dvīhitikā setaṭṭhikā salākāvuttā, na sukarā uñchena paggahena yāpetuṃ. Kena nu kho mayaṃ upāyena samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṃ vassaṃ vaseyyāma, na ca piṇḍakena kilameyyāmā’’ti? Ekacce evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘handa mayaṃ, āvuso, gihīnaṃ kammantaṃ adhiṭṭhema. Evaṃ te amhākaṃ dātuṃ maññissanti. Evaṃ mayaṃ samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṃ vassaṃ vasissāma, na ca piṇḍakena kilamissāmā’’ti. Ekacce evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘alaṃ, āvuso, kiṃ gihīnaṃ kammantaṃ adhiṭṭhitena? Handa mayaṃ, āvuso, gihīnaṃ dūteyyaṃ harāma. Evaṃ te amhākaṃ dātuṃ maññissanti. Evaṃ mayaṃ samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṃ vassaṃ vasissāma, na ca piṇḍakena kilamissāmā’’ti. Ekacce evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘alaṃ, āvuso; kiṃ gihīnaṃ kammantaṃ adhiṭṭhitena! Kiṃ gihīnaṃ dūteyyaṃ haṭena! Handa mayaṃ, āvuso, gihīnaṃ aññamaññassa uttarimanussadhammassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsissāma – ‘asuko bhikkhu paṭhamassa jhānassa lābhī, asuko bhikkhu dutiyassa jhānassa lābhī, asuko bhikkhu tatiyassa jhānassa lābhī, asuko bhikkhu catutthassa jhānassa lābhī, asuko bhikkhu sotāpanno, asuko bhikkhu sakadāgāmī, asuko bhikkhu anāgāmī, asuko bhikkhu arahā, asuko bhikkhu tevijjo, asuko bhikkhu chaḷabhiññoti. Evaṃ te amhākaṃ dātuṃ maññissanti. Evaṃ mayaṃ samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṃ vassaṃ vasissāma, na ca piṇḍakena kilamissāmā’’ti. Eso yeva kho, āvuso, seyyo, yo amhākaṃ gihīnaṃ aññamaññassa uttarimanussadhammassa vaṇṇo bhāsito’’ti.

Atha kho te bhikkhū gihīnaṃ aññamaññassa uttarimanussadhammassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsiṃsu – ‘‘asuko bhikkhu paṭhamassa jhānassa lābhī…pe… asuko bhikkhu chaḷabhiñño’’ti. Atha kho te manussā – ‘‘lābhā vata no, suladdhaṃ vata no, yesaṃ no evarūpā bhikkhū vassaṃ upagatā, na vata no ito pubbe evarūpā bhikkhū vassaṃ upagatā, yathayime bhikkhū sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā’’ti. Te na tādisāni bhojanāni attanā bhuñjanti, mātāpitūnaṃ denti puttadārassa denti dāsakammakaraporisassa denti mittāmaccānaṃ denti ñātisālohitānaṃ denti yādisāni bhikkhūnaṃ denti. Na tādisāni khādanīyāni sāyanīyāni pānāni attanā khādanti sāyanti pivanti [attanā pivanti (syā. ka.)] mātāpitūnaṃ denti puttadārassa denti dāsakammakaraporisassa denti mittāmaccānaṃ denti ñātisālohitānaṃ denti , yādisāni bhikkhūnaṃ denti. Atha kho te bhikkhū vaṇṇavā ahesuṃ pīṇindriyā pasannamukhavaṇṇā vippasannachavivaṇṇā.



那时，佛陀住在毗舍离（现今印度比哈尔邦）大林重阁讲堂。当时，许多相识的、亲密的比丘在瓦古穆达河岸边度过雨安居。那时，跋耆国发生饥荒——收成减半、白骨遍地、需要配给食物，靠乞食难以维生。于是那些比丘想："现在跋耆国发生饥荒——收成减半、白骨遍地、需要配给食物，靠乞食难以维生。我们用什么方法才能和睦相处、欢喜无诤地安度雨安居，又不会因乞食而疲惫呢？"有些人说："朋友们，我们来为在家人做工吧。这样他们会想给我们东西。这样我们就能和睦相处、欢喜无诤地安度雨安居，又不会因乞食而疲惫。"有些人说："朋友们，够了，为在家人做工有什么用？朋友们，我们来为在家人传递信息吧。这样他们会想给我们东西。这样我们就能和睦相处、欢喜无诤地安度雨安居，又不会因乞食而疲惫。"有些人说："朋友们，够了；为在家人做工有什么用！为在家人传递信息有什么用！朋友们，我们来互相向在家人宣说上人法的功德吧——'某比丘证得初禅，某比丘证得二禅，某比丘证得三禅，某比丘证得四禅，某比丘是须陀洹，某比丘是斯陀含，某比丘是阿那含，某比丘是阿罗汉，某比丘具有三明，某比丘具有六神通。'这样他们会想给我们东西。这样我们就能和睦相处、欢喜无诤地安度雨安居，又不会因乞食而疲惫。""朋友们，这个方法最好，就是我们互相向在家人宣说上人法的功德。"
于是那些比丘互相向在家人宣说上人法的功德——"某比丘证得初禅......某比丘具有六神通。"那些人想："我们真有福气，真是好运，有这样的比丘来度雨安居，以前从没有这样的比丘来度雨安居，像这些持戒、有善法的比丘。"他们自己不吃那样的食物，而是给父母、妻子儿女、奴仆工人、朋友同事、亲戚血亲那样的食物，而给比丘们更好的。他们自己不吃、不喝那样的硬食、软食、饮料，而是给父母、妻子儿女、奴仆工人、朋友同事、亲戚血亲那样的，而给比丘们更好的。于是那些比丘变得容光焕发、诸根饱满、面色光泽、皮肤清净。

68. Āciṇṇaṃ kho panetaṃ vassaṃvuṭṭhānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ bhagavantaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamituṃ. Atha kho te bhikkhū vassaṃvuṭṭhā temāsaccayena senāsanaṃ saṃsāmetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena vesālī tena pakkamiṃsu. Anupubbena yena vesālī mahāvanaṃ kūṭāgārasālā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Tena kho pana samayena disāsu vassaṃvuṭṭhā bhikkhū kisā honti lūkhā dubbaṇṇā uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajātā dhamanisanthatagattā. Vaggumudātīriyā pana bhikkhū vaṇṇavā honti pīṇindriyā pasannamukhavaṇṇā vippasannachavivaṇṇā. Āciṇṇaṃ kho panetaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ āgantukehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ paṭisammodituṃ. Atha kho bhagavā vaggumudātīriye bhikkhū etadavoca – ‘‘kacci, bhikkhave, khamanīyaṃ, kacci yāpanīyaṃ, kacci samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṃ vassaṃ vasittha, na ca piṇḍakena kilamitthā’’ti? ‘‘Khamanīyaṃ bhagavā, yāpanīyaṃ bhagavā. Samaggā ca mayaṃ, bhante, sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṃ vassaṃ vasimhā, na ca piṇḍakena kilamimhā’’ti. Jānantāpi tathāgatā pucchanti, jānantāpi na pucchanti. Kālaṃ viditvā pucchanti , kālaṃ viditvā na pucchanti. Atthasañhitaṃ tathāgatā pucchanti, no anatthasañhitaṃ. Anatthasañhite setughāto tathāgatānaṃ. Dvīhākārehi buddhā bhagavanto bhikkhū paṭipucchanti – dhammaṃ vā desessāma, sāvakānaṃ vā sikkhāpadaṃ paññapessāmāti.

Atha kho bhagavā vaggumudātīriye bhikkhū etadavoca – ‘‘yathā kathaṃ pana tumhe, bhikkhave, samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṃ vassaṃ vasittha, na ca piṇḍakena kilamitthā’’ti? Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. ‘‘Kacci pana vo, bhikkhave, bhūta’’nti? ‘‘Bhūtaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, bhikkhave, udarassa kāraṇā gihīnaṃ aññamaññassa uttarimanussadhammassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsissatha! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

69.‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu anupasampannassa uttarimanussadhammaṃ āroceyya bhūtasmiṃ, pācittiya’’nti.

70.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Anupasampanno nāma bhikkhuñca bhikkhuniñca ṭhapetvā, avaseso anupasampanno nāma.

[pārā. 198]Uttarimanussadhammo nāma jhānaṃ, vimokkho, samādhi, samāpatti, ñāṇadassanaṃ, maggabhāvanā, phalasacchikiriyā, kilesappahānaṃ, vinīvaraṇatā cittassa, suññāgāre abhirati.

[pārā. 199]Jhānanti paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ, dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ, tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ, catutthaṃ jhānaṃ.

[pārā. 199]Vimokkhoti suññato vimokkho, animitto vimokkho, appaṇihito vimokkho.

[pārā. 199]Samādhīti suññato samādhi, animitto samādhi, appaṇihito samādhi.

[pārā. 199]Samāpattīti suññatā samāpatti, animittā samāpatti, appaṇihitā samāpatti.

[pārā. 199]Ñāṇadassananti tisso vijjā.

[pārā. 199]Maggabhāvanāti cattāro satipaṭṭhānā, cattāro sammappadhānā, cattāro iddhipādā, pañcindriyāni, pañca balāni, satta bojjhaṅgā, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo.

[pārā. 199]Phalasacchikiriyāti sotāpattiphalassa sacchikiriyā, sakadāgāmiphalassa sacchikiriyā, anāgāmiphalassa sacchikiriyā, arahattassa [arahattaphalassa (syā.)] sacchikiriyā.

[pārā. 199]Kilesappahānanti rāgassa pahānaṃ, dosassa pahānaṃ, mohassa pahānaṃ.

[pārā. 199]Vinīvaraṇatā cittassāti rāgā cittaṃ vinīvaraṇatā, dosā cittaṃ vinīvaraṇatā, mohā cittaṃ vinīvaraṇatā.

[pārā. 199]Suññāgāre abhiratīti paṭhamena jhānena suññāgāre abhirati, dutiyena jhānena suññāgāre abhirati, tatiyena jhānena suññāgāre abhirati, catutthena jhānena suññāgāre abhirati.



度过雨安居的比丘们有去见世尊的习惯。于是那些比丘度过雨安居三个月后，收拾好住处，拿着钵和衣前往毗舍离。他们逐步到达毗舍离大林重阁讲堂，走向世尊；走近后礼敬世尊，坐在一旁。那时，在各地度过雨安居的比丘们都瘦弱、憔悴、面色不好、皮肤苍白、血管凸显。但在瓦古穆达河岸边度过雨安居的比丘们却容光焕发、诸根饱满、面色光泽、皮肤清净。诸佛世尊有与来访比丘们寒暄的习惯。于是世尊对瓦古穆达河岸边的比丘们说："比丘们，还好吗？还能维持吗？你们和睦相处、欢喜无诤地安度雨安居，没有因乞食而疲惫吧？""世尊，还好，还能维持。尊者，我们和睦相处、欢喜无诤地安度了雨安居，没有因乞食而疲惫。"如来知道也会问，知道也会不问。知道时机会问，知道时机会不问。如来问有意义的事，不问无意义的事。对无意义的事，如来会断绝桥梁。诸佛世尊以两种原因询问比丘们——我们要说法，或者要为弟子们制定学处。
于是世尊对瓦古穆达河岸边的比丘们说："比丘们，你们是如何和睦相处、欢喜无诤地安度雨安居，又不因乞食而疲惫的呢？"那些比丘就把这件事告诉了世尊。"比丘们，你们说的是真的吗？""世尊，是真的。"佛陀呵责道......"比丘们，你们怎么能为了肚子向在家人互相宣说上人法的功德呢！比丘们，这不会使不信者生信......"于是，比丘们，你们应当如此宣说这条学处：
"若比丘对未受具足戒者宣说真实的上人法，波逸提。"
"若"是指任何......比丘是指......在这里所指的比丘是这个意思。
未受具足戒者是指除了比丘和比丘尼之外的其他人。
上人法是指禅那、解脱、定、等至、智见、道的修习、果的证悟、烦恼的断除、心的无障碍、空闲处的喜乐。
禅那是指初禅、二禅、三禅、四禅。
解脱是指空解脱、无相解脱、无愿解脱。
定是指空定、无相定、无愿定。
等至是指空等至、无相等至、无愿等至。
智见是指三明。
道的修习是指四念处、四正勤、四神足、五根、五力、七觉支、八圣道支。
果的证悟是指证悟须陀洹果、证悟斯陀含果、证悟阿那含果、证悟阿罗汉果。
烦恼的断除是指断除贪、断除嗔、断除痴。
心的无障碍是指心从贪无障碍、心从嗔无障碍、心从痴无障碍。
空闲处的喜乐是指以初禅在空闲处喜乐、以二禅在空闲处喜乐、以三禅在空闲处喜乐、以四禅在空闲处喜乐。

71.Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – ‘‘paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji’’nti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – ‘‘paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjāmī’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – ‘‘paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpanno’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – ‘‘paṭhamassa jhānassa lābhimhī’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – ‘‘paṭhamassa jhānassa vasimhī’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – ‘‘paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ sacchikataṃ mayā’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – ‘‘dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ… tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ… catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; catutthassa jhānassa lābhimhi, vasimhi; catutthaṃ jhānaṃ sacchikataṃ mayā’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – ‘‘suññataṃ vimokkhaṃ… animittaṃ vimokkhaṃ… appaṇihitaṃ vimokkhaṃ… suññataṃ samādhiṃ… animittaṃ samādhiṃ… appaṇihitaṃ samādhiṃ samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; appaṇihitassa samādhissa lābhimhi, vasimhi; appaṇihito samādhi sacchikato mayā’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – ‘‘suññataṃ samāpattiṃ… animittaṃ samāpattiṃ… appaṇihitaṃ samāpattiṃ samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; appaṇihitāya samāpattiyā lābhimhi, vasimhi; appaṇihitā samāpatti sacchikatā mayā’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – ‘‘tisso vijjā samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; tissannaṃ vijjānaṃ lābhimhi, vasimhi; tisso vijjā sacchikatā mayā’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – ‘‘cattāro satipaṭṭhāne… cattāro sammappadhāne… cattāro iddhipāde samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; catunnaṃ iddhipādānaṃ lābhimhi, vasimhi; cattāro iddhipādā sacchikatā mayā’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – ‘‘pañcindriyāni… pañca balāni samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi , samāpanno; pañcannaṃ balānaṃ lābhimhi, vasimhi; pañca balāni sacchikatāni mayā’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – ‘‘satta bojjhaṅge samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; sattannaṃ bojjhaṅgānaṃ lābhimhi, vasimhi; satta bojjhaṅgā sacchikatā mayā’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – ‘‘ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; ariyassa aṭṭhaṅgikassa maggassa lābhimhi, vasimhi; ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo sacchikato mayā’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – ‘‘sotāpattiphalaṃ… sakadāgāmiphalaṃ… anāgāmiphalaṃ… arahattaṃ samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; arahattassa lābhimhi, vasimhi; arahattaṃ [arahattaphalaṃ (syā.)] sacchikataṃ mayā’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – ‘‘rāgo me catto… doso me catto… moho me catto, vanto, mutto, pahīno, paṭinissaṭṭho, ukkheṭito , samukkheṭito’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – ‘‘rāgā me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇaṃ… dosā me citta vinīvaraṇaṃ… mohā me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇa’’nti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – ‘‘suññāgāre paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ… dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ… tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ… catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; suññāgāre catutthassa jhānassa lābhimhi, vasimhi; suññāgāre catutthaṃ jhānaṃ sacchikataṃ mayā’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.



宣说是指对未受具足戒者说："我证得初禅"，犯波逸提罪。
宣说是指对未受具足戒者说："我正在证得初禅"，犯波逸提罪。
宣说是指对未受具足戒者说："我已证得初禅"，犯波逸提罪。
宣说是指对未受具足戒者说："我获得初禅"，犯波逸提罪。
宣说是指对未受具足戒者说："我精通初禅"，犯波逸提罪。
宣说是指对未受具足戒者说："我已证悟初禅"，犯波逸提罪。
宣说是指对未受具足戒者说："我证得二禅...三禅...四禅，我正在证得，我已证得；我获得四禅，我精通；我已证悟四禅"，犯波逸提罪。
宣说是指对未受具足戒者说："我证得空解脱...无相解脱...无愿解脱...空定...无相定...无愿定，我正在证得，我已证得；我获得无愿定，我精通；我已证悟无愿定"，犯波逸提罪。
宣说是指对未受具足戒者说："我证得空等至...无相等至...无愿等至，我正在证得，我已证得；我获得无愿等至，我精通；我已证悟无愿等至"，犯波逸提罪。
宣说是指对未受具足戒者说："我证得三明，我正在证得，我已证得；我获得三明，我精通；我已证悟三明"，犯波逸提罪。
宣说是指对未受具足戒者说："我证得四念处...四正勤...四神足，我正在证得，我已证得；我获得四神足，我精通；我已证悟四神足"，犯波逸提罪。
宣说是指对未受具足戒者说："我证得五根...五力，我正在证得，我已证得；我获得五力，我精通；我已证悟五力"，犯波逸提罪。
宣说是指对未受具足戒者说："我证得七觉支，我正在证得，我已证得；我获得七觉支，我精通；我已证悟七觉支"，犯波逸提罪。
宣说是指对未受具足戒者说："我证得八圣道支，我正在证得，我已证得；我获得八圣道支，我精通；我已证悟八圣道支"，犯波逸提罪。
宣说是指对未受具足戒者说："我证得须陀洹果...斯陀含果...阿那含果...阿罗汉果，我正在证得，我已证得；我获得阿罗汉果，我精通；我已证悟阿罗汉果"，犯波逸提罪。
宣说是指对未受具足戒者说："我的贪已断...我的嗔已断...我的痴已断、吐出、解脱、舍弃、摆脱、抛弃、根除"，犯波逸提罪。
宣说是指对未受具足戒者说："我的心从贪无障碍...我的心从嗔无障碍...我的心从痴无障碍"，犯波逸提罪。
宣说是指对未受具足戒者说："我在空闲处证得初禅...二禅...三禅...四禅，我正在证得，我已证得；我在空闲处获得四禅，我精通；我在空闲处已证悟四禅"，犯波逸提罪。

72.Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – ‘‘paṭhamañca jhānaṃ dutiyañca jhānaṃ samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; paṭhamassa ca jhānassa dutiyassa ca jhānassa lābhimhi, vasimhi; paṭhamañca jhānaṃ dutiyañca jhānaṃ sacchikataṃ mayā’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – ‘‘paṭhamañca jhānaṃ tatiyañca jhānaṃ… paṭhamañca jhānaṃ catutthañca jhānaṃ samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; paṭhamassa ca jhānassa catutthassa ca jhānassa lābhimhi, vasimhi; paṭhamañca jhānaṃ catutthañca jhānaṃ sacchikataṃ mayā’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – ‘‘paṭhamañca jhānaṃ suññatañca vimokkhaṃ… animittañca vimokkhaṃ… appaṇihitañca vimokkhaṃ… suññatañca samādhiṃ… animittañca samādhiṃ… appaṇihitañca samādhiṃ samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; paṭhamassa ca jhānassa appaṇihitassa ca samādhissa lābhimhi, vasimhi; paṭhamañca jhānaṃ appaṇihito ca samādhi sacchikato mayā’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – ‘‘paṭhamañca jhānaṃ suññatañca samāpattiṃ… animittañca samāpattiṃ… appaṇihitañca samāpattiṃ samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; paṭhamassa ca jhānassa appaṇihitāya ca samāpattiyā lābhimhi, vasimhi; paṭhamañca jhānaṃ appaṇihitā ca samāpatti sacchikatā mayā’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – ‘‘paṭhamañca jhānaṃ tisso ca vijjā samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; paṭhamassa ca jhānassa tissannañca vijjānaṃ lābhimhi, vasimhi; paṭhamañca jhānaṃ tisso ca vijjā sacchikatā mayā’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – ‘‘paṭhamañca jhānaṃ cattāro ca satipaṭṭhāne…pe… cattāro ca sammappadhāne… cattāro ca iddhipāde samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; paṭhamassa ca jhānassa catunnañca iddhipādānaṃ lābhimhi, vasimhi; paṭhamañca jhānaṃ cattāro ca iddhipādā sacchikatā mayā’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – ‘‘paṭhamañca jhānaṃ, pañca ca indriyāni… pañca ca balāni samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; paṭhamassa ca jhānassa pañcannañca balānaṃ lābhimhi, vasimhi; paṭhamañca jhānaṃ pañca ca balāni sacchikatāni mayā’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – ‘‘paṭhamañca jhānaṃ satta ca bojjhaṅge samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; paṭhamassa ca jhānassa sattannañca bojjhaṅgānaṃ lābhimhi, vasimhi; paṭhamañca jhānaṃ satta ca bojjhaṅgā sacchikatā mayā’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – ‘‘paṭhamañca jhānaṃ ariyañca aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; paṭhamassa ca jhānassa ariyassa ca aṭṭhaṅgikassa maggassa lābhimhi, vasimhi; paṭhamañca jhānaṃ ariyo ca aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo sacchikato mayā’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – ‘‘paṭhamañca jhānaṃ sotāpattiphalañca… sakadāgāmiphalañca… anāgāmiphalañca… arahattañca [arahattaphalañca (syā.)] samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; paṭhamassa ca jhānassa arahattassa [arahattaphalassa (syā.)] ca lābhimhi, vasimhi; paṭhamañca jhānaṃ arahattañca sacchikataṃ mayā’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – ‘‘paṭhamañca jhānaṃ samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno… rāgo ca me catto… doso ca me catto… moho ca me catto, vanto, mutto, pahīno, paṭinissaṭṭho, ukkheṭito, samukkheṭito’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – ‘‘paṭhamañca jhānaṃ samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno… rāgā ca me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇaṃ… dosā ca me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇaṃ… mohā ca me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇa’’nti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.



宣说是指对未受具足戒者说："我证得初禅和二禅，我正在证得，我已证得；我获得初禅和二禅，我精通；我已证悟初禅和二禅"，犯波逸提罪。
宣说是指对未受具足戒者说："我证得初禅和三禅...初禅和四禅，我正在证得，我已证得；我获得初禅和四禅，我精通；我已证悟初禅和四禅"，犯波逸提罪。
宣说是指对未受具足戒者说："我证得初禅和空解脱...无相解脱...无愿解脱...空定...无相定...无愿定，我正在证得，我已证得；我获得初禅和无愿定，我精通；我已证悟初禅和无愿定"，犯波逸提罪。
宣说是指对未受具足戒者说："我证得初禅和空等至...无相等至...无愿等至，我正在证得，我已证得；我获得初禅和无愿等至，我精通；我已证悟初禅和无愿等至"，犯波逸提罪。
宣说是指对未受具足戒者说："我证得初禅和三明，我正在证得，我已证得；我获得初禅和三明，我精通；我已证悟初禅和三明"，犯波逸提罪。
宣说是指对未受具足戒者说："我证得初禅和四念处...四正勤...四神足，我正在证得，我已证得；我获得初禅和四神足，我精通；我已证悟初禅和四神足"，犯波逸提罪。
宣说是指对未受具足戒者说："我证得初禅和五根...五力，我正在证得，我已证得；我获得初禅和五力，我精通；我已证悟初禅和五力"，犯波逸提罪。
宣说是指对未受具足戒者说："我证得初禅和七觉支，我正在证得，我已证得；我获得初禅和七觉支，我精通；我已证悟初禅和七觉支"，犯波逸提罪。
宣说是指对未受具足戒者说："我证得初禅和八圣道支，我正在证得，我已证得；我获得初禅和八圣道支，我精通；我已证悟初禅和八圣道支"，犯波逸提罪。
宣说是指对未受具足戒者说："我证得初禅和须陀洹果...斯陀含果...阿那含果...阿罗汉果，我正在证得，我已证得；我获得初禅和阿罗汉果，我精通；我已证悟初禅和阿罗汉果"，犯波逸提罪。
宣说是指对未受具足戒者说："我证得初禅，我正在证得，我已证得...我的贪已断...我的嗔已断...我的痴已断、吐出、解脱、舍弃、摆脱、抛弃、根除"，犯波逸提罪。
宣说是指对未受具足戒者说："我证得初禅，我正在证得，我已证得...我的心从贪无障碍...我的心从嗔无障碍...我的心从痴无障碍"，犯波逸提罪。

73.Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – ‘‘dutiyañca jhānaṃ tatiyañca jhānaṃ… dutiyañca jhānaṃ catutthañca jhānaṃ samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; dutiyassa ca jhānassa catutthassa ca jhānassa lābhimhi, vasimhi; dutiyañca jhānaṃ catutthañca jhānaṃ sacchikataṃ mayā’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – ‘‘dutiyañca jhānaṃ suññatañca vimokkhaṃ…pe… mohā ca me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇa’’nti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – ‘‘dutiyañca jhānaṃ paṭhamañca jhānaṃ samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; dutiyassa ca jhānassa paṭhamassa ca jhānassa lābhimhi, vasimhi; dutiyañca jhānaṃ paṭhamañca jhānaṃ sacchikataṃ mayā’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe….

Mūlaṃ saṃkhittaṃ.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – ‘‘mohā ca me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇaṃ, paṭhamañca jhānaṃ samāpajjiṃ, samāpajjāmi, samāpanno; mohā ca me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇaṃ, paṭhamassa ca jhānassa lābhimhi, vasimhi; mohā ca me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇaṃ, paṭhamañca jhānaṃ sacchikataṃ mayā’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe….

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – ‘‘mohā ca me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇaṃ, dosā ca me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇa’’nti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa…pe….

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – ‘‘paṭhamañca jhānaṃ dutiyañca jhānaṃ tatiyañca jhānaṃ catutthañca jhānaṃ suññatañca vimokkhaṃ animittañca vimokkhaṃ appaṇihitañca vimokkhaṃ suññatañca samādhiṃ animittañca samādhiṃ appaṇihitañca samādhiṃ suññatañca samāpattiṃ animittañca samāpattiṃ appaṇihitañca samāpattiṃ tisso ca vijjā cattāro ca satipaṭṭhāne cattāro ca sammappadhāne cattāro ca iddhipāde pañca ca indriyāni pañca ca balāni satta ca bojjhaṅge ariyañca aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ sotāpattiphalañca sakadāgāmiphalañca anāgāmiphalañca arahattañca [arahattaphalañca (syā.)] samāpajjiṃ…pe… rāgo ca me catto, doso ca me catto, moho ca me catto, vanto, mutto, pahīno, paṭinissaṭṭho, ukkheṭito samukkheṭito, rāgā ca me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇaṃ, dosā ca me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇaṃ, mohā ca me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇa’’nti bhaṇantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.



宣说是指对未受具足戒者说："我证得二禅和三禅...二禅和四禅，我正在证得，我已证得；我获得二禅和四禅，我精通；我已证悟二禅和四禅"，犯波逸提罪。
宣说是指对未受具足戒者说："我证得二禅和空解脱...我的心从痴无障碍"，犯波逸提罪。
宣说是指对未受具足戒者说："我证得二禅和初禅，我正在证得，我已证得；我获得二禅和初禅，我精通；我已证悟二禅和初禅"，犯波逸提罪...
（中略）
宣说是指对未受具足戒者说："我的心从痴无障碍，我证得初禅，我正在证得，我已证得；我的心从痴无障碍，我获得初禅，我精通；我的心从痴无障碍，我已证悟初禅"，犯波逸提罪...
宣说是指对未受具足戒者说："我的心从痴无障碍，我的心从嗔无障碍"，犯波逸提罪...
宣说是指对未受具足戒者说："我证得初禅、二禅、三禅、四禅、空解脱、无相解脱、无愿解脱、空定、无相定、无愿定、空等至、无相等至、无愿等至、三明、四念处、四正勤、四神足、五根、五力、七觉支、八圣道支、须陀洹果、斯陀含果、阿那含果、阿罗汉果...我的贪已断、我的嗔已断、我的痴已断、吐出、解脱、舍弃、摆脱、抛弃、根除，我的心从贪无障碍，我的心从嗔无障碍，我的心从痴无障碍"，犯波逸提罪。

74.Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – ‘‘paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji’’nti vattukāmo ‘‘dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji’’nti bhaṇantassa paṭivijānantassa āpatti pācittiyassa, na paṭivijānantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – ‘‘paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji’’nti vattukāmo ‘‘tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ…pe… catutthaṃ jhānaṃ, suññataṃ vimokkhaṃ, animittaṃ vimokkhaṃ, appaṇihitaṃ vimokkhaṃ, suññataṃ samādhiṃ, animittaṃ samādhiṃ, appaṇihitaṃ samādhiṃ, suññataṃ samāpattiṃ, animittaṃ samāpattiṃ, appaṇihitaṃ samāpattiṃ, tisso vijjā, cattāro satipaṭṭhāne, cattāro sammappadhāne, cattāro iddhipāde, pañcindriyāni, pañca balāni, satta bojjhaṅge, ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ, sotāpattiphalaṃ, sakadāgāmiphalaṃ, anāgāmiphalaṃ, arahattaṃ [arahattaphalaṃ (syā.)] samāpajjiṃ…pe… rāgo me catto, doso me catto, moho me catto, vanto, mutto, pahīno; paṭinissaṭṭho, ukkheṭito, samukkheṭito; rāgā me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇaṃ, dosā me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇaṃ, mohā me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇa’’nti bhaṇantassa paṭivijānantassa āpatti pācittiyassa, na paṭivijānantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – ‘‘dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji’’nti vattukāmo…pe… ‘‘mohā me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇa’’nti bhaṇantassa paṭivijānantassa āpatti pācittiyassa, na paṭivijānantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa…pe….

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – ‘‘dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji’’nti vattukāmo – ‘‘paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji’’nti bhaṇantassa paṭivijānantassa āpatti pācittiyassa, na paṭivijānantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa…pe….

Mūlaṃ saṃkhittaṃ.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – ‘‘mohā me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇa’’nti vattukāmo – ‘‘paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji’’nti bhaṇantassa paṭivijānantassa āpatti pācittiyassa, na paṭivijānantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa…pe….

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – ‘‘mohā me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇa’’nti vattukāmo – ‘‘dosā me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇa’’nti bhaṇantassa paṭivijānantassa āpatti pācittiyassa, na paṭivijānantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa…pe….

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – ‘‘paṭhamañca jhānaṃ dutiyañca jhānaṃ tatiyañca jhānaṃ catutthañca jhānaṃ …pe… dosā ca me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇa’’nti vattukāmo – ‘‘mohā me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇa’’nti bhaṇantassa paṭivijānantassa āpatti pācittiyassa, na paṭivijānantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – ‘‘dutiyañca jhānaṃ tatiyañca jhānaṃ catutthañca jhānaṃ…pe… mohā ca me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇa’’nti vattukāmo – ‘‘paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji’’nti bhaṇantassa paṭivijānantassa āpatti pācittiyassa, na paṭivijānantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa…pe….



宣说是指对未受具足戒者想说"我证得初禅"，却说"我证得二禅"，如果对方理解了，犯波逸提罪；如果对方不理解，犯突吉罗罪。
宣说是指对未受具足戒者想说"我证得初禅"，却说"我证得三禅...四禅、空解脱、无相解脱、无愿解脱、空定、无相定、无愿定、空等至、无相等至、无愿等至、三明、四念处、四正勤、四神足、五根、五力、七觉支、八圣道支、须陀洹果、斯陀含果、阿那含果、阿罗汉果...我的贪已断、我的嗔已断、我的痴已断、吐出、解脱、舍弃、摆脱、抛弃、根除；我的心从贪无障碍，我的心从嗔无障碍，我的心从痴无障碍"，如果对方理解了，犯波逸提罪；如果对方不理解，犯突吉罗罪。
宣说是指对未受具足戒者想说"我证得二禅"...却说"我的心从痴无障碍"，如果对方理解了，犯波逸提罪；如果对方不理解，犯突吉罗罪...
宣说是指对未受具足戒者想说"我证得二禅"，却说"我证得初禅"，如果对方理解了，犯波逸提罪；如果对方不理解，犯突吉罗罪...
（中略）
宣说是指对未受具足戒者想说"我的心从痴无障碍"，却说"我证得初禅"，如果对方理解了，犯波逸提罪；如果对方不理解，犯突吉罗罪...
宣说是指对未受具足戒者想说"我的心从痴无障碍"，却说"我的心从嗔无障碍"，如果对方理解了，犯波逸提罪；如果对方不理解，犯突吉罗罪...
宣说是指对未受具足戒者想说"我证得初禅、二禅、三禅、四禅...我的心从嗔无障碍"，却说"我的心从痴无障碍"，如果对方理解了，犯波逸提罪；如果对方不理解，犯突吉罗罪。
宣说是指对未受具足戒者想说"我证得二禅、三禅、四禅...我的心从痴无障碍"，却说"我证得初禅"，如果对方理解了，犯波逸提罪；如果对方不理解，犯突吉罗罪...

75.Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – ‘‘yo te vihāre vasi so bhikkhu paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, samāpajjati, samāpanno; so bhikkhu paṭhamassa jhānassa lābhī, vasī; tena bhikkhunā paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ sacchikata’’nti bhaṇantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – ‘‘yo te vihāre vasi so bhikkhu dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ…pe… tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, samāpajjati, samāpanno; so bhikkhu catutthassa jhānassa lābhī, vasī; tena bhikkhunā catutthaṃ jhānaṃ sacchikata’’nti bhaṇantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – ‘‘yo te vihāre vasi so bhikkhu suññataṃ vimokkhaṃ…pe… animittaṃ vimokkhaṃ appaṇihitaṃ vimokkhaṃ suññataṃ samādhiṃ animittaṃ samādhiṃ appaṇihitaṃ samādhiṃ samāpajji, samāpajjati, samāpanno; so bhikkhu appaṇihitassa samādhissa lābhī, vasī; tena bhikkhunā appaṇihito samādhi sacchikato’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – ‘‘yo te vihāre vasi so bhikkhu suññataṃ samāpattiṃ…pe… animittaṃ samāpattiṃ appaṇihitaṃ samāpattiṃ samāpajji, samāpajjati, samāpanno; appaṇihitāya samāpattiyā lābhī, vasī; tena bhikkhunā appaṇihitā samāpatti sacchikatā’’ti bhaṇantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – ‘‘yo te vihāre vasi so bhikkhu tisso vijjā …pe… cattāro satipaṭṭhāne, cattāro sammappadhāne, cattāro iddhipāde, pañcindriyāni, pañca balāni, satta bojhaṅge, ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ, sotāpattiphalaṃ, sakadāgāmiphalaṃ, anāgāmiphalaṃ, arahattaṃ [arahattaphalaṃ (syā.)] samāpajji…pe… samāpajjati, samāpanno…pe… tassa bhikkhuno rāgo catto, doso catto, moho catto, vanto, mutto, pahīno, paṭinissaṭṭho, ukkheṭito, samukkheṭito; tassa bhikkhuno rāgā cittaṃ vinīvaraṇaṃ, dosā cittaṃ vinīvaraṇaṃ, mohā cittaṃ vinīvaraṇa’’nti bhaṇantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – ‘‘yo te vihāre vasi so bhikkhu suññāgāre paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ…pe… dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, samāpajjati, samāpanno; so bhikkhu suññāgāre catutthassa jhānassa lābhī, vasī; tena bhikkhunā suññāgāre catutthaṃ jhānaṃ sacchikata’’nti bhaṇantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – ‘‘yo te cīvaraṃ paribhuñji, yo te piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñji, yo te senāsanaṃ paribhuñji, yo te gilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ paribhuñji so bhikkhu suññāgāre catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, samāpajjati, samāpanno; so bhikkhu suññāgāre catutthassa jhānassa lābhī, vasī; tena bhikkhunā suññāgāre catutthaṃ jhānaṃ sacchikata’’nti bhaṇantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa.

76.Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – ‘‘yena te vihāro paribhutto…pe… yena te cīvaraṃ paribhuttaṃ, yena te piṇḍapāto paribhutto, yena te senāsanaṃ paribhuttaṃ, yena te gilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhāro paribhutto so bhikkhu suññāgāre catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, samāpajjati, samāpanno; so bhikkhu suññāgāre catutthassa jhānassa lābhī, vasī; tena bhikkhunā suññāgāre catutthaṃ jhānaṃ sacchikata’’nti bhaṇantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Āroceyyāti anupasampannassa – ‘‘yaṃ tvaṃ āgamma vihāraṃ adāsi…pe… cīvaraṃ adāsi, piṇḍapātaṃ adāsi, senāsanaṃ adāsi, gilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ adāsi so bhikkhu suññāgāre catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, samāpajjati, samāpanno; so bhikkhu suññāgāre catutthassa jhānassa lābhī, vasī; tena bhikkhunā suññāgāre catutthaṃ jhānaṃ sacchikata’’nti bhaṇantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa.

77. Anāpatti upasampannassa, bhūtaṃ āroceti, ādikammikassāti.

Bhūtārocanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ.

9. Duṭṭhullārocanasikkhāpadaṃ



宣说是指对未受具足戒者说："住在你的精舍里的那个比丘证得初禅，正在证得，已证得；那个比丘获得初禅，精通；那个比丘已证悟初禅"，犯突吉罗罪。
宣说是指对未受具足戒者说："住在你的精舍里的那个比丘证得二禅...三禅、四禅，正在证得，已证得；那个比丘获得四禅，精通；那个比丘已证悟四禅"，犯突吉罗罪。
宣说是指对未受具足戒者说："住在你的精舍里的那个比丘证得空解脱...无相解脱、无愿解脱、空定、无相定、无愿定，正在证得，已证得；那个比丘获得无愿定，精通；那个比丘已证悟无愿定"，犯突吉罗罪。
宣说是指对未受具足戒者说："住在你的精舍里的那个比丘证得空等至...无相等至、无愿等至，正在证得，已证得；获得无愿等至，精通；那个比丘已证悟无愿等至"，犯突吉罗罪。
宣说是指对未受具足戒者说："住在你的精舍里的那个比丘证得三明...四念处、四正勤、四神足、五根、五力、七觉支、八圣道支、须陀洹果、斯陀含果、阿那含果、阿罗汉果...正在证得，已证得...那个比丘的贪已断、嗔已断、痴已断、吐出、解脱、舍弃、摆脱、抛弃、根除；那个比丘的心从贪无障碍，从嗔无障碍，从痴无障碍"，犯突吉罗罪。
宣说是指对未受具足戒者说："住在你的精舍里的那个比丘在空闲处证得初禅...二禅、三禅、四禅，正在证得，已证得；那个比丘在空闲处获得四禅，精通；那个比丘已在空闲处证悟四禅"，犯突吉罗罪。
宣说是指对未受具足戒者说："使用你的衣服的那个比丘，使用你的食物的那个比丘，使用你的住处的那个比丘，使用你的医药的那个比丘，他在空闲处证得四禅，正在证得，已证得；那个比丘在空闲处获得四禅，精通；那个比丘已在空闲处证悟四禅"，犯突吉罗罪。
宣说是指对未受具足戒者说："使用你的精舍的...使用你的衣服的，使用你的食物的，使用你的住处的，使用你的医药的那个比丘，他在空闲处证得四禅，正在证得，已证得；那个比丘在空闲处获得四禅，精通；那个比丘已在空闲处证悟四禅"，犯突吉罗罪。
宣说是指对未受具足戒者说："因你而来布施精舍的...布施衣服的，布施食物的，布施住处的，布施医药的那个比丘，他在空闲处证得四禅，正在证得，已证得；那个比丘在空闲处获得四禅，精通；那个比丘已在空闲处证悟四禅"，犯突吉罗罪。
不犯：对已受具足戒者说，说真实的，初犯者。
第八条宣说真实法学处终。
宣说重罪学处

78. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā upanando sakyaputto chabbaggiyehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ bhaṇḍanakato hoti. So sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ āpattiṃ āpajjitvā saṅghaṃ tassā āpattiyā parivāsaṃ yāci. Tassa saṅgho tassā āpattiyā parivāsaṃ adāsi. Tena kho pana samayena sāvatthiyaṃ aññatarassa pūgassa saṅghabhattaṃ hoti. So parivasanto bhattagge āsanapariyante nisīdi. Chabbaggiyā bhikkhū te upāsake etadavocuṃ – ‘‘eso, āvuso, āyasmā upanando sakyaputto tumhākaṃ sambhāvito kulūpako; yeneva hatthena saddhādeyyaṃ bhuñjati teneva hatthena upakkamitvā asuciṃ mocesi. So sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ āpattiṃ āpajjitvā saṅghaṃ tassā āpattiyā parivāsaṃ yāci. Tassa saṅgho tassā āpattiyā parivāsaṃ adāsi . So parivasanto āsanapariyante nisinno’’ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhussa duṭṭhullaṃ āpattiṃ anupasampannassa ārocessantī’’ti…pe… ‘‘saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, bhikkhussa duṭṭhullaṃ āpattiṃ anupasampannassa ārocethā’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ , bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, bhikkhussa duṭṭhullaṃ āpattiṃ anupasampannassa ārocessatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

79.‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhussa duṭṭhullaṃ āpattiṃ anupasampannassa āroceyya, aññatra bhikkhusammutiyā [bhikkhusammatiyā (syā.)], pācittiya’’nti.

80.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Bhikkhussāti aññassa bhikkhussa.

Duṭṭhullā nāma āpatti – cattāri ca pārājikāni, terasa ca saṅghādisesā.

Anupasampanno nāma bhikkhuñca bhikkhuniñca ṭhapetvā avaseso anupasampanno nāma.

Āroceyyāti āroceyya itthiyā vā purisassa vā gahaṭṭhassa vā pabbajitassa vā.

Aññatra bhikkhusammutiyāti ṭhapetvā bhikkhusammutiṃ.

Atthi bhikkhusammuti āpattipariyantā, na kulapariyantā. Atthi bhikkhusammuti kulapariyantā, na āpattipariyantā, atthi bhikkhusammuti āpattipariyantā ca kulapariyantā ca, atthi bhikkhusammuti neva āpattipariyantā na kulapariyantā.

Āpattipariyantā nāma āpattiyo pariggahitāyo honti – ‘‘ettakāhi āpattīhi ārocetabbo’’ti.

Kulapariyantā nāma kulāni pariggahitāni honti – ‘‘ettakesu kulesu ārocetabbo’’ti. Āpattipariyantā ca kulapariyantā ca nāma āpattiyo ca pariggahitāyo honti, kulāni ca pariggahitāni honti – ‘‘ettakāhi āpattīhi ettakesu kulesu ārocetabbo’’ti. Neva āpattipariyantā na kulapariyantā nāma āpattiyo ca apariggahitāyo honti, kulāni ca apariggahitāni honti – ‘‘ettakāhi āpattīhi ettakesu kulesu ārocetabbo’’ti.

81. Āpattipariyante yā āpattiyo pariggahitāyo honti, tā āpattiyo ṭhapetvā aññāhi āpattīhi āroceti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Kulapariyante yāni kulāni pariggahitāni honti, tāni kulāni ṭhapetvā aññesu kulesu āroceti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āpattipariyante ca kulapariyante ca yā āpattiyo pariggahitāyo honti, tā āpattiyo ṭhapetvā yāni kulāni pariggahitāni honti, tāni kulāni ṭhapetvā aññāhi āpattīhi aññesu kulesu āroceti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Neva āpattipariyante na kulapariyante, anāpatti.

82. Duṭṭhullāya āpattiyā duṭṭhullāpattisaññī anupasampannassa āroceti, aññatra bhikkhusammutiyā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Duṭṭhullāya āpattiyā vematiko anupasampannassa āroceti, aññatra bhikkhusammutiyā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Duṭṭhullāya āpattiyā aduṭṭhullāpattisaññī anupasampannassa āroceti, aññatra bhikkhusammutiyā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Aduṭṭhullaṃ āpattiṃ āroceti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Anupasampannassa duṭṭhullaṃ vā aduṭṭhullaṃ vā ajjhācāraṃ āroceti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Aduṭṭhullāya āpattiyā duṭṭhullāpattisaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Aduṭṭhullāya āpattiyā vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Aduṭṭhullāya āpattiyā aduṭṭhullāpattisaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.



那时，佛陀住在舍卫城祇树给孤独园。当时，尊者优波难陀释迦子与六群比丘发生争执。他故意出精犯了罪，向僧团请求对此罪的别住。僧团给予他对此罪的别住。那时，舍卫城的某个团体为僧团准备了食物。他正在别住，坐在饭堂的座位末端。六群比丘对那些优婆塞说："诸位，这位尊者优波难陀释迦子是你们尊敬的常来施主家的比丘；他用同一只手接受信施食物，也用同一只手触摸自己使不净流出。他故意出精犯了罪，向僧团请求对此罪的别住。僧团给予他对此罪的别住。他正在别住，坐在座位末端。"那些少欲的比丘...抱怨、批评、指责说："为什么六群比丘要向未受具足戒者宣说比丘的重罪呢？"......"比丘们，你们真的向未受具足戒者宣说比丘的重罪吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀呵责道......"愚人，你们怎么能向未受具足戒者宣说比丘的重罪呢！愚人，这不会使不信者生信..."于是，比丘们，你们应当如此宣说这条学处：
"若比丘向未受具足戒者宣说比丘的重罪，除非经比丘同意，波逸提。"
"若"是指任何......比丘是指......在这里所指的比丘是这个意思。
比丘的是指另一个比丘的。
重罪是指四波罗夷罪和十三僧残罪。
未受具足戒者是指除了比丘和比丘尼之外的其他人。
宣说是指向女人或男人、在家人或出家人宣说。
除非经比丘同意是指除了比丘同意的情况。
有限定罪的比丘同意，有限定俗家的比丘同意，有限定罪和俗家的比丘同意，有既不限定罪也不限定俗家的比丘同意。
限定罪是指限定了罪数："可以宣说这么多罪。"
限定俗家是指限定了俗家数："可以向这么多俗家宣说。"
限定罪和俗家是指限定了罪数和俗家数："可以向这么多俗家宣说这么多罪。"
既不限定罪也不限定俗家是指没有限定罪数和俗家数："可以向这么多俗家宣说这么多罪。"
在限定罪的情况下，除了限定的那些罪之外，宣说其他罪，犯波逸提罪。
在限定俗家的情况下，除了限定的那些俗家之外，向其他俗家宣说，犯波逸提罪。
在限定罪和俗家的情况下，除了限定的那些罪和俗家之外，向其他俗家宣说其他罪，犯波逸提罪。
在既不限定罪也不限定俗家的情况下，不犯。
对重罪认为是重罪，向未受具足戒者宣说，除非经比丘同意，犯波逸提罪。
对重罪有疑虑，向未受具足戒者宣说，除非经比丘同意，犯波逸提罪。
对重罪认为不是重罪，向未受具足戒者宣说，除非经比丘同意，犯波逸提罪。
宣说非重罪，犯突吉罗罪。
向未受具足戒者宣说重罪或非重罪的不当行为，犯突吉罗罪。
对非重罪认为是重罪，犯突吉罗罪。
对非重罪有疑虑，犯突吉罗罪。
对非重罪认为不是重罪，犯突吉罗罪。

83. Anāpatti vatthuṃ āroceti no āpattiṃ, āpattiṃ āroceti no vatthuṃ, bhikkhusammutiyā, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Duṭṭhullārocanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ navamaṃ.

10. Pathavīkhaṇanasikkhāpadaṃ

84. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā āḷaviyaṃ viharati aggāḷave cetiye. Tena kho pana samayena āḷavakā [āḷavikā (syā.)] bhikkhū navakammaṃ karontā pathaviṃ khaṇantipi khaṇāpentipi. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā pathaviṃ khaṇissantipi khaṇāpessantipi! Ekindriyaṃ samaṇā sakyaputtiyā jīvaṃ viheṭhentī’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma āḷavakā bhikkhū pathaviṃ khaṇissantipi khaṇāpessantipī’’ti…pe… ‘‘saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, pathaviṃ khaṇathapi khaṇāpethapī’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, pathaviṃ khaṇissathapi khaṇāpessathapi! Jīvasaññino hi, moghapurisā, manussā pathaviyā. Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

85.‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu pathaviṃ khaṇeyya vā khaṇāpeyya vā, pācittiya’’nti.

86.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Pathavī nāma dve pathaviyo – jātā ca pathavī ajātā ca pathavī.

Jātā nāma pathavī – suddhapaṃsu suddhamattikā appapāsāṇā appasakkharā appakaṭhalā appamarumbā appavālikā, yebhuyyenapaṃsukā, yebhuyyenamattikā. Adaḍḍhāpi vuccati jātā pathavī. Yopi paṃsupuñjo vā mattikāpuñjo vā atirekacātumāsaṃ ovaṭṭho, ayampi vuccati jātā pathavī.

Ajātā nāma pathavī – suddhapāsāṇā suddhasakkharā suddhakaṭhalā suddhamarumbā suddhavālikā appapaṃsukā appamattikā, yebhuyyenapāsāṇā, yebhuyyenasakkharā, yebhuyyenakaṭhalā, yebhuyyenamarumbā, yebhuyyenavālikā. Daḍḍhāpi vuccati ajātā pathavī. Yopi paṃsupuñjo vā mattikāpuñjo vā omakacātumāsaṃ ovaṭṭho, ayampi vuccati ajātā pathavī.

Khaṇeyyāti sayaṃ khaṇati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Khaṇāpeyyāti aññaṃ āṇāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Sakiṃ āṇatto bahukampi khaṇati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

87. Pathaviyā pathavisaññī khaṇati vā khaṇāpeti vā, bhindati vā bhedāpeti vā, dahati vā dahāpeti vā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Pathaviyā vematiko khaṇati vā khaṇāpeti vā, bhindati vā bhedāpeti vā, dahati vā dahāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Pathaviyā apathavisaññī khaṇati vā khaṇāpeti vā, bhindati vā bhedāpeti vā, dahati vā dahāpeti vā, anāpatti.

Apathaviyā pathavisaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Apathaviyā vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Apathaviyā apathavisaññī, anāpatti.

88. Anāpatti – ‘‘imaṃ jāna, imaṃ dehi, imaṃ āhara, iminā attho, imaṃ kappiyaṃ karohī’’ti bhaṇati, asañcicca, asatiyā, ajānantassa, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Pathavīkhaṇanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dasamaṃ.

Musāvādavaggo paṭhamo.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Musā omasapesuññaṃ, padaseyyāya ve duve;

Aññatra viññunā bhūtā, duṭṭhullāpatti khaṇanāti.

2. Bhūtagāmavaggo

1. Bhūtagāmasikkhāpadaṃ



不犯：宣说事实而不宣说罪，宣说罪而不宣说事实，经比丘同意，精神错乱者，初犯者。
第九条宣说重罪学处终。
挖掘土地学处
那时，佛陀住在阿拉维的阿伽拉瓦塔神庙。当时，阿拉维的比丘们在建造新房舍时，自己挖掘土地，也叫人挖掘土地。人们抱怨、批评、指责说："为什么沙门释迦子要挖掘土地，也叫人挖掘土地呢！沙门释迦子伤害有一根的生命！"比丘们听到那些人抱怨、批评、指责。那些少欲的比丘...抱怨、批评、指责说："为什么阿拉维的比丘们要挖掘土地，也叫人挖掘土地呢？"......"比丘们，你们真的挖掘土地，也叫人挖掘土地吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀呵责道......"愚人，你们怎么能挖掘土地，也叫人挖掘土地呢！愚人，人们认为土地是有生命的。愚人，这不会使不信者生信..."于是，比丘们，你们应当如此宣说这条学处：
"若比丘挖掘土地或叫人挖掘，波逸提。"
"若"是指任何......比丘是指......在这里所指的比丘是这个意思。
土地有两种：天然的土地和人工的土地。
天然的土地是指：纯土、纯泥、少石、少砾、少碎石、少砂砾、少沙，大部分是土，大部分是泥。未烧过的也称为天然的土地。堆积超过四个月的土堆或泥堆，这也称为天然的土地。
人工的土地是指：纯石、纯砾、纯碎石、纯砂砾、纯沙，少土、少泥，大部分是石，大部分是砾，大部分是碎石，大部分是砂砾，大部分是沙。烧过的也称为人工的土地。堆积不到四个月的土堆或泥堆，这也称为人工的土地。
挖掘是指自己挖掘，犯波逸提罪。
叫人挖掘是指命令他人，犯波逸提罪。命令一次，即使他人多次挖掘，也犯波逸提罪。
对土地认为是土地，挖掘或叫人挖掘，打破或叫人打破，烧毁或叫人烧毁，犯波逸提罪。
对土地有疑虑，挖掘或叫人挖掘，打破或叫人打破，烧毁或叫人烧毁，犯突吉罗罪。
对土地认为不是土地，挖掘或叫人挖掘，打破或叫人打破，烧毁或叫人烧毁，不犯。
对非土地认为是土地，犯突吉罗罪。对非土地有疑虑，犯突吉罗罪。对非土地认为不是土地，不犯。
不犯：说"知道这个，给这个，拿这个来，需要这个，使这个成为允许的"，无意的，不注意的，不知道的，精神错乱者，初犯者。
第十条挖掘土地学处终。
第一妄语品终。
其摘要：
妄语、辱骂、离间语，两条关于同宿，
除非有智者，真实、重罪、挖掘。
破坏植物品
破坏植物学处

89. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā āḷaviyaṃ viharati aggāḷave cetiye. Tena kho pana samayena āḷavakā bhikkhū navakammaṃ karontā rukkhaṃ chindantipi chedāpentipi. Aññataropi āḷavako bhikkhu rukkhaṃ chindati. Tasmiṃ rukkhe adhivatthā devatā taṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavoca – ‘‘mā, bhante, attano bhavanaṃ kattukāmo mayhaṃ bhavanaṃ chindī’’ti. So bhikkhu anādiyanto chindi yeva, tassā ca devatāya dārakassa bāhuṃ ākoṭesi. Atha kho tassā devatāya etadahosi – ‘‘yaṃnnūnāhaṃ imaṃ bhikkhuṃ idheva jīvitā voropeyya’’nti. Atha kho tassā devatāya etadahosi – ‘‘na kho metaṃ patirūpaṃ yāhaṃ imaṃ bhikkhuṃ idheva jīvitā voropeyyaṃ. Yannūnāhaṃ bhagavato etamatthaṃ āroceyya’’nti. Atha kho sā devatā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesi. ‘‘Sādhu sādhu devate! Sādhu kho tvaṃ, devate, taṃ bhikkhuṃ jīvitā na voropesi. Sacajja tvaṃ, devate, taṃ bhikkhuṃ jīvitā voropeyyāsi, bahuñca tvaṃ, devate, apuññaṃ pasaveyyāsi. Gaccha tvaṃ, devate, amukasmiṃ okāse rukkho vivitto tasmiṃ upagacchā’’ti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā rukkhaṃ chindissantipi chedāpessantipi ekindriyaṃ samaṇā sakyaputtiyā jīvaṃ viheṭhessantī’’ti!

Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma āḷavakā bhikkhū rukkhaṃ chindissantipi chedāpessantipī’’ti…pe… ‘‘saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, rukkhaṃ chindathāpi chedāpethāpī’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, rukkhaṃ chindissathāpi, chedāpessathāpi! Jīvasaññino hi, moghapurisā, manussā rukkhasmiṃ, netaṃ moghapurisā appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

90.‘‘Bhūtagāmapātabyatāya pācittiya’’nti.

91.Bhūtagāmo nāma pañca bījajātāni – mūlabījaṃ, khandhabījaṃ, phaḷubījaṃ, aggabījaṃ, bījabījameva [bījabījañceva (itipi)] pañcamaṃ.

Mūlabījaṃ nāma – haliddi, siṅgiveraṃ, vacā, vacattaṃ, ativisā, kaṭukarohiṇī, usīraṃ, bhaddamūttakaṃ, yāni vā panaññānipi atthi mūle jāyanti, mūle sañjāyanti, etaṃ mūlabījaṃ nāma.

Khandhabījaṃ nāma – assattho, nigrodho, pilakkho, udumbaro, kacchako, kapitthano, yāni vā panaññānipi atthi khandhe jāyanti, khandhe sañjāyanti, etaṃ khandhabījaṃ nāma.

Phaḷubījaṃ nāma – ucchu, veḷu, naḷo, yāni vā panaññānipi atthi pabbe jāyanti, pabbe sañjāyanti, etaṃ phaḷubījaṃ nāma.

Aggabījaṃ nāma – ajjukaṃ, phaṇijjakaṃ, hiriveraṃ, yāni vā panaññānipi atthi agge jāyanti, agge sañjāyanti, etaṃ aggabījaṃ nāma.

Bījabījaṃ nāma – pubbaṇṇaṃ, aparaṇṇaṃ, yāni vā panaññānipi atthi bīje jāyanti, bīje sañjāyanti, etaṃ bījabījaṃ nāma.

92. Bīje bījasaññī chindati vā chedāpeti vā, bhindati vā bhedāpeti vā, pacati vā pacāpeti vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Bīje vematiko chindati vā chedāpeti vā, bhindati vā bhedāpeti vā, pacati vā pacāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Bīje abījasaññī chindati vā chedāpeti vā, bhindati vā bhedāpeti vā, pacati vā pacāpeti vā, anāpatti. Abīje bījasaññī āpatti dukkaṭassa. Abīje vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Abīje abījasaññī, anāpatti.

93. Anāpatti – ‘‘imaṃ jāna, imaṃ dehi, imaṃ āhara, iminā attho, imaṃ kappiyaṃ karohī’’ti bhaṇati, asañcicca, assatiyā, ajānantassa, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Bhūtagāmasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ paṭhamaṃ.

2. Aññavādakasikkhāpadaṃ



那时，佛陀住在阿拉维的阿伽拉瓦塔神庙。当时，阿拉维的比丘们在建造新房舍时，自己砍伐树木，也叫人砍伐树木。有一位阿拉维比丘正在砍树。住在那棵树上的神对那位比丘说："尊者，请不要为了建造自己的住处而砍伐我的住处。"那位比丘不理会，继续砍伐，并打到了那位神的孩子的手臂。那时，那位神想："我是否应该就在这里夺取这位比丘的生命呢？"然后那位神又想："我在这里夺取这位比丘的生命是不恰当的。我应该去向世尊报告此事。"于是那位神来到世尊处，向世尊报告此事。"善哉！善哉！神啊！神啊，你没有夺取那位比丘的生命，这很好。神啊，如果你今天夺取了那位比丘的生命，你会造下很多罪业。神啊，你去某处，那里有一棵孤立的树，你去那里吧。"人们抱怨、批评、指责说："为什么沙门释迦子要砍伐树木，也叫人砍伐树木呢！沙门释迦子伤害有一根的生命！"
比丘们听到那些人抱怨、批评、指责。那些少欲的比丘...抱怨、批评、指责说："为什么阿拉维的比丘们要砍伐树木，也叫人砍伐树木呢？"......"比丘们，你们真的砍伐树木，也叫人砍伐树木吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀呵责道......"愚人，你们怎么能砍伐树木，也叫人砍伐树木呢！愚人，人们认为树木是有生命的。愚人，这不会使不信者生信..."于是，比丘们，你们应当如此宣说这条学处：
"破坏植物，波逸提。"
植物是指五种种子：根种、茎种、节种、顶芽种，第五是种子种。
根种是指：姜黄、生姜、菖蒲、白菖蒲、黑附子、黑姜黄、香根草、香附子，以及其他从根部生长、在根部生成的，这些称为根种。
茎种是指：菩提树、榕树、波罗蜜树、乌榄树、面包树、木苹果树，以及其他从茎部生长、在茎部生成的，这些称为茎种。
节种是指：甘蔗、竹子、芦苇，以及其他从节部生长、在节部生成的，这些称为节种。
顶芽种是指：罗勒、薄荷、香草，以及其他从顶芽生长、在顶芽生成的，这些称为顶芽种。
种子种是指：谷类、豆类，以及其他从种子生长、在种子生成的，这些称为种子种。
对种子认为是种子，砍伐或叫人砍伐，打破或叫人打破，烹煮或叫人烹煮，犯波逸提罪。对种子有疑虑，砍伐或叫人砍伐，打破或叫人打破，烹煮或叫人烹煮，犯突吉罗罪。对种子认为不是种子，砍伐或叫人砍伐，打破或叫人打破，烹煮或叫人烹煮，不犯。对非种子认为是种子，犯突吉罗罪。对非种子有疑虑，犯突吉罗罪。对非种子认为不是种子，不犯。
不犯：说"知道这个，给这个，拿这个来，需要这个，使这个成为允许的"，无意的，不注意的，不知道的，精神错乱者，初犯者。
第一条破坏植物学处终。
回避问题学处

94. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā kosambiyaṃ viharati ghositārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā channo anācāraṃ ācaritvā saṅghamajjhe āpattiyā anuyuñjīyamāno aññenaññaṃ paṭicarati – ‘‘ko āpanno, kiṃ āpanno, kismiṃ āpanno, kathaṃ āpanno, kaṃ bhaṇatha, kiṃ bhaṇathā’’ti? Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma āyasmā channo saṅghamajjhe āpattiyā anuyuñjīyamāno aññenaññaṃ paṭicarissati – ko āpanno, kiṃ āpanno, kismiṃ āpanno, kathaṃ āpanno, kaṃ bhaṇatha, kiṃ bhaṇathā’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, channa, saṅghamajjhe āpattiyā anuyuñjīyamāno aññenaññaṃ paṭicarasi – ko āpanno, kiṃ āpanno, kismiṃ āpanno, kathaṃ āpanno, kaṃ bhaṇatha, kiṃ bhaṇathāti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, saṅghamajjhe āpattiyā anuyuñjīyamāno aññenaññaṃ paṭicarissasi – ko āpanno, kiṃ āpanno, kismiṃ āpanno, kathaṃ āpanno, kaṃ bhaṇatha, kiṃ bhaṇathāti! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘tena hi, bhikkhave, saṅgho channassa bhikkhuno aññavādakaṃ ropetu. Evañca pana, bhikkhave , ropetabbaṃ. Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

95. ‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ channo bhikkhu saṅghamajjhe āpattiyā anuyuñjīyamāno aññenaññaṃ paṭicarati. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho channassa bhikkhuno aññavādakaṃ ropeyya. Esā ñatti.

‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ channo bhikkhu saṅghamajjhe āpattiyā anuyuñjīyamāno aññenaññaṃ paṭicarati. Saṅgho channassa bhikkhuno aññavādakaṃ ropeti. Yassāyasmato khamati channassa bhikkhuno aññavādakassa ropanā, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.

‘‘Ropitaṃ saṅghena channassa bhikkhuno aññavādakaṃ. Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti.

Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ channaṃ anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā dubbharatāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

‘‘Aññavādake pācittiya’’nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

96. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā channo saṅghamajjhe āpattiyā anuyuñjīyamāno ‘‘aññenaññaṃ paṭicaranto – ‘‘āpattiṃ āpajjissāmī’’ti tuṇhībhūto saṅghaṃ viheseti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma āyasmā channo saṅghamajjhe āpattiyā anuyuñjīyamāno tuṇhībhūto saṅghaṃ vihesessatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, channa, saṅghamajjhe āpattiyā anuyuñjīyamāno tuṇhībhūto saṅghaṃ vihesesīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, saṅghamajjhe āpattiyā anuyuñjīyamāno tuṇhībhūto saṅghaṃ vihesessasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘tena hi, bhikkhave, saṅgho channassa bhikkhuno vihesakaṃ ropetu. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, ropetabbaṃ. Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

97. ‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ channo bhikkhu saṅghamajjhe āpattiyā anuyuñjīyamāno tuṇhībhūto saṅghaṃ viheseti. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho channassa bhikkhuno vihesakaṃ ropeyya. Esā ñatti.

‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ channo bhikkhu saṅghamajjhe āpattiyā anuyuñjīyamāno tuṇhībhūto saṅghaṃ viheseti. Saṅgho channassa bhikkhuno vihesakaṃ ropeti. Yassāyasmāto khamati channassa bhikkhuno vihesakassa ropanā, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.

‘‘Ropitaṃ saṅghena channassa bhikkhuno vihesakaṃ. Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti.

Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ channaṃ anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā dubbharatāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

98.‘‘Aññavādake vihesake pācittiya’’nti.



那时，佛陀住在憍赏弥的瞿师罗园。当时，尊者阐那行为不当，在僧团中被询问犯戒时，以其他话题回避："谁犯了？犯了什么？在哪里犯的？怎么犯的？你们说谁？你们说什么？"那些少欲的比丘...抱怨、批评、指责说："为什么尊者阐那在僧团中被询问犯戒时，要以其他话题回避：'谁犯了？犯了什么？在哪里犯的？怎么犯的？你们说谁？你们说什么？'"......"阐那，你真的在僧团中被询问犯戒时，以其他话题回避：'谁犯了？犯了什么？在哪里犯的？怎么犯的？你们说谁？你们说什么？'吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀呵责道......"愚人，你怎么能在僧团中被询问犯戒时，以其他话题回避：'谁犯了？犯了什么？在哪里犯的？怎么犯的？你们说谁？你们说什么？'呢！愚人，这不会使不信者生信..."呵责后...作了法说，佛陀对比丘们说："那么，比丘们，僧团应对比丘阐那作出回避问题的裁决。比丘们，应当这样作出裁决。由一位有能力的比丘向僧团宣告：
"大德们，请僧团听我说。这位比丘阐那在僧团中被询问犯戒时，以其他话题回避。如果僧团认为时机适当，僧团应对比丘阐那作出回避问题的裁决。这是动议。
"大德们，请僧团听我说。这位比丘阐那在僧团中被询问犯戒时，以其他话题回避。僧团正在对比丘阐那作出回避问题的裁决。哪位尊者同意对比丘阐那作出回避问题的裁决，请保持沉默；哪位不同意，请说出来。
"僧团已对比丘阐那作出回避问题的裁决。僧团同意，所以保持沉默。我如此记住这件事。"
然后，佛陀以种种方式呵责尊者阐那难以养育...于是，比丘们，你们应当如此宣说这条学处：
"回避问题，波逸提。"
世尊为比丘们制定了这条学处。
那时，尊者阐那在僧团中被询问犯戒时，想着"我将犯戒"而保持沉默，骚扰僧团。那些少欲的比丘...抱怨、批评、指责说："为什么尊者阐那在僧团中被询问犯戒时，保持沉默骚扰僧团呢？"......"阐那，你真的在僧团中被询问犯戒时，保持沉默骚扰僧团吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀呵责道......"愚人，你怎么能在僧团中被询问犯戒时，保持沉默骚扰僧团呢！愚人，这不会使不信者生信..."呵责后...作了法说，佛陀对比丘们说："那么，比丘们，僧团应对比丘阐那作出骚扰的裁决。比丘们，应当这样作出裁决。由一位有能力的比丘向僧团宣告：
"大德们，请僧团听我说。这位比丘阐那在僧团中被询问犯戒时，保持沉默骚扰僧团。如果僧团认为时机适当，僧团应对比丘阐那作出骚扰的裁决。这是动议。
"大德们，请僧团听我说。这位比丘阐那在僧团中被询问犯戒时，保持沉默骚扰僧团。僧团正在对比丘阐那作出骚扰的裁决。哪位尊者同意对比丘阐那作出骚扰的裁决，请保持沉默；哪位不同意，请说出来。
"僧团已对比丘阐那作出骚扰的裁决。僧团同意，所以保持沉默。我如此记住这件事。"
然后，佛陀以种种方式呵责尊者阐那难以养育...于是，比丘们，你们应当如此宣说这条学处：
"回避问题，骚扰，波逸提。

99.Aññavādako nāma saṅghamajjhe vatthusmiṃ vā āpattiyā vā anuyuñjīyamāno taṃ na kathetukāmo taṃ na ugghāṭetukāmo aññenaññaṃ paṭicarati – ‘‘ko āpanno, kiṃ āpanno, kismiṃ āpanno, kathaṃ āpanno, kaṃ bhaṇatha, kiṃ bhaṇathā’’ti. Eso aññavādako nāma.

Vihesako nāma saṅghamajjhe vatthusmiṃ vā āpattiyā vā anuyuñjīyamāno taṃ na kathetukāmo taṃ na ugghāṭetukāmo tuṇhībhūto saṅghaṃ viheseti. Eso vihesako nāma.

100. Āropite aññavādake saṅghamajjhe vatthusmiṃ vā āpattiyā vā anuyuñjīyamāno taṃ na kathetukāmo taṃ na ugghāṭetukāmo aññenaññaṃ paṭicarati – ‘‘ko āpanno, kiṃ āpanno, kismiṃ āpanno, kathaṃ āpanno, kaṃ bhaṇatha, kiṃ bhaṇathā’’ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Āropite vihesake saṅghamajjhe vatthusmiṃ vā āpattiyā vā anuyuñjīyamāno taṃ na kathetukāmo taṃ na ugghāṭetukāmo tuṇhībhūto saṅghaṃ viheseti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ropite aññavādake saṅghamajjhe vatthusmiṃ vā āpattiyā vā anuyuñjīyamāno taṃ na kathetukāmo taṃ na ugghāṭetukāmo aññenaññaṃ paṭicarati – ‘‘ko āpanno, kiṃ āpanno, kismiṃ āpanno, kathaṃ āpanno, kaṃ bhaṇatha, kiṃ bhaṇathā’’ti, āpatti pācittiyassa . Ropite vihesake saṅghamajjhe vatthusmiṃ vā āpattiyā vā anuyuñjīyamāno taṃ na kathetukāmo taṃ na ugghāṭetukāmo tuṇhībhūto saṅghaṃ viheseti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

101. Dhammakamme dhammakammasaññī aññavādake vihesake, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme vematiko aññavādake vihesake, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme adhammakammasaññī aññavādake vihesake, āpatti pācittiyassa. Adhammakamme dhammakammasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

102. Anāpatti ajānanto pucchati, gilāno vā na katheti; ‘‘saṅghassa bhaṇḍanaṃ vā kalaho vā viggaho vā vivādo vā bhavissatī’’ti na katheti; ‘‘saṅghabhedo vā saṅgharāji vā bhavissatī’’ti na katheti; ‘‘adhammena vā vaggena vā nakammārahassa vā kammaṃ karissatī’’ti na katheti; ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Aññavādakasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dutiyaṃ.

3. Ujjhāpanakasikkhāpadaṃ

103. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā dabbo mallaputto saṅghassa senāsanañca paññapeti bhattāni ca uddisati. Tena kho pana samayena mettiyabhūmajakā [mettiyabhūmmajakā (sī. syā.)] bhikkhū navakā ceva honti appapuññā ca . Yāni saṅghassa lāmakāni senāsanāni tāni tesaṃ pāpuṇanti lāmakāni ca bhattāni. Te āyasmantaṃ dabbaṃ mallaputtaṃ bhikkhū ujjhāpenti – ‘‘chandāya dabbo mallaputto senāsanaṃ paññapeti, chandāya ca bhattāni uddisatī’’ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma mettiyabhūmajakā bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ dabbaṃ mallaputtaṃ bhikkhū ujjhāpessantī’’ti…pe… ‘‘saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, dabbaṃ mallaputtaṃ bhikkhū ujjhāpethā’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, dabbaṃ mallaputtaṃ bhikkhū ujjhāpessatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

‘‘Ujjhāpanake pācittiya’’nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

104. Tena kho pana samayena mettiyabhūmajakā bhikkhū – ‘‘bhagavatā ujjhāpanakaṃ paṭikkhitta’’nti, ‘‘ettāvatā bhikkhū sossantī’’ti [vihesissantīti (itipi)] bhikkhūnaṃ sāmantā āyasmantaṃ dabbaṃ mallaputtaṃ khiyyanti – ‘‘chandāya dabbo mallaputto senāsanaṃ paññapeti, chandāya ca bhattāni uddisatī’’ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma mettiyabhūmajakā bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ dabbaṃ mallaputtaṃ khiyyissantī’’ti…pe… ‘‘saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, dabbaṃ mallaputtaṃ khiyyathā’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, dabbaṃ mallaputtaṃ khiyyissatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –



回避问题是指在僧团中被询问事情或犯戒时,不想说,不想揭露,以其他话题回避:"谁犯了?犯了什么?在哪里犯的?怎么犯的?你们说谁?你们说什么?"这就是所谓的回避问题。
骚扰是指在僧团中被询问事情或犯戒时,不想说,不想揭露,保持沉默骚扰僧团。这就是所谓的骚扰。
当回避问题的裁决已被提出时,在僧团中被询问事情或犯戒时,不想说,不想揭露,以其他话题回避:"谁犯了?犯了什么?在哪里犯的?怎么犯的?你们说谁?你们说什么?",犯突吉罗罪。当骚扰的裁决已被提出时,在僧团中被询问事情或犯戒时,不想说,不想揭露,保持沉默骚扰僧团,犯突吉罗罪。当回避问题的裁决已被作出时,在僧团中被询问事情或犯戒时,不想说,不想揭露,以其他话题回避:"谁犯了?犯了什么?在哪里犯的?怎么犯的?你们说谁?你们说什么?",犯波逸提罪。当骚扰的裁决已被作出时,在僧团中被询问事情或犯戒时,不想说,不想揭露,保持沉默骚扰僧团,犯波逸提罪。
如果是如法羯磨,认为是如法羯磨,回避问题或骚扰,犯波逸提罪。如果是如法羯磨,有疑虑,回避问题或骚扰,犯波逸提罪。如果是如法羯磨,认为是非法羯磨,回避问题或骚扰,犯波逸提罪。如果是非法羯磨,认为是如法羯磨,犯突吉罗罪。如果是非法羯磨,有疑虑,犯突吉罗罪。如果是非法羯磨,认为是非法羯磨,犯突吉罗罪。
不犯:不知道而询问;生病而不说;认为"僧团将有争执、争吵、纷争、诤论"而不说;认为"将有僧团分裂或僧团不和"而不说;认为"将以非法或不和合或对不应作羯磨者作羯磨"而不说;精神错乱者;最初犯者。
第二条回避问题学处终。
诽谤学处
那时,佛陀住在王舍城竹林松鼠饲养处。当时,尊者大婆拘罗为僧团分配住处和分配食物。当时,弥醯耶和浮摩迦比丘是新学比丘,福德少。僧团中劣等的住处分给他们,劣等的食物也分给他们。他们诽谤尊者大婆拘罗比丘说:"大婆拘罗依偏爱分配住处,依偏爱分配食物。"那些少欲的比丘...抱怨、批评、指责说:"为什么弥醯耶和浮摩迦比丘要诽谤尊者大婆拘罗比丘呢?"......"比丘们,你们真的诽谤大婆拘罗比丘吗?""是的,世尊。"佛陀呵责道......"愚人,你们怎么能诽谤大婆拘罗比丘呢!愚人,这不会使不信者生信..."于是,比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
"诽谤,波逸提。"
世尊为比丘们制定了这条学处。
那时,弥醯耶和浮摩迦比丘想:"世尊禁止诽谤,到此程度比丘们会听从",就在比丘们附近批评尊者大婆拘罗说:"大婆拘罗依偏爱分配住处,依偏爱分配食物。"那些少欲的比丘...抱怨、批评、指责说:"为什么弥醯耶和浮摩迦比丘要批评尊者大婆拘罗呢?"......"比丘们,你们真的批评大婆拘罗吗?""是的,世尊。"佛陀呵责道......"愚人,你们怎么能批评大婆拘罗呢!愚人,这不会使不信者生信..."于是,比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:

105.‘‘Ujjhāpanake khiyyanake pācittiya’’nti.

106.Ujjhāpanakaṃ nāma upasampannaṃ saṅghena sammataṃ senāsanapaññāpakaṃ vā bhattuddesakaṃ vā yāgubhājakaṃ vā phalabhājakaṃ vā khajjabhājakaṃ vā appamattakavissajjakaṃ vā avaṇṇaṃ kattukāmo, ayasaṃ kattukāmo, maṅkukattukāmo, upasampannaṃ ujjhāpeti vā khiyyati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme dhammakammasaññī ujjhāpanake khiyyanake āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme vematiko ujjhāpanake khiyyanake āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme adhammakammasaññī ujjhāpanake khiyyanake āpatti pācittiyassa.

Anupasampannaṃ ujjhāpeti vā khiyyati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Upasampannaṃ saṅghena asammataṃ senāsanapaññāpakaṃ vā bhattuddesakaṃ vā yāgubhājakaṃ vā phalabhājakaṃ vā khajjabhājakaṃ vā appamattakavissajjakaṃ vā avaṇṇaṃ kattukāmo, ayasaṃ kattukāmo, maṅkukattukāmo, upasampannaṃ vā anupasampannaṃ vā ujjhāpeti vā khiyyati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannaṃ saṅghena sammataṃ vā asammataṃ vā senāsanapaññāpakaṃ vā bhattuddesakaṃ vā yāgubhājakaṃ vā phalabhājakaṃ vā khajjabhājakaṃ vā appamattakavissajjakaṃ vā avaṇṇaṃ kattukāmo, ayasaṃ kattukāmo, maṅkukattukāmo, upasampannaṃ vā anupasampannaṃ vā ujjhāpeti vā khiyyati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme dhammakammasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññī āpatti dukkaṭassa.

107. Anāpatti pakatiyā chandā dosā mohā bhayā karontaṃ ujjhāpeti vā khiyyati vā, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Ujjhāpanakasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ tatiyaṃ.

4. Paṭhamasenāsanasikkhāpadaṃ

108. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū hemantike kāle ajjhokāse senāsanaṃ paññapetvā kāyaṃ otāpentā kāle ārocite taṃ pakkamantā neva uddhariṃsu na uddharāpesuṃ, anāpucchā pakkamiṃsu. Senāsanaṃ ovaṭṭhaṃ hoti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathaṃ hi nāma bhikkhū ajjhokāse senāsanaṃ paññapetvā taṃ pakkamantā neva uddharissanti na uddharāpessanti, anāpucchā pakkamissanti, senāsanaṃ ovaṭṭha’’nti! Atha kho te bhikkhū te anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhū ajjhokāse…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

109.‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu saṅghikaṃ mañcaṃ vā pīṭhaṃ vā bhisiṃ vā kocchaṃ vā ajjhokāse santharitvā vā santharāpetvā vā taṃ pakkamanto neva uddhareyya na uddharāpeyya, anāpucchaṃ vā gaccheyya, pācittiya’’nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

110. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū ajjhokāse vasitvā kālasseva senāsanaṃ abhiharanti. Addasā kho bhagavā te bhikkhū kālasseva senāsanaṃ abhiharante. Disvāna etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, aṭṭha māse avassikasaṅkete [vasituṃ avassikasaṃkete (itipi)] maṇḍape vā rukkhamūle vā yattha kākā vā kulalā vā na ūhadanti tattha senāsanaṃ nikkhipitu’’nti.



"诽谤、批评,波逸提。"
诽谤是指想要诽谤、想要使名声受损、想要使羞愧,对已受具足戒、经僧团选派的分配住处者或分配食物者或分配粥者或分配水果者或分配点心者或分配小物品者,进行诽谤或批评,犯波逸提罪。如果是如法羯磨,认为是如法羯磨,诽谤或批评,犯波逸提罪。如果是如法羯磨,有疑虑,诽谤或批评,犯波逸提罪。如果是如法羯磨,认为是非法羯磨,诽谤或批评,犯波逸提罪。
对未受具足戒者诽谤或批评,犯突吉罗罪。想要诽谤、想要使名声受损、想要使羞愧,对已受具足戒但未经僧团选派的分配住处者或分配食物者或分配粥者或分配水果者或分配点心者或分配小物品者,对已受具足戒者或未受具足戒者进行诽谤或批评,犯突吉罗罪。想要诽谤、想要使名声受损、想要使羞愧,对未受具足戒、经僧团选派或未经选派的分配住处者或分配食物者或分配粥者或分配水果者或分配点心者或分配小物品者,对已受具足戒者或未受具足戒者进行诽谤或批评,犯突吉罗罪。如果是非法羯磨,认为是如法羯磨,犯突吉罗罪。如果是非法羯磨,有疑虑,犯突吉罗罪。如果是非法羯磨,认为是非法羯磨,犯突吉罗罪。
不犯:对本性依偏爱、嗔恨、愚痴、恐惧而行事的人诽谤或批评;精神错乱者;最初犯者。
第三条诽谤学处终。
第一条住处学处
那时,佛陀住在舍卫城祇树给孤独园。当时,比丘们在冬季在露天摆设住处,晒身体,时间到了就离开,既不收拾也不叫人收拾,不告而别。住处被雨淋湿了。那些少欲的比丘...抱怨、批评、指责说:"为什么比丘们在露天摆设住处,离开时既不收拾也不叫人收拾,不告而别,住处被雨淋湿了呢!"于是那些比丘以种种方式呵责后,向世尊报告此事......"比丘们,你们真的在露天......"是的,世尊。"...于是,比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
"若比丘在露天摆设或叫人摆设僧团的床、椅、床垫或椅垫,离开时既不收拾也不叫人收拾,或不告而去,波逸提。"
世尊为比丘们制定了这条学处。
那时,比丘们在露天过夜后,一大早就搬运住处。世尊看见那些比丘一大早就搬运住处。看见后,以此因缘、以此场合作了法说,对比丘们说:"比丘们,我允许在八个月无雨季的标志下,在凉棚下或树下,乌鸦或鹰不会排泄的地方放置住处。"

111.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Saṅghikaṃ nāma saṅghassa dinnaṃ hoti pariccattaṃ.

Mañco nāma cattāro mañcā – masārako, bundikābaddho, kuḷīrapādako, āhaccapādako.

Pīṭhaṃ nāma cattāri pīṭhāni – masārakaṃ, bundikābaddhaṃ, kuḷīrapādakaṃ, āhaccapādakaṃ.

Bhisi nāma pañca bhisiyo – uṇṇabhisi, coḷabhiti, vākabhisi, tiṇabhisi, paṇṇabhisi.

Kocchaṃ nāma – vākamayaṃ vā usīramayaṃ vā muñjamayaṃ vā pabbajamayaṃ [babbajamayaṃ (sī.)] vā anto saṃveṭhetvā baddhaṃ hoti.

Santharitvāti sayaṃ santharitvā.

Santharāpetvāti aññaṃ santharāpetvā. Anupasampannaṃ santharāpeti, tassa palibodho. Upasampannaṃ santharāpeti, santhārakassa [santhatassa (itipi)] palibodho.

Taṃ pakkamanto neva uddhareyyāti na sayaṃ uddhareyya.

Na uddharāpeyyāti na aññaṃ uddharāpeyya.

Anāpucchaṃ vā gaccheyyāti bhikkhuṃ vā sāmaṇeraṃ vā ārāmikaṃ vā anāpucchā majjhimassa purisassa leḍḍupātaṃ atikkamantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

112. Saṅghike saṅghikasaññī ajjhokāse santharitvā vā santharāpetvā vā taṃ pakkamanto neva uddhareyya na uddharāpeyya anāpucchaṃ vā gaccheyya, āpatti pācittiyassa. Saṅghike vematiko…pe… saṅghike puggalikasaññī ajjhokāse santharitvā vā santharāpetvā vā taṃ pakkamanto neva uddhareyya na uddharāpeyya, anāpucchaṃ vā gaccheyya, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Cimilikaṃ vā uttarattharaṇaṃ vā bhūmattharaṇaṃ vā taṭṭikaṃ vā cammakhaṇḍaṃ vā pādapuñchaniṃ vā phalakapīṭhaṃ vā ajjhokāse santharitvā vā santharāpetvā vā taṃ pakkamanto neva uddhareyya na uddharāpeyya, anāpucchaṃ vā gaccheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Puggalike saṅghikasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Puggalike vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Puggalike puggalikasaññī aññassa puggalike, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Attano puggalike anāpatti.

113. Anāpatti uddharitvā gacchati, uddharāpetvā gacchati, āpucchaṃ gacchati, otāpento gacchati, kenaci palibuddhaṃ hoti, āpadāsu, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Paṭhamasenāsanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ catutthaṃ.

5. Dutiyasenāsanasikkhāpadaṃ

114. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena sattarasavaggiyā bhikkhū sahāyakā honti. Te vasantāpi ekatova vasanti, pakkamantāpi ekatova pakkamanti. Te aññatarasmiṃ saṅghike vihāre seyyaṃ santharitvā taṃ pakkamantā neva uddhariṃsu na uddharāpesuṃ, anāpucchā pakkamiṃsu. Senāsanaṃ upacikāhi khāyitaṃ hoti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma sattarasavaggiyā bhikkhū saṅghike vihāre seyyaṃ santharitvā taṃ pakkamantā neva uddharissanti na uddharāpessanti, anāpucchā pakkamissanti, senāsanaṃ upacikāhi khāyita’’nti! Atha kho te bhikkhū sattarasavaggiye bhikkhū anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… ‘‘saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, sattarasavaggiyā bhikkhū saṅghike vihāre seyyaṃ santharitvā taṃ pakkamantā neva uddhariṃsu na uddharāpesuṃ, anāpucchā pakkamiṃsu, senāsanaṃ upacikāhi khāyita’’nti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma te, bhikkhave, moghapurisā saṅghike vihāre seyyaṃ santharitvā taṃ pakkamantā neva uddharissanti na uddharāpessanti, anāpucchā pakkamissanti, senāsanaṃ upacikāhi khāyitaṃ! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana , bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

115.‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu saṅghike vihāre seyyaṃ santharitvā vā santharāpetvā vā taṃ pakkamanto neva uddhareyya na uddharāpeyya, anāpucchaṃ vā gaccheyya, pācittiya’’nti.



"若"是指任何......比丘是指......在这里所指的比丘是这个意思。
僧团的是指已施与僧团、已舍弃给僧团的。
床是指四种床:有腿的、绑腿的、弯腿的、可拆卸腿的。
椅是指四种椅:有腿的、绑腿的、弯腿的、可拆卸腿的。
床垫是指五种床垫:羊毛垫、布垫、树皮垫、草垫、树叶垫。
椅垫是指:用树皮或香草或文加草或芦苇制成,内部卷起捆绑。
摆设是指自己摆设。
叫人摆设是指叫他人摆设。叫未受具足戒者摆设,是他的责任。叫已受具足戒者摆设,是摆设者的责任。
离开时既不收拾是指不自己收拾。
也不叫人收拾是指不叫他人收拾。
或不告而去是指不告知比丘或沙弥或园民,越过中等身材男子投石所及之处,犯波逸提罪。
对僧团的东西认为是僧团的,在露天摆设或叫人摆设,离开时既不收拾也不叫人收拾,或不告而去,犯波逸提罪。对僧团的东西有疑虑......对僧团的东西认为是个人的,在露天摆设或叫人摆设,离开时既不收拾也不叫人收拾,或不告而去,犯波逸提罪。
在露天摆设或叫人摆设毛毯或被子或地毯或草席或皮革或擦脚布或木板凳,离开时既不收拾也不叫人收拾,或不告而去,犯突吉罗罪。对个人的东西认为是僧团的,犯突吉罗罪。对个人的东西有疑虑,犯突吉罗罪。对个人的东西认为是个人的,但是他人的个人物品,犯突吉罗罪。对自己的个人物品不犯。
不犯:收拾后离开,叫人收拾后离开,告知后离开,晒东西时离开,被某人阻碍,遇到危难,精神错乱者,最初犯者。
第四条第一住处学处终。
第二住处学处
那时,佛陀住在舍卫城祇树给孤独园。当时,十七众比丘是朋友。他们住时一起住,离开时也一起离开。他们在某个僧团的精舍里铺设卧具,离开时既不收拾也不叫人收拾,不告而别。卧具被白蚁蛀食了。那些少欲的比丘...抱怨、批评、指责说:"为什么十七众比丘在僧团的精舍里铺设卧具,离开时既不收拾也不叫人收拾,不告而别,卧具被白蚁蛀食了呢!"于是那些比丘以种种方式呵责十七众比丘后,向世尊报告此事......"比丘们,十七众比丘真的在僧团的精舍里铺设卧具,离开时既不收拾也不叫人收拾,不告而别,卧具被白蚁蛀食了吗?""是的,世尊。"佛陀呵责道......"比丘们,这些愚人怎么能在僧团的精舍里铺设卧具,离开时既不收拾也不叫人收拾,不告而别,卧具被白蚁蛀食了呢!比丘们,这不会使不信者生信..."于是,比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
"若比丘在僧团的精舍里铺设或叫人铺设卧具,离开时既不收拾也不叫人收拾,或不告而去,波逸提。"

116.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Saṅghiko nāma vihāro saṅghassa dinno hoti pariccatto.

Seyyaṃ nāma bhisi, cimilikā uttarattharaṇaṃ, bhūmattharaṇaṃ, taṭṭikā, cammakhaṇḍo, nisīdanaṃ, paccattharaṇaṃ, tiṇasanthāro, paṇṇasanthāro.

Santharitvāti sayaṃ santharitvā.

Santharāpetvāti aññaṃ santharāpetvā.

Taṃ pakkamanto neva uddhareyyāti na sayaṃ uddhareyya.

Na uddharāpeyyāti na aññaṃ uddharāpeyya.

Anāpucchaṃ vā gaccheyyāti bhikkhuṃ vā sāmaṇeraṃ vā ārāmikaṃ vā anāpucchā parikkhittassa ārāmassa parikkhepaṃ atikkamantassa āpatti pācittiyassa. Aparikkhittassa ārāmassa upacāraṃ atikkamantassa āpatti pācittiyassa. Saṅghike saṅghikasaññī seyyaṃ santharitvā vā santharāpetvā vā taṃ pakkamanto neva uddhareyya na uddharāpeyya, anāpucchaṃ vā gaccheyya, āpatti pācittiyassa. Saṅghike vematiko seyyaṃ santharitvā vā santharāpetvā vā taṃ pakkamanto neva uddhareyya na uddharāpeyya, anāpucchaṃ vā gaccheyya, āpatti pācittiyassa. Saṅghike puggalikasaññī seyyaṃ santharitvā vā santharāpetvā vā taṃ pakkamanto neva uddhareyya na uddharāpeyya, anāpucchaṃ vā gaccheyya, āpatti pācittiyassa.

117. Vihārassa upacāre vā upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ vā maṇḍape vā rukkhamūle vā seyyaṃ santharitvā vā santharāpetvā vā taṃ pakkamanto neva uddhareyya na uddharāpeyya, anāpucchaṃ vā gaccheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Mañcaṃ vā pīṭhaṃ vā vihāre vā vihārassūpacāre vā upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ vā maṇḍape vā rukkhamūle vā santharitvā vā santharāpetvā vā taṃ pakkamanto neva uddhareyya na uddharāpeyya, anāpucchaṃ vā gaccheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Puggalike saṅghikasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Puggalike vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Puggalike puggalikasaññī aññassa puggalike āpatti dukkaṭassa. Attano puggalike anāpatti.

118. Anāpatti uddharitvā gacchati, uddharāpetvā gacchati, āpucchaṃ gacchati, kenaci palibuddhaṃ hoti, sāpekkho gantvā tattha ṭhito āpucchati, kenaci palibuddho hoti, āpadāsu, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Dutiyasenāsanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ pañcamaṃ.

6. Anupakhajjasikkhāpadaṃ

119. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū varaseyyāyo palibundhenti, therā bhikkhū vuṭṭhāpenti [ettha te iti kammapadaṃ ūnaṃ viya dissati]. Atha kho chabbaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘kena nu kho mayaṃ upāyena idheva vassaṃ vaseyyāmā’’ti? Atha kho chabbaggiyā bhikkhū there bhikkhū anupakhajja seyyaṃ kappenti – yassa sambādho bhavissati so pakkamissatīti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū there bhikkhū anupakhajja seyyaṃ kappessantī’’ti! Atha kho te bhikkhū chabbaggiye bhikkhū anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ …pe… ‘‘saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, there bhikkhū anupakhajja seyyaṃ kappethā’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, there bhikkhū anupakhajja seyyaṃ kappessatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

120.‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu saṅghike vihāre jānaṃ pubbupagataṃ bhikkhuṃ anupakhajja seyyaṃ kappeyya – yassa sambādho bhavissati so pakkamissatī’ti, etadeva paccayaṃ karitvā anaññaṃ, pācittiya’’nti.

121.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ 2.0251 atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Saṅghiko nāma vihāro saṅghassa dinno hoti pariccatto.

Jānāti nāma vuḍḍhoti jānāti, gilānoti jānāti, saṅghena dinnoti jānāti.

Anupakhajjāti anupavisitvā.

Seyyaṃ kappeyyāti mañcassa vā pīṭhassa vā pavisantassa vā nikkhamantassa vā upacāre seyyaṃ santharati vā santharāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Abhinisīdati vā abhinipajjati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Etadeva paccayaṃ karitvā anaññanti na añño koci paccayo hoti anupakhajja seyyaṃ kappetuṃ.



"若"是指任何......比丘是指......在这里所指的比丘是这个意思。
僧团的精舍是指已施与僧团、已舍弃给僧团的精舍。
卧具是指床垫、毛毯、被子、地毯、草席、皮革、坐垫、卧垫、草铺、树叶铺。
铺设是指自己铺设。
叫人铺设是指叫他人铺设。
离开时既不收拾是指不自己收拾。
也不叫人收拾是指不叫他人收拾。
或不告而去是指不告知比丘或沙弥或园民,越过有围墙的园区的围墙,犯波逸提罪。越过无围墙的园区的界限,犯波逸提罪。对僧团的东西认为是僧团的,铺设或叫人铺设卧具,离开时既不收拾也不叫人收拾,或不告而去,犯波逸提罪。对僧团的东西有疑虑,铺设或叫人铺设卧具,离开时既不收拾也不叫人收拾,或不告而去,犯波逸提罪。对僧团的东西认为是个人的,铺设或叫人铺设卧具,离开时既不收拾也不叫人收拾,或不告而去,犯波逸提罪。
在精舍附近或集会堂或凉棚或树下铺设或叫人铺设卧具,离开时既不收拾也不叫人收拾,或不告而去,犯突吉罗罪。在精舍或精舍附近或集会堂或凉棚或树下铺设或叫人铺设床或椅,离开时既不收拾也不叫人收拾,或不告而去,犯突吉罗罪。
对个人的东西认为是僧团的,犯突吉罗罪。对个人的东西有疑虑,犯突吉罗罪。对个人的东西认为是个人的,但是他人的个人物品,犯突吉罗罪。对自己的个人物品不犯。
不犯:收拾后离开,叫人收拾后离开,告知后离开,被某人阻碍,带着期待离开后在那里站着告知,被某人阻碍,遇到危难,精神错乱者,最初犯者。
第五条第二住处学处终。
挤入学处
那时,佛陀住在舍卫城祇树给孤独园。当时,六群比丘占据最好的卧处,长老比丘们离开。六群比丘想:"我们用什么方法才能在这里过雨安居呢?"于是六群比丘挤入长老比丘们之间安卧,想:"谁感到拥挤就会离开。"那些少欲的比丘...抱怨、批评、指责说:"为什么六群比丘要挤入长老比丘们之间安卧呢!"于是那些比丘以种种方式呵责六群比丘后,向世尊报告此事......"比丘们,你们真的挤入长老比丘们之间安卧吗?""是的,世尊。"佛陀呵责道......"愚人,你们怎么能挤入长老比丘们之间安卧呢!愚人,这不会使不信者生信..."于是,比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
"若比丘明知在僧团的精舍里有比丘先到,挤入其间安卧,想:'谁感到拥挤就会离开',仅以此为理由而无其他理由,波逸提。"
"若"是指任何......比丘是指......在这里所指的比丘是这个意思。
僧团的精舍是指已施与僧团、已舍弃给僧团的精舍。
明知是指知道他是长老,知道他生病,知道僧团给他的。
挤入是指进入其间。
安卧是指在床或椅的进出范围内铺设或叫人铺设卧具,犯突吉罗罪。坐下或躺下,犯波逸提罪。
仅以此为理由而无其他理由是指没有其他任何理由挤入安卧。

122. Saṅghike saṅghikasaññī anupakhajja seyyaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Saṅghike vematiko anupakhajja seyyaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Saṅghike puggalikasaññī anupakhajja seyyaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Mañcassa vā pīṭhassa vā pavisantassa vā nikkhamantassa vā upacāraṃ ṭhapetvā seyyaṃ santharati vā santharāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Abhinisīdati vā abhinipajjati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Vihārassa upacāre vā upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ vā maṇḍape vā rukkhamūle vā ajjhokāse vā seyyaṃ santharati vā santharāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Abhinisīdati vā abhinippajjati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Puggalike saṅghikasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Puggalike vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Puggalike puggalikasaññī aññassa puggalike āpatti dukkaṭassa . Attano puggalike anāpatti.

123. Anāpatti gilāno pavisati, sītena vā uṇhena vā pīḷito pavisati, āpadāsu, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Anupakhajjasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ.

7. Nikkaḍḍhanasikkhāpadaṃ

124. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena sattarasavaggiyā bhikkhū aññataraṃ paccantimaṃ mahāvihāraṃ paṭisaṅkharonti – ‘‘idha mayaṃ vassaṃ vasissāmā’’ti . Addasaṃsu kho chabbaggiyā bhikkhū sattarasavaggiye bhikkhū vihāraṃ paṭisaṅkharonte. Disvāna evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘ime, āvuso, sattarasavaggiyā bhikkhū vihāraṃ paṭisaṅkharonti. Handa ne vuṭṭhāpessāmā’’ti! Ekacce evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘āgamethāvuso, yāva paṭisaṅkharonti; paṭisaṅkhate vuṭṭhāpessāmā’’ti.

Atha kho chabbaggiyā bhikkhū sattarasavaggiye bhikkhū etadavocuṃ – ‘‘uṭṭhethāvuso, amhākaṃ vihāro pāpuṇātī’’ti. ‘‘Nanu, āvuso, paṭikacceva [paṭigacceva (sī.)] ācikkhitabbaṃ, mayañcaññaṃ paṭisaṅkhareyyāmā’’ti. ‘‘Nanu, āvuso, saṅghiko vihāro’’ti? ‘‘Āmāvuso, saṅghiko vihāro’’ti. ‘‘Uṭṭhethāvuso, amhākaṃ vihāro pāpuṇātī’’ti. ‘‘Mahallako, āvuso, vihāro. Tumhepi vasatha, mayampi vasissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Uṭṭhethāvuso, amhākaṃ vihāro pāpuṇātī’’ti kupitā anattamanā gīvāyaṃ gahetvā nikkaḍḍhanti. Te nikkaḍḍhīyamānā rodanti. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘kissa tumhe, āvuso, rodathā’’ti? ‘‘Ime, āvuso, chabbaggiyā bhikkhū kupitā anattamanā amhe saṅghikā vihārā nikkaḍḍhantī’’ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū kupitā anattamanā bhikkhū saṅghikā vihārā nikkaḍḍhissantī’’ti! Atha kho te bhikkhū chabbaggiye bhikkhū anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… ‘‘saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, kupitā anattamanā bhikkhū saṅghikā vihārā nikkaḍḍhathā’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, kupitā anattamanā bhikkhū saṅghikā vihārā nikkaḍḍhissatha? Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

125.‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ kupito anattamano saṅghikā vihārā nikkaḍḍheyya vā nikkaḍḍhāpeyya vā, pācittiya’’nti.

126.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Bhikkhunti aññaṃ bhikkhuṃ.

Kupito anattamanoti anabhiraddho āhatacitto khilajāto.

Saṅghiko nāma vihāro saṅghassa dinno hoti pariccatto.

Nikkaḍḍheyyāti gabbhe gahetvā pamukhaṃ nikkaḍḍhati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Pamukhe gahetvā bahi nikkaḍḍhati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Ekena payogena bahukepi dvāre atikkāmeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Nikkaḍḍhāpeyyāti aññaṃ āṇāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa [dukkaṭassa (katthaci)]. Sakiṃ āṇatto bahukepi dvāre atikkāmeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.



对僧团的东西认为是僧团的,挤入安卧,犯波逸提罪。对僧团的东西有疑虑,挤入安卧,犯波逸提罪。对僧团的东西认为是个人的,挤入安卧,犯波逸提罪。
除了床或椅的进出范围,铺设或叫人铺设卧具,犯突吉罗罪。坐下或躺下,犯突吉罗罪。在精舍附近或**堂或凉棚或树下或露天铺设或叫人铺设卧具,犯突吉罗罪。坐下或躺下,犯突吉罗罪。对个人的东西认为是僧团的,犯突吉罗罪。对个人的东西有疑虑,犯突吉罗罪。对个人的东西认为是个人的,但是他人的个人物品,犯突吉罗罪。对自己的个人物品不犯。
不犯:生病进入,被冷热所逼进入,遇到危难,精神错乱者,最初犯者。
第六条挤入学处终。
驱逐学处
那时,佛陀住在舍卫城祇树给孤独园。当时,十七众比丘正在修缮一座边远的大精舍,想:"我们要在这里过雨安居。"六群比丘看见十七众比丘在修缮精舍。看见后说:"朋友们,这些十七众比丘正在修缮精舍。来吧,我们把他们赶走。"有些人说:"朋友们,等等,等他们修缮好;修缮好后我们再赶走他们。"
于是六群比丘对十七众比丘说:"朋友们,起来,这精舍轮到我们了。""朋友们,难道不应该提前告知吗?我们还会修缮另一处。""朋友们,难道这不是僧团的精舍吗?""是的,朋友们,这是僧团的精舍。""朋友们,起来,这精舍轮到我们了。""朋友们,精舍很大。你们住,我们也会住。""朋友们,起来,这精舍轮到我们了。"他们生气不悦,抓住脖子驱逐出去。被驱逐的人哭泣。比丘们说:"朋友们,你们为什么哭泣?""朋友们,这些六群比丘生气不悦,把我们从僧团的精舍里驱逐出去。"那些少欲的比丘...抱怨、批评、指责说:"为什么六群比丘生气不悦,要把比丘从僧团的精舍里驱逐出去呢!"于是那些比丘以种种方式呵责六群比丘后,向世尊报告此事......"比丘们,你们真的生气不悦,把比丘从僧团的精舍里驱逐出去吗?""是的,世尊。"佛陀呵责道......"愚人,你们怎么能生气不悦,把比丘从僧团的精舍里驱逐出去呢!愚人,这不会使不信者生信..."于是,比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
"若比丘生气不悦,把比丘从僧团的精舍里驱逐出去或叫人驱逐出去,波逸提。"
"若"是指任何......比丘是指......在这里所指的比丘是这个意思。
比丘是指其他比丘。
生气不悦是指不满意、心怀怨恨、生起敌意。
僧团的精舍是指已施与僧团、已舍弃给僧团的精舍。
驱逐出去是指抓住在房间里把他拉到门廊,犯波逸提罪。抓住在门廊把他拉到外面,犯波逸提罪。一次动作让他越过多个门,犯波逸提罪。
叫人驱逐出去是指命令他人,犯波逸提罪。一次命令让他越过多个门,犯波逸提罪。

127. Saṅghike saṅghikasaññī kupito anattamano nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Saṅghike vematiko kupito anattamano nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Saṅghike puggalikasaññī kupito anattamano nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Tassa parikkhāraṃ nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Vihārassa upacārā vā upaṭṭhānasālāya vā maṇḍapā vā rukkhamūlā vā ajjhokāsā vā nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Tassa parikkhāraṃ nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannaṃ vihārā vā vihārassa upacārā vā upaṭṭhānasālāya vā maṇḍapā vā rukkhamūlā vā ajjhokāsā vā nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Tassa parikkhāraṃ nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Puggalike saṅghikasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Puggalike vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Puggalike puggalikasaññī aññassa puggalike āpatti dukkaṭassa. Attano puggalike anāpatti.

128. Anāpatti alajjiṃ nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, tassa parikkhāraṃ nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, ummattakaṃ nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, tassa parikkhāraṃ nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, bhaṇḍanakārakaṃ kalahakārakaṃ vivādakārakaṃ bhassakārakaṃ saṅghe adhikaraṇakārakaṃ nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, tassa parikkhāraṃ nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, antevāsikaṃ vā saddhivihārikaṃ vā na sammā vattantaṃ nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, tassa parikkhāraṃ nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Nikkaḍḍhanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ sattamaṃ.

8. Vehāsakuṭisikkhāpadaṃ

129. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena dve bhikkhū saṅghike vihāre uparivehāsakuṭiyā viharanti?. Eko heṭṭhā viharati [viharanti, eko heṭṭhā (?)], eko upari. Uparimo bhikkhu āhaccapādakaṃ mañcaṃ sahasā abhinisīdi. Mañcapādo nippatitvā [patitvā (syā.)] heṭṭhimassa bhikkhuno matthake avatthāsi. So bhikkhu vissaramakāsi. Bhikkhū upadhāvitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘kissa tvaṃ, āvuso, vissaramakāsī’’ti? Atha kho so bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhu saṅghike vihāre uparivehāsakuṭiyā āhaccapādakaṃ mañcaṃ sahasā abhinisīdissatī’’ti! Atha kho te bhikkhū taṃ bhikkhuṃ anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… ‘‘saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, bhikkhu, saṅghike vihāre uparivehāsakuṭiyā āhaccapādakaṃ mañcaṃ sahasā abhinisīdasī’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, saṅghike vihāre uparivehāsakuṭiyā āhaccapādakaṃ mañcaṃ sahasā abhinisīdissasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

130.‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu saṅghike vihāre uparivehāsakuṭiyā āhaccapādakaṃ mañcaṃ vā pīṭhaṃvā abhinisīdeyya vā abhinipajjeyya vā, pācittiya’’nti.

131.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Saṅghiko nāma vihāro saṅghassa dinno hoti pariccatto.

Vehāsakuṭi nāma majjhimassa purisassa asīsaghaṭṭā.

Āhaccapādako nāma mañco aṅge vijjhitvā ṭhito hoti. Āhaccapādakaṃ nāma pīṭhaṃ aṅge vijjhitvā ṭhitaṃ hoti.

Abhinisīdeyyāti tasmiṃ abhinisīdati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Abhinipajjeyyāti tasmiṃ abhinipajjati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

132. Saṅghike saṅghikasaññī uparivehāsakuṭiyā āhaccapādakaṃ mañcaṃ vā pīṭhaṃ vā abhinisīdati vā abhinipajjati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Saṅghike vematiko…pe… saṅghike puggalikasaññī uparivehāsakuṭiyā āhaccapādakaṃ mañcaṃ vā pīṭhaṃ vā abhinisīdati vā abhinipajjati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Puggalike saṅghikasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Puggalike vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Puggalike puggalikasaññī aññassa puggalike, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Attano puggalike, anāpatti.



对僧团的东西认为是僧团的,生气不悦驱逐出去或叫人驱逐出去,犯波逸提罪。对僧团的东西有疑虑,生气不悦驱逐出去或叫人驱逐出去,犯波逸提罪。对僧团的东西认为是个人的,生气不悦驱逐出去或叫人驱逐出去,犯波逸提罪。
驱逐出去或叫人驱逐出去他的物品,犯突吉罗罪。从精舍附近或集会堂或凉棚或树下或露天驱逐出去或叫人驱逐出去,犯突吉罗罪。驱逐出去或叫人驱逐出去他的物品,犯突吉罗罪。从精舍或精舍附近或集会堂或凉棚或树下或露天驱逐出去或叫人驱逐出去未受具足戒者,犯突吉罗罪。驱逐出去或叫人驱逐出去他的物品,犯突吉罗罪。
对个人的东西认为是僧团的,犯突吉罗罪。对个人的东西有疑虑,犯突吉罗罪。对个人的东西认为是个人的,但是他人的个人物品,犯突吉罗罪。对自己的个人物品不犯。
不犯:驱逐出去或叫人驱逐出去无惭愧者,驱逐出去或叫人驱逐出去他的物品;驱逐出去或叫人驱逐出去精神错乱者,驱逐出去或叫人驱逐出去他的物品;驱逐出去或叫人驱逐出去制造争端、争吵、争论、口角、在僧团中制造诤事的人,驱逐出去或叫人驱逐出去他的物品;驱逐出去或叫人驱逐出去行为不端的弟子或共住弟子,驱逐出去或叫人驱逐出去他的物品;精神错乱者;最初犯者。
第七条驱逐学处终。
阁楼学处
那时,佛陀住在舍卫城祇树给孤独园。当时,两位比丘住在僧团精舍的阁楼里。一位住在下面,一位住在上面。上面的比丘突然坐在可拆卸脚的床上。床脚掉下来落在下面比丘的头上。那位比丘大声尖叫。比丘们跑来问那位比丘:"朋友,你为什么大声尖叫?"于是那位比丘把这件事告诉比丘们。那些少欲的比丘...抱怨、批评、指责说:"为什么比丘在僧团精舍的阁楼里突然坐在可拆卸脚的床上呢!"于是那些比丘以种种方式呵责那位比丘后,向世尊报告此事......"比丘,你真的在僧团精舍的阁楼里突然坐在可拆卸脚的床上吗?""是的,世尊。"佛陀呵责道......"愚人,你怎么能在僧团精舍的阁楼里突然坐在可拆卸脚的床上呢!愚人,这不会使不信者生信..."于是,比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
"若比丘在僧团精舍的阁楼里坐或躺在可拆卸脚的床或椅上,波逸提。"
"若"是指任何......比丘是指......在这里所指的比丘是这个意思。
僧团的精舍是指已施与僧团、已舍弃给僧团的精舍。
阁楼是指中等身材的人头不会碰到的高处。
可拆卸脚的床是指床脚插入床框中固定的床。可拆卸脚的椅是指椅脚插入椅框中固定的椅。
坐是指坐在上面,犯波逸提罪。
躺是指躺在上面,犯波逸提罪。
对僧团的东西认为是僧团的,在阁楼里坐或躺在可拆卸脚的床或椅上,犯波逸提罪。对僧团的东西有疑虑......对僧团的东西认为是个人的,在阁楼里坐或躺在可拆卸脚的床或椅上,犯波逸提罪。
对个人的东西认为是僧团的,犯突吉罗罪。对个人的东西有疑虑,犯突吉罗罪。对个人的东西认为是个人的,但是他人的个人物品,犯突吉罗罪。对自己的个人物品不犯。

133. Anāpatti – avehāsakuṭiyā sīsaghaṭṭāya heṭṭhā aparibhogaṃ hoti, padarasañcitaṃ hoti, paṭāṇi dinnā hoti, tasmiṃ ṭhito gaṇhati vā laggeti vā, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Vehāsakuṭisikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ.

9. Mahallakavihārasikkhāpadaṃ

134. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā kosambiyaṃ viharati ghositārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato channassa upaṭṭhāko mahāmatto āyasmato channassa vihāraṃ kārāpeti. Atha kho āyasmā channo katapariyositaṃ vihāraṃ punappunaṃ chādāpeti, punappunaṃ lepāpeti. Atibhārito vihāro paripati. Atha kho āyasmā channo tiṇañca kaṭṭhañca saṃkaḍḍhanto aññatarassa brāhmaṇassa yavakhettaṃ dūsesi. Atha kho so brāhmaṇo ujjhāyati khiyyati vipāceti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhadantā amhākaṃ yavakhettaṃ dūsessantī’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tassa brāhmaṇassa ujjhāyantassa khiyyantassa vipācentassa. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma āyasmā channo katapariyositaṃ vihāraṃ punappunaṃ chādāpessati, punappunaṃ lepāpessati, atibhārito vihāro paripatī’’ti! Atha kho te bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ channaṃ anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… ‘‘saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, channa, katapariyositaṃ vihāraṃ punappunaṃ chādāpesi, punappunaṃ lepāpesi, atibhārito vihāro paripatī’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, katapariyositaṃ vihāraṃ punappunaṃ chādāpessasi, punappunaṃ lepāpessasi , atibhārito vihāro paripati! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

135.‘‘Mahallakaṃ pana bhikkhunā vihāraṃ kārayamānena yāvadvārakosā aggaḷaṭṭhapanāya ālokasandhiparikammāya dvatticchadanassa pariyāya appaharite ṭhitena adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ. Tato ce uttariṃ appaharitepi ṭhito adhiṭṭhaheyya pācittiya’’nti.

136.Mahallako nāma vihāro sassāmiko vuccati.

Vihāro nāma ullitto vā hoti avalitto vā ullittāvalitto vā.

Kārayamānenāti karonto vā kārāpento vā.

Yāva dvārakosāti piṭṭhasaṅghāṭassa [pīṭhasaṃghāṭassa (itipi), piṭṭhisaṅghāṭassa (syā.)] samantā hatthapāsā.

Aggaḷaṭṭhapanāyāti dvāraṭṭhapanāya.

Ālokasandhiparikammāyāti vātapānaparikammāya setavaṇṇaṃ kāḷavaṇṇaṃ gerukaparikammaṃ mālākammaṃ latākammaṃ makaradantakaṃ pañcapaṭikaṃ.

Dvatticchadanassa pariyāyaṃ appaharite ṭhitena adhiṭṭhātabbanti – haritaṃ nāma pubbaṇṇaṃ aparaṇṇaṃ. Sace harite ṭhito adhiṭṭhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Maggena chādentassa dve magge adhiṭṭhahitvā tatiyaṃ maggaṃ āṇāpetvā pakkamitabbaṃ. Pariyāyena chādentassa dve pariyāye adhiṭṭhahitvā tatiyaṃ pariyāyaṃ āṇāpetvā pakkamitabbaṃ.

137.Tato ce uttari appaharitepi ṭhito adhiṭṭhaheyyāti iṭṭhakāya 2.0262 chādentassa iṭṭhakiṭṭhakāya āpatti pācittiyassa. Silāya chādentassa silāya silāya āpatti pācittiyassa. Sudhāya chādentassa piṇḍe piṇḍe āpatti pācittiyassa. Tiṇena chādentassa karaḷe karaḷe āpatti pācittiyassa. Paṇṇena chādentassa paṇṇe paṇṇe āpatti pācittiyassa.

Atirekadvattipariyāye atirekasaññī adhiṭṭhāti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Atirekadvattipariyāye vematiko adhiṭṭhāti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Atirekadvattipariyāye ūnakasaññī adhiṭṭhāti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Ūnakadvattipariyāye atirekasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ūnakadvattipariyāye vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ūnakadvattipariyāye ūnakasaññī, anāpatti.

138. Anāpatti dvattipariyāye, ūnakadvattipariyāye, leṇe, guhāya, tiṇakuṭikāya, aññassatthāya, attano dhanena, vāsāgāraṃ ṭhapetvā sabbattha anāpatti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Mahallakavihārasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ navamaṃ.

10. Sappāṇakasikkhāpadaṃ



不犯:不是阁楼,头会碰到的,下面不能使用,铺设木板,安装横梁,站在上面拿取或悬挂物品,精神错乱者,最初犯者。
第八条阁楼学处终。
大精舍学处
那时,佛陀住在拘睒弥(Kosambi)的瞿师多园。当时,尊者阐那的一位大臣施主正在为尊者阐那建造精舍。尊者阐那让人反复覆盖已完工的精舍,反复涂抹。精舍因负重过重而倒塌。于是尊者阐那收集草木时,损坏了一位婆罗门的大麦田。那位婆罗门抱怨、批评、指责说:"尊者们怎么能损坏我们的大麦田呢!"比丘们听到那位婆罗门抱怨、批评、指责。那些少欲的比丘...抱怨、批评、指责说:"为什么尊者阐那要让人反复覆盖已完工的精舍,反复涂抹,精舍因负重过重而倒塌呢!"于是那些比丘以种种方式呵责尊者阐那后,向世尊报告此事......"阐那,你真的让人反复覆盖已完工的精舍,反复涂抹,精舍因负重过重而倒塌吗?""是的,世尊。"佛陀呵责道......"愚人,你怎么能让人反复覆盖已完工的精舍,反复涂抹,精舍因负重过重而倒塌呢!愚人,这不会使不信者生信..."于是,比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
"比丘建造大精舍时,为安装门闩,为窗户装饰,可以站在无草处指导覆盖两三层。如果超过这个限度,即使站在无草处指导,也犯波逸提。"
大精舍是指有施主的精舍。
精舍是指涂抹过的,或未涂抹的,或部分涂抹的。
建造是指自己建造或叫人建造。
门闩是指门框周围一臂距离内。
安装门闩是指安装门。
窗户装饰是指窗户的装饰,白色、黑色、红色装饰,花纹装饰,藤蔓装饰,鱼齿装饰,五色装饰。
可以站在无草处指导覆盖两三层是指:草是指谷物和蔬菜。如果站在有草处指导,犯突吉罗罪。用条状覆盖时,指导两条后,命令第三条就应离开。用层状覆盖时,指导两层后,命令第三层就应离开。
如果超过这个限度,即使站在无草处指导:用砖覆盖时,每块砖犯波逸提罪。用石头覆盖时,每块石头犯波逸提罪。用灰泥覆盖时,每团灰泥犯波逸提罪。用草覆盖时,每把草犯波逸提罪。用树叶覆盖时,每片树叶犯波逸提罪。
超过两三层,认为超过,指导,犯波逸提罪。超过两三层,有疑虑,指导,犯波逸提罪。超过两三层,认为未超过,指导,犯波逸提罪。
未超过两三层,认为超过,犯突吉罗罪。未超过两三层,有疑虑,犯突吉罗罪。未超过两三层,认为未超过,不犯。
不犯:两三层,未超过两三层,洞穴,山洞,草屋,为他人建造,用自己的财物,除了住处外其他都不犯,精神错乱者,最初犯者。
第九条大精舍学处终。
有生物学处

139. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā āḷaviyaṃ viharati aggāḷave cetiye. Tena kho pana samayena āḷavakā bhikkhū navakammaṃ karontā jānaṃ sappāṇakaṃ udakaṃ tiṇampi mattikampi siñcantipi siñcāpentipi. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma āḷavakā bhikkhū jānaṃ sappāṇakaṃ udakaṃ tiṇampi mattikampi siñcissantipi siñcāpessantipī’’ti! Atha kho te bhikkhū āḷavake bhikkhū anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… ‘‘saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, jānaṃ sappāṇakaṃ udakaṃ tiṇampi mattikampi siñcathapi siñcāpethapī’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, jānaṃ sappāṇakaṃ udakaṃ tiṇampi mattikampi siñcissathapi siñcāpessathapi! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

140.‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu jānaṃ sappāṇakaṃ udakaṃ tiṇaṃ vā mattikaṃ vā siñceyya vā siñcāpeyya vā, pācittiya’’nti.

141.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Jānāti nāma [jānaṃ nāma (syā.)] sāmaṃ vā jānāti aññe vā tassa ārocenti.

Siñceyyāti sayaṃ siñcati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Siñcāpeyyāti aññaṃ āṇāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa [āpatti dukkaṭassa (katthaci)]. Sakiṃ āṇatto bahukampi siñcati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

142. Sappāṇake sappāṇakasaññī tiṇaṃ vā mattikaṃ vā siñcati vā siñcāpeti vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Sappāṇake vematiko tiṇaṃ vā mattikaṃ vā siñcati vā siñcāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Sappāṇake appāṇakasaññī tiṇaṃ vā mattikaṃ vā siñcati vā siñcāpeti vā, anāpatti. Appāṇake sappāṇakasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Appāṇake vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Appāṇake appāṇakasaññī, anāpatti.

143. Anāpatti asañcicca, assatiyā, ajānantassa, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Sappāṇakasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dasamaṃ.

Bhūtagāmavaggo dutiyo.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Bhūtaṃ aññāya ujjhāyaṃ, pakkamantena te duve;

Pubbe nikkaḍḍhanāhacca, dvāraṃ sappāṇakena cāti.

3. Ovādavaggo

1. Ovādasikkhāpadaṃ



那时,佛陀住在阿罗毗(Āḷavī)的阿伽罗婆塔庙。当时,阿罗毗的比丘们在进行建筑工程时,明知水中有生物,仍然浇灌草和泥土,也叫人浇灌。那些少欲的比丘...抱怨、批评、指责说:"为什么阿罗毗的比丘们明知水中有生物,仍然浇灌草和泥土,也叫人浇灌呢!"于是那些比丘以种种方式呵责阿罗毗的比丘们后,向世尊报告此事......"比丘们,你们真的明知水中有生物,仍然浇灌草和泥土,也叫人浇灌吗?""是的,世尊。"佛陀呵责道......"愚人,你们怎么能明知水中有生物,仍然浇灌草和泥土,也叫人浇灌呢!愚人,这不会使不信者生信..."于是,比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
"若比丘明知水中有生物,仍浇灌或叫人浇灌草或泥土,波逸提。"
"若"是指任何......比丘是指......在这里所指的比丘是这个意思。
明知是指自己知道或他人告知他。
浇灌是指自己浇灌,犯波逸提罪。
叫人浇灌是指命令他人,犯波逸提罪。一次命令多次浇灌,犯波逸提罪。
水中有生物,认为有生物,浇灌或叫人浇灌草或泥土,犯波逸提罪。水中有生物,有疑虑,浇灌或叫人浇灌草或泥土,犯突吉罗罪。水中有生物,认为无生物,浇灌或叫人浇灌草或泥土,不犯。水中无生物,认为有生物,犯突吉罗罪。水中无生物,有疑虑,犯突吉罗罪。水中无生物,认为无生物,不犯。
不犯:无意的,不注意的,不知道的,精神错乱者,最初犯者。
第十条有生物学处终。
第二植物品终。
其摘要:
植物、不知、抱怨、离开的两条;
先前、驱逐、可拆卸、门、有生物。
教诫品
教诫学处

144. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena therā bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo ovadantā lābhino honti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ. Atha kho chabbaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘etarahi kho, āvuso, therā bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo ovadantā lābhino honti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ. Handāvuso, mayampi bhikkhuniyo ovadāmā’’ti. Atha kho chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo upasaṅkamitvā etadavocuṃ – ‘‘amhepi, bhaginiyo, upasaṅkamatha; mayampi ovadissāmā’’ti.

Atha kho tā bhikkhuniyo yena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā chabbaggiye bhikkhū abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Atha kho chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhunīnaṃ parittaññeva dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā divasaṃ tiracchānakathāya vītināmetvā uyyojesuṃ – ‘‘gacchatha, bhaginiyo’’ti. Atha kho tā bhikkhuniyo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho tā bhikkhuniyo bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘kacci, bhikkhuniyo, ovādo iddho ahosī’’ti? ‘‘Kuto, bhante, ovādo iddho bhavissati! Ayyā chabbaggiyā parittaññeva dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā divasaṃ tiracchānakathāya vītināmetvā uyyojesu’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā tā bhikkhuniyo dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi . Atha kho tā bhikkhuniyo bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṃsitā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkamiṃsu.

Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sannipātāpetvā chabbaggiye bhikkhū paṭipucchi – ‘‘saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, bhikkhunīnaṃ parittaññeva dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā divasaṃ tiracchānakathāya vītināmetvā uyyojethā’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, bhikkhunīnaṃ parittaññeva dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā divasaṃ tiracchānakathāya vītināmetvā uyyojessatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, bhikkhunovādakaṃ sammannituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, sammannitabbo. Paṭhamaṃ bhikkhu yācitabbo. Yācitvā byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

145. ‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ bhikkhunovādakaṃ sammanneyya. Esā ñatti.

‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Saṅgho itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ bhikkhunovādakaṃ sammannati. Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa bhikkhuno bhikkhunovādakassa sammuti, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.

‘‘Dutiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi…pe… tatiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi – suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Saṅgho itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ bhikkhunovādakaṃ sammannati. Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa bhikkhuno bhikkhunovādakassa sammuti, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.

‘‘Sammato saṅghena itthannāmo bhikkhu bhikkhunovādako. Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti.

Atha kho bhagavā chabbaggiye bhikkhū anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā dubbharatāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

146.‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu asammato bhikkhuniyo ovadeyya pācittiya’’nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.



那时,佛陀住在舍卫城祇树给孤独园。当时,长老比丘们教诫比丘尼,得到衣服、饮食、住处、病人所需药品等供养。六群比丘想:"朋友们,现在长老比丘们教诫比丘尼,得到衣服、饮食、住处、病人所需药品等供养。来吧,朋友们,我们也去教诫比丘尼。"于是六群比丘去到比丘尼那里说:"姐妹们,也来找我们吧;我们也要教诫。"
于是那些比丘尼去到六群比丘那里,向六群比丘礼拜后坐在一旁。六群比丘对比丘尼们只说了一点点法,就用闲聊度过了一天,然后说:"姐妹们,你们走吧。"于是那些比丘尼去到世尊那里,向世尊礼拜后站在一旁。世尊对站在一旁的那些比丘尼说:"比丘尼们,教诫有效果吗?""世尊,教诫怎么会有效果呢!大德六群比丘只说了一点点法,就用闲聊度过了一天,然后让我们离开。"于是世尊以法语开示、教导、鼓励、鼓舞那些比丘尼。那些比丘尼听了世尊的法语开示、教导、鼓励、鼓舞后,向世尊礼拜,右绕后离开。
于是世尊以此因缘、以此事由召集比丘僧团,询问六群比丘:"比丘们,你们真的对比丘尼们只说了一点点法,就用闲聊度过了一天,然后让她们离开吗?""是的,世尊。"佛陀呵责道......"愚人,你们怎么能对比丘尼们只说一点点法,就用闲聊度过一天,然后让她们离开呢!愚人,这不会使不信者生信..."呵责后...说了法语,对比丘们说:"比丘们,我允许指定教诫比丘尼的比丘。比丘们,应当这样指定。首先应请求比丘。请求后,由有能力的比丘向僧团宣告:
"大德僧团请听。如果僧团认为时机适当,请僧团指定某某比丘为教诫比丘尼的比丘。这是动议。
大德僧团请听。僧团正在指定某某比丘为教诫比丘尼的比丘。哪位大德同意指定某某比丘为教诫比丘尼的比丘,请保持沉默;哪位不同意,请说出来。
我再说第二遍......我再说第三遍:大德僧团请听。僧团正在指定某某比丘为教诫比丘尼的比丘。哪位大德同意指定某某比丘为教诫比丘尼的比丘,请保持沉默;哪位不同意,请说出来。
僧团已经指定某某比丘为教诫比丘尼的比丘。僧团同意,因此保持沉默。我如此认定此事。"
于是世尊以种种方式呵责六群比丘难养......"比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
"若比丘未经指定而教诫比丘尼,波逸提。"
世尊如此为比丘们制定了这条学处。

147. Tena kho pana samayena therā bhikkhū sammatā bhikkhuniyo ovadantā tatheva lābhino honti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ. Atha kho chabbaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘etarahi kho, āvuso, therā bhikkhū sammatā bhikkhuniyo ovadantā tatheva lābhino honti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ. Handāvuso, mayampi nissīmaṃ gantvā aññamaññaṃ bhikkhunovādakaṃ sammannitvā bhikkhuniyo ovadāmā’’ti. Atha kho chabbaggiyā bhikkhū nissīmaṃ gantvā aññamaññaṃ bhikkhunovādakaṃ sammannitvā bhikkhuniyo upasaṅkamitvā etadavocuṃ – ‘‘mayampi, bhaginiyo, sammatā. Amhepi upasaṅkamatha. Mayampi ovadissāmā’’ti.

Atha kho tā bhikkhuniyo yena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā chabbaggiye bhikkhū abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Atha kho chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhunīnaṃ parittaññeva dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā divasaṃ tiracchānakathāya vītināmetvā uyyojesuṃ – ‘‘gacchatha bhaginiyo’’ti. Atha kho tā bhikkhuniyo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho tā bhikkhuniyo bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘kacci, bhikkhuniyo, ovādo iddho ahosī’’ti? ‘‘Kuto, bhante, ovādo iddho bhavissati! Ayyā chabbaggiyā parittaññeva dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā divasaṃ tiracchānakathāya vītināmetvā uyyojesu’’nti.

Atha kho bhagavā tā bhikkhuniyo dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi…pe… atha kho tā bhikkhuniyo bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṃsitā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkamiṃsu. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sannipātāpetvā chabbaggiye bhikkhū paṭipucchi – ‘‘saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, bhikkhunīnaṃ parittaññeva dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā divasaṃ tiracchānakathāya vītināmetvā uyyojethā’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, bhikkhunīnaṃ parittaññeva dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā divasaṃ tiracchānakathāya vītināmetvā uyyojessatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahaṅgehi samannāgataṃ bhikkhuṃ bhikkhunovādakaṃ sammannituṃ. Sīlavā hoti , pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu; bahussuto hoti sutadharo sutasannicayo, ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ abhivadanti tathārūpāssa dhammā bahussutā honti dhātā vacasā paricitā manasā anupekkhitā diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā; ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena svāgatāni honti suvibhattāni suppavattīni suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso; kalyāṇavāco hoti kalyāṇavākkaraṇo; yebhuyyena bhikkhunīnaṃ piyo hoti manāpo; paṭibalo hoti bhikkhuniyo ovadituṃ; na kho panetaṃ [pana taṃ (?)] bhagavantaṃ uddissa pabbajitāya kāsāyavatthavasanāya garudhammaṃ ajjhāpannapubbo hoti; vīsativasso vā hoti atirekavīsativasso vā – anujānāmi, bhikkhave, imehi aṭṭhahaṅgehi samannāgataṃ bhikkhuṃ bhikkhunovādakaṃ sammannitu’’nti.

148.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Asammato nāma ñatticatutthena kammena asammato.

Bhikkhuniyo nāma ubhatosaṅghe upasampannā.

Ovadeyyāti aṭṭhahi garudhammehi ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Aññena dhammena ovadati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ekatoupasampannaṃ ovadati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.



当时,被指定的长老比丘教诫比丘尼,同样得到衣服、饮食、住处、病人所需药品等供养。六群比丘想:"朋友们,现在被指定的长老比丘教诫比丘尼,同样得到衣服、饮食、住处、病人所需药品等供养。来吧,朋友们,我们也到界外去互相指定为教诫比丘尼的比丘,然后去教诫比丘尼。"于是六群比丘到界外去互相指定为教诫比丘尼的比丘,然后去到比丘尼那里说:"姐妹们,我们也被指定了。也来找我们吧。我们也要教诫。"
于是那些比丘尼去到六群比丘那里,向六群比丘礼拜后坐在一旁。六群比丘对比丘尼们只说了一点点法,就用闲聊度过了一天,然后说:"姐妹们,你们走吧。"于是那些比丘尼去到世尊那里,向世尊礼拜后站在一旁。世尊对站在一旁的那些比丘尼说:"比丘尼们,教诫有效果吗?""世尊,教诫怎么会有效果呢!大德六群比丘只说了一点点法,就用闲聊度过了一天,然后让我们离开。"
于是世尊以法语开示......那些比丘尼听了世尊的法语开示、教导、鼓励、鼓舞后,向世尊礼拜,右绕后离开。于是世尊以此因缘、以此事由召集比丘僧团,询问六群比丘:"比丘们,你们真的对比丘尼们只说了一点点法,就用闲聊度过了一天,然后让她们离开吗?""是的,世尊。"佛陀呵责道......"愚人,你们怎么能对比丘尼们只说一点点法,就用闲聊度过一天,然后让她们离开呢!愚人,这不会使不信者生信..."呵责后...说了法语,对比丘们说:"比丘们,我允许指定具备八种条件的比丘为教诫比丘尼的比丘。有戒行,守护波罗提木叉律仪而住,具足威仪行处,对微小的过失也见到危险,受持学处而学习;多闻、受持所闻、积集所闻,对那些初善、中善、后善、有义、有文、圆满清净、显示梵行的法,他多闻、受持、言语熟练、心思维、见解通达;两部波罗提木叉对他来说详细地善巧掌握、善分别、善修习、善决定、依经依文;善言、善语;通常为比丘尼所喜爱、所欢迎;有能力教诫比丘尼;不曾对穿着袈裟衣的出家女人犯重法;已满二十岁或超过二十岁。比丘们,我允许指定具备这八种条件的比丘为教诫比丘尼的比丘。"
"若"是指任何......比丘是指......在这里所指的比丘是这个意思。
未经指定是指未经白四羯磨指定。
比丘尼是指在两部僧团中受具足戒的。
教诫是指以八重法教诫,犯波逸提罪。以其他法教诫,犯突吉罗罪。教诫只在一部僧团受具足戒的,犯突吉罗罪。






149. Tena sammatena bhikkhunā pariveṇaṃ sammajjitvā pānīyaṃ paribhojanīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpetvā āsanaṃ paññapetvā dutiyaṃ gahetvā nisīditabbaṃ. Bhikkhunīhi tattha gantvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīditabbaṃ. Tena bhikkhunā pucchitabbā – ‘‘samaggāttha, bhaginiyo’’ti? Sace ‘‘samaggāmhāyyā’’ti bhaṇanti, ‘‘vattanti, bhaginiyo, aṭṭha garudhammā’’ti? Sace ‘‘vattantāyyā’’ti bhaṇanti, ‘‘eso, bhaginiyo, ovādo’’ti niyyādetabbo [niyyātetabbo (itipi)]. Sace ‘‘na vattantāyyā’’ti bhaṇanti, osāretabbā. ‘‘Vassasatūpasampannāya bhikkhuniyā tadahupasampannassa bhikkhuno abhivādanaṃ paccuṭṭhānaṃ añjalikammaṃ sāmīcikammaṃ kātabbaṃ; ayampi dhammo sakkatvā garukatvā mānetvā pūjetvā yāvajīvaṃ anatikkamanīyo. Na bhikkhuniyā abhikkhuke āvāse vassaṃ vasitabbaṃ; ayampi dhammo sakkatvā garukatvā mānetvā pūjetvā yāvajīvaṃ anatikkamanīyo. Anvaddhamāsaṃ bhikkhuniyā bhikkhusaṅghato dve dhammā paccāsīsitabbā [paccāsiṃsitabbā (itipi)] uposathapucchakañca ovādupasaṅkamanañca, ayampi dhammo…pe… vassaṃ vuṭṭhāya bhikkhuniyā ubhatosaṅghe tīhi ṭhānehi pavāretabbaṃ diṭṭhena vā sutena vā parisaṅkāya vā; ayampi dhammo…pe… garudhammaṃ ajjhāpannāya bhikkhuniyā ubhatosaṅghe pakkhamānattaṃ caritabbaṃ; ayampi dhammo…pe… dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhāya sikkhamānāya ubhatosaṅghe upasampadā pariyesitabbā; ayampi dhammo…pe… na bhikkhuniyā kena ci pariyāyena bhikkhu akkositabbo paribhāsitabbo; ayampi dhammo…pe… ajjatagge ovaṭo bhikkhunīnaṃ bhikkhūsu vacanapatho, anovaṭo bhikkhūnaṃ bhikkhunīsu vacanapatho; ayampi dhammo sakkatvā garukatvā mānetvā pūjetvā yāvajīvaṃ anatikkamanīyo’’ti.

Sace ‘‘samaggāmhāyyā’’ti bhaṇantaṃ aññaṃ dhammaṃ bhaṇati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Sace ‘‘vaggāmhāyyā’’ti bhaṇantaṃ aṭṭha garudhamme bhaṇati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ovādaṃ aniyyādetvā aññaṃ dhammaṃ bhaṇati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

150. Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññī vaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ vaggasaññī ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññī vaggaṃ bhikkhunīsaṅghaṃ vematiko ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññī vaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ samaggasaññī ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Adhammakamme vematiko vaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ vaggasaññī ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Adhammakamme vematiko vaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ vematiko ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa . Adhammakamme vematiko vaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ samaggasaññī ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Adhammakamme dhammakammasaññī vaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ vaggasaññī ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Adhammakamme dhammakammasaññī vaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ vematiko ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Adhammakamme dhammakammasaññī vaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ samaggasaññī ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññī samaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ vaggasaññī ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññī samaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ vematiko ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññī samaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ samaggasaññī ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Adhammakamme vematiko samaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ vaggasaññī ovadati…pe… vematiko ovadati…pe… samaggasaññī ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Adhammakamme dhammakammasaññī samaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ vaggasaññī ovadati…pe… vematiko ovadati…pe… samaggasaññī ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa.



那位被选定的比丘应当打扫住处,准备好饮用水和洗涤用水,铺设座位,带上第二位比丘坐下。比丘尼们应当到那里,向那位比丘致敬,然后坐在一旁。那位比丘应当询问:"姐妹们,你们和合吗?"如果她们回答:"尊者,我们和合",他应当问:"姐妹们,八项重法是否在实行?"如果她们回答:"尊者,在实行",他应当说:"姐妹们,这就是教诫"并交付教诫。如果她们回答:"尊者,没有实行",他应当教导她们。"受具足戒满一百年的比丘尼应当向当天受具足戒的比丘行礼、起立迎接、合掌、致敬;这条法规应当尊重、恭敬、尊崇、供养,终生不得违犯。比丘尼不得在没有比丘的住处度过雨安居;这条法规应当尊重、恭敬、尊崇、供养,终生不得违犯。比丘尼每半月应当从比丘僧团请求两件事:问布萨和前往接受教诫;这条法规...雨安居结束后,比丘尼应当在两部僧团中就三事行自恣:所见、所闻或所疑;这条法规...犯重法的比丘尼应当在两部僧团中行半月摩那埵;这条法规...式叉摩那学习六法两年后,应当在两部僧团中寻求受具足戒;这条法规...比丘尼不得以任何方式辱骂或责备比丘;这条法规...从今以后,比丘尼对比丘的言路被关闭,比丘对比丘尼的言路不被关闭;这条法规应当尊重、恭敬、尊崇、供养,终生不得违犯。"
如果她们说"尊者,我们和合",而他说其他法,犯突吉罗。如果她们说"尊者,我们不和合",而他说八重法,犯突吉罗。不交付教诫而说其他法,犯突吉罗。
非法羯磨,认为是非法羯磨,对不和合的比丘尼僧团,认为是不和合的,作教诫,犯波逸提。非法羯磨,认为是非法羯磨,对不和合的比丘尼僧团,有疑虑,作教诫,犯波逸提。非法羯磨,认为是非法羯磨,对不和合的比丘尼僧团,认为是和合的,作教诫,犯波逸提。
非法羯磨,有疑虑,对不和合的比丘尼僧团,认为是不和合的,作教诫,犯波逸提。非法羯磨,有疑虑,对不和合的比丘尼僧团,有疑虑,作教诫,犯波逸提。非法羯磨,有疑虑,对不和合的比丘尼僧团,认为是和合的,作教诫,犯波逸提。
非法羯磨,认为是法羯磨,对不和合的比丘尼僧团,认为是不和合的,作教诫,犯波逸提。非法羯磨,认为是法羯磨,对不和合的比丘尼僧团,有疑虑,作教诫,犯波逸提。非法羯磨,认为是法羯磨,对不和合的比丘尼僧团,认为是和合的,作教诫,犯波逸提。
非法羯磨,认为是非法羯磨,对和合的比丘尼僧团,认为是不和合的,作教诫,犯波逸提。非法羯磨,认为是非法羯磨,对和合的比丘尼僧团,有疑虑,作教诫,犯波逸提。非法羯磨,认为是非法羯磨,对和合的比丘尼僧团,认为是和合的,作教诫,犯波逸提。
非法羯磨,有疑虑,对和合的比丘尼僧团,认为是不和合的,作教诫...有疑虑,作教诫...认为是和合的,作教诫,犯波逸提。
非法羯磨,认为是法羯磨,对和合的比丘尼僧团,认为是不和合的,作教诫...有疑虑,作教诫...认为是和合的,作教诫,犯波逸提。

151. Dhammakamme adhammakammasaññī vaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ vaggasaññī ovadati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Dhammakamme adhammakammasaññī vaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ vematiko ovadati…pe… samaggasaññī ovadati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Dhammakamme vematiko vaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ vaggasaññī ovadati…pe… vematiko ovadati…pe… samaggasaññī ovadati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Dhammakamme dhammakammasaññī vaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ vaggasaññī ovadati…pe… vematiko ovadati…pe… samaggasaññī ovadati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Dhammakamme adhammakammasaññī samaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ vaggasaññī ovadati…pe… vematiko ovadati…pe… samaggasaññī ovadati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Dhammakamme vematiko samaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ vaggasaññī ovadati…pe… vematiko ovadati…pe… samaggasaññī ovadati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Dhammakamme dhammakammasaññī samaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ vaggasaññī ovadati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Dhammakamme dhammakammasaññī samaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ vematiko ovadati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Dhammakamme dhammakammasaññī samaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ samaggasaññī ovadati, anāpatti.

152. Anāpatti uddesaṃ dento, paripucchaṃ dento, ‘‘osārehi ayyā’’ti vuccamāno, osāreti, pañhaṃ pucchati, pañhaṃ puṭṭho katheti, aññassatthāya bhaṇantaṃ bhikkhuniyo suṇanti, sikkhamānāya, sāmaṇeriyā, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Ovādasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ paṭhamaṃ.

2. Atthaṅgatasikkhāpadaṃ

153. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena therā bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo ovadanti pariyāyena. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato cūḷapanthakassa pariyāyo hoti bhikkhuniyo ovadituṃ. Bhikkhuniyo evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘na dāni ajja ovādo iddho bhavissati, taññeva dāni udānaṃ ayyo cūḷapanthako punappunaṃ bhaṇissatī’’ti. Atha kho tā bhikkhuniyo yenāyasmā cūḷapanthako tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ cūḷapanthakaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho tā bhikkhuniyo āyasmā cūḷapanthako etadavoca – ‘‘samaggāttha, bhaginiyo’’ti? ‘‘Samaggāmhāyyā’’ti. ‘‘Vattanti, bhaginiyo, aṭṭha garudhammā’’ti? ‘‘Vattantāyyā’’ti. ‘‘Eso, bhaginiyo, ovādo’’ti niyyādetvā imaṃ udānaṃ punappunaṃ abhāsi –

[udā. 37] ‘‘Adhicetaso appamajjato, munino monapathesu sikkhato;

Sokā na bhavanti tādino, upasantassa sadā satīmato’’ti.

Bhikkhuniyo evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘nanu avocumhā – na dāni ajja ovādo iddho bhavissati, taññeva dāni udānaṃ ayyo cūḷapanthako punappunaṃ bhaṇissatī’’ti! Assosi kho āyasmā cūḷapanthako tāsaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ imaṃ kathāsallāpaṃ. Atha kho āyasmā cūḷapanthako vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā ākāse antalikkhe caṅkamatipi tiṭṭhatipi nisīdatipi seyyampi kappeti dhūmāyatipi pajjalatipi antaradhāyatipi, tañceva [taññeva (itipi)] udānaṃ bhaṇati aññañca bahuṃ buddhavacanaṃ. Bhikkhuniyo evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘acchariyaṃ vata bho, abbhutaṃ vata bho, na vata no ito pubbe ovādo evaṃ iddho bhūtapubbo yathā ayyassa cūḷapanthakassā’’ti. Atha kho āyasmā cūḷapanthako tā bhikkhuniyo yāva samandhakārā ovaditvā uyyojesi – gacchatha bhaginiyoti.

Atha kho tā bhikkhuniyo nagaradvāre thakite bahinagare vasitvā kālasseva nagaraṃ pavisanti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘abrahmacāriniyo imā bhikkhuniyo; ārāme bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ vasitvā idāni nagaraṃ pavisantī’’ti. Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma āyasmā cūḷapanthako atthaṅgate sūriye bhikkhuniyo ovadissatī’’ti…pe… ‘‘saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, cūḷapanthaka, atthaṅgate sūriye bhikkhuniyo ovadasī’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, cūḷapanthaka, atthaṅgate sūriye bhikkhuniyo ovadissasi! Netaṃ, cūḷapanthaka, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

154.‘‘Sammatopi ce bhikkhu atthaṅgate sūriye bhikkhuniyo ovadeyya, pācittiya’’nti.



法羯磨,认为是非法羯磨,对不和合的比丘尼僧团,认为是不和合的,作教诫,犯突吉罗。法羯磨,认为是非法羯磨,对不和合的比丘尼僧团,有疑虑,作教诫...认为是和合的,作教诫,犯突吉罗。
法羯磨,有疑虑,对不和合的比丘尼僧团,认为是不和合的,作教诫...有疑虑,作教诫...认为是和合的,作教诫,犯突吉罗。
法羯磨,认为是法羯磨,对不和合的比丘尼僧团,认为是不和合的,作教诫...有疑虑,作教诫...认为是和合的,作教诫,犯突吉罗。
法羯磨,认为是非法羯磨,对和合的比丘尼僧团,认为是不和合的,作教诫...有疑虑,作教诫...认为是和合的,作教诫,犯突吉罗。
法羯磨,有疑虑,对和合的比丘尼僧团,认为是不和合的,作教诫...有疑虑,作教诫...认为是和合的,作教诫,犯突吉罗。
法羯磨,认为是法羯磨,对和合的比丘尼僧团,认为是不和合的,作教诫,犯突吉罗。法羯磨,认为是法羯磨,对和合的比丘尼僧团,有疑虑,作教诫,犯突吉罗。法羯磨,认为是法羯磨,对和合的比丘尼僧团,认为是和合的,作教诫,无罪。
无罪的情况:给予诵读,给予询问,被告知"尊者,请教导",教导,问问题,被问问题而回答,为他人说而比丘尼听到,对式叉摩那,对沙弥尼,对疯狂者,对最初犯戒者。
教诫学处第一结束。
日落学处
那时,佛陀住在舍卫城(现今印度北方邦斯拉瓦斯蒂镇附近)祇树给孤独园。当时,上座比丘们轮流教诫比丘尼。当时轮到尊者小路者教诫比丘尼。比丘尼们这样说:"今天教诫不会有效果,尊者小路者只会反复说那个偈颂。"于是那些比丘尼来到尊者小路者处;来到后,向尊者小路者致敬,然后坐在一旁。坐在一旁的那些比丘尼,尊者小路者如是说:"姐妹们,你们和合吗?""尊者,我们和合。""姐妹们,八项重法是否在实行?""尊者,在实行。""姐妹们,这就是教诫",交付后反复诵说此偈:
"专注心不放逸,牟尼修习寂默道;
如是者无忧愁,常寂静具正念。"
比丘尼们这样说:"我们不是说过吗 - 今天教诫不会有效果,尊者小路者只会反复说那个偈颂!"尊者小路者听到那些比丘尼的这番谈话。于是尊者小路者升到空中,在空中行走、站立、坐下、躺卧,冒烟、燃烧、消失,诵说那个偈颂和其他许多佛语。比丘尼们这样说:"真是稀有啊,真是未曾有啊,以前我们从未见过如此有效的教诫,像尊者小路者这样的。"然后尊者小路者教诫那些比丘尼直到天黑,然后遣散她们说:"姐妹们,你们走吧。"
于是那些比丘尼因城门已关而在城外过夜,清晨才进城。人们责难、诽谤、批评说:"这些比丘尼不梵行,与比丘们在寺院过夜,现在才进城。"比丘们听到那些人责难、诽谤、批评。那些少欲的比丘们...责难、诽谤、批评说:"为什么尊者小路者会在日落后教诫比丘尼呢?"......"小路者,你真的在日落后教诫比丘尼吗?""世尊,是真的。"佛陀呵责说......"小路者,你怎么会在日落后教诫比丘尼呢?小路者,这不能令不信者生信......比丘们,你们应当如此制定学处:
"即使是被选定的比丘,如果在日落后教诫比丘尼,波逸提。"

155.Sammato nāma ñatticatutthena kammena sammato.

Atthaṅgate sūriyeti oggate sūriye.

Bhikkhunī nāma ubhatosaṅghe upasampannā.

Ovadeyyāti aṭṭhahi vā garudhammehi aññena vā dhammena ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

156. Atthaṅgate atthaṅgatasaññī ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Atthaṅgate vematiko ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Atthaṅgate anatthaṅgatasaññī ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Ekatoupasampannāya ovadati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anatthaṅgate atthaṅgatasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anatthaṅgate vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anatthaṅgate anatthaṅgatasaññī, anāpatti.

157. Anāpatti uddesaṃ dento, paripucchaṃ dento, ‘‘osārehi ayyā’’ti vuccamāno, osāreti, pañhaṃ pucchati, pañhaṃ puṭṭho katheti, aññassatthāya bhaṇantaṃ bhikkhuniyo suṇanti, sikkhamānāya sāmaṇeriyā, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Atthaṅgatasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dutiyaṃ.

3. Bhikkhunupassayasikkhāpadaṃ

158. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṃ nigrodhārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhunupassayaṃ upasaṅkamitvā chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo ovadanti. Bhikkhuniyo chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo etadavocuṃ – ‘‘ethāyye, ovādaṃ gamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Yampi [yaṃ hi (ka.)] mayaṃ, ayye, gaccheyyāma ovādassa kāraṇā, ayyā chabbaggiyā idheva āgantvā amhe ovadantī’’ti. Bhikkhuniyo ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhunupassayaṃ upasaṅkamitvā bhikkhuniyo ovadissantī’’ti [chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo ovādaṃ na gacchissantīti (sī.)]! Atha kho tā bhikkhuniyo bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhunupassayaṃ upasaṅkamitvā bhikkhuniyo ovadissantī’’ti…pe… ‘‘saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave , bhikkhunupassayaṃ upasaṅkamitvā bhikkhuniyo ovadathā’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, bhikkhunupassayaṃ upasaṅkamitvā bhikkhuniyo ovadissatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhunupassayaṃ upasaṅkamitvā bhikkhuniyo ovadeyya, pācittiya’’nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

159. Tena kho pana samayena mahāpajāpati gotamī gilānā hoti. Therā bhikkhū yena mahāpajāpati gotamī tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā mahāpajāpatiṃ gotamiṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘kacci te, gotami, khamanīyaṃ kacci yāpanīya’’nti? ‘‘Na me, ayyā, khamanīyaṃ na yāpanīyaṃ’’. ‘‘Iṅghayyā, dhammaṃ desethā’’ti. ‘‘Na, bhagini, kappati bhikkhunupassayaṃ upasaṅkamitvā bhikkhuniyo dhammaṃ desetu’’nti kukkuccāyantā na desesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena mahāpajāpati gotamī tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā mahāpajāpatiṃ gotamiṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kacci te, gotami, khamanīyaṃ kacci yāpanīya’’nti ? ‘‘Pubbe me, bhante, therā bhikkhū āgantvā dhammaṃ desenti. Tena me phāsu hoti. Idāni pana – ‘‘bhagavatā paṭikkhitta’’nti, kukkuccāyantā na desenti. Tena me na phāsu hotī’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā mahāpajāpatiṃ gotamiṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, bhikkhunupassayaṃ upasaṅkamitvā gilānaṃ bhikkhuniṃ ovadituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

160.‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhunupassayaṃ upasaṅkamitvā bhikkhuniyo ovadeyya, aññatra samayā, pācittiyaṃ . Tatthāyaṃ samayo. Gilānā hoti bhikkhunī – ayaṃ tattha samayo’’ti.



被选定的意思是通过第四羯磨被选定。
日落后意思是太阳已落山。
比丘尼意思是在两部僧团中受具足戒的。
教诫意思是以八重法或其他法教诫,犯波逸提。
日落后,认为是日落后,教诫,犯波逸提。日落后,有疑虑,教诫,犯波逸提。日落后,认为未日落,教诫,犯波逸提。
对只在一部僧团受具足戒的教诫,犯突吉罗。未日落,认为是日落后,犯突吉罗。未日落,有疑虑,犯突吉罗。未日落,认为未日落,无罪。
无罪的情况:给予诵读,给予询问,被告知"尊者,请教导",教导,问问题,被问问题而回答,为他人说而比丘尼听到,对式叉摩那,对沙弥尼,对疯狂者,对最初犯戒者。
日落学处第二结束。
比丘尼住处学处
那时,佛陀住在释迦族的迦毗罗卫城(现今尼泊尔蓝毗尼附近)尼拘律园。当时,六群比丘前往比丘尼住处教诫六群比丘尼。比丘尼们对六群比丘尼说:"来吧,姐妹们,我们去接受教诫。""姐妹们,我们为什么要去接受教诫呢?六群尊者们就来这里教诫我们。"比丘尼们责难、诽谤、批评说:"为什么六群比丘前往比丘尼住处教诫比丘尼呢?"于是那些比丘尼将此事告诉比丘们。那些少欲的比丘们...责难、诽谤、批评说:"为什么六群比丘前往比丘尼住处教诫比丘尼呢?"..."比丘们,你们真的前往比丘尼住处教诫比丘尼吗?""世尊,是真的。"佛陀呵责说......"愚人们,你们怎么会前往比丘尼住处教诫比丘尼呢?愚人们,这不能令不信者生信......比丘们,你们应当如此制定学处:
"若比丘前往比丘尼住处教诫比丘尼,波逸提。"
世尊如此为比丘们制定学处。
那时,大爱道瞿昙弥生病了。上座比丘们来到大爱道瞿昙弥处;来到后对大爱道瞿昙弥说:"瞿昙弥,你还好吗?还能维持吗?""尊者们,我不好,不能维持。""那么,尊者们,请说法。""姐妹,不允许前往比丘尼住处为比丘尼说法。"他们顾虑而不说。于是世尊在上午穿好衣服,拿着钵和衣来到大爱道瞿昙弥处;来到后坐在准备好的座位上。坐下后,世尊对大爱道瞿昙弥说:"瞿昙弥,你还好吗?还能维持吗?""世尊,以前上座比丘们来为我说法,我感到舒适。现在因为世尊禁止,他们顾虑而不说。因此我感到不舒适。"于是世尊以法语开示、教导、鼓励、鼓舞大爱道瞿昙弥,然后从座位起身离开。然后世尊以此因缘、以此场合作了法语开示,告诉比丘们:"比丘们,我允许前往比丘尼住处教诫生病的比丘尼。比丘们,你们应当如此制定学处:
"若比丘前往比丘尼住处教诫比丘尼,除了适当的时候,波逸提。这里的适当时候是:比丘尼生病 - 这是这里的适当时候。"

161.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Bhikkhunupassayo nāma yattha bhikkhuniyo ekarattampi vasanti.

Upasaṅkamitvāti tattha gantvā.

Bhikkhunī nāma ubhatosaṅghe upasampannā.

Ovadeyyāti aṭṭhahi garudhammehi ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Aññatra samayāti ṭhapetvā samayaṃ.

Gilānā nāma bhikkhunī na sakkoti ovādāya vā saṃvāsāya vā gantuṃ.

162. Upasampannāya upasampannasaññī bhikkhunupassayaṃ upasaṅkamitvā aññatra samayā ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampannāya vematiko bhikkhunupassayaṃ upasaṅkamitvā aññatra samayā ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampannāya anupasampannasaññī bhikkhunupassayaṃ upasaṅkamitvā aññatra samayā ovadati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Aññena dhammena ovadati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ekatoupasampannāya ovadati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannāya upasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa . Anupasampannāya vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannāya anupasampannasaññī, anāpatti.

163. Anāpatti samaye, uddesaṃ dento, paripucchaṃ dento, ‘‘osārehi ayyā’’ti vuccamāno osāreti, pañhaṃ pucchati, pañhaṃ puṭṭho katheti, aññassatthāya bhaṇantaṃ bhikkhuniyo suṇanti, sikkhamānāya sāmaṇeriyā, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Bhikkhunupassayasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ tatiyaṃ.

4. Āmisasikkhāpadaṃ

164. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme . Tena kho pana samayena therā bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo ovadantā lābhino honti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ. Chabbaggiyā bhikkhū evaṃ vadanti – ‘‘na bahukatā therā bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo ovadituṃ; āmisahetu therā bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo ovadantī’’ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū evaṃ vakkhanti – ‘na bahukatā therā bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo ovadituṃ; āmisahetu therā bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo ovadantī’’’ti…pe… ‘‘saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, evaṃ vadetha – ‘na bahukatā therā bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo ovadituṃ; āmisahetu therā bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo ovadantī’’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, evaṃ vakkhatha – na bahukatā therā bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo ovadituṃ; āmisahetu therā bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo ovadantīti! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

165.‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya – ‘āmisahetu therā bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo ovandatī’ti, pācittiya’’nti.

166.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Āmisahetūti cīvarahetu piṇḍapātahetu senāsanahetu gilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārahetu sakkārahetu garukārahetu mānanahetu vandanahetu pūjanahetu.

Evaṃ vadeyyāti upasampannaṃ saṅghena sammataṃ bhikkhunovādakaṃ avaṇṇaṃ kattukāmo ayasaṃ kattukāmo maṅkukattukāmo evaṃ vadeti – ‘‘cīvarahetu piṇḍapātahetu senāsanahetu gilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārahetu sakkārahetu garukārahetu mānanahetu vandanahetu pūjanahetu ovadatī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

167. Dhammakamme dhammakammasaññī evaṃ vadeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme vematiko evaṃ vadeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme adhammakammasaññī evaṃ vadeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Upasampannaṃ saṅghena asammataṃ bhikkhunovādakaṃ avaṇṇaṃ kattukāmo ayasaṃ kattukāmo maṅkukattukāmo evaṃ vadeti – ‘‘cīvarahetu…pe… pūjanahetu ovadatī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannaṃ saṅghena sammataṃ vā asammataṃ vā bhikkhunovādakaṃ avaṇṇaṃ kattukāmo ayasaṃ kattukāmo maṅkukattukāmo evaṃ vadeti – ‘‘cīvarahetu piṇḍapātahetu senāsanahetu gilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārahetu sakkārahetu garukārahetu mānanahetu vandanahetu pūjanahetu ovadatī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme dhammakammasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.



若比丘意思是无论是什么样的...比丘意思是...在这里指的是比丘。
比丘尼住处意思是比丘尼居住一夜以上的地方。
前往意思是去到那里。
比丘尼意思是在两部僧团中受具足戒的。
教诫意思是以八重法教诫,犯波逸提。
除了适当的时候意思是除了适当的时候。
生病意思是比丘尼不能去接受教诫或共住。
对受具足戒者,认为是受具足戒者,前往比丘尼住处,除了适当的时候教诫,犯波逸提。对受具足戒者,有疑虑,前往比丘尼住处,除了适当的时候教诫,犯波逸提。对受具足戒者,认为是未受具足戒者,前往比丘尼住处,除了适当的时候教诫,犯波逸提。
以其他法教诫,犯突吉罗。对只在一部僧团受具足戒的教诫,犯突吉罗。对未受具足戒者,认为是受具足戒者,犯突吉罗。对未受具足戒者,有疑虑,犯突吉罗。对未受具足戒者,认为是未受具足戒者,无罪。
无罪的情况:适当的时候,给予诵读,给予询问,被告知"尊者,请教导",教导,问问题,被问问题而回答,为他人说而比丘尼听到,对式叉摩那,对沙弥尼,对疯狂者,对最初犯戒者。
比丘尼住处学处第三结束。
物品学处
那时,佛陀住在舍卫城(现今印度北方邦斯拉瓦斯蒂镇附近)祇树给孤独园。当时,上座比丘们教诫比丘尼,获得衣服、饮食、卧具、病人所需药品等物品。六群比丘这样说:"上座比丘们教诫比丘尼没有多大功德;上座比丘们为了物品而教诫比丘尼。"那些少欲的比丘们...责难、诽谤、批评说:"为什么六群比丘会这样说:'上座比丘们教诫比丘尼没有多大功德;上座比丘们为了物品而教诫比丘尼'呢?"..."比丘们,你们真的这样说:'上座比丘们教诫比丘尼没有多大功德;上座比丘们为了物品而教诫比丘尼'吗?""世尊,是真的。"佛陀呵责说......"愚人们,你们怎么会这样说:上座比丘们教诫比丘尼没有多大功德;上座比丘们为了物品而教诫比丘尼呢!愚人们,这不能令不信者生信......比丘们,你们应当如此制定学处:
"若比丘这样说:'上座比丘们为了物品而教诫比丘尼',波逸提。"
若比丘意思是无论是什么样的...比丘意思是...在这里指的是比丘。
为了物品意思是为了衣服、为了饮食、为了卧具、为了病人所需药品、为了尊敬、为了恭敬、为了尊重、为了礼拜、为了供养。
这样说意思是想要诽谤、想要使蒙羞、想要使尴尬,对受具足戒并被僧团选定的教诫比丘尼者这样说:"为了衣服、为了饮食、为了卧具、为了病人所需药品、为了尊敬、为了恭敬、为了尊重、为了礼拜、为了供养而教诫",说出这样的话,犯波逸提。
法羯磨,认为是法羯磨,这样说,犯波逸提。法羯磨,有疑虑,这样说,犯波逸提。法羯磨,认为是非法羯磨,这样说,犯波逸提。
想要诽谤、想要使蒙羞、想要使尴尬,对受具足戒但未被僧团选定的教诫比丘尼者这样说:"为了衣服...为了供养而教诫",说出这样的话,犯突吉罗。想要诽谤、想要使蒙羞、想要使尴尬,对未受具足戒的、被僧团选定或未被选定的教诫比丘尼者这样说:"为了衣服、为了饮食、为了卧具、为了病人所需药品、为了尊敬、为了恭敬、为了尊重、为了礼拜、为了供养而教诫",说出这样的话,犯突吉罗。非法羯磨,认为是法羯磨,犯突吉罗。非法羯磨,有疑虑,犯突吉罗。非法羯磨,认为是非法羯磨,犯突吉罗。

168. Anāpatti pakatiyā cīvarahetu piṇḍapātahetu senāsanahetu gilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārahetu sakkārahetu garukārahetu mānanahetu vandanahetu pūjanahetu ovadantaṃ bhaṇati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Āmisasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ catutthaṃ.

5. Cīvaradānasikkhāpadaṃ

169. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu sāvatthiyaṃ aññatarissā visikhāya piṇḍāya carati. Aññatarāpi bhikkhunī tassā visikhāya piṇḍāya carati. Atha kho so bhikkhu taṃ bhikkhuniṃ etadavoca – ‘‘gaccha, bhagini, amukasmiṃ okāse bhikkhā diyyatī’’ti. Sāpi kho evamāha – ‘‘gacchāyya, amukasmiṃ okāse bhikkhā diyyatī’’ti. Te abhiṇhadassanena sandiṭṭhā ahesuṃ. Tena kho pana samayena saṅghassa cīvaraṃ bhājīyati. Atha kho sā bhikkhunī ovādaṃ gantvā yena so bhikkhu tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitaṃ kho taṃ bhikkhuniṃ so bhikkhu etadavoca – ‘‘ayaṃ me, bhagini, cīvarapaṭivīso [paṭiviṃso (sī.), paṭiviso (itipi)]; sādiyissasī’’ti? ‘‘Āmāyya, dubbalacīvarāmhī’’ti.

Atha kho so bhikkhu tassā bhikkhuniyā cīvaraṃ adāsi. Sopi kho bhikkhu dubbalacīvaro hoti. Bhikkhū taṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘karohi dāni te, āvuso, cīvara’’nti . Atha kho so bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhu bhikkhuniyā cīvaraṃ dassatī’’ti…pe… ‘‘saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, bhikkhu, bhikkhuniyā cīvaraṃ adāsī’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. ‘‘Ñātikā te , bhikkhu, aññātikā’’ti? ‘‘Aññātikā, bhagavā’’ti. ‘‘Aññātako, moghapurisa, aññātikāya na jānāti patirūpaṃ vā appatirūpaṃ vā santaṃ vā asantaṃ vā. Kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, aññātikāya bhikkhuniyā cīvaraṃ dassasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu aññātikāya bhikkhuniyā cīvaraṃ dadeyya, pācittiya’’nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

170. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā bhikkhunīnaṃ pārivattakaṃ [pārivaṭṭakaṃ (itipi)] cīvaraṃ na denti. Bhikkhuniyo ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā amhākaṃ pārivattakaṃ cīvaraṃ na dassantī’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tāsaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ ujjhāyantīnaṃ khiyyantīnaṃ vipācentīnaṃ. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, pañcannaṃ pārivattakaṃ dātuṃ. Bhikkhussa, bhikkhuniyā, sikkhamānāya, sāmaṇerassa, sāmaṇeriyā – anujānāmi, bhikkhave, imesaṃ pañcannaṃ pārivattakaṃ dātuṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

171.‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu aññātikāya bhikkhuniyā cīvaraṃ dadeyya, aññatra pārivattakā, pācittiya’’nti.

172.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Aññātikā nāma mātito vā pitito vā yāva sattamā pitāmahayugā asambaddhā.

Bhikkhunī nāma ubhatosaṅghe upasampannā.

Cīvaraṃ nāma channaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ cīvaraṃ vikappanupagaṃ pacchimaṃ [vikappanupagapacchimaṃ (sī.)].

Aññatra pārivattakāti ṭhapetvā pārivattakaṃ deti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

173. Aññātikāya aññātikasaññī cīvaraṃ deti, aññatra pārivattakā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Aññātikāya vematiko cīvaraṃ deti, aññatra pārivattakā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Aññātikāya ñātikasaññī cīvaraṃ deti, aññatra pārivattakā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Ekato upasampannāya cīvaraṃ deti, aññatra pārivattakā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ñātikāya aññātikasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ñātikāya vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ñātikāya ñātikasaññī, anāpatti.



无罪的情况:说本来就为了衣服、为了饮食、为了卧具、为了病人所需药品、为了尊敬、为了恭敬、为了尊重、为了礼拜、为了供养而教诫,对疯狂者,对最初犯戒者。
物品学处第四结束。
给衣学处
那时,佛陀住在舍卫城(现今印度北方邦斯拉瓦斯蒂镇附近)祇树给孤独园。当时,有一位比丘在舍卫城的某条街上乞食。一位比丘尼也在那条街上乞食。那位比丘对那位比丘尼说:"姐妹,去某处有人施食。"她也这样说:"尊者,去某处有人施食。"他们因经常见面而熟识。当时,僧团正在分配衣服。那位比丘尼去接受教诫后来到那位比丘处;来到后向那位比丘致敬,然后站在一旁。站在一旁的那位比丘尼,那位比丘对她说:"姐妹,这是我的衣份;你接受吗?""是的,尊者,我们衣服不足。"
于是那位比丘把衣服给了那位比丘尼。那位比丘也衣服不足。比丘们对那位比丘说:"朋友,现在做你的衣服吧。"于是那位比丘把这件事告诉比丘们。那些少欲的比丘们...责难、诽谤、批评说:"为什么比丘会把衣服给比丘尼呢?"..."比丘,你真的把衣服给了比丘尼吗?""世尊,是真的。""比丘,她是你的亲戚还是非亲戚?""世尊,是非亲戚。""愚人,非亲戚不知道什么是适当的、不适当的、有的、没有的。愚人,你怎么会把衣服给非亲戚比丘尼呢!愚人,这不能令不信者生信......比丘们,你们应当如此制定学处:
"若比丘给非亲戚比丘尼衣服,波逸提。"
世尊如此为比丘们制定学处。
那时,比丘们顾虑而不给比丘尼们交换的衣服。比丘尼们责难、诽谤、批评说:"为什么尊者们不给我们交换的衣服呢!"比丘们听到那些比丘尼责难、诽谤、批评。于是那些比丘把这件事告诉世尊。然后世尊以此因缘、以此场合作了法语开示,告诉比丘们:"比丘们,我允许给五种人交换的衣服。比丘、比丘尼、式叉摩那、沙弥、沙弥尼 - 比丘们,我允许给这五种人交换的衣服。比丘们,你们应当如此制定学处:
"若比丘给非亲戚比丘尼衣服,除了交换,波逸提。"
若比丘意思是无论是什么样的...比丘意思是...在这里指的是比丘。
非亲戚意思是从母系或父系到第七代祖先都没有关系的。
比丘尼意思是在两部僧团中受具足戒的。
衣服意思是六种衣服中的任何一种,最小到可以作为替换的大小。
除了交换意思是除了交换而给,犯波逸提。
对非亲戚,认为是非亲戚,给衣服,除了交换,犯波逸提。对非亲戚,有疑虑,给衣服,除了交换,犯波逸提。对非亲戚,认为是亲戚,给衣服,除了交换,犯波逸提。
对只在一部僧团受具足戒的给衣服,除了交换,犯突吉罗。对亲戚,认为是非亲戚,犯突吉罗。对亲戚,有疑虑,犯突吉罗。对亲戚,认为是亲戚,无罪。

174. Anāpatti ñātikāya, pārivattakaṃ parittena vā vipulaṃ, vipulena vā parittaṃ, bhikkhunī vissāsaṃ gaṇhāti, tāvakālikaṃ gaṇhāti, cīvaraṃ ṭhapetvā aññaṃ parikkhāraṃ deti, sikkhamānāya, sāmaṇeriyā, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Cīvaradānasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ pañcamaṃ.

6. Cīvarasibbanasikkhāpadaṃ

175. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā udāyī paṭṭo [paṭṭho (sī. syā.)] hoti cīvarakammaṃ kātuṃ. Aññatarā bhikkhunī yenāyasmā udāyī tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ udāyiṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sādhu me, bhante, ayyo cīvaraṃ sibbatū’’ti. Atha kho āyasmā udāyī tassā bhikkhuniyā cīvaraṃ sibbitvā surattaṃ suparikammakataṃ katvā majjhe paṭibhānacittaṃ vuṭṭhāpetvā saṃharitvā nikkhipi. Atha kho sā bhikkhunī yenāyasmā udāyī tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ udāyiṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kahaṃ taṃ, bhante, cīvara’’nti? ‘‘Handa, bhagini , imaṃ cīvaraṃ yathāsaṃhaṭaṃ haritvā nikkhipitvā yadā bhikkhunisaṅgho ovādaṃ āgacchati tadā imaṃ cīvaraṃ pārupitvā bhikkhunisaṅghassa piṭṭhito piṭṭhito āgacchā’’ti. Atha kho sā bhikkhunī taṃ cīvaraṃ yathāsaṃhaṭaṃ haritvā nikkhipitvā yadā bhikkhunisaṅgho ovādaṃ āgacchati tadā taṃ cīvaraṃ pārupitvā bhikkhunisaṅghassa piṭṭhito piṭṭhito āgacchati. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘yāva chinnikā imā bhikkhuniyo dhuttikā ahirikāyo, yatra hi nāma cīvare paṭibhānacittaṃ vuṭṭhāpessantī’’ti!

Bhikkhuniyo evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘kassidaṃ kamma’’nti? ‘‘Ayyassa udāyissā’’ti. ‘‘Yepi te chinnakā dhuttakā ahirikā tesampi evarūpaṃ na sobheyya, kiṃ pana ayyassa udāyissā’’ti! Atha kho tā bhikkhuniyo bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma āyasmā udāyī bhikkhuniyā cīvaraṃ sibbissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, udāyi, bhikkhuniyā cīvaraṃ sibbasī’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. ‘‘Ñātikā te, udāyi, aññātikā’’ti? ‘‘Aññātikā, bhagavā’’ti. ‘‘Aññātako, moghapurisa, aññātikāya na jānāti patirūpaṃ vā appatirūpaṃ vā pāsādikaṃ vā apāsādikaṃ vā. Kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, aññātikāya bhikkhuniyā cīvaraṃ sibbissasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

176.‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu aññātikāya bhikkhuniyā cīvaraṃ sibbeyya vā sibbāpeyya vā, pācittiya’’nti.

177.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Aññātikā nāma mātito vā pitito vā yāva sattamā pitāmahayugā asambaddhā.

Bhikkhunī nāma ubhatosaṅghe upasampannā.

Cīvaraṃ nāma channaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ cīvaraṃ.

Sibbeyyāti sayaṃ sibbati ārāpathe ārāpathe āpatti pācittiyassa.

Sibbāpeyyāti aññaṃ āṇāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Sakiṃ āṇatto bahukampi sibbati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

178. Aññātikāya aññātikasaññī cīvaraṃ sibbati vā sibbāpeti vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Aññātikāya vematiko cīvaraṃ sibbati vā sibbāpeti vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Aññātikāya ñātikasaññī cīvaraṃ sibbati vā sibbāpeti vā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Ekatoupasampannāya cīvaraṃ sibbati vā sibbāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ñātikāya aññātikasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ñātikāya vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ñātikāya ñātikasaññī, anāpatti.

179. Anāpatti ñātikāya, cīvaraṃ ṭhapetvā aññaṃ parikkhāraṃ sibbati vā sibbāpeti vā, sikkhamānāya, sāmaṇeriyā, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Cīvarasibbanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ.

7. Saṃvidhānasikkhāpadaṃ



无罪的情况:对亲戚,交换少量换多量或多量换少量,比丘尼以信任取用,暂时取用,除了衣服给其他用品,对式叉摩那,对沙弥尼,对疯狂者,对最初犯戒者。
给衣学处第五结束。
缝制衣服学处
那时,佛陀住在舍卫城(现今印度北方邦斯拉瓦斯蒂镇附近)祇树给孤独园。当时,尊者优陀夷善于做衣服。一位比丘尼来到尊者优陀夷处;来到后对尊者优陀夷说:"尊者,请尊者为我缝制衣服。"于是尊者优陀夷为那位比丘尼缝制衣服,染色精美,在中间绣上图案,折叠好放在一边。然后那位比丘尼来到尊者优陀夷处;来到后对尊者优陀夷说:"尊者,那件衣服在哪里?""来吧,姐妹,把这件衣服按原样拿去放好,等比丘尼僧团来接受教诫时,你穿上这件衣服跟在比丘尼僧团后面来。"于是那位比丘尼把那件衣服按原样拿去放好,等比丘尼僧团来接受教诫时,她穿上那件衣服跟在比丘尼僧团后面来。人们责难、诽谤、批评说:"这些比丘尼多么放荡、无耻、不知羞耻,竟然在衣服上绣图案!"
比丘尼们说:"这是谁做的?""是优陀夷尊者做的。""即使是那些放荡、无耻的人也不会做这样的事,更何况是优陀夷尊者!"于是那些比丘尼把这件事告诉比丘们。那些少欲的比丘们...责难、诽谤、批评说:"为什么尊者优陀夷会为比丘尼缝制衣服呢?"..."优陀夷,你真的为比丘尼缝制衣服吗?""世尊,是真的。""优陀夷,她是你的亲戚还是非亲戚?""世尊,是非亲戚。""愚人,非亲戚不知道什么是适当的、不适当的、令人欢喜的、不令人欢喜的。愚人,你怎么会为非亲戚比丘尼缝制衣服呢!愚人,这不能令不信者生信......比丘们,你们应当如此制定学处:
"若比丘为非亲戚比丘尼缝制或令人缝制衣服,波逸提。"
若比丘意思是无论是什么样的...比丘意思是...在这里指的是比丘。
非亲戚意思是从母系或父系到第七代祖先都没有关系的。
比丘尼意思是在两部僧团中受具足戒的。
衣服意思是六种衣服中的任何一种。
缝制意思是自己缝制,每针犯波逸提。
令人缝制意思是命令他人,犯波逸提。一次命令而缝制多次,犯波逸提。
对非亲戚,认为是非亲戚,缝制或令人缝制衣服,犯波逸提。对非亲戚,有疑虑,缝制或令人缝制衣服,犯波逸提。对非亲戚,认为是亲戚,缝制或令人缝制衣服,犯波逸提。
对只在一部僧团受具足戒的缝制或令人缝制衣服,犯突吉罗。对亲戚,认为是非亲戚,犯突吉罗。对亲戚,有疑虑,犯突吉罗。对亲戚,认为是亲戚,无罪。
无罪的情况:对亲戚,除了衣服缝制或令人缝制其他用品,对式叉摩那,对沙弥尼,对疯狂者,对最初犯戒者。
缝制衣服学处第六结束。
约定学处

180. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhunīhi saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjanti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘yatheva mayaṃ sapajāpatikā āhiṇḍāma, evamevime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā bhikkhunīhi saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya āhiṇḍantī’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhunīhi saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjissantī’’ti…pe… ‘‘saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, bhikkhunīhi saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjathā’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, bhikkhunīhi saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjissatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha.

‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhuniyā saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjeyya, antamaso gāmantarampi, pācittiya’’nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

181. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū ca bhikkhuniyo ca sāketā sāvatthiṃ addhānamaggappaṭipannā honti. Atha kho tā bhikkhuniyo te bhikkhū etadavocuṃ – ‘‘mayampi ayyehi saddhiṃ gamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Na, bhaginī, kappati bhikkhuniyā saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjituṃ. Tumhe vā paṭhamaṃ gacchatha mayaṃ vā gamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Ayyā, bhante, aggapurisā. Ayyāva paṭhamaṃ gacchantū’’ti. Atha kho tāsaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ pacchā gacchantīnaṃ antarāmagge corā acchindiṃsu ca dūsesuñca. Atha kho tā bhikkhuniyo sāvatthiṃ gantvā bhikkhunīnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Bhikkhuniyo bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, satthagamanīye magge sāsaṅkasammate sappaṭibhaye bhikkhuniyā saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

182.‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhuniyā saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjeyya, antamaso gāmantarampi, aññatra samayā, pācittiyaṃ. Tatthāyaṃ samayo. Satthagamanīyo hoti maggo sāsaṅkasammato sappaṭibhayo – ayaṃ tattha samayo’’ti.

183.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Bhikkhunī nāma ubhatosaṅghe upasampannā.

Saddhinti ekato.

Saṃvidhāyāti – ‘‘gacchāma, bhagini, gacchāmāyya; gacchāmāyya, gacchāma, bhagini; ajja vā hiyyo vā pare vā gacchāmā’’ti saṃvidahati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Antamaso gāmantarampīti kukkuṭasampāte gāme, gāmantare gāmantare āpatti pācittiyassa. Agāmake araññe, addhayojane addhayojane āpatti pācittiyassa.

Aññatra samayāti ṭhapetvā samayaṃ.

Satthagamanīyo nāma maggo na sakkā hoti vinā satthena gantuṃ.

Sāsaṅkaṃ nāma tasmiṃ magge [yasmiṃ magge (?)] corānaṃ niviṭṭhokāso dissati, bhuttokāso dissati, ṭhitokāso dissati, nisinnokāso dissati, nipannokāso dissati.

Sappaṭibhayaṃ nāma tasmiṃ magge corehi manussā hatā dissanti, viluttā dissanti, ākoṭitā dissanti, sappaṭibhayaṃ gantvā appaṭibhayaṃ dassetvā uyyojetabbā – ‘‘gacchatha bhaginiyo’’ti.

184. Saṃvidahite saṃvidahitasaññī ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjati, antamaso gāmantarampi, aññatra samayā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Saṃvidahite vematiko ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjati, antamaso gāmantarampi, aññatra samayā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Saṃvidahite, asaṃvidahitasaññī ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjati, antamaso gāmantarampi, aññatra samayā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Bhikkhu saṃvidahati bhikkhunī na saṃvidahati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Asaṃvidahite saṃvidahitasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Asaṃvidahite vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Asaṃvidahite asaṃvidahitasaññī, anāpatti.



那时,佛陀住在舍卫城(现今印度北方邦斯拉瓦斯蒂镇附近)祇树给孤独园。当时,六群比丘与比丘尼们约定同行一段路。人们责难、诽谤、批评说:"就像我们与妻子一起游荡,这些释迦子沙门也与比丘尼们约定一起游荡!"比丘们听到那些人责难、诽谤、批评。那些少欲的比丘们...责难、诽谤、批评说:"为什么六群比丘会与比丘尼们约定同行一段路呢?"..."比丘们,你们真的与比丘尼们约定同行一段路吗?""世尊,是真的。"佛陀呵责说......"愚人们,你们怎么会与比丘尼们约定同行一段路呢!愚人们,这不能令不信者生信......比丘们,你们应当如此制定学处:
"若比丘与比丘尼约定同行一段路,即使只是一村之间,波逸提。"
世尊如此为比丘们制定学处。
那时,许多比丘和比丘尼从娑鸡多(现今印度北方邦萨赫特-马赫特遗址)到舍卫城途中行走。那些比丘尼对那些比丘说:"我们也要和尊者们一起走。""姐妹们,不允许与比丘尼约定同行一段路。你们先走或我们先走。""尊者们是最尊贵的人。尊者们请先走。"于是那些比丘尼后面走,中途遇到强盗抢劫和侵犯。然后那些比丘尼到达舍卫城后把这件事告诉比丘尼们。比丘尼们把这件事告诉比丘们。比丘们把这件事告诉世尊。然后世尊以此因缘、以此场合作了法语开示,告诉比丘们:"比丘们,我允许在有商队同行的路上,被认为有危险、有恐怖的路上,与比丘尼约定同行一段路。比丘们,你们应当如此制定学处:
"若比丘与比丘尼约定同行一段路,即使只是一村之间,除了适当的时候,波逸提。这里的适当时候是:路上有商队同行,被认为有危险、有恐怖 - 这是这里的适当时候。"
若比丘意思是无论是什么样的...比丘意思是...在这里指的是比丘。
比丘尼意思是在两部僧团中受具足戒的。
一起意思是在一起。
约定意思是说"姐妹,我们走吧","尊者,我们走吧","尊者,我们走吧","姐妹,我们走吧","今天或昨天或明天我们走吧"而约定,犯突吉罗。
即使只是一村之间意思是在鸡飞的距离的村庄,每一村之间犯波逸提。在无村的旷野,每半由旬犯波逸提。
除了适当的时候意思是除了适当的时候。
有商队同行的路意思是没有商队不能走的路。
有危险意思是在那条路上可以看到强盗们的居住处、进食处、站立处、坐下处、躺卧处。
有恐怖意思是在那条路上可以看到人们被强盗杀害、抢劫、殴打,走过有恐怖的地方后到达无恐怖的地方时应当遣散说:"姐妹们,你们走吧。"
约定,认为是约定,同行一段路,即使只是一村之间,除了适当的时候,犯波逸提。约定,有疑虑,同行一段路,即使只是一村之间,除了适当的时候,犯波逸提。约定,认为是未约定,同行一段路,即使只是一村之间,除了适当的时候,犯波逸提。
比丘约定而比丘尼不约定,犯突吉罗。未约定,认为是约定,犯突吉罗。未约定,有疑虑,犯突吉罗。未约定,认为是未约定,无罪。

185. Anāpatti samaye, asaṃvidahitvā gacchati, bhikkhunī saṃvidahati , bhikkhu na saṃvidahati, visaṅketena gacchanti, āpadāsu, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Saṃvidhānasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ sattamaṃ.

8. Nāvābhiruhanasikkhāpadaṃ

186. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhunīhi saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaṃ nāvaṃ [ekanāvaṃ (syā.)] abhiruhanti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘yatheva mayaṃ sapajāpatikā nāvāya [ekanāvāya (syā.)] kīḷāma, evamevime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā bhikkhunīhi saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya nāvāya kīḷantī’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhunīhi saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaṃ nāvaṃ abhiruhissantī’’ti…pe… ‘‘saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, bhikkhunīhi saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaṃ nāvaṃ abhiruhathā’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, bhikkhunīhi saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaṃ nāvaṃ abhiruhissatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhuniyā saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaṃ nāvaṃ[ekanāvaṃ (syā.)]abhiruheyya, uddhaṃgāminiṃ vā adhogāminiṃvā, pācittiya’’nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

187. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū ca bhikkhuniyo ca sāketā sāvatthiṃ addhānamaggappaṭipannā honti. Antarāmagge nadī taritabbā [uttaritabbā (syā.)] hoti. Atha kho tā bhikkhuniyo te bhikkhū etadavocuṃ – ‘‘mayampi ayyehi saddhiṃ uttarissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Na, bhaginī, kappati bhikkhuniyā saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaṃ nāvaṃ abhiruhituṃ; tumhe vā paṭhamaṃ uttaratha mayaṃ vā uttarissāmā’’ti . ‘‘Ayyā, bhante, aggapurisā. Ayyāva paṭhamaṃ uttarantū’’ti. Atha kho tāsaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ pacchā uttarantīnaṃ corā acchindiṃsu ca dūsesuñca . Atha kho tā bhikkhuniyo sāvatthiṃ gantvā bhikkhunīnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Bhikkhuniyo bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tiriyaṃ taraṇāya bhikkhuniyā saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaṃ nāvaṃ abhiruhituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

188.‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhuniyā saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaṃ nāvaṃ abhiruheyya uddhaṃgāminiṃ vā adhogāminiṃ vā, aññatra tiriyaṃ taraṇāya, pācittiya’’nti.

189.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Bhikkhunī nāma ubhatosaṅghe upasampannā .

Saddhinti ekato.

Saṃvidhāyāti ‘‘abhiruhāma, bhagini, abhiruhāmāyya; abhiruhāmāyya, abhiruhāma, bhagini; ajja vā hiyyo vā pare vā abhiruhāmā’’ti saṃvidahati āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Bhikkhuniyā abhiruḷhe bhikkhu abhiruhati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Bhikkhumhi abhiruḷhe bhikkhunī abhiruhati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Ubho vā abhiruhanti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Uddhaṃgāmininti ujjavanikāya.

Adhogāmininti ojavanikāya.

Aññatra tiriyaṃ taraṇāyāti ṭhapetvā tiriyaṃ taraṇaṃ.

Kukkuṭasampāte gāme, gāmantare gāmantare āpatti pācittiyassa. Agāmake araññe, aḍḍhayojane aḍḍhayojane āpatti pācittiyassa.

190. Saṃvidahite saṃvidahitasaññī ekaṃ nāvaṃ abhiruhati uddhaṃgāminiṃ vā adhogāminiṃ vā, aññatra tiriyaṃ taraṇāya , āpatti pācittiyassa. Saṃvidahite vematiko ekaṃ nāvaṃ abhiruhati uddhaṃgāminiṃ vā adhogāminiṃ vā, aññatra tiriyaṃ taraṇāya, āpatti pācittiyassa. Saṃvidahite asaṃvidahitasaññī ekaṃ nāvaṃ abhiruhati uddhaṃgāminiṃ vā adhogāminiṃ vā, aññatra tiriyaṃ taraṇāya, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Bhikkhu saṃvidahati, bhikkhunī na saṃvidahati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Asaṃvidahite saṃvidahitasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Asaṃvidahite vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Asaṃvidahite, asaṃvidahitasaññī, anāpatti.



无罪的情况:适当的时候,未约定而行走,比丘尼约定而比丘不约定,错开时间行走,遇到危难,对疯狂者,对最初犯戒者。
约定学处第七结束。
乘船学处
那时,佛陀住在舍卫城(现今印度北方邦斯拉瓦斯蒂镇附近)祇树给孤独园。当时,六群比丘与比丘尼们约定乘同一条船。人们责难、诽谤、批评说:"就像我们与妻子一起乘船游玩,这些释迦子沙门也与比丘尼们约定一起乘船游玩!"比丘们听到那些人责难、诽谤、批评。那些少欲的比丘们...责难、诽谤、批评说:"为什么六群比丘会与比丘尼们约定乘同一条船呢?"..."比丘们,你们真的与比丘尼们约定乘同一条船吗?""世尊,是真的。"佛陀呵责说......"愚人们,你们怎么会与比丘尼们约定乘同一条船呢!愚人们,这不能令不信者生信......比丘们,你们应当如此制定学处:
"若比丘与比丘尼约定乘同一条船,无论是逆流而上还是顺流而下,波逸提。"
世尊如此为比丘们制定学处。
那时,许多比丘和比丘尼从娑鸡多(现今印度北方邦萨赫特-马赫特遗址)到舍卫城途中行走。中途需要渡河。那些比丘尼对那些比丘说:"我们也要和尊者们一起渡河。""姐妹们,不允许与比丘尼约定乘同一条船。你们先渡或我们先渡。""尊者们是最尊贵的人。尊者们请先渡。"于是那些比丘尼后面渡河,遇到强盗抢劫和侵犯。然后那些比丘尼到达舍卫城后把这件事告诉比丘尼们。比丘尼们把这件事告诉比丘们。比丘们把这件事告诉世尊。然后世尊以此因缘、以此场合作了法语开示,告诉比丘们:"比丘们,我允许横渡时与比丘尼约定乘同一条船。比丘们,你们应当如此制定学处:
"若比丘与比丘尼约定乘同一条船,无论是逆流而上还是顺流而下,除了横渡,波逸提。"
若比丘意思是无论是什么样的...比丘意思是...在这里指的是比丘。
比丘尼意思是在两部僧团中受具足戒的。
一起意思是在一起。
约定意思是说"姐妹,我们上船吧","尊者,我们上船吧","尊者,我们上船吧","姐妹,我们上船吧","今天或昨天或明天我们上船吧"而约定,犯突吉罗。
比丘尼上船后比丘上船,犯波逸提。比丘上船后比丘尼上船,犯波逸提。两人一起上船,犯波逸提。
逆流而上意思是逆流而上。
顺流而下意思是顺流而下。
除了横渡意思是除了横渡。
在鸡飞的距离的村庄,每一村之间犯波逸提。在无村的旷野,每半由旬犯波逸提。
约定,认为是约定,乘同一条船,无论是逆流而上还是顺流而下,除了横渡,犯波逸提。约定,有疑虑,乘同一条船,无论是逆流而上还是顺流而下,除了横渡,犯波逸提。约定,认为是未约定,乘同一条船,无论是逆流而上还是顺流而下,除了横渡,犯波逸提。
比丘约定而比丘尼不约定,犯突吉罗。未约定,认为是约定,犯突吉罗。未约定,有疑虑,犯突吉罗。未约定,认为是未约定,无罪。

191. Anāpatti tiriyaṃ taraṇāya, asaṃvidahitvā abhiruhanti, bhikkhunī saṃvidahati, bhikkhu na saṃvidahati, visaṅketena abhiruhanti, āpadāsu ummattakassa, ādikammissāti.

Nāvābhiruhanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ.

9. Paripācitasikkhāpadaṃ

192. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. Tena kho pana samayena thullanandā bhikkhunī aññatarassa kulassa kulūpikā hoti niccabhattikā. Tena ca gahapatinā therā bhikkhū nimantitā honti. Atha kho thullanandā bhikkhunī pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena taṃ kulaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṃ gahapatiṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kimidaṃ, gahapati, pahūtaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyatta’’nti? ‘‘Therā mayā, ayye, nimantitā’’ti. ‘‘Ke pana te, gahapati, therā’’ti? ‘‘Ayyo sāriputto ayyo mahāmoggallāno ayyo mahākaccāno ayyo mahākoṭṭhiko ayyo mahākappino ayyo mahācundo ayyo anuruddho ayyo revato ayyo upāli ayyo ānando ayyo rāhulo’’ti. ‘‘Kiṃ pana tvaṃ, gahapati, mahānāge tiṭṭhamāne ceṭake nimantesī’’ti?

‘‘Ke pana te, ayye, mahānāgā’’ti? ‘‘Ayyo devadatto ayyo kokāliko ayyo kaṭamodakatissako [kaṭamorakatissako (sī.) katamorakatissako (syā.)] ayyo khaṇḍadeviyā putto ayyo samuddadatto’’ti. Ayaṃ carahi thullanandāya bhikkhuniyā antarā kathā vippakatā, atha te therā bhikkhū pavisiṃsu. ‘‘Saccaṃ mahānāgā kho tayā, gahapati, nimantitā’’ti. ‘‘Idāneva kho tvaṃ, ayye, ceṭake akāsi; idāni mahānāge’’ti. Gharato ca nikkaḍḍhi, niccabhattañca pacchindi. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma devadatto jānaṃ bhikkhuniparipācitaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ bhuñjissatī’’ti…pe… ‘‘saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, devadatta, jānaṃ bhikkhuniparipācitaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ bhuñjasī’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, jānaṃ bhikkhuniparipācitaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ bhuñjissasi. Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

‘‘Yopana bhikkhu jānaṃ bhikkhuniparipācitaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ bhuñjeyya, pācittiya’’nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

193. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu rājagahā pabbajito ñātikulaṃ agamāsi. Manussā – ‘‘cirassampi bhadanto āgato’’ti sakkaccaṃ bhattaṃ akaṃsu. Tassa kulassa kulūpikā bhikkhunī te manusse etadavoca – ‘‘dethayyassa, āvuso, bhatta’’nti. Atha kho so bhikkhu – ‘‘bhagavatā paṭikkhittaṃ jānaṃ bhikkhuniparipācitaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ bhuñjitu’’nti kukkuccāyanto na paṭiggahesi. Nāsakkhi piṇḍāya carituṃ, chinnabhatto ahosi. Atha kho so bhikkhu ārāmaṃ gantvā bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, pubbe gihisamārambhe jānaṃ bhikkhuniparipācitaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ bhuñjituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

194.‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu jānaṃ bhikkhuniparipācitaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ bhuñjeyya, aññatra pubbe gihisamārambhā, pācittiya’’nti.

195.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Jānāti nāma sāmaṃ vā jānāti aññe vā tassa ārocenti sā vā āroceti.

Bhikkhunī nāma ubhatosaṅghe upasampannā.

Paripāceti nāma pubbe adātukāmānaṃ akattukāmānaṃ – ‘‘ayyo bhāṇako, ayyo bahussuto, ayyo suttantiko, ayyo vinayadharo, ayyo dhammakathiko, detha ayyassa, karotha ayyassā’’ti esā paripāceti nāma.

Piṇḍapāto nāma pañcannaṃ bhojanānaṃ aññataraṃ bhojanaṃ.

Aññatra pubbe gihisamārambhāti ṭhapetvā gihisamārambhaṃ.

Gihisamārambho nāma ñātakā vā honti pavāritā vā pakatipaṭiyattaṃ vā.

Aññatra pubbe gihisamārambhā bhuñjissāmīti paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ajjhohāre ajjhohāre, āpatti pācittiyassa.



无罪的情况:横渡,未约定而上船,比丘尼约定而比丘不约定,错开时间上船,遇到危难,对疯狂者,对最初犯戒者。
乘船学处第八结束。
安排学处
那时,佛陀住在王舍城(现今印度比哈尔邦巴特那市附近)竹林松鼠栖息处。当时,偷兰难陀比丘尼是某家的常客,经常在那里用餐。那家施主邀请了上座比丘们。于是偷兰难陀比丘尼在上午穿好衣服,拿着钵和衣来到那家;来到后对那位施主说:"施主,为什么准备了这么多食物?"" 尊者,我邀请了上座们。""施主,那些上座是谁?""舍利弗尊者、大目犍连尊者、大迦旃延尊者、大拘絺罗尊者、大迦叶尊者、大周陀尊者、阿那律陀尊者、离婆多尊者、优波离尊者、阿难陀尊者、罗睺罗尊者。""施主,你为什么在有大龙象的时候邀请小仆人呢?"
"尊者,那些大龙象是谁?""提婆达多尊者、俱迦利迦尊者、迦陀摩罗迦提舍尊者、骞荼提婆耶子尊者、三牟陀达多尊者。"偷兰难陀比丘尼的话还没说完,那些上座比丘就进来了。"施主,你真的邀请了大龙象啊。""尊者,刚才你说他们是小仆人,现在又说是大龙象。"他把她赶出家,并停止了经常性的供养。那些少欲的比丘们...责难、诽谤、批评说:"为什么提婆达多明知是比丘尼安排的食物还要食用呢?"..."提婆达多,你真的明知是比丘尼安排的食物还食用吗?""世尊,是真的。"佛陀呵责说......"愚人,你怎么会明知是比丘尼安排的食物还食用呢!愚人,这不能令不信者生信......比丘们,你们应当如此制定学处:
"若比丘明知是比丘尼安排的食物而食用,波逸提。"
世尊如此为比丘们制定学处。
那时,有一位比丘从王舍城出家后回到亲戚家。人们说:"尊者很久没来了",便恭敬地准备食物。那家的常客比丘尼对那些人说:"朋友们,给尊者食物。"于是那位比丘想:"世尊禁止明知是比丘尼安排的食物而食用",顾虑而不接受。他不能去乞食,没有得到食物。然后那位比丘回到寺院后把这件事告诉比丘们。比丘们把这件事告诉世尊。然后世尊以此因缘、以此场合作了法语开示,告诉比丘们:"比丘们,我允许明知是比丘尼安排的食物,如果是在家人先前准备的,可以食用。比丘们,你们应当如此制定学处:
"若比丘明知是比丘尼安排的食物而食用,除了在家人先前准备的,波逸提。"
若比丘意思是无论是什么样的...比丘意思是...在这里指的是比丘。
明知意思是自己知道或他人告诉他或她自己告诉。
比丘尼意思是在两部僧团中受具足戒的。
安排意思是对先前不想给、不想做的人说"这位尊者是诵经者,这位尊者多闻,这位尊者精通经藏,这位尊者持律,这位尊者说法者,给尊者吧,为尊者做吧",这就是所谓的安排。
食物意思是五种食物中的任何一种。
除了在家人先前准备的意思是除了在家人的准备。
在家人的准备意思是亲戚或邀请者或平常准备的。
除了在家人先前准备的,想要食用而接受,犯突吉罗。每次吞咽,犯波逸提。

196. Paripācite paripācitasaññī bhuñjati, aññatra pubbe gihisamārambhā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Paripācite vematiko bhuñjati, aññatra pubbe gihisamārambhā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Paripācite aparipācitasaññī bhuñjati, aññatra pubbe gihisamārambhā, anāpatti. Ekatoupasampannāya paripācitaṃ bhuñjati, aññatra pubbe gihisamārambhā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Aparipācite paripācitasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Aparipācitte vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Aparipācite aparipācitasaññī, anāpatti.

197. Anāpatti pubbe gihisamārambhe, sikkhamānā paripāceti, sāmaṇerī paripāceti, pañca bhojanāni ṭhapetvā sabbattha anāpatti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Paripācitasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ navamaṃ.

10. Rahonisajjasikkhāpadaṃ

198. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato udāyissa purāṇadutiyikā bhikkhunīsu pabbajitā hoti. Sā āyasmato udāyissa santike abhikkhaṇaṃ āgacchati, āyasmāpi udāyī tassā bhikkhuniyā santike abhikkhaṇaṃ gacchati. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā udāyī tassā bhikkhuniyā saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho nisajjaṃ kappesi. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma āyasmā udāyī bhikkhuniyā saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho nisajjaṃ kappessatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, udāyi, bhikkhuniyā saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho nisajjaṃ kappesīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, bhikkhuniyā saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho nisajjaṃ kappessasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

199.‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhuniyā saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho nisajjaṃ kappeyya, pācittiya’’nti.

200.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Bhikkhunī nāma ubhatosaṅghe upasampannā .

Saddhinti ekato.

Eko ekāyāti bhikkhu ceva hoti bhikkhunī ca.

[pāci. 286, 291; pārā. 445,454]Raho nāma cakkhussa raho sotassa raho. Cakkhussa raho nāma na sakkā hoti akkhiṃ vā nikhaṇīyamāne bhamukaṃ vā ukkhipīyamāne sīsaṃ vā ukkhipīyamāne passituṃ. Sotassa raho nāma na sakkā hoti pakatikathā sotuṃ.

Nisajjaṃkappeyyāti bhikkhuniyā nisinnāya bhikkhu upanisinno vā hoti upanipanno vā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Bhikkhu nisinne bhikkhunī upanisinnā vā hoti upanipannā vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Ubho vā nisinnā honti ubho vā nipannā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

201. Raho rahosaññī eko ekāya nisajjaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Raho vematiko eko ekāya nisajjaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Raho arahosaññī eko ekāya nisajjaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Araho rahosaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Araho vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Araho arahosaññī, anāpatti.

202. Anāpatti yo koci viññū dutiyo hoti, tiṭṭhati na nisīdati, arahopekkho, aññavihito nisīdati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Rahonisajjasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dasamaṃ.

Ovādavaggo tatiyo.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Asammataatthaṅgatū , passayāmisadānena;

Sibbati addhānaṃ nāvaṃ bhuñjeyya, eko ekāya te dasāti.

4. Bhojanavaggo

1. Āvasathapiṇḍasikkhāpadaṃ



安排了,认为是安排了,食用,除了在家人先前准备的,犯波逸提。安排了,有疑虑,食用,除了在家人先前准备的,犯突吉罗。安排了,认为是未安排,食用,除了在家人先前准备的,无罪。只在一部僧团受具足戒的安排的食用,除了在家人先前准备的,犯突吉罗。未安排,认为是安排了,犯突吉罗。未安排,有疑虑,犯突吉罗。未安排,认为是未安排,无罪。
无罪的情况:在家人先前准备的,式叉摩那安排,沙弥尼安排,除了五种食物外其他都无罪,对疯狂者,对最初犯戒者。
安排学处第九结束。
独处学处
那时,佛陀住在舍卫城(现今印度北方邦斯拉瓦斯蒂镇附近)祇树给孤独园。当时,尊者优陀夷的前妻在比丘尼中出家。她经常来见尊者优陀夷,尊者优陀夷也经常去见那位比丘尼。那时,尊者优陀夷与那位比丘尼独处共坐。那些少欲的比丘们...责难、诽谤、批评说:"为什么尊者优陀夷会与比丘尼独处共坐呢?"..."优陀夷,你真的与比丘尼独处共坐吗?""世尊,是真的。"佛陀呵责说......"愚人,你怎么会与比丘尼独处共坐呢!愚人,这不能令不信者生信......比丘们,你们应当如此制定学处:
"若比丘与比丘尼独处共坐,波逸提。"
若比丘意思是无论是什么样的...比丘意思是...在这里指的是比丘。
比丘尼意思是在两部僧团中受具足戒的。
一起意思是在一起。
一对一意思是只有一位比丘和一位比丘尼。
独处意思是眼睛看不见、耳朵听不见。眼睛看不见意思是不能看见眨眼、挑眉或抬头。耳朵听不见意思是不能听见正常说话的声音。
共坐意思是比丘尼坐着时比丘坐下或躺下,犯波逸提。
比丘坐着时比丘尼坐下或躺下,犯波逸提。两人都坐着或两人都躺着,犯波逸提。
独处,认为是独处,一对一共坐,犯波逸提。独处,有疑虑,一对一共坐,犯波逸提。独处,认为是非独处,一对一共坐,犯波逸提。
非独处,认为是独处,犯突吉罗。非独处,有疑虑,犯突吉罗。非独处,认为是非独处,无罪。
无罪的情况:有任何一位有智之人作为第二人,站着不坐,不在意独处,心不在焉而坐,对疯狂者,对最初犯戒者。
独处学处第十结束。
教诫品第三。
其摘要:
未经同意、日落、住处、物品、缝制、
路途、船、食用、一对一,这十条。
食物品
休息处食物学处

203. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena sāvatthiyā avidūre aññatarassa pūgassa āvasathapiṇḍo paññatto hoti. Chabbaggiyā bhikkhū pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiṃ piṇḍāya pavisitvā piṇḍaṃ alabhamānā āvasathaṃ agamaṃsu. Manussā – ‘‘cirassampi bhadantā āgatā’’ti te sakkaccaṃ parivisiṃsu. Atha kho chabbaggiyā bhikkhū dutiyampi divasaṃ…pe… tatiyampi divasaṃ pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiṃ piṇḍāya pavisitvā piṇḍaṃ alabhamānā āvasathaṃ gantvā bhuñjiṃsu. Atha kho chabbaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘kiṃ mayaṃ karissāma ārāmaṃ gantvā! Hiyyopi idheva āgantabbaṃ bhavissatī’’ti, tattheva anuvasitvā anuvasitvā āvasathapiṇḍaṃ bhuñjanti. Titthiyā apasakkanti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā anuvasitvā anuvasitvā āvasathapiṇḍaṃ bhuñjissanti! Nayimesaññeva āvasathapiṇḍo paññatto; sabbesaññeva āvasathapiṇḍo paññatto’’ti.

Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū anuvasitvā anuvasitvā āvasathapiṇḍaṃ bhuñjissantīti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, anuvasitvā anuvasitvā āvasathapiṇḍaṃ bhuñjathāti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, anuvasitvā anuvasitvā āvasathapiṇḍaṃ bhuñjissatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

‘‘Eko āvasathapiṇḍo bhuñjitabbo. Tato ce uttariṃ bhuñjeyya, pācittiya’’nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

204. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā sāriputto kosalesu janapade sāvatthiṃ gacchanto yena aññataro āvasatho tenupasaṅkami. Manussā – ‘‘cirassampi thero āgato’’ti sakkaccaṃ parivisiṃsu. Atha kho āyasmato sāriputtassa bhuttāvissa kharo ābādho uppajji, nāsakkhi tamhā āvasathā pakkamituṃ. Atha kho te manussā dutiyampi divasaṃ āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘bhuñjatha, bhante’’ti. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto – ‘‘bhagavatā paṭikkhittaṃ anuvasitvā anuvasitvā āvasathapiṇḍaṃ bhuñjitu’’nti kukkuccāyanto na paṭiggahesi; chinnabhatto ahosi. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāvatthiṃ gantvā bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gilānena bhikkhunā anuvasitvā anuvasitvā āvasathapiṇḍaṃ bhuñjituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

205.‘‘Agilānena bhikkhunā eko āvasathapiṇḍo bhuñjitabbo. Tato ce uttari bhuñjeyya, pācittiya’’nti.

206.Agilāno nāma sakkoti tamhā āvasathā pakkamituṃ.

Gilāno nāma na sakkoti tamhā āvasathā pakkamituṃ.

Āvasathapiṇḍo nāma pañcannaṃ bhojanānaṃ aññataraṃ bhojanaṃ – sālāya vā maṇḍape vā rukkhamūle vā ajjhokāse vā anodissa yāvadattho paññatto hoti. Agilānena bhikkhunā sakiṃ bhuñjitabbo. Tato ce uttari ‘bhuñjissāmī’ti paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ajjhohāre ajjhohāre āpatti pācittiyassa.

207. Agilāno agilānasaññī tatuttari āvasathapiṇḍaṃ bhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Agilāno vematiko tatuttari āvasathapiṇḍaṃ bhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Agilāno gilānasaññī tatuttariṃ āvasathapiṇḍaṃ bhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Gilāno agilānasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Gilāno vematiko āpatti dukkaṭassa. Gilāno gilānasaññī, anāpatti.

208. Anāpatti gilānassa, agilāno sakiṃ bhuñjati, gacchanto, vā āgacchanto vā bhuñjati, sāmikā nimantetvā bhojenti, odissa paññatto hoti, na yāvadattho paññatto hoti, pañca bhojanāni ṭhapetvā sabbattha anāpatti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Āvasathapiṇḍasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ paṭhamaṃ.

2. Gaṇabhojanasikkhāpadaṃ



那时,佛陀住在舍卫城(现今印度北方邦斯拉瓦斯蒂镇附近)祇树给孤独园。当时,在舍卫城附近某团体设立了休息处食物。六群比丘在上午穿好衣服,拿着钵和衣进入舍卫城乞食,没有得到食物就去了休息处。人们说:"尊者们很久没来了",恭敬地供养他们。然后六群比丘第二天...第三天上午穿好衣服,拿着钵和衣进入舍卫城乞食,没有得到食物就去休息处吃饭。然后六群比丘想:"我们为什么要回寺院呢?明天还要来这里!"于是就在那里住下来,一再地吃休息处食物。外道退避。人们责难、诽谤、批评说:"为什么释迦子沙门会一再住下来吃休息处食物呢!这休息处食物不是只为他们设立的,是为所有人设立的。"
比丘们听到那些人责难、诽谤、批评。那些少欲的比丘们...责难、诽谤、批评说:"为什么六群比丘会一再住下来吃休息处食物呢?"..."比丘们,你们真的一再住下来吃休息处食物吗?""世尊,是真的。"佛陀呵责说......"愚人们,你们怎么会一再住下来吃休息处食物呢!愚人们,这不能令不信者生信......比丘们,你们应当如此制定学处:
"只能吃一次休息处食物。如果吃超过那个,波逸提。"
世尊如此为比丘们制定学处。
那时,尊者舍利弗在拘萨罗国(现今印度北方邦东部)前往舍卫城,来到一个休息处。人们说:"长老很久没来了",恭敬地供养他。然后尊者舍利弗吃完饭后生了重病,不能离开那个休息处。然后那些人第二天对尊者舍利弗说:"尊者,请用餐。"于是尊者舍利弗想:"世尊禁止一再住下来吃休息处食物",顾虑而不接受;没有得到食物。然后尊者舍利弗到达舍卫城后把这件事告诉比丘们。比丘们把这件事告诉世尊。然后世尊以此因缘、以此场合作了法语开示,告诉比丘们:"比丘们,我允许生病的比丘一再住下来吃休息处食物。比丘们,你们应当如此制定学处:
"不生病的比丘只能吃一次休息处食物。如果吃超过那个,波逸提。"
不生病意思是能够离开那个休息处。
生病意思是不能离开那个休息处。
休息处食物意思是五种食物中的任何一种 - 在大厅、凉亭、树下或露天,不指定对象而为所有人准备的。不生病的比丘只能吃一次。如果超过那个想要吃而接受,犯突吉罗。每次吞咽,犯波逸提。
不生病,认为是不生病,超过那个吃休息处食物,犯波逸提。不生病,有疑虑,超过那个吃休息处食物,犯波逸提。不生病,认为是生病,超过那个吃休息处食物,犯波逸提。
生病,认为是不生病,犯突吉罗。生病,有疑虑,犯突吉罗。生病,认为是生病,无罪。
无罪的情况:生病,不生病只吃一次,去或来时吃,主人邀请而吃,指定对象而准备的,不是为所有人准备的,除了五种食物外其他都无罪,对疯狂者,对最初犯戒者。
休息处食物学处第一结束。
众食学处

209. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. Tena kho pana samayena devadatto parihīnalābhasakkāro sapariso kulesu viññāpetvā viññāpetvā bhuñjati. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā kulesu viññāpetvā viññāpetvā bhuñjissanti! Kassa sampannaṃ na manāpaṃ, kassa sāduṃ na ruccatī’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma devadatto sapariso kulesu viññāpetvā viññāpetvā bhuñjissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, devadatta, sapariso kulesu viññāpetvā viññāpetvā bhuñjasīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, sapariso kulesu viññāpetvā viññāpetvā bhuñjissasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

‘‘Gaṇabhojane pācittiya’’nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

210. Tena kho pana samayena manussā gilāne bhikkhū bhattena nimantenti. Bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā nādhivāsenti – ‘‘paṭikkhittaṃ bhagavatā gaṇabhojana’’nti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gilānena bhikkhunā gaṇabhojanaṃ bhuñjituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

‘‘Gaṇabhojane, aññatra samayā, pācittiyaṃ. Tatthāyaṃ samayo. Gilānasamayo – ayaṃ tattha samayo’’ti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

211. Tena kho pana samayena manussā cīvaradānasamaye sacīvarabhattaṃ paṭiyādetvā bhikkhū nimantenti – ‘‘bhojetvā cīvarena acchādessāmā’’ti. Bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā nādhivāsenti – ‘‘paṭikkhittaṃ bhagavatā gaṇabhojana’’nti. Cīvaraṃ parittaṃ uppajjati. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, cīvaradānasamaye gaṇabhojanaṃ bhuñjituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

‘‘Gaṇabhojane, aññatra samayā, pācittiyaṃ. Tatthāyaṃ samayo. Gilānasamayo, cīvaradānasamayo – ayaṃ tattha samayo’’ti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

212. Tena kho pana samayena manussā cīvarakārake bhikkhū bhattena nimantenti. Bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā nādhivāsenti – ‘‘paṭikkhittaṃ bhagavatā gaṇabhojana’’nti . Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, cīvarakārasamaye gaṇabhojanaṃ bhuñjituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

‘‘Gaṇabhojane, aññatra samayā, pācittiyaṃ. Tatthāyaṃ samayo. Gilānasamayo, cīvaradānasamayo, cīvarakārasamayo – ayaṃ tattha samayo’’ti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

213. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū manussehi saddhiṃ addhānaṃ gacchanti. Atha kho te bhikkhū te manusse etadavocuṃ – ‘‘muhuttaṃ, āvuso, āgametha; piṇḍāya carissāmā’’ti. Te evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘idheva, bhante, bhuñjathā’’ti. Bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā na paṭiggaṇhanti – ‘‘paṭikkhittaṃ bhagavatā gaṇabhojana’’nti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, addhānagamanasamaye gaṇabhojanaṃ bhuñjituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

‘‘Gaṇabhojane, aññatra samayā, pācittiyaṃ. Tatthāyaṃ samayo. Gilānasamayo, cīvaradānasamayo, cīvarakārasamayo, addhānagamanasamayo – ayaṃ tattha samayo’’ti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.



那时,佛陀住在王舍城(现今印度比哈尔邦巴特那市附近)竹林松鼠栖息处。当时,提婆达多失去了利养和恭敬,与其随从在各家乞求而食用。人们责难、诽谤、批评说:"为什么释迦子沙门会在各家乞求而食用呢!谁不喜欢美味,谁不喜欢可口的呢!"比丘们听到那些人责难、诽谤、批评。那些少欲的比丘们...责难、诽谤、批评说:"为什么提婆达多会与其随从在各家乞求而食用呢?"..."提婆达多,你真的与随从在各家乞求而食用吗?""世尊,是真的。"佛陀呵责说......"愚人,你怎么会与随从在各家乞求而食用呢!愚人,这不能令不信者生信......比丘们,你们应当如此制定学处:
"众食,波逸提。"
世尊如此为比丘们制定学处。
那时,人们邀请生病的比丘们用餐。比丘们顾虑而不接受,说:"世尊禁止众食。"他们把这件事告诉世尊。然后世尊以此因缘、以此场合作了法语开示,告诉比丘们:"比丘们,我允许生病的比丘众食。比丘们,你们应当如此制定学处:
"众食,除了适当的时候,波逸提。这里的适当时候是:生病的时候 - 这是这里的适当时候。"
世尊如此为比丘们制定学处。
那时,人们在布施衣服的时候准备了食物和衣服,邀请比丘们说:"我们会供养食物后再布施衣服。"比丘们顾虑而不接受,说:"世尊禁止众食。"只得到少量衣服。比丘们把这件事告诉世尊......"比丘们,我允许在布施衣服的时候众食。比丘们,你们应当如此制定学处:
"众食,除了适当的时候,波逸提。这里的适当时候是:生病的时候,布施衣服的时候 - 这是这里的适当时候。"
世尊如此为比丘们制定学处。
那时,人们邀请正在制作衣服的比丘们用餐。比丘们顾虑而不接受,说:"世尊禁止众食。"他们把这件事告诉世尊......"比丘们,我允许在制作衣服的时候众食。比丘们,你们应当如此制定学处:
"众食,除了适当的时候,波逸提。这里的适当时候是:生病的时候,布施衣服的时候,制作衣服的时候 - 这是这里的适当时候。"
世尊如此为比丘们制定学处。
那时,比丘们与人们一起旅行。然后那些比丘对那些人说:"朋友们,请稍等,我们要去乞食。"他们说:"尊者们,就在这里用餐吧。"比丘们顾虑而不接受,说:"世尊禁止众食。"他们把这件事告诉世尊......"比丘们,我允许在旅行的时候众食。比丘们,你们应当如此制定学处:
"众食,除了适当的时候,波逸提。这里的适当时候是:生病的时候,布施衣服的时候,制作衣服的时候,旅行的时候 - 这是这里的适当时候。"
世尊如此为比丘们制定学处。

214. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū manussehi saddhiṃ nāvāya gacchanti. Atha kho te bhikkhū te manusse etadavocuṃ – ‘‘muhuttaṃ, āvuso, tīraṃ upanetha; piṇḍāya carissāmā’’ti. Te evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘idheva, bhante, bhuñjathā’’ti. Bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā na paṭiggaṇhanti – ‘‘paṭikkhittaṃ bhagavatā gaṇabhojana’’nti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, nāvābhiruhanasamaye gaṇabhojanaṃ bhuñjituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

‘‘Gaṇabhojane, aññatra samayā, pācittiyaṃ. Tatthāyaṃ samayo. Gilānasamayo, cīvaradānasamayo, cīvarakārasamayo, addhānagamanasamayo, nāvābhiruhanasamayo – ayaṃ tattha samayo’’ti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

215. Tena 0 kho pana samayena disāsu vassaṃvuṭṭhā bhikkhū rājagahaṃ āgacchanti bhagavantaṃ dassanāya. Manussā nānāverajjake bhikkhū passitvā bhattena nimantenti. Bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā nādhivāsenti – ‘‘paṭikkhittaṃ bhagavatā gaṇabhojana’’nti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, mahāsamaye gaṇabhojanaṃ bhuñjituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

‘‘Gaṇabhojane , aññatra samayā, pācittiyaṃ. Tatthāyaṃ samayo. Gilānasamayo, cīvaradānasamayo, cīvarakārasamayo, addhānagamanasamayo, nāvābhiruhanasamayo, mahāsamayo – ayaṃ tattha samayo’’ti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

216. Tena kho pana samayena rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa ñātisālohito ājīvakesu pabbajito hoti. Atha kho so ājīvako yena rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā rājānaṃ māgadhaṃ seniyaṃ bimbisāraṃ etadavoca – ‘‘icchāmahaṃ, mahārāja, sabbapāsaṇḍikabhattaṃ kātu’’nti. ‘‘Sace tvaṃ, bhante, buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paṭhamaṃ bhojeyyāsi’’. ‘‘Evaṃ kareyyāmī’’ti. Atha kho so ājīvako bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pāhesi – ‘‘adhivāsentu me bhikkhū svātanāya bhatta’’nti. Bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā nādhivāsenti – ‘‘paṭikkhittaṃ bhagavatā gaṇabhojana’’nti. Atha kho so ājīvako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho so ājīvako bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘bhavampi gotamo pabbajito, ahampi pabbajito; arahati pabbajito pabbajitassa piṇḍaṃ paṭiggahetuṃ. Adhivāsetu me bhavaṃ gotamo svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho so ājīvako bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā pakkāmi. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, samaṇabhattasamaye gaṇabhojanaṃ bhuñjituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

217.Gaṇabhojane, aññatra samayā, pācittiyaṃ. Tatthāyaṃ samayo. Gilānasamayo, cīvaradānasamayo, cīvarakārasamayo, addhānagamanasamayo, nāvābhiruhanasamayo, mahāsamayo, samaṇabhattasamayo – ayaṃ tattha samayo’’ti.



那时,比丘们与人们一起乘船。然后那些比丘对那些人说:"朋友们,请稍停靠岸边,我们要去乞食。"他们说:"尊者们,就在这里用餐吧。"比丘们顾虑而不接受,说:"世尊禁止众食。"他们把这件事告诉世尊......"比丘们,我允许在乘船的时候众食。比丘们,你们应当如此制定学处:
"众食,除了适当的时候,波逸提。这里的适当时候是:生病的时候,布施衣服的时候,制作衣服的时候,旅行的时候,乘船的时候 - 这是这里的适当时候。"
世尊如此为比丘们制定学处。
那时,在各地度过雨安居的比丘们来到王舍城(现今印度比哈尔邦巴特那市附近)见世尊。人们看到来自各地的比丘,邀请他们用餐。比丘们顾虑而不接受,说:"世尊禁止众食。"他们把这件事告诉世尊......"比丘们,我允许在大集会的时候众食。比丘们,你们应当如此制定学处:
"众食,除了适当的时候,波逸提。这里的适当时候是:生病的时候,布施衣服的时候,制作衣服的时候,旅行的时候,乘船的时候,大集会的时候 - 这是这里的适当时候。"
世尊如此为比丘们制定学处。
那时,摩揭陀国频毗娑罗王的一位亲戚在阿耆毗外道出家。然后那位阿耆毗外道来到摩揭陀国频毗娑罗王那里;来到后对摩揭陀国频毗娑罗王说:"大王,我想要供养所有外道的食物。""尊者,如果你先供养以佛陀为首的比丘僧团。""好的,我会这样做。"然后那位阿耆毗外道派使者到比丘们那里说:"请比丘们接受我明天的供养。"比丘们顾虑而不接受,说:"世尊禁止众食。"然后那位阿耆毗外道来到世尊那里;来到后与世尊互相问候,寒暄后站在一旁。站在一旁的那位阿耆毗外道对世尊说:"乔达摩尊者是出家人,我也是出家人;出家人应该接受出家人的食物。请乔达摩尊者接受我明天与比丘僧团一起的供养。"世尊以沉默表示同意。然后那位阿耆毗外道知道世尊同意后就离开了。然后世尊以此因缘、以此场合作了法语开示,告诉比丘们:"比丘们,我允许在沙门供养的时候众食。比丘们,你们应当如此制定学处:
"众食,除了适当的时候,波逸提。这里的适当时候是:生病的时候,布施衣服的时候,制作衣服的时候,旅行的时候,乘船的时候,大集会的时候,沙门供养的时候 - 这是这里的适当时候。"

218.Gaṇabhojanaṃ nāma yattha cattāro bhikkhū pañcannaṃ bhojanānaṃ aññatarena bhojanena nimantitā bhuñjanti. Etaṃ gaṇabhojanaṃ nāma.

Aññatra samayāti ṭhapetvā samayaṃ.

Gilānasamayo nāma antamaso pādāpi phalitā [phālitā (syā. ka.)] honti. ‘‘Gilānasamayo’’ti bhuñjitabbaṃ.

Cīvaradānasamayo nāma anatthate kathine vassānassa pacchimo māso, atthate kathine pañcamāsā. ‘‘Cīvaradānasamayo’’ti bhuñjitabbaṃ.

Cīvarakārasamayo nāma cīvare kayiramāne. ‘‘Cīvarakārasamayo’’ti bhuñjitabbaṃ.

Addhānagamanasamayo nāma ‘‘addhayojanaṃ gacchissāmī’’ti bhuñjitabbaṃ, gacchantena bhuñjitabbaṃ, gatena bhuñjitabbaṃ.

Nāvābhiruhanasamayo nāma ‘‘nāvaṃ abhiruhissāmī’’ti bhuñjitabbaṃ, āruḷhena bhuñjitabbaṃ, oruḷhena bhuñjitabbaṃ.

Mahāsamayo nāma yattha dve tayo bhikkhū piṇḍāya caritvā yāpenti, catutthe āgate na yāpenti. ‘‘Mahāsamayo’’ti bhuñjitabbaṃ.

Samaṇabhattasamayo nāma yo koci paribbājakasamāpanno bhattaṃ karoti. ‘‘Samaṇabhattasamayo’’ti bhuñjitabbaṃ.

‘‘Aññatra samayā bhuñjissāmī’’ti paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ajjhohāre ajjhohāre āpatti pācittiyassa.

219. Gaṇabhojane gaṇabhojanasaññī, aññatra samayā, bhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Gaṇabhojane vematiko, aññatra samayā, bhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Gaṇabhojane nagaṇabhojanasaññī, aññatra samayā, bhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Nagaṇabhojane gaṇabhojanasaññī , āpatti dukkaṭassa. Nagaṇabhojane vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Nagaṇabhojane nagaṇabhojanasaññī, anāpatti.

220. Anāpatti samaye, dve tayo ekato bhuñjanti, piṇḍāya caritvā ekato sannipatitvā bhuñjanti, niccabhattaṃ, salākabhattaṃ, pakkhikaṃ, uposathikaṃ, pāṭipadikaṃ, pañca bhojanāni ṭhapetvā sabbattha anāpatti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Gaṇabhojanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dutiyaṃ.

3. Paramparabhojanasikkhāpadaṃ



众食意思是四位比丘受邀请食用五种食物中的任何一种。这就是所谓的众食。
除了适当的时候意思是除了适当的时候。
生病的时候意思是至少脚掌也裂开了。应该在"生病的时候"食用。
布施衣服的时候意思是未举行迦絺那衣仪式时雨安居的最后一个月,举行迦絺那衣仪式时五个月。应该在"布施衣服的时候"食用。
制作衣服的时候意思是正在制作衣服时。应该在"制作衣服的时候"食用。
旅行的时候意思是"我将走半由旬"时应该食用,正在走时应该食用,走完后应该食用。
乘船的时候意思是"我将上船"时应该食用,上船后应该食用,下船后应该食用。
大的时候意思是两三位比丘乞食后能维持生活,第四位来时就不能维持生活。应该在"大的时候"食用。
沙门供养的时候意思是任何一位外道出家人做供养。应该在"沙门供养的时候"食用。
"除了适当的时候我将食用"而接受,犯突吉罗。每次吞咽,犯波逸提。
众食,认为是众食,除了适当的时候,食用,犯波逸提。众食,有疑虑,除了适当的时候,食用,犯波逸提。众食,认为不是众食,除了适当的时候,食用,犯波逸提。
不是众食,认为是众食,犯突吉罗。不是众食,有疑虑,犯突吉罗。不是众食,认为不是众食,无罪。
无罪的情况:适当的时候,两三人一起食用,乞食后聚在一起食用,经常性的供养,凭票供养,半月供养,布萨日供养,月初供养,除了五种食物外其他都无罪,对疯狂者,对最初犯戒者。
众食学处第二结束。
接续食用学处

221. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ. Tena kho pana samayena vesāliyaṃ paṇītānaṃ bhattānaṃ bhattapaṭipāṭi adhiṭṭhitā hoti. Atha kho aññatarassa daliddassa kammakārassa [kammakarassa (sī.)] etadahosi – ‘‘na kho idaṃ orakaṃ bhavissati yathayime manussā sakkaccaṃ bhattaṃ karonti; yaṃnūnāhampi bhattaṃ kareyya’’nti. Atha kho so daliddo kammakāro yena kirapatiko tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṃ kirapatikaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘icchāmahaṃ, ayyaputta, buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa bhattaṃ kātuṃ. Dehi me vetana’’nti. Sopi kho kirapatiko saddho hoti pasanno. Atha kho so kirapatiko tassa daliddassa kammakārassa abbhātirekaṃ [atirekaṃ (syā.)] vetanaṃ adāsi. Atha kho so daliddo kammakāro yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho so daliddo kammakāro bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘adhivāsetu me, bhante, bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti. ‘‘Mahā kho, āvuso, bhikkhusaṅgho. Jānāhī’’ti. ‘‘Hotu [hotu me (ka.)] bhante, mahā bhikkhusaṅgho. Bahū me badarā paṭiyattā badaramissena peyyā paripūrissantī’’ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena.

Atha kho so daliddo kammakāro bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū – ‘‘daliddena kira kammakārena svātanāya buddhappamukho bhikkhusaṅgho nimantito, badaramissena peyyā paripūrissantī’’ti. Te kālasseva piṇḍāya caritvā bhuñjiṃsu. Assosuṃ kho manussā – ‘‘daliddena kira kammakārena buddhappamukho bhikkhusaṅgho nimantito’’ti. Te daliddassa kammakārassa pahūtaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ abhihariṃsu. Atha kho so daliddo kammakāro tassā rattiyā accayena paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesi – ‘‘kālo, bhante, niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta’’nti.

Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena tassa daliddassa kammakārassa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena. Atha kho so daliddo kammakāro bhattagge bhikkhū parivisati. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘thokaṃ, āvuso, dehi. Thokaṃ, āvuso, dehī’’ti. ‘‘Mā kho tumhe, bhante, ‘ayaṃ daliddo kammakāro’ti thokaṃ thokaṃ paṭiggaṇhittha. Pahūtaṃ me khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyattaṃ.

Paṭiggaṇhatha, bhante, yāvadattha’’nti. ‘‘Na kho mayaṃ, āvuso, etaṃkāraṇā thokaṃ thokaṃ paṭiggaṇhāma. Apica, mayaṃ kālasseva piṇḍāya caritvā bhuñjimhā; tena mayaṃ thokaṃ thokaṃ paṭiggaṇhāmā’’ti.

Atha kho so daliddo kammakāro ujjhāyati khiyyati vipāceti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhadantā mayā nimantitā aññatra bhuñjissanti! Na cāhaṃ paṭibalo yāvadatthaṃ dātu’’nti? Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tassa daliddassa kammakārassa ujjhāyantassa khiyyantassa vipācentassa. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhū aññatra nimantitā aññatra bhuñjissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhū aññatra nimantitā aññatra bhuñjantīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma te, bhikkhave, moghapurisā aññatra nimantitā aññatra bhuñjissanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

‘‘Paramparabhojanepācittiya’’nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.



那时,佛陀住在毗舍离(现今印度比哈尔邦瓦伊沙利镇附近)大林重阁讲堂。当时,毗舍离有一系列精美食物的供养。然后一位贫穷的工人想:"这些人如此恭敬地准备食物,一定不是普通的事;我也应该准备食物供养。"然后那位贫穷的工人来到雇主那里;来到后对雇主说:"主人,我想要为以佛陀为首的比丘僧团准备食物供养。请给我工资。"那位雇主也是有信仰的虔诚者。然后那位雇主给了那位贫穷的工人额外的工资。然后那位贫穷的工人来到世尊那里;来到后礼敬世尊,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的那位贫穷的工人对世尊说:"世尊,请接受我明天与比丘僧团一起的供养。""朋友,比丘僧团人数众多。你要知道。""世尊,就让比丘僧团人数众多吧。我准备了很多枣子,会用枣子混合的饮料来填满。"世尊以沉默表示同意。
然后那位贫穷的工人知道世尊同意后,从座位上起身,礼敬世尊,右绕后离开。比丘们听说:"听说那位贫穷的工人邀请了以佛陀为首的比丘僧团明天供养,会用枣子混合的饮料来填满。"他们一大早就去乞食并吃了。人们听说:"听说那位贫穷的工人邀请了以佛陀为首的比丘僧团供养。"他们给那位贫穷的工人送去了大量的硬食和软食。然后那位贫穷的工人在那夜过后准备了精美的硬食和软食,派人告诉世尊时间到了:"世尊,时间到了,食物已经准备好了。"
然后世尊在上午穿好衣服,拿着钵和衣来到那位贫穷的工人的住处;来到后坐在准备好的座位上,与比丘僧团一起。然后那位贫穷的工人在饭堂里供养比丘们。比丘们说:"朋友,给一点点。朋友,给一点点。""尊者们,请不要因为'这是贫穷的工人'而只接受一点点。我准备了大量的硬食和软食。尊者们,请随意接受。""朋友,我们不是因为这个原因而只接受一点点。但是,我们一大早就去乞食并吃了;所以我们只接受一点点。"
然后那位贫穷的工人责难、诽谤、批评说:"为什么尊者们受我邀请却在别处吃饭!我难道不能给予足够的食物吗?"比丘们听到那位贫穷的工人责难、诽谤、批评。那些少欲的比丘们...责难、诽谤、批评说:"为什么比丘们受邀请却在别处吃饭呢?"..."比丘们,你们真的受邀请却在别处吃饭吗?""世尊,是真的。"佛陀呵责说......"比丘们,这些愚人怎么会受邀请却在别处吃饭呢!比丘们,这不能令不信者生信......比丘们,你们应当如此制定学处:
"接续食用,波逸提。"
世尊如此为比丘们制定学处。

222. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti. Aññataro bhikkhu piṇḍapātaṃ ādāya yena so bhikkhu tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavoca – ‘‘bhuñjāhi, āvuso’’ti. ‘‘Alaṃ, āvuso, atthi me bhattapaccāsā’’ti. Tassa bhikkhuno piṇḍapāto ussūre [ussūrena (ka.)] āharīyittha. So bhikkhu na cittarūpaṃ bhuñji. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gilānena bhikkhunā paramparabhojanaṃ bhuñjituṃ. Evañca pana , bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

‘‘Paramparabhojane,aññatra samayā, pācittiyaṃ. Tatthāyaṃ samayo. Gilānasamayo – ayaṃ tattha samayo’’ti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

223. Tena kho pana samayena manussā cīvaradānasamaye sacīvarabhattaṃ paṭiyādetvā [paṭiyādāpetvā (itipi)] bhikkhū nimantenti – ‘‘bhojetvā cīvarena acchādessāmā’’ti. Bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā nādhivāsenti – ‘‘paṭikkhittaṃ bhagavatā paramparabhojana’’nti. Cīvaraṃ parittaṃ uppajjati. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, cīvaradānasamaye paramparabhojanaṃ bhuñjituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

‘‘Paramparabhojane, aññatra samayā, pācittiyaṃ. Tatthāyaṃ samayo. Gilānasamayo, cīvaradānasamayo – ayaṃ tattha samayo’’ti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

224. Tena kho pana samayena manussā cīvarakārake bhikkhū bhattena nimantenti. Bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā nādhivāsenti – ‘‘paṭikkhittaṃ bhagavatā paramparabhojana’’nti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, cīvarakārasamaye paramparabhojanaṃ bhuñjituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

225.‘‘Paramparabhojane, aññatra samayā, pācittiyaṃ. Tatthāyaṃ samayo. Gilānasamayo, cīvaradānasamayo, cīvarakārasamayo – ayaṃ tattha samayo’’ti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

226. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya āyasmatā ānandena pacchāsamaṇena yena aññataraṃ kulaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho te manussā bhagavato ca āyasmato ca ānandassa bhojanaṃ adaṃsu. Āyasmā ānando kukkuccāyanto na paṭiggaṇhāti. ‘‘Gaṇhāhi [patigaṇhāhi (sī.)], ānandā’’ti. ‘‘Alaṃ, bhagavā , atthi me bhattapaccāsā’’ti. ‘‘Tenahānanda, vikappetvā gaṇhāhī’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, vikappetvā [bhattapaccāsaṃ vikappetvā (syā.)] paramparabhojanaṃ bhuñjituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, vikappetabbaṃ – ‘mayhaṃ bhattapaccāsaṃ itthannāmassa dammī’’’ti.

227.Paramparabhojanaṃ nāma pañcannaṃ bhojanānaṃ aññatarena bhojanena nimantito, taṃ ṭhapetvā aññaṃ pañcannaṃ bhojanānaṃ aññataraṃ bhojanaṃ bhuñjati, etaṃ paramparabhojanaṃ nāma.

Aññatra samayāti ṭhapetvā samayaṃ.

Gilānasamayo nāma na sakkoti ekāsane nisinno yāvadatthaṃ bhuñjituṃ. ‘‘Gilānasamayo’’ti bhuñjitabbaṃ.

Cīvaradānasamayo nāma anatthate kathine vassānassa pacchimo māso, atthate kathine pañca māsā. ‘‘Cīvaradānasamayo’’ti bhuñjitabbaṃ.

Cīvarakārasamayo nāma cīvare kayiramāne. ‘‘Cīvarakārasamayo’’ti bhuñjitabbaṃ.

‘‘Aññatra samayā bhuñjissāmī’’ti paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ajjhohāre ajjhohāre āpatti pācittiyassa.

228. Paramparabhojane paramparabhojanasaññī, aññatra samayā, bhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Paramparabhojane vematiko, aññatra samayā, bhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Paramparabhojane naparamparabhojanasaññī, aññatra samayā, bhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Naparamparabhojane paramparabhojanasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Naparamparabhojane vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Naparamparabhojane naparamparabhojanasaññī, anāpatti.



那时,有一位比丘生病了。另一位比丘拿着乞得的食物来到那位比丘那里;来到后对那位比丘说:"朋友,请吃。""朋友,够了,我有食物的期待。"那位比丘的乞食在日落时才送来。那位比丘没有如意地吃。他们把这件事告诉世尊。然后世尊以此因缘、以此场合作了法语开示,告诉比丘们:"比丘们,我允许生病的比丘接续食用。比丘们,你们应当如此制定学处:
"接续食用,除了适当的时候,波逸提。这里的适当时候是:生病的时候 - 这是这里的适当时候。"
世尊如此为比丘们制定学处。
那时,人们在布施衣服的时候准备了食物和衣服,邀请比丘们说:"我们会供养食物后再布施衣服。"比丘们顾虑而不接受,说:"世尊禁止接续食用。"只得到少量衣服。他们把这件事告诉世尊......"比丘们,我允许在布施衣服的时候接续食用。比丘们,你们应当如此制定学处:
"接续食用,除了适当的时候,波逸提。这里的适当时候是:生病的时候,布施衣服的时候 - 这是这里的适当时候。"
世尊如此为比丘们制定学处。
那时,人们邀请正在制作衣服的比丘们用餐。比丘们顾虑而不接受,说:"世尊禁止接续食用。"他们把这件事告诉世尊......"比丘们,我允许在制作衣服的时候接续食用。比丘们,你们应当如此制定学处:
"接续食用,除了适当的时候,波逸提。这里的适当时候是:生病的时候,布施衣服的时候,制作衣服的时候 - 这是这里的适当时候。"
世尊如此为比丘们制定学处。
然后世尊在上午穿好衣服,拿着钵和衣,与尊者阿难作为随从,来到某个家庭;来到后坐在准备好的座位上。然后那些人给世尊和尊者阿难食物。尊者阿难顾虑而不接受。"阿难,接受吧。""世尊,够了,我有食物的期待。""那么阿难,作分配后接受吧。"然后世尊以此因缘、以此场合作了法语开示,告诉比丘们:"比丘们,我允许作分配后接续食用。比丘们,应当如此作分配:'我把我的食物期待给某某。'"
接续食用意思是受邀请食用五种食物中的任何一种,除了那个之外又食用五种食物中的任何一种,这就是所谓的接续食用。
除了适当的时候意思是除了适当的时候。
生病的时候意思是不能坐在一个座位上随意地吃。应该在"生病的时候"食用。
布施衣服的时候意思是未举行迦絺那衣仪式时雨安居的最后一个月,举行迦絺那衣仪式时五个月。应该在"布施衣服的时候"食用。
制作衣服的时候意思是正在制作衣服时。应该在"制作衣服的时候"食用。
"除了适当的时候我将食用"而接受,犯突吉罗。每次吞咽,犯波逸提。
接续食用,认为是接续食用,除了适当的时候,食用,犯波逸提。接续食用,有疑虑,除了适当的时候,食用,犯波逸提。接续食用,认为不是接续食用,除了适当的时候,食用,犯波逸提。
不是接续食用,认为是接续食用,犯突吉罗。不是接续食用,有疑虑,犯突吉罗。不是接续食用,认为不是接续食用,无罪。

229. Anāpatti samaye, vikappetvā bhuñjati, dve tayo nimantane ekato bhuñjati, nimantanapaṭipāṭiyā bhuñjati, sakalena gāmena nimantito tasmiṃ gāme yattha katthaci bhuñjati , sakalena pūgena nimantito tasmiṃ pūge yattha katthaci bhuñjati, nimantiyamāno bhikkhaṃ gahessāmīti bhaṇati, niccabhatte, salākabhatte, pakkhike, uposathike, pāṭipadike, pañca bhojanāni ṭhapetvā sabbattha anāpatti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Paramparabhojanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ tatiyaṃ.

4. Kāṇamātusikkhāpadaṃ

230. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena kāṇamātā upāsikā saddhā hoti pasannā. Kāṇā gāmake aññatarassa purisassa dinnā hoti. Atha kho kāṇā mātugharaṃ agamāsi kenacideva karaṇīyena. Atha kho kāṇāya sāmiko kāṇāya santike dūtaṃ pāhesi – ‘‘āgacchatu kāṇā, icchāmi kāṇāya āgata’’nti. Atha kho kāṇamātā upāsikā ‘‘kismiṃ viya rittahatthaṃ gantu’’nti pūvaṃ [pūpaṃ (ṇvādi)] paci. Pakke pūve aññataro piṇḍacāriko bhikkhu kāṇamātāya upāsikāya nivesanaṃ pāvisi. Atha kho kāṇamātā upāsikā tassa bhikkhuno pūvaṃ dāpesi. So nikkhamitvā aññassa ācikkhi. Tassapi pūvaṃ dāpesi. Sopi nikkhamitvā aññassa ācikkhi. Tassapi pūvaṃ dāpesi. Yathāpaṭiyattaṃ pūvaṃ parikkhayaṃ agamāsi. Dutiyampi kho kāṇāya sāmiko kāṇāya santike dūtaṃ pāhesi – ‘‘āgacchatu kāṇā, icchāmi kāṇāya āgata’’nti. Dutiyampi kho kāṇamātā upāsikā ‘‘kismiṃ viya rittahattaṃ gantu’’nti pūvaṃ paci. Pakke pūve aññataro piṇḍacāriko bhikkhu kāṇamātāya upāsikāya nivesanaṃ pāvisi. Atha kho kāṇamātā upāsikā tassa bhikkhuno pūvaṃ dāpesi. So nikkhamitvā aññassa ācikkhi. Tassapi pūvaṃ dāpesi. Sopi nikkhamitvā aññassa ācikkhi. Tassapi pūvaṃ dāpesi. Yathāpaṭiyattaṃ pūvaṃ parikkhayaṃ agamāsi. Tatiyampi kho kāṇāya sāmiko kāṇāya santike dūtaṃ pāhesi – ‘‘āgacchatu kāṇā, icchāmi kāṇāya āgataṃ. Sace kāṇā nāgacchissati, ahaṃ aññaṃ pajāpatiṃ ānessāmī’’ti. Tatiyampi kho kāṇamātā upāsikā kismiṃ viya rittahatthaṃ gantunti pūvaṃ paci. Pakke pūve aññataro piṇḍacāriko bhikkhu kāṇamātāya upāsikāya nivesanaṃ pāvisi. Atha kho kāṇamātā upāsikā tassa bhikkhuno pūvaṃ dāpesi. So nikkhamitvā aññassa ācikkhi. Tassapi pūvaṃ dāpesi. Sopi nikkhamitvā aññassa ācikkhi. Tassapi pūvaṃ dāpesi. Yathāpaṭiyattaṃ pūvaṃ parikkhayaṃ agamāsi. Atha kho kāṇāya sāmiko aññaṃ pajāpatiṃ ānesi.

Assosi kho kāṇā – ‘‘tena kira purisena aññā pajāpati ānītā’’ti. Sā rodantī aṭṭhāsi. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena kāṇamātāya upāsikāya nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho kāṇamātā upāsikā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho kāṇamātaraṃ upāsikaṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘kissāyaṃ kāṇā rodatī’’ti? Atha kho kāṇamātā upāsikā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Atha kho bhagavā kāṇamātaraṃ upāsikaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.



无罪的情况:适当的时候,作分配后食用,两三个邀请一起食用,按邀请的顺序食用,受整个村庄邀请在那个村庄任何地方食用,受整个团体邀请在那个团体任何地方食用,被邀请时说"我会接受乞食",经常性的供养,凭票供养,半月供养,布萨日供养,月初供养,除了五种食物外其他都无罪,对疯狂者,对最初犯戒者。
接续食用学处第三结束。
瞎女母亲学处
那时,佛陀住在舍卫城(现今印度北方邦斯拉瓦斯蒂镇附近)祇树给孤独园。当时,瞎女的母亲是一位有信仰的虔诚优婆夷。瞎女嫁给了某个村庄的一个男人。然后瞎女因某事回到母亲家。然后瞎女的丈夫派使者到瞎女那里说:"瞎女回来吧,我希望瞎女回来。"然后瞎女的母亲优婆夷想:"怎么能空手而去呢",就烤了饼。饼烤好后,一位乞食的比丘来到瞎女母亲优婆夷的家。然后瞎女的母亲优婆夷给那位比丘饼。他离开后告诉另一位。她也给那位饼。他也离开后告诉另一位。她也给那位饼。准备好的饼都用完了。瞎女的丈夫第二次派使者到瞎女那里说:"瞎女回来吧,我希望瞎女回来。"瞎女的母亲优婆夷第二次想:"怎么能空手而去呢",就烤了饼。饼烤好后,一位乞食的比丘来到瞎女母亲优婆夷的家。然后瞎女的母亲优婆夷给那位比丘饼。他离开后告诉另一位。她也给那位饼。他也离开后告诉另一位。她也给那位饼。准备好的饼都用完了。瞎女的丈夫第三次派使者到瞎女那里说:"瞎女回来吧,我希望瞎女回来。如果瞎女不回来,我就娶另一个妻子。"瞎女的母亲优婆夷第三次想:"怎么能空手而去呢",就烤了饼。饼烤好后,一位乞食的比丘来到瞎女母亲优婆夷的家。然后瞎女的母亲优婆夷给那位比丘饼。他离开后告诉另一位。她也给那位饼。他也离开后告诉另一位。她也给那位饼。准备好的饼都用完了。然后瞎女的丈夫娶了另一个妻子。
瞎女听说:"听说那个男人娶了另一个妻子。"她站着哭泣。然后世尊在上午穿好衣服,拿着钵和衣来到瞎女母亲优婆夷的家;来到后坐在准备好的座位上。然后瞎女的母亲优婆夷来到世尊那里;来到后礼敬世尊,坐在一旁。世尊对坐在一旁的瞎女母亲优婆夷说:"这个瞎女为什么哭泣?"然后瞎女的母亲优婆夷把这件事告诉世尊。然后世尊以法语开示、教导、鼓励、鼓舞瞎女的母亲优婆夷,从座位上起身离开。

231. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro sattho rājagahā paṭiyālokaṃ gantukāmo hoti. Aññataro piṇḍacāriko bhikkhu taṃ satthaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Aññataro upāsako tassa bhikkhuno sattuṃ dāpesi. So nikkhamitvā aññassa ācikkhi. Tassapi sattuṃ dāpesi. So nikkhamitvā aññassa ācikkhi. Tassapi sattuṃ dāpesi. Yathāpaṭiyattaṃ pātheyyaṃ parikkhayaṃ agamāsi . Atha kho so upāsako te manusse etadavoca – ‘‘ajjaṇho, ayyā, āgametha, yathāpaṭiyattaṃ pātheyyaṃ ayyānaṃ dinnaṃ. Pātheyyaṃ paṭiyādessāmī’’ti. ‘‘Nāyyo [nāyya (syā.)] sakkā āgametuṃ, payāto sattho’’ti agamaṃsu. Atha kho tassa upāsakassa pātheyyaṃ paṭiyādetvā pacchā gacchantassa corā acchindiṃsu. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā na mattaṃ jānitvā paṭiggahessanti! Ayaṃ imesaṃ datvā pacchā gacchanto corehi acchinno’’ti. Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘tena hi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññapessāmi dasa atthavase paṭicca – saṅghasuṭṭhutāya, saṅghaphāsutāya…pe… vinayānuggahāya. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

232.‘‘Bhikkhuṃ paneva kulaṃ upagataṃ pūvehi vā manthehi vā abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāreyya, ākaṅkhamānena bhikkhunā dvattipattapūrā paṭiggahetabbā tato ce uttari paṭiggaṇheyya pācittiyaṃ. Dvattipattapūre paṭiggahetvā tato nīharitvā bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ saṃvibhajitabbaṃ. Ayaṃ tattha sāmīcī’’ti.

233.Bhikkhuṃ paneva kulaṃ upagatanti kulaṃ nāma cattāri kulāni – khattiyakulaṃ, brāhmaṇakulaṃ, vessakulaṃ, suddakulaṃ.

Upagatanti tattha gataṃ.

Pūvaṃ nāma yaṃkiñci paheṇakatthāya paṭiyattaṃ.

Manthaṃ nāma yaṃkiñci pātheyyatthāya paṭiyattaṃ.

Abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāreyyāti yāvatakaṃ icchasi tāvatakaṃ gaṇhāhīti.

Ākaṅkhamānenāti icchamānena.

Dvattipattapūrā paṭiggahetabbāti dvetayo pattapūrā paṭiggahetabbā.

Tatoce uttari paṭigaṇheyyāti tatuttari paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Dvattipattapūre paṭiggahetvā tato nikkhamantena bhikkhuṃ passitvā ācikkhitabbaṃ – ‘‘amutra mayā dvattipattapūrā paṭiggahitā, mā kho tattha paṭiggaṇhī’’ti. Sace passitvā na ācikkhati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Sace ācikkhite paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Tatonīharitvā bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ saṃvibhajitabbanti paṭikkamanaṃ nīharitvā saṃvibhajitabbaṃ.

Ayaṃ tattha sāmīcīti ayaṃ tattha anudhammatā.

234. Atirekadvattipattapūre atirekasaññī paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Atirekadvattipattapūre vematiko paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Atirekadvattipattapūre ūnakasaññī paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Ūnakadvattipattapūre atirekasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ūnakadvattipattapūre vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ūnakadvattipattapūre ūnakasaññī, anāpatti.

235. Anāpatti dvattipattapūre paṭiggaṇhāti, ūnakadvattipattapūre paṭiggaṇhāti, na paheṇakatthāya na pātheyyatthāya paṭiyattaṃ denti, paheṇakatthāya vā pātheyyatthāya vā paṭiyattasesakaṃ denti, gamane paṭippassaddhe denti, ñātakānaṃ pavāritānaṃ, aññassatthāya, attano dhanena, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Kāṇamātusikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ catutthaṃ.

5. Paṭhamapavāraṇāsikkhāpadaṃ



那时,有一个商队想从王舍城(现今印度比哈尔邦巴特那市附近)出发去别处。一位乞食的比丘去那个商队乞食。一位优婆塞给那位比丘糙米粉。他离开后告诉另一位。他也给那位糙米粉。他也离开后告诉另一位。他也给那位糙米粉。准备好的旅途食物都用完了。然后那位优婆塞对那些人说:"尊者们,请今天等一等,准备好的旅途食物都给了尊者们。我要准备旅途食物。""朋友,不能等了,商队已经出发了。"他们就走了。然后那位优婆塞准备好旅途食物后迟些出发,被盗贼抢劫了。人们责难、诽谤、批评说:"为什么释迦子沙门不知道适量地接受!这个人给了他们后迟些出发被盗贼抢劫了。"比丘们听到那些人责难、诽谤、批评。然后那些比丘把这件事告诉世尊。然后世尊以此因缘、以此场合作了法语开示,告诉比丘们:"比丘们,因此我要为比丘们制定学处,基于十种理由:为了僧团的优良,为了僧团的安乐......为了律的支持。比丘们,你们应当如此制定学处:
"如果比丘到了俗家,被邀请接受饼或糙米粉,想要的比丘可以接受两三钵满。如果接受超过那个,波逸提。接受两三钵满后,从那里带出来应该与比丘们分享。这是这里的正确做法。"
如果比丘到了俗家的意思是:家庭指四种家庭 - 刹帝利家庭、婆罗门家庭、吠舍家庭、首陀罗家庭。
到了意思是去到那里。
饼意思是任何为了送礼而准备的。
糙米粉意思是任何为了旅途而准备的。
邀请接受意思是说"你想要多少就拿多少"。
想要的意思是希望的。
可以接受两三钵满意思是可以接受两三钵满。
如果接受超过那个意思是接受超过那个,犯波逸提。
接受两三钵满后,从那里离开时看到比丘应该告诉:"我在某处接受了两三钵满,你不要在那里接受。"如果看到而不告诉,犯突吉罗。如果告诉后还接受,犯突吉罗。
从那里带出来应该与比丘们分享意思是带到休息处分享。
这是这里的正确做法意思是这是这里的适当做法。
超过两三钵满,认为是超过而接受,犯波逸提。超过两三钵满,有疑虑而接受,犯波逸提。超过两三钵满,认为是不足而接受,犯波逸提。
不足两三钵满,认为是超过,犯突吉罗。不足两三钵满,有疑虑,犯突吉罗。不足两三钵满,认为是不足,无罪。
无罪的情况:接受两三钵满,接受不足两三钵满,给不是为了送礼不是为了旅途而准备的,给为了送礼或为了旅途而准备的剩余的,旅行取消后给的,给亲戚的,给邀请的,为了别人,用自己的财物,对疯狂者,对最初犯戒者。
瞎女母亲学处第四结束。
第一邀请学处

236. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro brāhmaṇo bhikkhū nimantetvā bhojesi. Bhikkhū bhuttāvī pavāritā ñātikulāni gantvā ekacce bhuñjiṃsu ekacce piṇḍapātaṃ ādāya agamaṃsu. Atha kho so brāhmaṇo paṭivissake [paṭivisake (yojanā)] etadavoca – ‘‘bhikkhū mayā ayyā santappitā. Etha, tumhepi santappessāmī’’ti. Te evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘kiṃ tvaṃ, ayyo [ayya (syā.)], amhe santappessasi? Yepi tayā nimantitā tepi amhākaṃ gharāni āgantvā ekacce bhuñjiṃsu ekacce piṇḍapātaṃ ādāya agamaṃsū’’ti!

Atha kho so brāhmaṇo ujjhāyati khiyyati vipāceti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhadantā amhākaṃ ghare bhuñjitvā aññatra bhuñjissanti! Na cāhaṃ paṭibalo yāvadatthaṃ dātu’’nti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tassa brāhmaṇassa ujjhāyantassa khiyyantassa vipācentassa. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhū bhuttāvī pavāritā aññatra bhuñjissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhū bhuttāvī pavāritā aññatra bhuñjantīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma te, bhikkhave, moghapurisā bhuttāvī pavāritā aññatra bhuñjissanti ! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu bhuttāvī pavārito khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā khādeyya vā bhuñjeyya vā, pācittiya’’nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

237. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū gilānānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ paṇīte piṇḍapāte nīharanti. Gilānā na cittarūpaṃ bhuñjanti. Tāni bhikkhū chaṭṭenti. Assosi kho bhagavā uccāsaddaṃ mahāsaddaṃ kākoravasaddaṃ. Sutvāna āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho so, ānanda, uccāsaddo mahāsaddo kākoravasaddo’’ti? Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesi. ‘‘Bhuñjeyyuṃ panānanda, bhikkhū gilānātiritta’’nti. ‘‘Na bhuñjeyyuṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi bhikkhave, gilānassa ca agilānassa ca atirittaṃ bhuñjituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, atirittaṃ kātabbaṃ – ‘‘alametaṃ sabba’’nti. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

238.‘‘Yopana bhikkhu bhuttāvī pavārito anatirittaṃ khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā khādeyya vā bhuñjeyya vā, pācittiya’’nti.

239.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Bhuttāvī nāma pañcannaṃ bhojanānaṃ aññataraṃ bhojanaṃ antamaso kusaggenapi bhuttaṃ hoti.

Pavārito nāma asanaṃ paññāyati, bhojanaṃ paññāyati, hatthapāse ṭhito abhiharati, paṭikkhepo paññāyati.

Anatirittaṃ nāma akappiyakataṃ hoti, appaṭiggahitakataṃ hoti, anuccāritakataṃ hoti , ahatthapāse kataṃ hoti, abhuttāvinā kataṃ hoti, bhuttāvinā pavāritena āsanā vuṭṭhitena kataṃ hoti, ‘‘alametaṃ sabbanti avuttaṃ hoti, na gilānātirittaṃ hoti’’ – etaṃ anatirittaṃ nāma.

Atirittaṃ nāma kappiyakataṃ hoti, paṭiggahitakataṃ hoti, uccāritakataṃ hoti, hatthapāse kataṃ hoti, bhuttāvinā kataṃ hoti, bhuttāvinā pavāritena āsanā avuṭṭhitena kataṃ hoti, ‘‘alametaṃ sabba’’nti vuttaṃ hoti, gilānātirittaṃ hoti – etaṃ atirittaṃ nāma.

Khādanīyaṃ nāma pañca bhojanāni – yāmakālikaṃ sattāhakālikaṃ yāvajīvikaṃ ṭhapetvā avasesaṃ khādanīyaṃ nāma.

Bhojanīyaṃ nāma pañca bhojanāni – odano, kummāso, sattu, maccho, maṃsaṃ.

‘‘Khādissāmi bhuñjissāmī’’ti paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa ajjhohāre ajjhohāre āpatti pācittiyassa.



那时,佛陀住在舍卫城(现今印度北方邦斯拉瓦斯蒂镇附近)祇树给孤独园。当时,有一位婆罗门邀请比丘们并供养食物。比丘们吃完被邀请后,去亲戚家,有些人吃了,有些人带着乞食离开了。然后那位婆罗门对邻居说:"尊者们,我已经供养了比丘们。来吧,我也供养你们。"他们说:"朋友,你怎么会供养我们呢?那些被你邀请的人来到我们家,有些人吃了,有些人带着乞食离开了!"
然后那位婆罗门责难、诽谤、批评说:"为什么尊者们在我家吃了后又在别处吃呢!我难道不能给予足够的食物吗!"比丘们听到那位婆罗门责难、诽谤、批评。那些少欲的比丘们...责难、诽谤、批评说:"为什么比丘们吃完被邀请后又在别处吃呢?"..."比丘们,你们真的吃完被邀请后又在别处吃吗?""世尊,是真的。"佛陀呵责说......"比丘们,这些愚人怎么会吃完被邀请后又在别处吃呢!比丘们,这不能令不信者生信......比丘们,你们应当如此制定学处:
"如果比丘吃完被邀请后,咀嚼或食用硬食或软食,波逸提。"
世尊如此为比丘们制定学处。
那时,比丘们给生病的比丘们带来精美的乞食。病人不能如意地吃。比丘们就扔掉了。世尊听到大声、巨声、乌鸦声。听到后问尊者阿难:"阿难,这是什么大声、巨声、乌鸦声?"然后尊者阿难把这件事告诉世尊。"阿难,比丘们会吃病人的剩余食物吗?""世尊,不会吃。"然后世尊以此因缘、以此场合作了法语开示,告诉比丘们:"比丘们,我允许病人和非病人吃剩余食物。比丘们,应当如此使食物成为剩余的:'这些全都够了。'比丘们,你们应当如此制定学处:
"如果比丘吃完被邀请后,咀嚼或食用非剩余的硬食或软食,波逸提。"
如果意思是无论是谁......比丘意思是......在这里的意思是指比丘。
吃完意思是五种食物中的任何一种食物,即使只吃了草尖那么多。
被邀请意思是座位可见,食物可见,站在伸手可及处供养,拒绝可见。
非剩余意思是未作允许,未作接受,未作宣布,未在伸手可及处作,未被未吃的人作,未被吃完被邀请未从座位起身的人作,未说"这些全都够了",不是病人的剩余 - 这就是所谓的非剩余。
剩余意思是已作允许,已作接受,已作宣布,在伸手可及处作,被吃的人作,被吃完被邀请未从座位起身的人作,已说"这些全都够了",是病人的剩余 - 这就是所谓的剩余。
硬食意思是除了五种食物、时限食物、七日食物、终生食物外的其余食物。
软食意思是五种食物:米饭、粥、面粉、鱼、肉。
"我将咀嚼我将食用"而接受,犯突吉罗。每次吞咽,犯波逸提。

240. Anatiritte anatirittasaññī khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā khādati vā bhuñjati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Anatiritte vematiko khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā khādati vā bhuñjati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Anatiritte atirittasaññī khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā khādati vā bhuñjati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Yāmakālikaṃ sattāhakālikaṃ yāvajīvikaṃ āhāratthāya paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ajjhohāre ajjhohāre āpatti dukkaṭassa. Atiritte anatirittasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Atiritte vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Atiritte atirittasaññī, anāpatti.

241. Anāpatti atirittaṃ kārāpetvā bhuñjati, ‘‘atirittaṃ kārāpetvā bhuñjissāmī’’ti paṭiggaṇhāti, aññassatthāya haranto gacchati, gilānassa sesakaṃ bhuñjati, yāmakālikaṃ sattāhakālikaṃ yāvajīvikaṃ sati paccaye paribhuñjati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Paṭhamapavāraṇāsikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ pañcamaṃ.

6. Dutiyapavāraṇāsikkhāpadaṃ

242. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena dve bhikkhū kosalesu janapade sāvatthiṃ addhānamaggappaṭipannā honti. Eko bhikkhu anācāraṃ ācarati. Dutiyo bhikkhu taṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavoca – ‘‘māvuso, evarūpamakāsi, netaṃ kappatī’’ti. So tasmiṃ upanandhi. Atha kho te bhikkhū sāvatthiṃ agamaṃsu. Tena kho pana samayena sāvatthiyaṃ aññatarassa pūgassa saṅghabhattaṃ hoti. Dutiyo bhikkhu bhuttāvī pavārito hoti. Upanaddho [upanandho (ka.)] bhikkhu ñātikulaṃ gantvā piṇḍapātaṃ ādāya yena so bhikkhu tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavoca – ‘‘bhuñjāhi, āvuso’’ti. ‘‘Alaṃ, āvuso, paripuṇṇomhī’’ti. ‘‘Sundaro, āvuso, piṇḍapāto, bhuñjāhī’’ti. Atha kho so bhikkhu tena bhikkhunā nippīḷiyamāno taṃ piṇḍapātaṃ bhuñji. Upanaddho bhikkhu taṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavoca – ‘‘tvampi [tvaṃ hi (syā.)] nāma, āvuso, maṃ vattabbaṃ maññasi yaṃ tvaṃ bhuttāvī pavārito anatirittaṃ bhojanaṃ bhuñjasī’’ti. ‘‘Nanu, āvuso, ācikkhitabba’’nti. ‘‘Nanu, āvuso, pucchitabba’’nti.

Atha kho so bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ bhuttāviṃ pavāritaṃ anatirittena bhojanena abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāressatī’’ ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, bhikkhu, bhikkhuṃ bhuttāviṃ pavāritaṃ anatirittena bhojanena abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāresīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, bhikkhuṃ bhuttāviṃ pavāritaṃ anatirittena bhojanena abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāressasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

243.‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ bhuttāviṃ pavāritaṃ anatirittena khādanīyena vā bhojanīyena vā abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāreyya – ‘handa, bhikkhu, khāda vā bhuñja vā’ti, jānaṃ āsādanāpekkho, bhuttasmiṃ, pācittiya’’nti.



非剩余,认为是非剩余,咀嚼或食用硬食或软食,犯波逸提。非剩余,有疑虑,咀嚼或食用硬食或软食,犯波逸提。非剩余,认为是剩余,咀嚼或食用硬食或软食,犯波逸提。
接受时限食物、七日食物、终生食物作为食物,犯突吉罗。每次吞咽,犯突吉罗。剩余,认为是非剩余,犯突吉罗。剩余,有疑虑,犯突吉罗。剩余,认为是剩余,无罪。
无罪的情况:使之成为剩余后食用,接受"我将使之成为剩余后食用",为了别人而带着走,吃病人的剩余,在有因缘时使用时限食物、七日食物、终生食物,对疯狂者,对最初犯戒者。
第一邀请学处第五结束。
第二邀请学处
那时,佛陀住在舍卫城(现今印度北方邦斯拉瓦斯蒂镇附近)祇树给孤独园。当时,有两位比丘在憍萨罗国(现今印度北方邦)走在去舍卫城的路上。一位比丘行为不端。另一位比丘对那位比丘说:"朋友,不要这样做,这是不允许的。"他对此怀恨在心。然后那些比丘到了舍卫城。当时,舍卫城某个团体有僧团供养。第二位比丘吃完被邀请了。怀恨在心的比丘去亲戚家,带着乞食来到那位比丘那里;来到后对那位比丘说:"朋友,请吃。""朋友,够了,我已经饱了。""朋友,这是很好的乞食,请吃。"然后那位比丘被那位比丘强迫着吃了那乞食。怀恨在心的比丘对那位比丘说:"朋友,你认为应该责备我,而你自己吃完被邀请后又吃非剩余的食物。""朋友,难道不应该告诉吗?""朋友,难道不应该问吗?"
然后那位比丘把这件事告诉比丘们。那些少欲的比丘们...责难、诽谤、批评说:"为什么比丘会邀请已经吃完被邀请的比丘食用非剩余的食物呢?"..."比丘,你真的邀请已经吃完被邀请的比丘食用非剩余的食物吗?""世尊,是真的。"佛陀呵责说......"愚人,你怎么会邀请已经吃完被邀请的比丘食用非剩余的食物呢!愚人,这不能令不信者生信......比丘们,你们应当如此制定学处:
"如果比丘邀请已经吃完被邀请的比丘食用非剩余的硬食或软食,说'来,比丘,咀嚼或食用',知道而故意找茬,当他吃了,波逸提。"

244.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Bhikkhunti aññaṃ bhikkhuṃ.

Bhuttāvī nāma pañcannaṃ bhojanānaṃ aññataraṃ bhojanaṃ, antamaso kusaggenapi bhuttaṃ hoti.

Pavārito nāma asanaṃ paññāyati, bhojanaṃ paññāyati, hatthapāse ṭhito abhiharati, paṭikkhepo paññāyati.

Anatirittaṃ nāma akappiyakataṃ hoti, appaṭiggahitakataṃ hoti, anuccāritakataṃ hoti, ahatthapāse kataṃ hoti, abhuttāvinā kataṃ hoti, bhuttāvinā pavāritena āsanā vuṭṭhitena kataṃ hoti, ‘‘alametaṃ sabba’’nti avuttaṃ hoti, na gilānātirittaṃ hoti – etaṃ anatirittaṃ nāma.

Khādanīyaṃ nāma pañca bhojanāni – yāmakālikaṃ sattāhakālikaṃ yāvajīvikaṃ ṭhapetvā avasesaṃ khādanīyaṃ nāma.

Bhojanīyaṃ nāma pañca bhojanāni – odano, kummāso, sattu, maccho, maṃsaṃ.

Abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāreyyāti yāvatakaṃ icchasi tāvatakaṃ gaṇhāhīti.

Jānāti nāma sāmaṃ vā jānāti, aññe vā tassa ārocenti, so vā āroceti.

Āsādanāpekkhoti ‘‘iminā imaṃ codessāmi sāressāmi paṭicodessāmi paṭisāressāmi maṅku karissāmī’’ti abhiharati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Tassa vacanena ‘‘khādissāmi bhuñjissāmī’’ti paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ajjhohāre ajjhohāre āpatti dukkaṭassa. Bhojanapariyosāne āpatti pācittiyassa.

245. Pavārite pavāritasaññī anatirittena khādanīyena vā bhojanīyena vā abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāreti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Pavārite vematiko anatirittena khādanīyena vā bhojanīyena vā abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāreti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Pavārite appavāritasaññī anatirittena khādanīyena vā bhojanīyena vā abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāreti, anāpatti. Yāmakālikaṃ sattāhakālikaṃ yāvajīvikaṃ āhāratthāya abhiharati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Tassa vacanena ‘‘khādissāmi bhuñjissāmī’’ti paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ajjhohāre ajjhohāre āpatti dukkaṭassa. Appavārite pavāritasaññī , āpatti dukkaṭassa. Appavārite vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Appavārite appavāritasaññī, anāpatti.

246. Anāpatti atirittaṃ kārāpetvā deti, ‘‘atirittaṃ kārāpetvā bhuñjāhī’’ti deti, aññassatthāya haranto gacchāhīti deti, gilānassa sesakaṃ deti, ‘‘yāmakālikaṃ sattāhakālikaṃ yāvajīvikaṃ sati paccaye paribhuñjā’’ti deti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Dutiyapavāraṇāsikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ.

7. Vikālabhojanasikkhāpadaṃ

247. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. Tena kho pana samayena rājagahe giraggasamajjo hoti. Sattarasavaggiyā bhikkhū giraggasamajjaṃ dassanāya agamaṃsu. Manussā sattarasavaggiye bhikkhū passitvā nahāpetvā vilimpetvā bhojetvā khādanīyaṃ adaṃsu. Sattarasavaggiyā bhikkhū khādanīyaṃ ādāya ārāmaṃ gantvā chabbaggiye bhikkhū etadavocuṃ – ‘‘gaṇhāthāvuso, khādanīyaṃ khādathā’’ti. ‘‘Kuto tumhehi, āvuso, khādanīyaṃ laddha’’nti? Sattarasavaggiyā bhikkhū chabbaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. ‘‘Kiṃ pana tumhe, āvuso, vikāle bhojanaṃ bhuñjathā’’ti? ‘‘Evamāvuso’’ti. Chabbaggiyā bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma sattarasavaggiyā bhikkhū vikāle bhojanaṃ bhuñjissantī’’ti! Atha kho chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma sattarasavaggiyā bhikkhū vikāle bhojanaṃ bhuñjissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, vikāle bhojanaṃ bhuñjathāti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, vikāle bhojanaṃ bhuñjissatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

248.Yopana bhikkhu vikāle khādanīyaṃvā bhojanīyaṃ vā khādeyya vā bhuñjeyya vā, pācittiya’’nti.



如果意思是无论是谁......比丘意思是......在这里的意思是指比丘。
比丘意思是另一位比丘。
吃完意思是五种食物中的任何一种食物,即使只吃了草尖那么多。
被邀请意思是座位可见,食物可见,站在伸手可及处供养,拒绝可见。
非剩余意思是未作允许,未作接受,未作宣布,未在伸手可及处作,未被未吃的人作,未被吃完被邀请从座位起身的人作,未说"这些全都够了",不是病人的剩余 - 这就是所谓的非剩余。
硬食意思是除了五种食物、时限食物、七日食物、终生食物外的其余食物。
软食意思是五种食物:米饭、粥、面粉、鱼、肉。
邀请意思是说"你想要多少就拿多少"。
知道意思是自己知道,或者别人告诉他,或者他告诉。
故意找茬意思是"我将以此责备他、提醒他、反责备他、反提醒他、使他困窘"而供养,犯突吉罗。因他的话"我将咀嚼我将食用"而接受,犯突吉罗。每次吞咽,犯突吉罗。食用结束时,犯波逸提。
被邀请,认为是被邀请,邀请食用非剩余的硬食或软食,犯波逸提。被邀请,有疑虑,邀请食用非剩余的硬食或软食,犯突吉罗。被邀请,认为是未被邀请,邀请食用非剩余的硬食或软食,无罪。供养时限食物、七日食物、终生食物作为食物,犯突吉罗。因他的话"我将咀嚼我将食用"而接受,犯突吉罗。每次吞咽,犯突吉罗。未被邀请,认为是被邀请,犯突吉罗。未被邀请,有疑虑,犯突吉罗。未被邀请,认为是未被邀请,无罪。
无罪的情况:使之成为剩余后给,说"使之成为剩余后吃"而给,说"为了别人而带着走"而给,给病人的剩余,说"在有因缘时使用时限食物、七日食物、终生食物"而给,对疯狂者,对最初犯戒者。
第二邀请学处第六结束。
非时食用学处
那时,佛陀住在王舍城(现今印度比哈尔邦巴特那市附近)竹林松鼠栖所。当时,王舍城有山顶集会。十七众比丘去看山顶集会。人们看到十七众比丘后,给他们洗澡、涂油、供养食物,给了硬食。十七众比丘带着硬食回到寺院后对六众比丘说:"朋友们,拿硬食吃吧。""朋友们,你们从哪里得到硬食?"十七众比丘把这件事告诉六众比丘。"朋友们,你们在非时食用食物吗?""是的,朋友们。"六众比丘责难、诽谤、批评说:"为什么十七众比丘会在非时食用食物呢!"然后六众比丘把这件事告诉比丘们。那些少欲的比丘们...责难、诽谤、批评说:"为什么十七众比丘会在非时食用食物呢!"..."比丘们,你们真的在非时食用食物吗?""世尊,是真的。"佛陀呵责说......"愚人们,你们怎么会在非时食用食物呢!愚人们,这不能令不信者生信......比丘们,你们应当如此制定学处:
"如果比丘在非时咀嚼或食用硬食或软食,波逸提。"

249.Yopanāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Vikālo nāma majjhanhike vītivatte yāva aruṇuggamanā.

Khādanīyaṃ nāma pañca bhojanāni – yāmakālikaṃ sattāhakālikaṃ yāvajīvikaṃ ṭhapetvā avasesaṃ khādanīyaṃ nāma.

Bhojanīyaṃ nāma pañca bhojanāni – odano, kummāso, sattu, maccho, maṃsaṃ.

‘‘Khādissāmi bhuñjissāmī’’ti paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ajjhohāre ajjhohāre āpatti pācittiyassa.

250. Vikāle vikālasaññī khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā khādati vā bhuñjati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Vikāle vematiko khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā khādati vā bhuñjati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Vikāle kālasaññī khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā khādati vā bhuñjati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Yāmakālikaṃ sattāhakālikaṃ yāvajīvikaṃ āhāratthāya paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ajjhohāre ajjhohāre āpatti dukkaṭassa. Kāle vikālasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Kāle vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Kāle kālasaññī, anāpatti.

251. Anāpatti yāmakālikaṃ sattāhakālikaṃ yāvajīvikaṃ sati paccaye paribhuñjati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Vikālabhojanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ sattamaṃ.

8. Sannidhikārakasikkhāpadaṃ

252. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato ānandassa upajjhāyo āyasmā belaṭṭhasīso [belaṭṭhisīso (sī.) veḷaṭṭhasīso (syā.)] araññe viharati. So piṇḍāya caritvā sukkhakuraṃ ārāmaṃ haritvā sukkhāpetvā nikkhipati. Yadā āhārena attho hoti, tadā udakena temetvā temetvā bhuñjati, cirena gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pavisati. Bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ belaṭṭhasīsaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘kissa tvaṃ, āvuso, cirena gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pavisasī’’ti? Atha kho āyasmā belaṭṭhasīso bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. ‘‘Kiṃ pana tvaṃ, āvuso, sannidhikārakaṃ bhojanaṃ bhuñjasī’’ti? ‘‘Evamāvuso’’ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma āyasmā belaṭṭhasīso sannidhikārakaṃ bhojanaṃ bhuñjissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, belaṭṭhasīsa, sannidhikārakaṃ bhojanaṃ bhuñjasīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, belaṭṭhasīsa, sannidhikārakaṃ bhojanaṃ bhuñjissasi! Netaṃ, belaṭṭhasīsa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

253.‘‘Yopana bhikkhu sannidhikārakaṃ khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vākhādeyya vā bhuñjeyya vā, pācittiya’’nti.

254.Yopanāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Sannidhikārakaṃ nāma ajja paṭiggahitaṃ aparajju khāditaṃ hoti.

Khādanīyaṃ nāma pañca bhojanāni – yāmakālikaṃ sattāhakālikaṃ yāvajīvikaṃ ṭhapetvā avasesaṃ khādanīyaṃ nāma.

Bhojanīyaṃ nāma pañca bhojanāni – odano, kummāso, sattu, maccho, maṃsaṃ.

‘‘Khādissāmi bhuñjissāmī’’ti paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ajjhohāre ajjhohāre āpatti pācittiyassa.

255. Sannidhikārake sannidhikārakasaññī khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā khādati vā bhuñjati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Sannidhikārake vematiko khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā khādati vā bhuñjati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Sannidhikārake asannidhikārakasaññī khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā khādati vā bhuñjati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Yāmakālikaṃ sattāhakālikaṃ yāvajīvikaṃ āhāratthāya paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ajjhohāre ajjhohāre āpatti dukkaṭassa. Asannidhikārake sannidhikārakasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Asannidhikārake vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Asannidhikārake asannidhikārakasaññī, anāpatti.

256. Anāpatti yāvakālikaṃ yāvakāle nidahitvā bhuñjati, yāmakālikaṃ yāme nidahitvā bhuñjati, sattāhakālikaṃ sattāhaṃ nidahitvā bhuñjati, yāvajīvikaṃ sati paccaye paribhuñjati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Sannidhikārakasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ.

9. Paṇītabhojanasikkhāpadaṃ



如果意思是无论是谁......比丘意思是......在这里的意思是指比丘。
非时意思是从中午过后直到黎明。
硬食意思是除了五种食物、时限食物、七日食物、终生食物外的其余食物。
软食意思是五种食物:米饭、粥、面粉、鱼、肉。
"我将咀嚼我将食用"而接受,犯突吉罗。每次吞咽,犯波逸提。
非时,认为是非时,咀嚼或食用硬食或软食,犯波逸提。非时,有疑虑,咀嚼或食用硬食或软食,犯波逸提。非时,认为是时,咀嚼或食用硬食或软食,犯波逸提。
接受时限食物、七日食物、终生食物作为食物,犯突吉罗。每次吞咽,犯突吉罗。时,认为是非时,犯突吉罗。时,有疑虑,犯突吉罗。时,认为是时,无罪。
无罪的情况:在有因缘时使用时限食物、七日食物、终生食物,对疯狂者,对最初犯戒者。
非时食用学处第七结束。
储存学处
那时,佛陀住在舍卫城(现今印度北方邦斯拉瓦斯蒂镇附近)祇树给孤独园。当时,尊者阿难的戒师尊者贝拉塔西沙住在林野。他乞食后把干粮带回寺院,晒干后储存。当需要食物时,就用水浸泡后食用,很久才进村乞食。比丘们对尊者贝拉塔西沙说:"朋友,你为什么很久才进村乞食?"然后尊者贝拉塔西沙把这件事告诉比丘们。"朋友,你储存食物食用吗?""是的,朋友。"那些少欲的比丘们...责难、诽谤、批评说:"为什么尊者贝拉塔西沙会储存食物食用呢!"..."贝拉塔西沙,你真的储存食物食用吗?""世尊,是真的。"佛陀呵责说......"贝拉塔西沙,你怎么会储存食物食用呢!贝拉塔西沙,这不能令不信者生信......比丘们,你们应当如此制定学处:
"如果比丘咀嚼或食用储存的硬食或软食,波逸提。"
如果意思是无论是谁......比丘意思是......在这里的意思是指比丘。
储存意思是今天接受明天食用。
硬食意思是除了五种食物、时限食物、七日食物、终生食物外的其余食物。
软食意思是五种食物:米饭、粥、面粉、鱼、肉。
"我将咀嚼我将食用"而接受,犯突吉罗。每次吞咽,犯波逸提。
储存,认为是储存,咀嚼或食用硬食或软食,犯波逸提。储存,有疑虑,咀嚼或食用硬食或软食,犯波逸提。储存,认为是未储存,咀嚼或食用硬食或软食,犯波逸提。
接受时限食物、七日食物、终生食物作为食物,犯突吉罗。每次吞咽,犯突吉罗。未储存,认为是储存,犯突吉罗。未储存,有疑虑,犯突吉罗。未储存,认为是未储存,无罪。
无罪的情况:在允许的时间内储存当天食物后食用,在一夜内储存时限食物后食用,在七天内储存七日食物后食用,在有因缘时使用终生食物,对疯狂者,对最初犯戒者。
储存学处第八结束。
美味食物学处

257. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū paṇītabhojanāni attano atthāya viññāpetvā bhuñjanti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā paṇītabhojanāni attano atthāya viññāpetvā bhuñjissanti! Kassa sampannaṃ na manāpaṃ, kassa sāduṃ na ruccatī’’ti!! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū paṇītabhojanāni attano atthāya viññāpetvā bhuñjissantī’’ti …pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, paṇītabhojanāni attano atthāya viññāpetvā bhuñjathāti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā …pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, paṇītabhojanāni attano atthāya viññāpetvā bhuñjissatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

‘‘Yāni kho pana tāni paṇītabhojanāni, seyyathidaṃ – sappi navanītaṃ telaṃ madhu phāṇitaṃ maccho maṃsaṃ khīraṃ dadhi. Yo pana bhikkhu evarūpāni paṇītabhojanāni attano atthāya viññāpetvābhuñjeyya, pācittiya’’nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

258. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū gilānā honti. Gilānapucchakā bhikkhū gilāne bhikkhū etadavocuṃ – ‘‘kaccāvuso khamanīyaṃ, kacci yāpanīya’’nti? ‘‘Pubbe mayaṃ, āvuso, paṇītabhojanāni attano atthāya viññāpetvā bhuñjāma, tena no phāsu hoti; idāni pana ‘‘bhagavatā paṭikkhitta’’nti kukkuccāyantā na viññāpema, tena no na phāsu hotī’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gilānena bhikkhunā paṇītabhojanāni attano atthāya viññāpetvā bhuñjituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

259.‘‘Yānikho pana tāni paṇītabhojanāni, seyyathidaṃ – sappi navanītaṃ telaṃ madhu phāṇitaṃ maccho maṃsaṃ khīraṃ dadhi. Yo pana bhikkhu evarūpāni paṇītabhojanāni agilāno attano atthāya viññāpetvā bhuñjeyya, pācittiya’’nti.

260.Yāni kho pana tāni paṇītabhojanānīti sappi nāma gosappi vā ajikāsappi vā mahiṃsasappi vā, yesaṃ maṃsaṃ kappati tesaṃ sappi.

Navanītaṃ nāma tesaññeva navanītaṃ.

Telaṃ nāma tilatelaṃ sāsapatelaṃ madhukatelaṃ eraṇḍatelaṃ vasātelaṃ.

Madhu nāma makkhikāmadhu .

Phāṇitaṃ nāma ucchumhā nibbattaṃ.

Maccho nāma udako [udakacaro (syā. ka.)] vuccati.

Maṃsaṃ nāma yesaṃ maṃsaṃ kappati, tesaṃ maṃsaṃ.

Khīraṃ nāma gokhīraṃ vā ajikākhīraṃ vā mahiṃsakhīraṃ vā, yesaṃ maṃsaṃ kappati, tesaṃ khīraṃ.

Dadhi nāma tesaññeva dadhi.

Yopanāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Evarūpāni paṇītabhojanānīti tathārūpāni paṇītabhojanāni.

Agilāno nāma yassa vinā paṇītabhojanāni phāsu hoti.

Gilāno nāma yassa vinā paṇītabhojanāni na phāsu hoti.

Agilāno attano atthāya viññāpeti, payoge [payoge payoge (ka.)] dukkaṭaṃ. Paṭilābhena ‘‘bhuñjissāmī’’ti paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ajjhohāre ajjhohāre āpatti pācittiyassa.

261. Agilāno agilānasaññī paṇītabhojanāni attano atthāya viññāpetvā bhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Agilāno vematiko paṇītabhojanāni attano atthāya viññāpetvā bhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Agilāno gilānasaññī paṇītabhojanāni attano atthāya viññāpetvā bhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Gilāno agilānasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Gilāno vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Gilāno gilānasaññī anāpatti.

262. Anāpatti gilānassa, gilāno hutvā viññāpetvā agilāno bhuñjati, gilānassa sesakaṃ bhuñjati, ñātakānaṃ pavāritānaṃ aññassatthāya attano dhanena, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Paṇītabhojanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ navamaṃ.

10. Dantaponasikkhāpadaṃ



那时,佛陀住在舍卫城(现今印度北方邦斯拉瓦斯蒂镇附近)祇树给孤独园。当时,六众比丘为自己索要美味食物后食用。人们责难、诽谤、批评说:"为什么释迦子沙门为自己索要美味食物后食用呢!谁不喜欢精美的食物,谁不喜欢美味呢!"比丘们听到那些人责难、诽谤、批评。那些少欲的比丘们...责难、诽谤、批评说:"为什么六众比丘为自己索要美味食物后食用呢!"..."比丘们,你们真的为自己索要美味食物后食用吗?""世尊,是真的。"佛陀呵责说......"愚人们,你们怎么会为自己索要美味食物后食用呢!愚人们,这不能令不信者生信......比丘们,你们应当如此制定学处:
"那些美味食物,即:酥油、生酥、油、蜂蜜、糖浆、鱼、肉、牛奶、酸奶。如果比丘为自己索要这样的美味食物后食用,波逸提。"
世尊如此为比丘们制定学处。
那时,比丘们生病。照顾病人的比丘们对生病的比丘们说:"朋友们,还能忍受吗?还能维持吗?""朋友们,以前我们为自己索要美味食物后食用,那样我们感到舒适;现在因为世尊禁止了,我们有顾虑而不索要,因此我们感到不舒适。"他们把这件事告诉世尊。然后世尊以此因缘、以此场合作了法语开示,告诉比丘们:"比丘们,我允许生病的比丘为自己索要美味食物后食用。比丘们,你们应当如此制定学处:
"那些美味食物,即:酥油、生酥、油、蜂蜜、糖浆、鱼、肉、牛奶、酸奶。如果比丘非生病而为自己索要这样的美味食物后食用,波逸提。"
那些美味食物意思是:酥油指牛酥油、山羊酥油、水牛酥油,以及其他可食用肉类动物的酥油。
生酥指同样动物的生酥。
油指芝麻油、芥子油、蜂蜜树油、蓖麻油、动物脂油。
蜂蜜指蜜蜂蜂蜜。
糖浆指甘蔗制成的。
鱼指水生动物。
肉指可食用的肉类。
牛奶指牛奶、山羊奶、水牛奶,以及其他可食用肉类动物的奶。
酸奶指同样动物的酸奶。
如果意思是无论是谁......比丘意思是......在这里的意思是指比丘。
这样的美味食物意思是那样的美味食物。
非生病意思是没有美味食物也感到舒适。
生病意思是没有美味食物就感到不舒适。
非生病而为自己索要,每次尝试,犯突吉罗。得到后"我将食用"而接受,犯突吉罗。每次吞咽,犯波逸提。
非生病,认为是非生病,为自己索要美味食物后食用,犯波逸提。非生病,有疑虑,为自己索要美味食物后食用,犯波逸提。非生病,认为是生病,为自己索要美味食物后食用,犯波逸提。
生病,认为是非生病,犯突吉罗。生病,有疑虑,犯突吉罗。生病,认为是生病,无罪。
无罪的情况:对生病者,生病时索要后非生病时食用,食用生病者的剩余,对亲戚、邀请者,为了别人,用自己的财物,对疯狂者,对最初犯戒者。
美味食物学处第九结束。
牙木学处

263. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu sabbapaṃsukūliko susāne viharati. So manussehi diyyamānaṃ na icchati paṭiggahetuṃ, susānepi rukkhamūlepi ummārepi ayyavosāṭitakāni sāmaṃ gahetvā paribhuñjati [bhuñjati (syā.)]. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayaṃ bhikkhu amhākaṃ ayyavosāṭitakāni sāmaṃ gahetvā paribhuñjissati! Theroyaṃ bhikkhu vaṭharo manussamaṃsaṃ maññe khādatī’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhu adinnaṃ mukhadvāraṃ āhāraṃ āharissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, bhikkhu, adinnaṃ mukhadvāraṃ āhāraṃ āharasīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, adinnaṃ mukhadvāraṃ āhāraṃ āharissasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

‘‘Yopana bhikkhu adinnaṃ mukhadvāraṃ āhāraṃ āhareyya, pācittiya’’nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

264. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū udakadantapone [udakadantapoṇe (syā. ka.)] kukkuccāyanti . Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, udakadantaponaṃ sāmaṃ gahetvā paribhuñjituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

265.‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu adinnaṃ mukhadvāraṃ āhāraṃ āhareyya, aññatra udakadantaponā, pācittiya’’nti.

266.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Adinnaṃ nāma appaṭiggahitakaṃ vuccati.

Dinnaṃ nāma kāyena vā kāyapaṭibaddhena vā nissaggiyena vā dente hatthapāse ṭhito kāyena vā kāyapaṭibaddhena vā paṭiggaṇhāti, etaṃ dinnaṃ nāma.

Āhāro nāma udakadantaponaṃ ṭhapetvā yaṃkiñci ajjhoharaṇīyaṃ, eso āhāro nāma.

Aññatra udakadantaponāti ṭhapetvā udakadantaponaṃ.

‘‘Khādissāmi bhuñjissāmī’’ti gaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ajjhohāre ajjhohāre āpatti pācittiyassa.

267. Appaṭiggahitake appaṭiggahitakasaññī adinnaṃ mukhadvāraṃ āhāraṃ āhāreti, aññatra udakadantaponā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Appaṭiggahitake vematiko adinnaṃ mukhadvāraṃ āhāraṃ āhāreti, aññatra udakadantaponā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Appaṭiggahitake paṭiggahitakasaññī adinnaṃ mukhadvāraṃ āhāraṃ āhāreti, aññatra udakadantaponā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Paṭiggahitake appaṭiggahitakasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Paṭiggahitake vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Paṭiggahitake paṭiggahitakasaññī, anāpatti.

268. Anāpatti udakadantapone, cattāri mahāvikatāni sati paccaye asati kappiyakārake sāmaṃ gahetvā paribhuñjati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Dantaponasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dasamaṃ.

Bhojanavaggo catuttho.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Piṇḍo gaṇaṃ paraṃ pūvaṃ, dve ca vuttā pavāraṇā;

Vikāle sannidhī khīraṃ, dantaponena te dasāti.

5. Acelakavaggo

1. Acelakasikkhāpadaṃ



那时,佛陀住在毗舍离(现今印度比哈尔邦)大林重阁讲堂。当时,有一位比丘是纯粹的粪扫衣者,住在墓地。他不愿接受人们给予的,而是在墓地、树下、门槛上自己拿取人们丢弃的食物后食用。人们责难、诽谤、批评说:"为什么这位比丘自己拿取我们丢弃的食物后食用呢!这位长老比丘是老练的,恐怕是吃人肉吧!"比丘们听到那些人责难、诽谤、批评。那些少欲的比丘们...责难、诽谤、批评说:"为什么比丘会把未给予的食物送入口中呢!"..."比丘,你真的把未给予的食物送入口中吗?""世尊,是真的。"佛陀呵责说......"愚人,你怎么会把未给予的食物送入口中呢!愚人,这不能令不信者生信......比丘们,你们应当如此制定学处:
"如果比丘把未给予的食物送入口中,波逸提。"
世尊如此为比丘们制定学处。
那时,比丘们对水牙木有顾虑。他们把这件事告诉世尊......"比丘们,我允许自己拿取水牙木后使用。比丘们,你们应当如此制定学处:
"如果比丘把未给予的食物送入口中,除了水牙木,波逸提。"
如果意思是无论是谁......比丘意思是......在这里的意思是指比丘。
未给予意思是指未接受。
给予意思是用身体或身体相连之物或放下之物给予时,站在伸手可及处用身体或身体相连之物接受,这就是所谓的给予。
食物意思是除了水牙木外任何可以吞咽的,这就是所谓的食物。
除了水牙木意思是除了水牙木。
"我将咀嚼我将食用"而拿取,犯突吉罗。每次吞咽,犯波逸提。
未接受,认为是未接受,把未给予的食物送入口中,除了水牙木,犯波逸提。未接受,有疑虑,把未给予的食物送入口中,除了水牙木,犯波逸提。未接受,认为是已接受,把未给予的食物送入口中,除了水牙木,犯波逸提。
已接受,认为是未接受,犯突吉罗。已接受,有疑虑,犯突吉罗。已接受,认为是已接受,无罪。
无罪的情况:水牙木,四大资具在有因缘时没有净人时自己拿取后使用,对疯狂者,对最初犯戒者。
牙木学处第十结束。
食物品第四。
其摘要:
乞食、团体、其他、饼,以及两个邀请所说;
非时、储存、牛奶,以及牙木,这十个。
裸行者品
裸行者学处

269. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ. Tena kho pana samayena saṅghassa khādanīyaṃ ussannaṃ hoti. Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesi. ‘‘Tenahānanda, vighāsādānaṃ pūvaṃ dehī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissuṇitvā vighāsāde paṭipāṭiyā nisīdāpetvā ekekaṃ pūvaṃ dento aññatarissā paribbājikāya ekaṃ maññamāno dve pūve adāsi. Sāmantā paribbājikāyo taṃ paribbājikaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘jāro te eso samaṇo’’ti. ‘‘Na me so samaṇo jāro, ekaṃ maññamāno dve pūve adāsī’’ti. Dutiyampi kho…pe… tatiyampi kho āyasmā ānando ekekaṃ pūvaṃ dento tassāyeva paribbājikāya ekaṃ maññamāno dve pūve adāsi. Sāmantā paribbājikāyo taṃ paribbājikaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘jāro te eso samaṇo’’ti. ‘‘Na me so samaṇo jāro, ekaṃ maññamāno dve pūve adāsī’’ti. ‘‘Jāro na jāro’’ti bhaṇḍiṃsu. Aññataropi ājīvako parivesanaṃ agamāsi. Aññataro bhikkhu pahūtena sappinā odanaṃ madditvā tassa ājīvakassa mahantaṃ piṇḍaṃ adāsi. Atha kho so ājīvako taṃ piṇḍaṃ ādāya agamāsi. Aññataro ājīvako taṃ ājīvakaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kuto tayā, āvuso, piṇḍo laddho’’ti? ‘‘Tassāvuso, samaṇassa gotamassa muṇḍagahapatikassa parivesanāya laddho’’ti.

Assosuṃ kho upāsakā tesaṃ ājīvakānaṃ imaṃ kathāsallāpaṃ. Atha kho te upāsakā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho te upāsakā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘ime, bhante, titthiyā avaṇṇakāmā buddhassa avaṇṇakāmā dhammassa avaṇṇakāmā saṅghassa. Sādhu, bhante, ayyā titthiyānaṃ sahatthā na dadeyyu’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā te upāsake dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho te upāsakā bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṃsitā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkamiṃsu. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘tena hi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññapessāmi dasa atthavase paṭicca – saṅghasuṭṭhutāya, saṅghaphāsutāya …pe… saddhammaṭṭhitiyā, vinayānuggahāya. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

270.‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu acelakassa vā paribbājakassa vā paribbājikāya vā sahatthā khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā dadeyya, pācittiya’’nti.

271.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Acelako nāma yo koci paribbājakasamāpanno naggo.

Paribbājako nāma bhikkhuñca sāmaṇerañca ṭhapetvā yo koci paribbājakasamāpanno.

Paribbājikā nāma bhikkhuniñca sikkhamānañca sāmaṇeriñca ṭhapetvā yā kāci paribbājikasamāpannā.

Khādanīyaṃ nāma pañca bhojanāni – udakadantaponaṃ ṭhapetvā avasesaṃ khādanīyaṃ nāma.

Bhojanīyaṃ nāma pañca bhojanāni – odano, kummāso, sattu, maccho, maṃsaṃ.

Dadeyyāti kāyena vā kāyapaṭibaddhena vā nissaggiyena vā deti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

272. Titthiye titthiyasaññī sahatthā khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā deti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Titthiye vematiko sahatthā khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā deti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Titthiye atitthiyasaññī sahatthā khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā deti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Udakadantaponaṃ deti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Atitthiye titthiyasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Atitthiye vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Atitthiye atitthiyasaññī, anāpatti.

273. Anāpatti dāpeti na deti, upanikkhipitvā deti, bāhirālepaṃ deti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Acelakasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ paṭhamaṃ.

2. Uyyojanasikkhāpadaṃ



那时,佛陀住在毗舍离(现今印度比哈尔邦)大林重阁讲堂。当时,僧团有多余的硬食。然后尊者阿难把这件事告诉世尊。"阿难,那么把饼给食残者吧。""是的,尊者。"尊者阿难回答世尊后,让食残者按次序坐下,给每人一个饼时,以为给一个女游行者一个,却给了两个饼。附近的女游行者对那位女游行者说:"这位沙门是你的情人。""这位沙门不是我的情人,他以为给一个,却给了两个饼。"第二次...第三次,尊者阿难给每人一个饼时,又以为给那位女游行者一个,却给了两个饼。附近的女游行者对那位女游行者说:"这位沙门是你的情人。""这位沙门不是我的情人,他以为给一个,却给了两个饼。"她们争论"是情人不是情人"。一位阿耆毗外道也来到分发处。一位比丘用大量酥油揉捏米饭,给了那位阿耆毗外道一大团。然后那位阿耆毗外道带着那团食物离开。另一位阿耆毗外道对那位阿耆毗外道说:"朋友,你从哪里得到这团食物?""朋友,是从那位沙门乔达摩的秃头居士的分发处得到的。"
优婆塞们听到那些阿耆毗外道的这番谈话。然后那些优婆塞来到世尊那里;来到后顶礼世尊,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的那些优婆塞对世尊说:"尊者,这些外道想诽谤佛陀,想诽谤法,想诽谤僧团。尊者,善哉,愿尊者们不要亲手给外道。"然后世尊以法语开示、教导、鼓励、鼓舞那些优婆塞。然后那些优婆塞被世尊以法语开示、教导、鼓励、鼓舞后,从座位起身,顶礼世尊,右绕后离开。然后世尊以此因缘、以此场合作了法语开示,告诉比丘们:"比丘们,因此我将为比丘们制定学处,基于十种理由:为了僧团的优良,为了僧团的安乐......为了正法久住,为了律的摄受。比丘们,你们应当如此制定学处:
"如果比丘亲手给裸行者、男游行者或女游行者硬食或软食,波逸提。"
如果意思是无论是谁......比丘意思是......在这里的意思是指比丘。
裸行者意思是任何加入游行者的裸体者。
男游行者意思是除了比丘和沙弥外,任何加入游行者的人。
女游行者意思是除了比丘尼、式叉摩那和沙弥尼外,任何加入游行者的女人。
硬食意思是五种食物,除了水牙木外的其余食物。
软食意思是五种食物:米饭、粥、面粉、鱼、肉。
给意思是用身体或身体相连之物或放下之物给予,犯波逸提。
外道,认为是外道,亲手给硬食或软食,犯波逸提。外道,有疑虑,亲手给硬食或软食,犯波逸提。外道,认为不是外道,亲手给硬食或软食,犯波逸提。
给水牙木,犯突吉罗。非外道,认为是外道,犯突吉罗。非外道,有疑虑,犯突吉罗。非外道,认为不是外道,无罪。
无罪的情况:让人给而不亲手给,放下后给,给外用药,对疯狂者,对最初犯戒者。
裸行者学处第一结束。
驱赶学处

274. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā upanando sakyaputto bhātuno saddhivihārikaṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ehāvuso, gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pavisissāmā’’ti. Tassa adāpetvā uyyojesi – ‘‘gacchāvuso, na me tayā saddhiṃ kathā vā nisajjā vā phāsu hoti, ekakassa me kathā vā nisajjā vā phāsu hotī’’ti. Atha kho so bhikkhu upakaṭṭhe kāle nāsakkhi piṇḍāya carituṃ, paṭikkamanepi bhattavissaggaṃ na sambhāvesi, chinnabhatto ahosi. Atha kho so bhikkhu ārāmaṃ gantvā bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma āyasmā upanando sakyaputto bhikkhuṃ – ‘ehāvuso, gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pavisissāmā’ti tassa adāpetvā uyyojessatī’’ti …pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, upananda, bhikkhuṃ – ‘‘ehāvuso, gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pavisissāmā’’ti tassa adāpetvā uyyojesīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, bhikkhuṃ – ‘‘ehāvuso, gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pavisissāmā’’ti tassa adāpetvā uyyojessasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave , imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

275.‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ – ‘‘ehāvuso, gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya pavisissāmā’ti tassa dāpetvā vā adāpetvā vā uyyojeyya – ‘gacchāvuso, na me tayā saddhiṃ kathā vā nisajjā vā phāsu hoti, ekakassa me kathā vā nisajjā vā phāsu hotī’ti, etadeva paccayaṃ karitvā anaññaṃ, pācittiya’’nti.

276.Yo panāti yo, yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Bhikkhunti aññaṃ bhikkhuṃ.

Ehāvuso, gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vāti gāmopi nigamopi nagarampi, gāmo ceva nigamo ca.

Tassa dāpetvāti yāguṃ vā bhattaṃ vā khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā dāpetvā.

Adāpetvāti na kiñci dāpetvā.

Uyyojeyyāti mātugāmena saddhiṃ hasitukāmo kīḷitukāmo raho nisīditukāmo anācāraṃ ācaritukāmo evaṃ vadeti – ‘‘gacchāvuso, na me tayā saddhiṃ kathā vā nisajjā vā phāsu hoti, ekakassa me kathā vā nisajjā vā phāsu hotī’’ti uyyojeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Dassanūpacāraṃ vā savanūpacāraṃ vā vijahantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa. Vijahite, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Etadeva paccayaṃ karitvā anaññanti na añño koci paccayo hoti uyyojetuṃ.

277. Upasampanne upasampannasaññī uyyojeti, āpatti pācittiyassa . Upasampanne vematiko uyyojeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne anupasampannasaññī uyyojeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Kalisāsanaṃ āropeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannaṃ uyyojeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Kalisāsanaṃ āropeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne upasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne anupasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

278. Anāpatti ‘‘ubho ekato na yāpessāmā’’ti uyyojeti, ‘‘mahagghaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ passitvā lobhadhammaṃ uppādessatī’’ti uyyojeti, ‘‘mātugāmaṃ passitvā anabhiratiṃ uppādessatī’’ti uyyojeti, ‘‘gilānassa vā ohiyyakassa vā vihārapālassa vā yāguṃ vā bhattaṃ vā khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā nīharā’’ti uyyojeti, na anācāraṃ ācaritukāmo, sati karaṇīye uyyojeti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Uyyojanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dutiyaṃ.

3. Sabhojanasikkhāpadaṃ



那时,佛陀住在舍卫城(现今印度北方邦斯拉瓦斯蒂镇附近)祇树给孤独园。当时,尊者优波难陀释迦子对他兄弟的共住比丘说:"来吧,朋友,我们进村乞食。"他没有给他食物就驱赶他说:"走吧,朋友,我与你一起谈话或坐着不舒服,我一个人谈话或坐着舒服。"然后那位比丘因为时间太晚而无法乞食,回来时也赶不上分发食物,断了食。然后那位比丘回到寺院后把这件事告诉比丘们。那些少欲的比丘们...责难、诽谤、批评说:"为什么尊者优波难陀释迦子对比丘说'来吧,朋友,我们进村乞食'后,没有给他食物就驱赶他呢!"..."优波难陀,你真的对比丘说'来吧,朋友,我们进村乞食'后,没有给他食物就驱赶他吗?""世尊,是真的。"佛陀呵责说......"愚人,你怎么会对比丘说'来吧,朋友,我们进村乞食'后,没有给他食物就驱赶他呢!愚人,这不能令不信者生信......比丘们,你们应当如此制定学处:
"如果比丘对比丘说'来吧,朋友,我们进村或镇乞食',给他食物或不给他食物就驱赶他说:'走吧,朋友,我与你一起谈话或坐着不舒服,我一个人谈话或坐着舒服',仅仅因为这个理由而不是其他理由,波逸提。"
如果意思是无论是谁......比丘意思是......在这里的意思是指比丘。
比丘意思是另一位比丘。
来吧,朋友,进村或镇意思是村也好镇也好城也好,村和镇。
给他食物意思是给他粥或饭或硬食或软食。
不给他食物意思是什么都不给他。
驱赶意思是想与女人一起笑、玩耍、私下坐着、行不正当行为而这样说:"走吧,朋友,我与你一起谈话或坐着不舒服,我一个人谈话或坐着舒服"而驱赶,犯突吉罗。当他离开视线范围或听力范围时,犯突吉罗。当离开时,犯波逸提。
仅仅因为这个理由而不是其他理由意思是没有其他任何理由驱赶。
已受具戒,认为是已受具戒,驱赶,犯波逸提。已受具戒,有疑虑,驱赶,犯波逸提。已受具戒,认为是未受具戒,驱赶,犯波逸提。
加以责骂,犯突吉罗。驱赶未受具戒者,犯突吉罗。加以责骂,犯突吉罗。未受具戒,认为是已受具戒,犯突吉罗。未受具戒,有疑虑,犯突吉罗。未受具戒,认为是未受具戒,犯突吉罗。
无罪的情况:"我们两个一起不能维持"而驱赶,看到贵重物品"他会生起贪心"而驱赶,看到女人"他会生起不乐"而驱赶,说"给病人或落后者或看守寺院者送粥或饭或硬食或软食"而驱赶,不是想行不正当行为,有事而驱赶,对疯狂者,对最初犯戒者。
驱赶学处第二结束。
有食家学处

279. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā upanando sakyaputto sahāyakassa gharaṃ gantvā tassa pajāpatiyā saddhiṃ sayanighare [sayanīghare (syā.)] nisajjaṃ kappesi. Atha kho so puriso yenāyasmā upanando sakyaputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ upanandaṃ sakyaputtaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho so puriso pajāpatiṃ etadavoca – ‘‘dadehāyyassa bhikkha’’nti. Atha kho sā itthī āyasmato upanandassa sakyaputtassa bhikkhaṃ adāsi. Atha kho so puriso āyasmantaṃ upanandaṃ sakyaputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘gacchatha, bhante, yato ayyassa bhikkhā dinnā’’ti. Atha kho sā itthī sallakkhetvā – ‘‘pariyuṭṭhito ayaṃ puriso’’ti, āyasmantaṃ upanandaṃ sakyaputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘nisīdatha, bhante, mā agamitthā’’ti. Dutiyampi kho so puriso…pe… tatiyampi kho so puriso āyasmantaṃ upanandaṃ sakyaputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘gacchatha, bhante, yato ayyassa bhikkhā dinnā’’ti. Tatiyampi kho sā itthī āyasmantaṃ upanandaṃ sakyaputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘nisīdatha, bhante, mā agamitthā’’ti.

Atha kho so puriso nikkhamitvā bhikkhū ujjhāpesi – ‘‘ayaṃ, bhante, ayyo upanando mayhaṃ pajāpatiyā saddhiṃ sayanighare nisinno. So mayā uyyojīyamāno na icchati gantuṃ. Bahukiccā mayaṃ bahukaraṇīyā’’ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma āyasmā upanando sakyaputto sabhojane kule anupakhajja nisajjaṃ kappessatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, upananda, sabhojane kule anupakhajja nisajjaṃ kappesīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, sabhojane kule anupakhajja nisajjaṃ kappessasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

280.‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu sabhojane kule anupakhajja nisajjaṃ kappeyya, pācittiya’’nti.

281.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Sabhojanaṃ nāma kulaṃ itthī ceva hoti puriso ca, itthī ca puriso ca ubho anikkhantā honti, ubho avītarāgā.

Anupakhajjāti anupavisitvā.

Nisajjaṃ kappeyyāti mahallake ghare piṭṭhasaṅghāṭassa [piṭṭhisaṅghāṭassa (syā.)] hatthapāsaṃ vijahitvā nisīdati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Khuddake ghare piṭṭhivaṃsaṃ atikkamitvā nisīdati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

282. Sayanighare sayanigharasaññī sabhojane kule anupakhajja nisajjaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Sayanighare vematiko sabhojane kule anupakhajja nisajjaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Sayanighare nasayanigharasaññī sabhojane kule anupakhajja nisajjaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Nasayanighare sayanigharasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Nasayanighare vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Nasayanighare nasayanigharasaññī, anāpatti.

283. Anāpatti mahallake ghare piṭṭhasaṅghāṭassa hatthapāsaṃ avijahitvā nisīdati, khuddake ghare piṭṭhivaṃsaṃ anatikkamitvā nisīdati, bhikkhu dutiyo hoti, ubho nikkhantā honti, ubho vītarāgā, nasayanighare, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Sabhojanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ tatiyaṃ.

4. Rahopaṭicchannasikkhāpadaṃ



那时,佛陀住在舍卫城(现今印度北方邦斯拉瓦斯蒂镇附近)祇树给孤独园。当时,尊者优波难陀释迦子去朋友家,与他的妻子一起在卧室里坐着。然后那个男人来到尊者优波难陀释迦子那里;来到后顶礼尊者优波难陀释迦子,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的那个男人对妻子说:"给尊者食物。"然后那个女人给了尊者优波难陀释迦子食物。然后那个男人对尊者优波难陀释迦子说:"尊者,请走吧,已经给尊者食物了。"然后那个女人意识到"这个男人生气了",就对尊者优波难陀释迦子说:"尊者,请坐,不要走。"第二次...第三次,那个男人对尊者优波难陀释迦子说:"尊者,请走吧,已经给尊者食物了。"第三次,那个女人对尊者优波难陀释迦子说:"尊者,请坐,不要走。"
然后那个男人出去后责备比丘们说:"尊者们,这位尊者优波难陀与我的妻子一起坐在卧室里。我让他走他不愿意走。我们有很多事要做。"那些少欲的比丘们...责难、诽谤、批评说:"为什么尊者优波难陀释迦子会在有食家里闯入坐着呢!"..."优波难陀,你真的在有食家里闯入坐着吗?""世尊,是真的。"佛陀呵责说......"愚人,你怎么会在有食家里闯入坐着呢!愚人,这不能令不信者生信......比丘们,你们应当如此制定学处:
"如果比丘在有食家里闯入坐着,波逸提。"
如果意思是无论是谁......比丘意思是......在这里的意思是指比丘。
有食家意思是有女人也有男人,女人和男人两人都没有出去,两人都未离欲。
闯入意思是进入。
坐着意思是在大房子里离开后门一臂之距坐下,犯波逸提。在小房子里越过后梁坐下,犯波逸提。
卧室,认为是卧室,在有食家里闯入坐着,犯波逸提。卧室,有疑虑,在有食家里闯入坐着,犯波逸提。卧室,认为不是卧室,在有食家里闯入坐着,犯波逸提。
不是卧室,认为是卧室,犯突吉罗。不是卧室,有疑虑,犯突吉罗。不是卧室,认为不是卧室,无罪。
无罪的情况:在大房子里不离开后门一臂之距坐下,在小房子里不越过后梁坐下,有比丘作伴,两人都出去了,两人都已离欲,不是卧室,对疯狂者,对最初犯戒者。
有食家学处第三结束。
隐蔽处学处

284. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā upanando sakyaputto sahāyakassa gharaṃ gantvā tassa pajāpatiyā saddhiṃ raho paṭicchanne āsane nisajjaṃ kappesi. Atha kho so puriso ujjhāyati khiyyati vipāceti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyo upanando mayhaṃ pajāpatiyā saddhiṃ raho paṭicchanne āsane nisajjaṃ kappessatī’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tassa purisassa ujjhāyantassa khiyyantassa vipācentassa. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – kathañhi nāma āyasmā upanando sakyaputto mātugāmena saddhiṃ raho paṭicchanne āsane nisajjaṃ kappessatīti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, upananda, mātugāmena saddhiṃ raho paṭicchanne āsane nisajjaṃ kappesīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, mātugāmena saddhiṃ raho paṭicchanne āsane nisajjaṃ kappessasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

285.‘‘Yopana bhikkhu mātugāmena saddhiṃ raho paṭicchanne āsane nisajjaṃ kappeyya, pācittiya’’nti.

286.Yopanāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Mātugāmo nāma manussitthī, na yakkhī na petī na tiracchānagatā, antamaso tadahujātāpi dārikā, pageva mahattarī.

Saddhinti ekato.

[pāci. 200,291; pārā. 445,454]Raho nāma cakkhussa raho sotassa raho. Cakkhussa raho nāma na sakkā hoti akkhiṃ vā nikhaṇīyamāne bhamukaṃ vā ukkhipīyamāne sīsaṃ vā ukkhipīyamāne passituṃ. Sotassa raho nāma na sakkā hoti pakatikathā sotuṃ.

[pārā. 445]Paṭicchannaṃ nāma āsanaṃ kuṭṭena [kuḍḍena (sī. syā.)] vā kavāṭena vā kilañjena vā sāṇipākārena vā rukkhena vā thambhena vā kotthaḷiyā [koṭṭhaḷiyā (sī. syā.) kotthaḷikāya (ka.)] vā, yena kenaci paṭicchannaṃ hoti.

Nisajjaṃ kappeyyāti mātugāme nisinne bhikkhu upanisinno vā hoti upanipanno vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Bhikkhu nisinne mātugāmo upanisinno vā hoti upanipanno vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Ubho vā nisinnā honti ubho vā nipannā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

287. Mātugāme mātugāmasaññī raho paṭicchanne āsane nisajjaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Mātugāme vematiko raho paṭicchanne āsane nisajjaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Mātugāme amātugāmasaññī raho paṭicchanne āsane nisajjaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Yakkhiyā vā petiyā vā paṇḍakena vā tiracchānagatāya vā manussaviggahitthiyā vā saddhiṃ raho paṭicchanne āsane nisajjaṃ kappeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Amātugāme mātugāmasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Amātugāme vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Amātugāme amātugāmasaññī, anāpatti.

288. Anāpatti yo koci viññū puriso dutiyo hoti, tiṭṭhati na nisīdati, arahopekkho, aññavihito nisīdati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Rahopaṭicchannasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ catutthaṃ.

5. Rahonisajjasikkhāpadaṃ

289. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā upanando sakyaputto sahāyakassa gharaṃ gantvā tassa pajāpatiyā saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho nisajjaṃ kappesi. Atha kho so puriso ujjhāyati khiyyati vipāceti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyo upanando mayhaṃ pajāpatiyā saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho nisajjaṃ kappessatī’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tassa purisassa ujjhāyantassa khiyyantassa vipācentassa. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma āyasmā upanando sakyaputto mātugāmena saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho nisajjaṃ kappessatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, upananda, mātugāmena saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho nisajjaṃ kappesīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, mātugāmena saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho nisajjaṃ kappessasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pāsādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

290.‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu mātugāmena saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho nisajjaṃ kappeyya, pācittiya’’nti.



那时,佛陀住在舍卫城(现今印度北方邦斯拉瓦斯蒂镇附近)祇树给孤独园。当时,尊者优波难陀释迦子去朋友家,与他的妻子一起在隐蔽处坐着。然后那个男人责难、诽谤、批评说:"为什么尊者优波难陀会与我的妻子一起在隐蔽处坐着呢!"比丘们听到那个男人责难、诽谤、批评。那些少欲的比丘们...责难、诽谤、批评说:"为什么尊者优波难陀释迦子会与女人一起在隐蔽处坐着呢!"..."优波难陀,你真的与女人一起在隐蔽处坐着吗?""世尊,是真的。"佛陀呵责说......"愚人,你怎么会与女人一起在隐蔽处坐着呢!愚人,这不能令不信者生信......比丘们,你们应当如此制定学处:
"如果比丘与女人一起在隐蔽处坐着,波逸提。"
如果意思是无论是谁......比丘意思是......在这里的意思是指比丘。
女人意思是人类女性,不是女夜叉、女饿鬼、女畜生,即使是刚出生的女婴,更不用说成年女性。
一起意思是在一起。
隐蔽意思是眼睛的隐蔽和耳朵的隐蔽。眼睛的隐蔽意思是眨眼、抬眉或抬头时看不见。耳朵的隐蔽意思是听不到正常谈话。
隐蔽处意思是被墙、门、草席、帘幕、树、柱子、谷仓或任何东西遮蔽的座位。
坐着意思是当女人坐下时比丘坐近或躺近,犯波逸提。当比丘坐下时女人坐近或躺近,犯波逸提。两人都坐下或两人都躺下,犯波逸提。
女人,认为是女人,在隐蔽处坐着,犯波逸提。女人,有疑虑,在隐蔽处坐着,犯波逸提。女人,认为不是女人,在隐蔽处坐着,犯波逸提。
与女夜叉、女饿鬼、黄门、女畜生或变成人形的女人在隐蔽处坐着,犯突吉罗。非女人,认为是女人,犯突吉罗。非女人,有疑虑,犯突吉罗。非女人,认为不是女人,无罪。
无罪的情况:有任何一个有智男子作伴,站着不坐,不想隐蔽,心不在焉而坐,对疯狂者,对最初犯戒者。
隐蔽处学处第四结束。
隐蔽坐学处
那时,佛陀住在舍卫城(现今印度北方邦斯拉瓦斯蒂镇附近)祇树给孤独园。当时,尊者优波难陀释迦子去朋友家,与他的妻子一个人与一个人隐蔽地坐着。然后那个男人责难、诽谤、批评说:"为什么尊者优波难陀会与我的妻子一个人与一个人隐蔽地坐着呢!"比丘们听到那个男人责难、诽谤、批评。那些少欲的比丘们...责难、诽谤、批评说:"为什么尊者优波难陀释迦子会与女人一个人与一个人隐蔽地坐着呢!"..."优波难陀,你真的与女人一个人与一个人隐蔽地坐着吗?""世尊,是真的。"佛陀呵责说......"愚人,你怎么会与女人一个人与一个人隐蔽地坐着呢!愚人,这不能令不信者生信......比丘们,你们应当如此制定学处:
"如果比丘与女人一个人与一个人隐蔽地坐着,波逸提。"

291.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Mātugāmo nāma manussitthī, na yakkhī na petī na tiracchānagatā, viññū paṭibalā subhāsitadubbhāsitaṃ duṭṭhullāduṭṭhullaṃ ājānituṃ.

Saddhinti ekato.

Ekoekāyāti bhikkhu ceva hoti mātugāmo ca.

[pāci. 200,286; pārā. 445,454]Raho nāma cakkhussa raho, sotassa raho. Cakkhussa raho nāma na sakkā hoti akkhiṃ vā nikhaṇīyamāne bhamukaṃ vā ukkhipīyamāne sīsaṃ vā ukkhipīyamāne passituṃ. Sotassa raho nāma na sakkā hoti pakatikathā sotuṃ.

Nisajjaṃ kappeyyāti mātugāme nisinne bhikkhu upanisinno vā hoti upanipanno vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Bhikkhu nisinne mātugāmo upanisinno vā hoti upanipanno vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Ubho vā nisinnā honti ubho vā nipannā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

292. Mātugāme mātugāmasaññī eko ekāya raho nisajjaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Mātugāme vematiko eko ekāya raho nisajjaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Mātugāme amātugāmasaññī eko ekāya raho nisajjaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Yakkhiyā vā petiyā vā paṇḍakena vā tiracchānagatamanussaviggahitthiyā vā [tiracchānagatāya vā manussaviggahitthiyā vā (ka.)] saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho nisajjaṃ kappeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Amātugāme mātugāmasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Amātugāme vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Amātugāme amātugāmasaññī, anāpatti.

293. Anāpatti yo koci viññū puriso dutiyo hoti, tiṭṭhati na nisīdati, arahopekkho aññavihito nisīdati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Rahonisajjasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ pañcamaṃ.

6. Cārittasikkhāpadaṃ

294. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato upanandassa sakyaputtassa upaṭṭhākakulaṃ āyasmantaṃ upanandaṃ sakyaputtaṃ bhattena nimantesi. Aññepi bhikkhū bhattena nimantesi. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā upanando sakyaputto purebhattaṃ, kulāni payirupāsati. Atha kho te bhikkhū te manusse etadavocuṃ – ‘‘dethāvuso bhatta’’nti. ‘‘Āgametha, bhante, yāvāyyo upanando āgacchatī’’ti. Dutiyampi kho te bhikkhū…pe… tatiyampi kho te bhikkhū te manusse etadavocuṃ – ‘‘dethāvuso, bhattaṃ; pure kālo atikkamatī’’ti. ‘‘Yampi mayaṃ, bhante, bhattaṃ karimhā ayyassa upanandassa kāraṇā. Āgametha, bhante, yāvāyyo upanando āgacchatī’’ti.

Atha kho āyasmā upanando sakyaputto purebhattaṃ kulāni payirupāsitvā divā āgacchati. Bhikkhū na cittarūpaṃ bhuñjiṃsu. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma āyasmā upanando sakyaputto nimantito sabhatto samāno purebhattaṃ kulesu cārittaṃ āpajjissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, upananda, nimantito sabhatto samāno purebhattaṃ kulesu cārittaṃ āpajjasīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, nimantito sabhatto samāno purebhattaṃ kulesu cārittaṃ āpajjissasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu nimantito sabhatto samāno purebhattaṃ kulesu cārittaṃ āpajjeyya, pācittiya’’nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.



这是对原文的完整直译：
291.然而，凡是...等等...比丘...等等...这是在此含义中所指的比丘。
女人是指人类女性，不是女夜叉、女饿鬼或女畜生，是有智慧能够分辨善语恶语、粗语细语的。
与一位。
一对一是指一位比丘和一位女人。
[pāci. 200,286; pārā. 445,454]隐蔽处是指眼睛的隐蔽处和耳朵的隐蔽处。眼睛的隐蔽处是指无法看到眼睛是否眨动、眉毛是否抬起或头是否抬起。耳朵的隐蔽处是指无法听到正常的谈话。
坐下是指当女人坐下时，比丘坐在旁边或躺在旁边，犯波逸提罪。当比丘坐下时，女人坐在旁边或躺在旁边，犯波逸提罪。两人都坐下或两人都躺下，犯波逸提罪。
292.如果比丘认为是女人，一对一地在隐蔽处坐下，犯波逸提罪。如果比丘对是否是女人有疑虑，一对一地在隐蔽处坐下，犯波逸提罪。如果比丘认为不是女人，一对一地在隐蔽处坐下，犯波逸提罪。
与女夜叉、女饿鬼、黄门、变成人形的雌性动物一对一地在隐蔽处坐下，犯突吉罗罪。如果不是女人但认为是女人，犯突吉罗罪。如果不是女人但有疑虑，犯突吉罗罪。如果不是女人且认为不是女人，无罪。
293.无罪的情况：有任何一位有智慧的男子作为第二人在场，站着不坐下，不在意隐蔽处而专注于其他事情而坐下，精神错乱者，最初的犯戒者。
隐蔽处坐下学处第五结束。
6.往返学处
294.那时，佛陀住在王舍城（现在的拉杰吉尔）竹林栗鼠feeding ground。当时，具寿优波难陀释迦子的一个护持家庭邀请具寿优波难陀释迦子用餐。他们也邀请了其他比丘用餐。那时，具寿优波难陀释迦子在用餐前拜访其他家庭。然后那些比丘对那些人说："朋友们，请给我们食物。"他们说："尊者们，请等待直到尊者优波难陀来。"第二次那些比丘...第三次那些比丘对那些人说："朋友们，请给我们食物，时间快过了。""尊者们，我们准备这顿饭是为了尊者优波难陀。请等待直到尊者优波难陀来。"
然后具寿优波难陀释迦子在用餐前拜访其他家庭后，直到白天才来。比丘们不能愉快地用餐。那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批评、指责说："为什么具寿优波难陀释迦子被邀请用餐时还在用餐前拜访其他家庭呢？"...（他们）问："优波难陀，你是否真的在被邀请用餐时还在用餐前拜访其他家庭？""是的，世尊。"佛陀呵斥说...："愚人，为什么你在被邀请用餐时还在用餐前拜访其他家庭呢？愚人，这不会使不信者生信...比丘们，你们应当如此宣说这条学处：
"若比丘被邀请用餐，在用餐前拜访其他家庭，犯波逸提罪。"
这就是世尊为比丘们制定的学处。

295.[mahāva. 277] Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato upanandassa sakyaputtassa upaṭṭhākakulaṃ saṅghassatthāya khādanīyaṃ pāhesi – ‘‘ayyassa upanandassa dassetvā saṅghassa dātabba’’nti. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā upanando sakyaputto gāmaṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭho hoti. Atha kho te manussā ārāmaṃ gantvā bhikkhū pucchiṃsu – ‘‘kahaṃ, bhante, ayyo upanando’’ti ? ‘‘Esāvuso, āyasmā upanando sakyaputto gāmaṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭho’’ti. ‘‘Idaṃ, bhante, khādanīyaṃ ayyassa upanandassa dassetvā saṅghassa dātabba’’nti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘tena hi, bhikkhave, paṭiggahetvā nikkhipatha yāva upanando āgacchatī’’ti.

Atha kho āyasmā upanando sakyaputto – ‘‘bhagavatā paṭikkhittaṃ purebhattaṃ kulesu cārittaṃ āpajjitu’’nti pacchābhattaṃ kulāni payirupāsitvā divā paṭikkami, khādanīyaṃ ussāriyittha. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma āyasmā upanando sakyaputto pacchābhattaṃ kulesu cārittaṃ āpajjissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, upananda, pacchābhattaṃ kulesu cārittaṃ āpajjasīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, pacchābhattaṃ kulesu cārittaṃ āpajjissasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu nimantito sabhatto samāno purebhattaṃ vā pacchābhattaṃ vā kulesu cārittaṃ āpajjeyya, pācittiya’’nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

296. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū cīvaradānasamaye kukkuccāyantā kulāni na payirupāsanti. Cīvaraṃ parittaṃ uppajjati. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, cīvaradānasamaye kulāni payirupāsituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu nimantito sabhatto samāno purebhattaṃ vā pacchābhattaṃ vā kulesu cārittaṃ āpajjeyya, aññatra samayā, pācittiyaṃ. Tatthāyaṃ samayo. Cīvaradānasamayo – ayaṃ tattha samayo’’ti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

297. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū cīvarakammaṃ karonti, attho ca hoti sūciyāpi suttenapi satthakenapi. Bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā kulāni na payirupāsanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, cīvarakārasamaye kulāni payirupāsituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

‘‘Yopana bhikkhu nimantito sabhatto samāno purebhattaṃ vā pacchābhattaṃ vā kulesu cārittaṃ āpajjeyya , aññatra samayā, pācittiyaṃ. Tatthāyaṃ samayo. Cīvaradānasamayo, cīvarakārasamayo – ayaṃ tattha samayo’’ti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

298. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū gilānā honti, attho ca hoti bhesajjehi. Bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā kulāni na payirupāsanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, santaṃ bhikkhuṃ āpucchā kulāni payirupāsituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

299.‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu nimantito sabhatto samāno santaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchā purebhattaṃ vā pacchābhattaṃ vā kulesu cārittaṃ āpajjeyya, aññatra samayā, pācittiyaṃ. Tatthāyaṃ samayo. Cīvaradānasamayo, cīvarakārasamayo – ayaṃ tattha samayo’’ti.



295.[mahāva. 277] 那时，具寿优波难陀释迦子的一个护持家庭为僧团送来了食物，说："请先给尊者优波难陀看过，然后再给僧团。"那时，具寿优波难陀释迦子已经进村托钵去了。于是那些人来到寺院，问比丘们说："尊者们，尊者优波难陀在哪里？""朋友们，具寿优波难陀释迦子已经进村托钵去了。""尊者们，这些食物请先给尊者优波难陀看过，然后再给僧团。"他们将此事告诉世尊。然后世尊以此因缘、以此场合说了法，对比丘们说："那么，比丘们，请接受并保存直到优波难陀回来。"
然后具寿优波难陀释迦子想："世尊已禁止在用餐前拜访其他家庭。"于是他在用餐后拜访其他家庭，直到白天才回来，食物已经被分发了。那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批评、指责说："为什么具寿优波难陀释迦子在用餐后拜访其他家庭呢？"...（他们）问："优波难陀，你是否真的在用餐后拜访其他家庭？""是的，世尊。"佛陀呵斥说...："愚人，为什么你在用餐后拜访其他家庭呢？愚人，这不会使不信者生信...比丘们，你们应当如此宣说这条学处：
"若比丘被邀请用餐，在用餐前或用餐后拜访其他家庭，犯波逸提罪。"
这就是世尊为比丘们制定的学处。
296.那时，比丘们在布施衣服的季节因为担心犯戒而不去拜访其他家庭。结果得到的衣服很少。他们将此事告诉世尊...（世尊说：）"比丘们，我允许你们在布施衣服的季节拜访其他家庭。比丘们，你们应当如此宣说这条学处：
"若比丘被邀请用餐，在用餐前或用餐后拜访其他家庭，除了适当的时候，犯波逸提罪。这里的适当时候是指：布施衣服的季节 - 这是这里的适当时候。"
这就是世尊为比丘们制定的学处。
297.那时，比丘们正在制作衣服，需要针、线和剪刀。比丘们因为担心犯戒而不去拜访其他家庭。他们将此事告诉世尊...（世尊说：）"比丘们，我允许你们在制作衣服的季节拜访其他家庭。比丘们，你们应当如此宣说这条学处：
"若比丘被邀请用餐，在用餐前或用餐后拜访其他家庭，除了适当的时候，犯波逸提罪。这里的适当时候是指：布施衣服的季节，制作衣服的季节 - 这是这里的适当时候。"
这就是世尊为比丘们制定的学处。
298.那时，比丘们生病了，需要药物。比丘们因为担心犯戒而不去拜访其他家庭。他们将此事告诉世尊...（世尊说：）"比丘们，我允许你们在告知在场的比丘后拜访其他家庭。比丘们，你们应当如此宣说这条学处：
299."若比丘被邀请用餐，在不告知在场的比丘的情况下，在用餐前或用餐后拜访其他家庭，除了适当的时候，犯波逸提罪。这里的适当时候是指：布施衣服的季节，制作衣服的季节 - 这是这里的适当时候。"

300.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Nimantito nāma pañcannaṃ bhojanānaṃ aññatarena bhojanena nimantito.

Sabhatto nāma yena nimantito tena sabhatto.

Santaṃ nāma bhikkhuṃ sakkā hoti āpucchā pavisituṃ.

Asantaṃ nāma bhikkhuṃ na sakkā hoti āpucchā pavisituṃ.

Purebhattaṃ nāma yena nimantito taṃ abhuttāvī.

Pacchābhattaṃ nāma yena nimantito taṃ antamaso kusaggenapi [aruṇuggamanepi (sī.)] bhuttaṃ hoti.

Kulaṃ nāma cattāri kulāni – khattiyakulaṃ, brāhmaṇakulaṃ, vessakulaṃ, suddakulaṃ.

Kulesucārittaṃ āpajjeyyāti aññassa gharūpacāraṃ okkamantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa. Paṭhamaṃ pādaṃ ummāraṃ atikkāmeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Dutiyaṃ pādaṃ atikkāmeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Aññatrasamayāti ṭhapetvā samayaṃ.

Cīvaradānasamayo nāma anatthate kathine vassānassa pacchimo māso, atthate kathine pañca māsā.

Cīvarakārasamayo nāma cīvare kayiramāne.

301. Nimantite nimantitasaññī santaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchā purebhattaṃ vā pacchābhattaṃ vā kulesu cārittaṃ āpajjati, aññatra samayā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Nimantite vematiko santaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchā purebhattaṃ vā pacchābhattaṃ vā kulesu cārittaṃ āpajjati, aññatra samayā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Nimantite animantitasaññī santaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchā purebhattaṃ vā pacchābhattaṃ vā kulesu cārittaṃ āpajjati, aññatra samayā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Animantite nimantitasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Animantite vematiko , āpatti dukkaṭassa. Animantite animantitasaññī, anāpatti.

302. Anāpatti samaye, santaṃ bhikkhuṃ āpucchā pavisati, asantaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchā pavisati, aññassa gharena maggo hoti, gharūpacārena maggo hoti, antarārāmaṃ gacchati, bhikkhunupassayaṃ gacchati, titthiyaseyyaṃ gacchati, paṭikkamanaṃ gacchati, bhattiyagharaṃ gacchati, āpadāsu, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Cārittasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ.

7. Mahānāmasikkhāpadaṃ

303. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṃ nigrodhārāme. Tena kho pana samayena mahānāmassa sakkassa bhesajjaṃ ussannaṃ hoti. Atha kho mahānāmo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘icchāmahaṃ, bhante, saṅghaṃ catumāsaṃ [catummāsaṃ (sī.) cātumāsaṃ (syā.)] bhesajjena pavāretu’’nti. ‘‘Sādhu sādhu , mahānāma! Tena hi tvaṃ, mahānāma, saṅghaṃ catumāsaṃ bhesajjena pavārehī’’ti. Bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā nādhivāsenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, catumāsaṃ bhesajjappaccayapavāraṇaṃ sāditunti.

304. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū mahānāmaṃ sakkaṃ parittaṃ bhesajjaṃ viññāpenti. Tatheva mahānāmassa sakkassa bhesajjaṃ ussannaṃ hoti. Dutiyampi kho mahānāmo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘icchāmahaṃ, bhante, saṅghaṃ aparampi catumāsaṃ bhesajjena pavāretu’’nti. ‘‘Sādhu sādhu, mahānāma! Tena hi tvaṃ, mahānāma, saṅghaṃ aparampi catumāsaṃ bhesajjena pavārehī’’ti. Bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā nādhivāsenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, puna pavāraṇampi sāditunti.



300.然而，凡是...等等...比丘...等等...这是在此含义中所指的比丘。
被邀请是指被邀请享用五种食物中的任何一种。
有食物是指被邀请者有食物。
在场的比丘是指可以告知后进入的比丘。
不在场的比丘是指无法告知后进入的比丘。
用餐前是指被邀请者还未用餐。
用餐后是指被邀请者至少已经吃了一口食物。
家庭是指四种家庭：刹帝利家庭、婆罗门家庭、吠舍家庭、首陀罗家庭。
拜访其他家庭是指进入另一户人家的范围内，犯突吉罗罪。跨过门槛的第一步，犯突吉罗罪。跨过第二步，犯波逸提罪。
除了适当的时候是指除了特定的时候。
布施衣服的季节是指如果没有举行迦絺那衣仪式，则为雨安居后的最后一个月；如果举行了迦絺那衣仪式，则为五个月。
制作衣服的季节是指正在制作衣服的时候。
301.如果被邀请且认为自己被邀请，在不告知在场的比丘的情况下，在用餐前或用餐后拜访其他家庭，除了适当的时候，犯波逸提罪。如果被邀请但不确定，在不告知在场的比丘的情况下，在用餐前或用餐后拜访其他家庭，除了适当的时候，犯波逸提罪。如果被邀请但认为自己没有被邀请，在不告知在场的比丘的情况下，在用餐前或用餐后拜访其他家庭，除了适当的时候，犯波逸提罪。
如果没有被邀请但认为自己被邀请，犯突吉罗罪。如果没有被邀请且不确定，犯突吉罗罪。如果没有被邀请且认为自己没有被邀请，无罪。
302.无罪的情况：在适当的时候，告知在场的比丘后进入，在没有在场的比丘时不告知就进入，路径经过他人的房子，路径经过房子的范围，前往中间的寺院，前往比丘尼的住处，前往外道的住处，前往休息处，前往施食处，遇到危险时，精神错乱者，最初的犯戒者。
往返学处第六结束。
7.摩诃男学处
303.那时，佛陀住在释迦族的迦毗罗卫城（现在的蒂劳拉科特）尼拘律园。当时，释迦族的摩诃男有大量的药物。然后摩诃男来到佛陀那里，礼敬佛陀后坐在一旁。坐在一旁的摩诃男对佛陀说："尊者，我想邀请僧团接受四个月的药物。"（佛陀说：）"很好，很好，摩诃男！那么摩诃男，你就邀请僧团接受四个月的药物吧。"比丘们因为担心犯戒而不接受。他们将此事告诉世尊...（世尊说：）"比丘们，我允许你们接受四个月的药物邀请。"
304.那时，比丘们向摩诃男要求少量的药物。摩诃男仍然有大量的药物。第二次摩诃男来到佛陀那里，礼敬佛陀后坐在一旁。坐在一旁的摩诃男对佛陀说："尊者，我想再次邀请僧团接受四个月的药物。"（佛陀说：）"很好，很好，摩诃男！那么摩诃男，你就再次邀请僧团接受四个月的药物吧。"比丘们因为担心犯戒而不接受。他们将此事告诉世尊...（世尊说：）"比丘们，我允许你们接受再次的邀请。"

305. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū mahānāmaṃ sakkaṃ parittaṃyeva bhesajjaṃ viññāpenti. Tatheva mahānāmassa sakkassa bhesajjaṃ ussannaṃ hoti. Tatiyampi kho mahānāmo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘icchāmahaṃ, bhante, saṅghaṃ yāvajīvaṃ bhesajjena pavāretu’’nti. ‘‘Sādhu sādhu, mahānāma! Tena hi tvaṃ, mahānāma, saṅghaṃ yāvajīvaṃ bhesajjena pavārehī’’ti. Bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā nādhivāsenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, niccapavāraṇampi sāditunti.

Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū dunnivatthā honti duppārutā anākappasampannā. Mahānāmo sakko vattā hoti – ‘‘kissa tumhe, bhante, dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappasampannā? Nanu nāma pabbajitena sunivatthena bhavitabbaṃ supārutena ākappasampannenā’’ti? Chabbaggiyā bhikkhū mahānāme sakke upanandhiṃsu. Atha kho chabbaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘kena nu kho mayaṃ upāyena mahānāmaṃ sakkaṃ maṅku kareyyāmā’’ti? Atha kho chabbaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘mahānāmena kho, āvuso, sakkena saṅgho bhesajjena pavārito. Handa mayaṃ, āvuso, mahānāmaṃ sakkaṃ sappiṃ viññāpemā’’ti. Atha kho chabbaggiyā bhikkhū yena mahānāmo sakko tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā mahānāmaṃ sakkaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘doṇena, āvuso, sappinā attho’’ti. ‘‘Ajjaṇho, bhante, āgametha. Manussā vajaṃ gatā sappiṃ āharituṃ. Kālaṃ āharissathā’’ti [kāle harissathāti (syā.)].

Dutiyampi kho…pe… tatiyampi kho chabbaggiyā bhikkhū mahānāmaṃ sakkaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘doṇena, āvuso, sappinā attho’’ti. ‘‘Ajjaṇho, bhante, āgametha. Manussā vajaṃ gatā sappiṃ āharituṃ. Kālaṃ āharissathā’’ti. ‘‘Kiṃ pana tayā, āvuso, adātukāmena pavāritena, yaṃ tvaṃ pavāretvā na desī’’ti! Atha kho mahānāmo sakko ujjhāyati khiyyati vipāceti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhadantā – ‘ajjaṇho, bhante, āgamethā’ti vuccamānā nāgamessantī’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū mahānāmassa sakkassa ujjhāyantassa khiyyantassa vipācentassa. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū mahānāmena sakkena – ‘ajjaṇho, bhante, āgamethā’ti vuccamānā nāgamessantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, mahānāmena sakkena – ‘‘ajjaṇho, bhante, āgamethā’’ti vuccamānā nāgamethāti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, mahānāmena sakkena – ‘‘ajjaṇho, bhante āgamethā’’ti vuccamānā nāgamessatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

306.‘‘Agilānena bhikkhunā catumāsappaccayapavāraṇā sāditabbā, aññatra punapavāraṇāya, aññatra niccapavāraṇāya; tato ce uttari sādiyeyya, pācittiya’’nti.

307.Agilānena bhikkhunā catumāsappaccayapavāraṇā sāditabbāti gilānappaccayapavāraṇā sāditabbā.

Punapavāraṇāpi sāditabbāti yadā gilāno bhavissāmi tadā viññāpessāmīti.

Niccapavāraṇāpi sāditabbāti yadā gilāno bhavissāmi tadā viññāpessāmīti.

Tatoce uttari sādiyeyyāti atthi pavāraṇā bhesajjapariyantā na rattipariyantā, atthi pavāraṇā rattipariyantā na bhesajjapariyantā, atthi pavāraṇā bhesajjapariyantā ca rattipariyantā ca, atthi pavāraṇā neva bhesajjapariyantā na rattipariyantā.

Bhesajjapariyantā nāma bhesajjāni pariggahitāni honti – ‘‘ettakehi bhesajjehi pavāremī’’ti. Rattipariyantā nāma rattiyo pariggahitāyo honti – ‘‘ettakāsu rattīsu pavāremī’’ti. Bhesajjapariyantā ca rattipariyantā ca nāma bhesajjāni ca pariggahitāni honti rattiyo ca pariggahitāyo honti – ‘‘ettakehi bhesajjehi ettakāsu rattīsu pavāremī’’ti. Neva bhesajjapariyantā na rattipariyantā nāma bhesajjāni ca apariggahitāni honti rattiyo ca apariggahitāyo honti.



305.那时，比丘们向摩诃男要求少量的药物。摩诃男仍然有大量的药物。第三次摩诃男来到佛陀那里，礼敬佛陀后坐在一旁。坐在一旁的摩诃男对佛陀说："尊者，我想终生邀请僧团接受药物。"（佛陀说：）"很好，很好，摩诃男！那么摩诃男，你就终生邀请僧团接受药物吧。"比丘们因为担心犯戒而不接受。他们将此事告诉世尊...（世尊说：）"比丘们，我允许你们接受永久的邀请。"
那时，六群比丘衣着不整齐，不庄重。摩诃男说："尊者们，你们为什么衣着不整齐，不庄重呢？出家人不是应该衣着整齐庄重吗？"六群比丘对摩诃男心生怨恨。然后六群比丘想："我们用什么方法能让摩诃男难堪呢？"他们又想："朋友们，摩诃男已经邀请僧团接受药物。朋友们，我们去向摩诃男要求酥油吧。"于是六群比丘来到摩诃男那里，对他说："朋友，我们需要一桶酥油。"（摩诃男说：）"尊者们，请等到今天晚上。人们已经去牛棚取酥油了。你们会在适当的时候得到的。"
第二次...第三次六群比丘对摩诃男说："朋友，我们需要一桶酥油。"（摩诃男说：）"尊者们，请等到今天晚上。人们已经去牛棚取酥油了。你们会在适当的时候得到的。"（六群比丘说：）"朋友，你既然已经邀请了，为什么不给呢？"然后摩诃男抱怨、批评、指责说："为什么尊者们在被告知'请等到今天晚上'时不等呢？"比丘们听到摩诃男的抱怨、批评和指责。那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批评、指责说："为什么六群比丘在被摩诃男告知'请等到今天晚上'时不等呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，你们是否真的在被摩诃男告知'请等到今天晚上'时不等？""是的，世尊。"佛陀呵斥说...："愚人，为什么你们在被摩诃男告知'请等到今天晚上'时不等呢？愚人，这不会使不信者生信...比丘们，你们应当如此宣说这条学处：
306."非病比丘可以接受四个月的必需品邀请，除了再次邀请，除了永久邀请；如果超过这个限度接受，犯波逸提罪。"
307.非病比丘可以接受四个月的必需品邀请是指可以接受病缘必需品的邀请。
也可以接受再次邀请是指"当我生病时我会要求"。
也可以接受永久邀请是指"当我生病时我会要求"。
如果超过这个限度接受是指有些邀请是以药物为限而不以夜数为限，有些邀请是以夜数为限而不以药物为限，有些邀请既以药物为限又以夜数为限，有些邀请既不以药物为限也不以夜数为限。
以药物为限是指药物被限定："我邀请你接受这么多的药物。"以夜数为限是指夜数被限定："我邀请你在这么多夜里接受。"既以药物为限又以夜数为限是指药物和夜数都被限定："我邀请你在这么多夜里接受这么多的药物。"既不以药物为限也不以夜数为限是指药物和夜数都没有被限定。

308. Bhesajjapariyante – yehi bhesajjehi pavārito hoti tāni bhesajjāni ṭhapetvā aññāni bhesajjāni viññāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Rattipariyante – yāsu rattīsu pavārito hoti, tā rattiyo ṭhapetvā aññāsu rattīsu viññāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Bhesajjapariyante ca rattipariyante ca – yehi bhesajjehi pavārito hoti, tāni bhesajjāni ṭhapetvā yāsu rattīsu pavārito hoti, tā rattiyo ṭhapetvā aññāni bhesajjāni aññāsu rattīsu viññāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Neva bhesajjapariyante na rattipariyante, anāpatti.

309. Na bhesajjena karaṇīyena [karaṇīye (sī. syā.)] bhesajjaṃ viññāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Aññena bhesajjena karaṇīyena aññaṃ bhesajjaṃ viññāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Tatuttari tatuttarisaññī bhesajjaṃ viññāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Tatuttari vematiko bhesajjaṃ viññāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Tatuttari natatuttarisaññī bhesajjaṃ viññāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Natatuttari tatuttarisaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Natatuttari vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Natatuttari natatuttarisaññī, anāpatti.

310. Anāpatti yehi bhesajjehi pavārito hoti tāni bhesajjāni viññāpeti, yāsu rattīsu pavārito hoti tāsu rattīsu viññāpeti , ‘‘imehi tayā bhesajjehi pavāritāmha , amhākañca iminā ca iminā ca bhesajjena attho’’ti ācikkhitvā viññāpeti, ‘‘yāsu tayā rattīsu pavāritāmha tāyo ca rattiyo vītivattā amhākañca bhesajjena attho’’ti ācikkhitvā viññāpeti, ñātakānaṃ pavāritānaṃ, aññassatthāya, attano dhanena, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Mahānāmasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ sattamaṃ.

8. Uyyuttasenāsikkhāpadaṃ

311. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena rājā pasenadi kosalo senāya abbhuyyāto hoti. Chabbaggiyā bhikkhū uyyuttaṃ senaṃ dassanāya agamaṃsu. Addasā kho rājā pasenadi kosalo chabbaggiye bhikkhū dūratova āgacchante. Disvāna pakkosāpetvā etadavoca – ‘‘kissa tumhe, bhante, āgatatthā’’ti? ‘‘Mahārājānaṃ mayaṃ daṭṭhukāmā’’ [mahārāja mahārājānaṃ mayaṃ daṭṭhukāmā (ka.)] ti. ‘‘Kiṃ, bhante, maṃ diṭṭhena yuddhābhinandinaṃ [yuddhābhinandinā (ka.)]; nanu bhagavā passitabbo’’ti? Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā uyyuttaṃ senaṃ dassanāya āgacchissanti! Amhākampi alābhā, amhākampi dulladdhaṃ, ye mayaṃ ājīvassa hetu puttadārassa kāraṇā senāya āgacchāmā’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū uyyuttaṃ senaṃ dassanāya gacchissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, uyyuttaṃ senaṃ dassanāya gacchathāti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, uyyuttaṃ senaṃ dassanāya gacchissatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

‘‘Yopana bhikkhu uyyuttaṃ senaṃ dassanāya gaccheyya, pācittiya’’nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

312. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno mātulo senāya gilāno hoti . So tassa bhikkhuno santike dūtaṃ pāhesi – ‘‘ahañhi senāya gilāno. Āgacchatu bhadanto. Icchāmi bhadantassa āgata’’nti. Atha kho tassa bhikkhuno etadahosi – ‘‘bhagavatā sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ – ‘na uyyuttaṃ senaṃ dassanāya gantabba’nti. Ayañca me mātulo senāya gilāno. Kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabba’’nti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tathārūpappaccayā senāya gantuṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

313.‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu uyyuttaṃ senaṃ dassanāya gaccheyya, aññatra tathārūpappaccayā, pācittiya’’nti.



308.以药物为限 - 除了他被邀请接受的那些药物之外,如果他要求其他药物,犯波逸提罪。以夜数为限 - 除了他被邀请接受的那些夜数之外,如果他在其他夜里要求,犯波逸提罪。既以药物为限又以夜数为限 - 除了他被邀请接受的那些药物和夜数之外,如果他在其他夜里要求其他药物,犯波逸提罪。既不以药物为限也不以夜数为限,无罪。
309.如果不需要药物而要求药物,犯波逸提罪。如果需要某种药物而要求另一种药物,犯波逸提罪。如果超过限度且认为超过限度而要求药物,犯波逸提罪。如果超过限度但不确定而要求药物,犯波逸提罪。如果超过限度但认为没有超过限度而要求药物,犯波逸提罪。
如果没有超过限度但认为超过限度,犯突吉罗罪。如果没有超过限度但不确定,犯突吉罗罪。如果没有超过限度且认为没有超过限度,无罪。
310.无罪的情况:要求他被邀请接受的那些药物,在他被邀请接受的那些夜里要求,说明"你邀请我们接受这些药物,但我们需要这种和那种药物"后要求,说明"你邀请我们在那些夜里接受,但那些夜已经过去了,我们需要药物"后要求,对亲戚或邀请者要求,为他人要求,用自己的财物,精神错乱者,最初的犯戒者。
摩诃男学处第七结束。
8.出征军队学处
311.那时,佛陀住在舍卫城(现在的夏希特-默赫特)祇树给孤独园。当时,拘萨罗国王波斯匿率军出征。六群比丘去观看出征的军队。拘萨罗国王波斯匿远远地看到六群比丘走来。看到后叫他们过来说:"尊者们,你们为什么来?"(他们说:)"大王,我们想见大王。"(国王说:)"尊者们,见我这个喜欢战争的人有什么用?难道不应该去见世尊吗?"人们抱怨、批评、指责说:"为什么沙门释迦子来观看出征的军队呢?我们真是不幸,真是倒霉,我们为了生计、为了妻儿才来从军。"比丘们听到那些人的抱怨、批评和指责。那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批评、指责说:"为什么六群比丘去观看出征的军队呢?"...(他们)问:"比丘们,你们是否真的去观看出征的军队?"(六群比丘说:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥说...:"愚人,为什么你们去观看出征的军队呢?愚人,这不会使不信者生信...比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
"若比丘去观看出征的军队,犯波逸提罪。"
这就是世尊为比丘们制定的学处。
312.那时,有一位比丘的舅舅在军中生病。他派人给那位比丘传话说:"我在军中生病了。请尊者来。我希望尊者来。"那位比丘想:"世尊制定学处:'不应去观看出征的军队。'但我的舅舅在军中生病。我该怎么办呢?"他将此事告诉世尊。然后世尊以此因缘、以此场合说了法,对比丘们说:"比丘们,我允许因为这样的原因去军中。比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
313."若比丘去观看出征的军队,除了有这样的原因,犯波逸提罪。"

314.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Uyyuttā nāma senā gāmato nikkhamitvā niviṭṭhā vā hoti payātā vā.

Senā nāma hatthī assā rathā pattī. Dvādasapuriso hatthī, tipuriso asso, catupuriso ratho, cattāro purisā sarahatthā patti. Dassanāya gacchati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Yattha ṭhito passati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dassanūpacāraṃ vijahitvā punappunaṃ passati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Aññatra tathārūpappaccayāti ṭhapetvā tathārūpappaccayaṃ.

315. Uyyutte uyyuttasaññī dassanāya gacchati, aññatra tathārūpappaccayā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Uyyutte vematiko dassanāya gacchati, aññatra tathārūpappaccayā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Uyyutte anuyyuttasaññī dassanāya gacchati, aññatra tathārūpappaccayā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Ekamekaṃ dassanāya gacchati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Yattha ṭhito passati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Dassanūpacāraṃ vijahitvā punappunaṃ passati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anuyyutte uyyuttasaññī , āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anuyyutte vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anuyyutte anuyyuttasaññī, anāpatti.

316. Anāpatti ārāme ṭhito passati, bhikkhussa ṭhitokāsaṃ vā nisinnokāsaṃ vā nipannokāsaṃ vā āgacchati, paṭipathaṃ gacchanto passati, tathārūpappaccayā, āpadāsu, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Uyyuttasenāsikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ.

9. Senāvāsasikkhāpadaṃ

317. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū sati karaṇīye senaṃ gantvā atirekatirattaṃ senāya vasanti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā senāya vasissanti! Amhākampi alābhā, amhākampi dulladdhaṃ, ye mayaṃ ājīvassa hetu puttadārassa kāraṇā senāya paṭivasāmā’’ti. Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū atirekatirattaṃ senāya vasissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, atirekatirattaṃ senāya vasathāti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, atirekatirattaṃ senāya vasissatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

318.‘‘Siyā ca tassa bhikkhuno kocideva paccayo senaṃ gamanāya, dirattatirattaṃ tena bhikkhunā senāya vasitabbaṃ. Tato ce uttariṃ vaseyya, pācittiya’’nti.

319.Siyā ca tassa bhikkhuno kocideva paccayo senaṃ gamanāyāti siyā paccayo siyā karaṇīyaṃ.

Dirattatirattaṃtena bhikkhunā senāya vasitabbanti dvetisso rattiyo vasitabbaṃ.

Tato ce uttari vaseyyāti catutthe divase atthaṅgate sūriye senāya vasati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

320. Atirekatiratte atirekasaññī senāya vasati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Atirekatiratte vematiko senāya vasati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Atirekatiratte ūnakasaññī senāya vasati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Ūnakatiratte atirekasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ūnakatiratte vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ūnakatiratte ūnakasaññī, anāpatti.

321. Anāpatti dvetisso rattiyo vasati, ūnakadvetisso rattiyo vasati, dve rattiyo vasitvā tatiyāya rattiyā purāruṇā nikkhamitvā puna vasati, gilāno vasati, gilānassa karaṇīyena vasati, senā vā paṭisenāya ruddhā hoti, kenaci palibuddho hoti, āpadāsu, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Senāvāsasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ navamaṃ.

10. Uyyodhikasikkhāpadaṃ



314.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...这是在此含义中所指的比丘。
出征是指军队已经离开村庄,或者已经驻扎,或者已经行进。
军队是指象兵、马兵、车兵、步兵。十二人组成一个象兵单位,三人组成一个马兵单位,四人组成一个车兵单位,四个持弓箭的人组成一个步兵单位。如果去观看,犯突吉罗罪。站在某处观看,犯波逸提罪。离开观看的范围后再次观看,犯波逸提罪。
除了有这样的原因是指除了这样的原因。
315.如果军队出征且认为军队出征,去观看,除了有这样的原因,犯波逸提罪。如果军队出征但不确定,去观看,除了有这样的原因,犯波逸提罪。如果军队出征但认为军队没有出征,去观看,除了有这样的原因,犯波逸提罪。
去观看每一个单位,犯突吉罗罪。站在某处观看,犯突吉罗罪。离开观看的范围后再次观看,犯突吉罗罪。如果军队没有出征但认为军队出征,犯突吉罗罪。如果军队没有出征但不确定,犯突吉罗罪。如果军队没有出征且认为军队没有出征,无罪。
316.无罪的情况:站在寺院里观看,军队来到比丘站立、坐下或躺下的地方,在路上相遇时观看,有这样的原因,遇到危险时,精神错乱者,最初的犯戒者。
出征军队学处第八结束。
9.军中住宿学处
317.那时,佛陀住在舍卫城(现在的夏希特-默赫特)祇树给孤独园。当时,六群比丘因为有事去军中,在军中住宿超过两三夜。人们抱怨、批评、指责说:"为什么沙门释迦子在军中住宿呢?我们真是不幸,真是倒霉,我们为了生计、为了妻儿才在军中住宿。"比丘们听到那些人的抱怨、批评和指责。那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批评、指责说:"为什么六群比丘在军中住宿超过两三夜呢?"...(他们)问:"比丘们,你们是否真的在军中住宿超过两三夜?"(六群比丘说:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥说...:"愚人,为什么你们在军中住宿超过两三夜呢?愚人,这不会使不信者生信...比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
318."如果比丘有任何原因去军中,那比丘可以在军中住宿两三夜。如果超过这个限度住宿,犯波逸提罪。"
319.如果比丘有任何原因去军中是指有原因或有事情要做。
那比丘可以在军中住宿两三夜是指可以住宿两三夜。
如果超过这个限度住宿是指在第四天日落后仍在军中住宿,犯波逸提罪。
320.如果超过两三夜且认为超过,在军中住宿,犯波逸提罪。如果超过两三夜但不确定,在军中住宿,犯波逸提罪。如果超过两三夜但认为没有超过,在军中住宿,犯波逸提罪。
如果没有超过两三夜但认为超过,犯突吉罗罪。如果没有超过两三夜但不确定,犯突吉罗罪。如果没有超过两三夜且认为没有超过,无罪。
321.无罪的情况:住宿两三夜,住宿不到两三夜,住宿两夜后在第三夜黎明前离开再回来住宿,生病时住宿,因照顾病人而住宿,军队被敌军包围,被某人阻碍,遇到危险时,精神错乱者,最初的犯戒者。
军中住宿学处第九结束。
10.演习学处

322. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū dirattatirattaṃ senāya vasamānā uyyodhikampi balaggampi senābyūhampi anīkadassanampi gacchanti. Aññataropi chabbaggiyo bhikkhu uyyodhikaṃ gantvā kaṇḍena paṭividdho hoti. Manussā taṃ bhikkhuṃ uppaṇḍesuṃ – ‘‘kacci, bhante, suyuddhaṃ ahosi, kati te lakkhāni laddhānī’’ti? So bhikkhu tehi manussehi uppaṇḍīyamāno maṅku ahosi. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā uyyodhikaṃ dassanāya āgacchissanti! Amhākampi alābhā, amhākampi dulladdhaṃ, ye mayaṃ ājīvassa hetu puttadārassa kāraṇā uyyodhikaṃ āgacchāmā’’ti. Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ . Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū uyyodhikaṃ dassanāya gacchissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, uyyodhikaṃ dassanāya gacchathāti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, uyyodhikaṃ dassanāya gacchissatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave , imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

323.‘‘Dirattatirattaṃ ce bhikkhu senāya vasamāno uyyodhikaṃ vā balaggaṃ vā senābyūhaṃ vā anīkadassanaṃ vā gaccheyya, pācittiya’’nti.

324.Dirattatirattaṃ ce bhikkhu senāya vasamānoti dvetisso rattiyo vasamāno.

Uyyodhikaṃ nāma yattha sampahāro dissati.

Balaggaṃ nāma ettakā hatthī, ettakā assā, ettakā rathā, ettakā pattī.

Senābyūhaṃ nāma ito hatthī hontu, ito assā hontu, ito rathā hontu, ito pattikā hontu.

Anīkaṃ nāma hatthānīkaṃ, assānīkaṃ , rathānīkaṃ, pattānīkaṃ. Tayo hatthī pacchimaṃ hatthānīkaṃ, tayo assā pacchimaṃ assānīkaṃ, tayo rathā pacchimaṃ rathānīkaṃ, cattāro purisā sarahatthā pattī pacchimaṃ pattānīkaṃ. Dassanāya gacchati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Yattha ṭhito passati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dassanūpacāraṃ vijahitvā punappunaṃ passati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Ekamekaṃ dassanāya gacchati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Yattha ṭhito passati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Dassanūpacāraṃ vijahitvā punappunaṃ passati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

325. Anāpatti ārāme ṭhito passati, bhikkhussa ṭhitokāsaṃ vā nisinnokāsaṃ vā nipannokāsaṃ vā āgantvā sampahāro dissati, paṭipathaṃ gacchanto passati, sati karaṇīye gantvā passati , āpadāsu, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Uyyodhikasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dasamaṃ.

Acelakavaggo pañcamo.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Pūvaṃ kathopanandassa, tayaṃpaṭṭhākameva ca;

Mahānāmo pasenadi, senāviddho ime dasāti [acelakaṃ uyyojañca, sabhojanaṃ duve raho; sabhattakañca bhesajjaṃ, uyyuttaṃ senuyyodhikaṃ].

6. Surāpānavaggo

1. Surāpānasikkhāpadaṃ



322.那时,佛陀住在舍卫城(现在的夏希特-默赫特)祇树给孤独园。当时,六群比丘在军中住宿两三夜时,去观看演习、军队集结、军队列阵和军队检阅。有一位六群比丘去观看演习时被箭射中了。人们嘲笑那位比丘说:"尊者,战斗得好吗?你得了多少分?"那位比丘被人们嘲笑后感到羞愧。人们抱怨、批评、指责说:"为什么沙门释迦子来观看演习呢?我们真是不幸,真是倒霉,我们为了生计、为了妻儿才来观看演习。"比丘们听到那些人的抱怨、批评和指责。那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批评、指责说:"为什么六群比丘去观看演习呢?"...(他们)问:"比丘们,你们是否真的去观看演习?"(六群比丘说:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥说...:"愚人,为什么你们去观看演习呢?愚人,这不会使不信者生信...比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
323."如果比丘在军中住宿两三夜,去观看演习、军队集结、军队列阵或军队检阅,犯波逸提罪。"
324.如果比丘在军中住宿两三夜是指住宿两三夜。
演习是指可以看到战斗的地方。
军队集结是指有这么多象兵,这么多马兵,这么多车兵,这么多步兵。
军队列阵是指象兵在这里,马兵在这里,车兵在这里,步兵在这里。
军队检阅是指象兵检阅、马兵检阅、车兵检阅、步兵检阅。三头象是最小的象兵单位,三匹马是最小的马兵单位,三辆车是最小的车兵单位,四个持弓箭的人是最小的步兵单位。如果去观看,犯突吉罗罪。站在某处观看,犯波逸提罪。离开观看的范围后再次观看,犯波逸提罪。
去观看每一个单位,犯突吉罗罪。站在某处观看,犯突吉罗罪。离开观看的范围后再次观看,犯突吉罗罪。
325.无罪的情况:站在寺院里观看,战斗来到比丘站立、坐下或躺下的地方,在路上相遇时观看,因为有事去后观看,遇到危险时,精神错乱者,最初的犯戒者。
演习学处第十结束。
裸体外道品第五。
其摘要:
饼食、说话、优波难陀、三个关于侍者、
摩诃男、波斯匿、军中受伤,这十条。
6.饮酒品
1.饮酒学处

326. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā cetiyesu cārikaṃ caramāno yena bhaddavatikā tena pāyāsi. Addasaṃsu kho gopālakā pasupālakā kassakā pathāvino bhagavantaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ. Disvāna bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘mā kho, bhante, bhagavā ambatitthaṃ agamāsi. Ambatitthe, bhante, jaṭilassa assame nāgo paṭivasati iddhimā āsiviso [āsīviso (sī. syā.)] ghoraviso. So bhagavantaṃ mā viheṭhesī’’ti. Evaṃ vutte bhagavā tuṇhī ahosi. Dutiyampi kho…pe… tatiyampi kho gopālakā pasupālakā kassakā pathāvino bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘mā kho, bhante, bhagavā ambatitthaṃ agamāsi. Ambatitthe, bhante, jaṭilassa assame nāgo paṭivasati iddhimā āsiviso ghoraviso. So bhagavantaṃ mā viheṭhesī’’ti. Tatiyampi kho bhagavā tuṇhī ahosi.

Atha kho bhagavā anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena bhaddavatikā tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā bhaddavatikāyaṃ viharati . Atha kho āyasmā sāgato yena ambatitthassa [ambatitthakassa (sī.), ambatitthaṃ (syā.)] jaṭilassa assamo tenupasaṅkami ; upasaṅkamitvā agyāgāraṃ pavisitvā tiṇasanthārakaṃ paññapetvā nisīdi pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā. Addasā kho so nāgo āyasmantaṃ sāgataṃ paviṭṭhaṃ . Disvāna dummano [dukkhī dummano (sī. syā.)] padhūpāyi [padhūpāsi (syā. ka.)]. Āyasmāpi sāgato padhūpāyi [padhūpāsi (syā. ka.)]. Atha kho so nāgo makkhaṃ asahamāno pajjali. Āyasmāpi sāgato tejodhātuṃ samāpajjitvā pajjali. Atha kho āyasmā sāgato tassa nāgassa tejasā tejaṃ pariyādiyitvā yena bhaddavatikā tenupasaṅkami. Atha kho bhagavā bhaddavatikāyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena kosambī tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. Assosuṃ kho kosambikā upāsakā – ‘‘ayyo kira sāgato ambatitthikena nāgena saddhiṃ saṅgāmesī’’ti.

Atha kho bhagavā anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena kosambī tadavasari. Atha kho kosambikā upāsakā bhagavato paccuggamanaṃ karitvā yenāyasmā sāgato tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ sāgataṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho kosambikā upāsakā āyasmantaṃ sāgataṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘kiṃ, bhante, ayyānaṃ dullabhañca manāpañca, kiṃ paṭiyādemā’’ti? Evaṃ vutte chabbaggiyā bhikkhū kosambike upāsake etadavocuṃ – ‘‘atthāvuso, kāpotikā nāma pasannā bhikkhūnaṃ dullabhā ca manāpā ca, taṃ paṭiyādethā’’ti. Atha kho kosambikā upāsakā ghare ghare kāpotikaṃ pasannaṃ paṭiyādetvā āyasmantaṃ sāgataṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭhaṃ disvāna āyasmantaṃ sāgataṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘pivatu, bhante, ayyo sāgato kāpotikaṃ pasannaṃ, pivatu , bhante, ayyo sāgato kāpotikaṃ pasanna’’nti. Atha kho āyasmā sāgato ghare ghare kāpotikaṃ pasannaṃ pivitvā nagaramhā nikkhamanto nagaradvāre paripati.

Atha kho bhagavā sambahulehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ nagaramhā nikkhamanto addasa āyasmantaṃ sāgataṃ nagaradvāre paripatantaṃ. Disvāna bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘gaṇhatha, bhikkhave, sāgata’’nti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paṭissuṇitvā āyasmantaṃ sāgataṃ ārāmaṃ netvā yena bhagavā tena sīsaṃ katvā nipātesuṃ. Atha kho āyasmā sāgato parivattitvā yena bhagavā tena pāde karitvā seyyaṃ kappesi . Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘nanu, bhikkhave, pubbe sāgato tathāgate sagāravo ahosi sappatisso’’ti ? ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Api nu kho, bhikkhave, sāgato etarahi tathāgate sagāravo sappatisso’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Nanu, bhikkhave, sāgato ambatitthikena nāgena [ḍeḍḍubhenāpi (sī. syā.)] saddhiṃ saṅgāmesī’’ti? ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Api nu kho, bhikkhave, sāgato etarahi pahoti nāgena saddhiṃ saṅgāmetu’’nti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Api nu kho, bhikkhave, taṃ pātabbaṃ yaṃ pivitvā visaññī assā’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Ananucchavikaṃ, bhikkhave, sāgatassa ananulomikaṃ appatirūpaṃ assāmaṇakaṃ akappiyaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ. Kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, sāgato majjaṃ pivissati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

327.‘‘Surāmerayapāne pācittiya’’nti.



326.那时,佛陀在支提国(现在的尼泊尔境内)游行,向跋陀婆提卡前进。牧牛人、牧羊人、农夫和路人远远地看到佛陀走来。看到后对佛陀说:"尊者,请不要去庵婆提他。尊者,在庵婆提他的结发外道的住处有一条龙,它有神通,毒性很强。愿它不要伤害世尊。"佛陀听了保持沉默。第二次...第三次牧牛人、牧羊人、农夫和路人对佛陀说:"尊者,请不要去庵婆提他。尊者,在庵婆提他的结发外道的住处有一条龙,它有神通,毒性很强。愿它不要伤害世尊。"第三次佛陀仍然保持沉默。
然后佛陀继续游行,来到跋陀婆提卡。佛陀住在跋陀婆提卡。然后具寿娑伽陀来到庵婆提他结发外道的住处,进入火室,铺设草席,结跏趺坐,保持身体正直,建立正念。那条龙看到具寿娑伽陀进来。看到后心生不悦,喷出烟雾。具寿娑伽陀也喷出烟雾。然后那条龙忍不住怒气,喷出火焰。具寿娑伽陀进入火界定,也喷出火焰。然后具寿娑伽陀以自己的火焰压制那条龙的火焰,来到跋陀婆提卡。然后佛陀在跋陀婆提卡住了一段时间后,向拘睒弥(现在的科萨姆)游行。拘睒弥的优婆塞们听说:"据说尊者娑伽陀与庵婆提他的龙战斗了。"
然后佛陀继续游行,来到拘睒弥。拘睒弥的优婆塞们出城迎接佛陀,然后来到具寿娑伽陀那里。来到后礼敬具寿娑伽陀,站在一旁。站在一旁的拘睒弥优婆塞们对具寿娑伽陀说:"尊者,什么是尊者们难得而喜欢的?我们应该准备什么?"六群比丘听了对拘睒弥优婆塞们说:"朋友们,有一种叫做鸽色的清酒,比丘们难得而喜欢,你们准备那个吧。"然后拘睒弥优婆塞们在每家每户准备了鸽色清酒,看到具寿娑伽陀托钵来后对他说:"尊者娑伽陀,请喝鸽色清酒。尊者娑伽陀,请喝鸽色清酒。"然后具寿娑伽陀在每家每户喝了鸽色清酒,离开城市时在城门口倒下了。
然后佛陀和众多比丘一起离开城市,看到具寿娑伽陀倒在城门口。看到后对比丘们说:"比丘们,扶起娑伽陀。"那些比丘回答佛陀说:"是的,尊者。"他们扶起具寿娑伽陀带到寺院,让他头朝向佛陀躺下。然后具寿娑伽陀翻身,脚朝向佛陀睡着了。然后佛陀对比丘们说:"比丘们,以前娑伽陀对如来是否恭敬、尊重?"(比丘们说:)"是的,尊者。""比丘们,现在娑伽陀对如来是否恭敬、尊重?""不是,尊者。""比丘们,娑伽陀是否与庵婆提他的龙战斗过?""是的,尊者。""比丘们,现在娑伽陀能否与龙战斗?""不能,尊者。""比丘们,喝了会失去意识的东西应该喝吗?""不应该,尊者。""比丘们,这对娑伽陀来说是不适当的、不相应的、不适合的、不像沙门的、不允许的、不应该做的。比丘们,为什么娑伽陀会喝酒呢?比丘们,这不会使不信者生信...比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
327."饮用谷酒、果酒,犯波逸提罪。"

328.Surā nāma piṭṭhasurā pūvasurā odanasurā kiṇṇapakkhittā sambhārasaṃyuttā.

Merayo nāma pupphāsavo phalāsavo madhvāsavo guḷāsavo sambhārasaṃyutto.

Piveyyāti antamaso kusaggenapi pivati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Majje majjasaññī pivati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Majje vematiko pivati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Majje amajjasaññī pivati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Amajje majjasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Amajje vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Amajje amajjasaññī, anāpatti.

329. Anāpatti amajjañca hoti majjavaṇṇaṃ majjagandhaṃ majjarasaṃ taṃ pivati, sūpasampāke, maṃsasampāke, telasampāke, āmalakaphāṇite, amajjaṃ ariṭṭhaṃ pivati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Surāpānasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ paṭhamaṃ.

2. Aṅgulipatodakasikkhāpadaṃ

330. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū sattarasavaggiyaṃ bhikkhuṃ aṅgulipatodakena hāsesuṃ. So bhikkhu uttanto anassāsako kālamakāsi. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhuṃ aṅgulipatodakena hāsessantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, bhikkhuṃ aṅgulipatodakena hāsethāti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, bhikkhuṃ aṅgulipatodakena hāsessatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

331.‘‘Aṅgulipatodake pācittiya’’nti.

332.Aṅgulipatodako nāma [aṅgulipatodako nāma aṅguliyāpi tudanti (syā.)] upasampanno upasampannaṃ hasādhippāyo [hassādhippāyo (sī. syā.)] kāyena kāyaṃ āmasati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne upasampannasaññī aṅgulipatodakena hāseti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne vematiko aṅgulipatodakena hāseti, āpatti pācittiyassa . Upasampanne anupasampannasaññī aṅgulipatodakena hāseti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Kāyena kāyapaṭibaddhaṃ āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Kāyapaṭibaddhena kāyaṃ āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Kāyapaṭibaddhena kāyapaṭibaddhaṃ āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Nissaggiyena kāyaṃ āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Nissaggiyena kāyapaṭibaddhaṃ āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Nissaggiyena nissaggiyaṃ āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

333. Anupasampannaṃ kāyena kāyaṃ āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Kāyena kāyapaṭibaddhaṃ āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Kāyapaṭibaddhena kāyaṃ āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Kāyapaṭibaddhena kāyapaṭibaddhaṃ āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Nissaggiyena kāyaṃ āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa . Nissaggiyena kāyapaṭibaddhaṃ āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Nissaggiyena nissaggiyaṃ āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne upasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne anupasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

334. Anāpatti na hasādhippāyo, sati karaṇīye āmasati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Aṅgulipatodakasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dutiyaṃ.

3. Hasadhammasikkhāpadaṃ



328.谷酒是指用面粉、糕饼、米饭、酵母或混合物制成的酒。
果酒是指用花、果、蜜、糖或混合物制成的酒。
饮用是指即使只用草尖沾一点喝,也犯波逸提罪。
如果认为是酒而喝,犯波逸提罪。如果怀疑是否是酒而喝,犯波逸提罪。如果认为不是酒而喝,犯波逸提罪。
如果不是酒但认为是酒,犯突吉罗罪。如果不是酒但怀疑是否是酒,犯突吉罗罪。如果不是酒且认为不是酒,无罪。
329.无罪的情况:喝不是酒但有酒的颜色、气味、味道的东西,在汤里、肉里、油里,阿摩勒果汁里,喝不含酒精的药酒,精神错乱者,最初的犯戒者。
饮酒学处第一结束。
2.用手指戳弄学处
330.那时,佛陀住在舍卫城(现在的夏希特-默赫特)祇树给孤独园。当时,六群比丘用手指戳弄十七群比丘,想让他们发笑。那位比丘仰面倒地,无法呼吸而死亡。那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批评、指责说:"为什么六群比丘用手指戳弄比丘想让他们发笑呢?"...(他们)问:"比丘们,你们是否真的用手指戳弄比丘想让他们发笑?"(六群比丘说:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥说...:"愚人,为什么你们用手指戳弄比丘想让他们发笑呢?愚人,这不会使不信者生信...比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
331."用手指戳弄,犯波逸提罪。"
332.用手指戳弄是指已受具足戒者想让已受具足戒者发笑,用身体碰触身体,犯波逸提罪。如果认为对方已受具足戒,用手指戳弄想让他发笑,犯波逸提罪。如果怀疑对方是否已受具足戒,用手指戳弄想让他发笑,犯波逸提罪。如果认为对方未受具足戒,用手指戳弄想让他发笑,犯波逸提罪。
用身体碰触与身体相连的物品,犯突吉罗罪。用与身体相连的物品碰触身体,犯突吉罗罪。用与身体相连的物品碰触与身体相连的物品,犯突吉罗罪。用投掷的物品碰触身体,犯突吉罗罪。用投掷的物品碰触与身体相连的物品,犯突吉罗罪。用投掷的物品碰触投掷的物品,犯突吉罗罪。
333.用身体碰触未受具足戒者的身体,犯突吉罗罪。用身体碰触与身体相连的物品,犯突吉罗罪。用与身体相连的物品碰触身体,犯突吉罗罪。用与身体相连的物品碰触与身体相连的物品,犯突吉罗罪。用投掷的物品碰触身体,犯突吉罗罪。用投掷的物品碰触与身体相连的物品,犯突吉罗罪。用投掷的物品碰触投掷的物品,犯突吉罗罪。如果认为未受具足戒者已受具足戒,犯突吉罗罪。如果怀疑未受具足戒者是否已受具足戒,犯突吉罗罪。如果认为未受具足戒者未受具足戒,犯突吉罗罪。
334.无罪的情况:不想让人发笑,因为有事而碰触,精神错乱者,最初的犯戒者。
用手指戳弄学处第二结束。
3.戏水学处

335. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena sattarasavaggiyā bhikkhū aciravatiyā nadiyā udake kīḷanti. Tena kho pana samayena rājā pasenadi kosalo mallikāya deviyā saddhiṃ uparipāsādavaragato hoti. Addasā kho rājā pasenadi kosalo sattarasavaggiye bhikkhū aciravatiyā nadiyā udake kīḷante. Disvāna mallikaṃ deviṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ete te, mallike, arahanto udake kīḷantī’’ti. ‘‘Nissaṃsayaṃ kho, mahārāja, bhagavatā sikkhāpadaṃ apaññattaṃ. Te vā bhikkhū appakataññuno’’ti. Atha kho rañño pasenadissa kosalassa etadahosi – ‘‘kena nu kho ahaṃ upāyena bhagavato ca na āroceyyaṃ, bhagavā ca jāneyya ime bhikkhū udake kīḷitā’’ti? Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo sattarasavaggiye bhikkhū pakkosāpetvā mahantaṃ guḷapiṇḍaṃ adāsi – ‘‘imaṃ, bhante, guḷapiṇḍaṃ bhagavato dethā’’ti. Sattarasavaggiyā bhikkhū taṃ guḷapiṇḍaṃ ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘imaṃ, bhante, guḷapiṇḍaṃ rājā pasenadi kosalo bhagavato detī’’ti. ‘‘Kahaṃ pana tumhe, bhikkhave, rājā addasā’’ti. ‘‘Aciravatiyā nadiyā, bhagavā, udake kīḷante’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, udake kīḷissatha! Netaṃ , moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

336.‘‘Udakehasadhamme[hassadhamme (sī. syā.)]pācittiya’’nti.

337.Udake hasadhammo nāma uparigopphake udake hasādhippāyo nimujjati vā ummujjati vā palavati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

338. Udake hasadhamme hasadhammasaññī, āpatti pācittiyassa. Udake hasadhamme vematiko, āpatti pācittiyassa. Udake hasadhamme ahasadhammasaññī, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Heṭṭhāgopphake udake kīḷati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Udake nāvāya kīḷati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Hatthena vā pādena vā kaṭṭhena vā kaṭhalāya vā udakaṃ paharati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Bhājanagataṃ udakaṃ vā kañjikaṃ vā khīraṃ vā takkaṃ vā rajanaṃ vā passāvaṃ vā cikkhallaṃ vā kīḷati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Udake ahasadhamme hasadhammasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Udake ahasadhamme vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Udake ahasadhamme ahasadhammasaññī, anāpatti.

339. Anāpatti na hasādhippāyo, sati karaṇīye udakaṃ otaritvā nimujjati vā ummujjati vā palavati vā, pāraṃ gacchanto nimujjati vā ummujjati vā palavati vā, āpadāsu, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Hasadhammasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ tatiyaṃ.

4. Anādariyasikkhāpadaṃ

340. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā kosambiyaṃ viharati ghositārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā channo anācāraṃ ācarati. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘māvuso channa, evarūpaṃ akāsi. Netaṃ kappatī’’ti. So anādariyaṃ paṭicca karotiyeva. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma āyasmā channo anādariyaṃ karissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, channa, anādariyaṃ karosīti ? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, anādariyaṃ karissasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

341.‘‘Anādariye pācittiya’’nti.

342.Anādariyaṃ nāma dve anādariyāni – puggalānādariyañca dhammānādariyañca.

Puggalānādariyaṃ nāma upasampannena paññattena vuccamāno – ‘‘ayaṃ ukkhittako vā vambhito vā garahito vā, imassa vacanaṃ akataṃ bhavissatī’’ti anādariyaṃ karoti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Dhammānādariyaṃ nāma upasampannena paññattena vuccamāno ‘‘kathāyaṃ nasseyya vā vinasseyya vā antaradhāyeyya vā’’, taṃ vā na sikkhitukāmo anādariyaṃ karoti, āpatti pācittiyassa.



335.那时,佛陀住在舍卫城(现在的夏希特-默赫特)祇树给孤独园。当时,十七群比丘在阿致罗筏底河里戏水。当时,拘萨罗国王波斯匿和末利夫人在宫殿高处。拘萨罗国王波斯匿看到十七群比丘在阿致罗筏底河里戏水。看到后对末利夫人说:"末利,这些阿罗汉在水里戏水。"(末利夫人说:)"大王,世尊肯定没有制定学处,或者那些比丘不知恩。"然后拘萨罗国王波斯匿想:"我用什么方法能不告诉世尊,而让世尊知道这些比丘在水里戏水呢?"然后拘萨罗国王波斯匿叫来十七群比丘,给了他们一大块糖:"尊者们,请把这块糖给世尊。"十七群比丘拿着那块糖来到佛陀那里。来到后对佛陀说:"尊者,拘萨罗国王波斯匿给世尊这块糖。"(佛陀说:)"比丘们,国王在哪里看到你们?"(他们说:)"世尊,在阿致罗筏底河里戏水。"佛陀呵斥说...:"愚人,为什么你们在水里戏水呢?愚人,这不会使不信者生信...比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
336."在水中戏水,犯波逸提罪。"
337.在水中戏水是指在超过脚踝的水中,想让人发笑而潜水、浮出水面或漂浮,犯波逸提罪。
338.如果认为是在水中戏水而在水中戏水,犯波逸提罪。如果怀疑是否在水中戏水而在水中戏水,犯波逸提罪。如果认为不是在水中戏水而在水中戏水,犯波逸提罪。
在低于脚踝的水中戏水,犯突吉罗罪。在水中的船上戏水,犯突吉罗罪。用手、脚、木头或土块击打水,犯突吉罗罪。在容器里的水、米汤、牛奶、酸奶、染料、尿或泥浆中戏水,犯突吉罗罪。
如果认为是在水中戏水但不是在水中戏水,犯突吉罗罪。如果怀疑是否在水中戏水但不是在水中戏水,犯突吉罗罪。如果认为不是在水中戏水且不是在水中戏水,无罪。
339.无罪的情况:不想让人发笑,因为有事而进入水中潜水、浮出水面或漂浮,渡河时潜水、浮出水面或漂浮,遇到危险时,精神错乱者,最初的犯戒者。
戏水学处第三结束。
4.不恭敬学处
340.那时,佛陀住在拘睒弥(现在的科萨姆)瞿师多园。当时,具寿车匿行为不端。比丘们对他说:"朋友车匿,不要这样做。这是不允许的。"他因为不恭敬而继续这样做。那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批评、指责说:"为什么具寿车匿会不恭敬呢?"...(他们)问:"车匿,你是否真的不恭敬?"(车匿说:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥说...:"愚人,为什么你会不恭敬呢?愚人,这不会使不信者生信...比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
341."不恭敬,犯波逸提罪。"
342.不恭敬有两种:对人不恭敬和对法不恭敬。
对人不恭敬是指当已受具足戒者被告知已制定的规定时说:"这个人被摈斥、被轻视、被责备,他的话不会被采纳。"这样不恭敬,犯波逸提罪。
对法不恭敬是指当已受具足戒者被告知已制定的规定时说:"愿这个规定消失、毁灭、灭亡",或者不想学习而不恭敬,犯波逸提罪。

343. Upasampanne upasampannasaññī anādariyaṃ karoti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne vematiko anādariyaṃ karoti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne anupasampannasaññī anādariyaṃ karoti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Apaññattena vuccamāno – ‘‘idaṃ na sallekhāya na dhutatthāya na pāsādikatāya na apacayāya na vīriyārambhāya saṃvattatī’’ti anādariyaṃ karoti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannena paññattena vā apaññattena vā vuccamāno – ‘‘idaṃ na sallekhāya na dhutatthāya na pāsādikatāya na apacayāya na vīriyārambhāya saṃvattatī’’ti anādariyaṃ karoti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Anupasampanne upasampannasaññī āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne anupasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

344. Anāpatti – ‘‘evaṃ amhākaṃ ācariyānaṃ uggaho paripucchā’’ti bhaṇati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Anādariyasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ catutthaṃ.

5. Bhiṃsāpanasikkhāpadaṃ

345. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū sattarasavaggiye bhikkhū bhiṃsāpenti. Te bhiṃsāpīyamānā rodanti. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘kissa tumhe, āvuso, rodathā’’ti? ‘‘Ime, āvuso, chabbaggiyā bhikkhū amhe bhiṃsāpentī’’ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhuṃ bhiṃsāpessantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, bhikkhuṃ bhiṃsāpethāti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, bhikkhuṃ bhiṃsāpessatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

346.‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ bhiṃsāpeyya, pācittiya’’nti.

347.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Bhikkhunti aññaṃ bhikkhuṃ.

Bhiṃsāpeyyāti upasampanno upasampannaṃ bhiṃsāpetukāmo rūpaṃ vā saddaṃ vā gandhaṃ vā rasaṃ vā phoṭṭhabbaṃ vā upasaṃharati. Bhāyeyya vā so na vā bhāyeyya, āpatti pācittiyassa. Corakantāraṃ vā vāḷakantāraṃ vā pisācakantāraṃ vā ācikkhati. Bhāyeyya vā so na vā bhāyeyya, āpatti pācittiyassa.

348. Upasampanne upasampannasaññī bhiṃsāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne vematiko bhiṃsāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. ‘Upasampanne anupasampannasaññī bhiṃsāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Anupasampannaṃ bhiṃsāpetukāmo rūpaṃ vā saddaṃ vā gandhaṃ vā rasaṃ vā phoṭṭhabbaṃ vā upasaṃharati. Bhāyeyya vā so na vā bhāyeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Corakantāraṃ vā vāḷakantāraṃ vā pisācakantāraṃ vā ācikkhati. Bhāyeyya vā so na vā bhāyeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa . Anupasampanne upasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne anupasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

349. Anāpatti na bhiṃsāpetukāmo rūpaṃ vā saddaṃ vā gandhaṃ vā rasaṃ vā phoṭṭhabbaṃ vā upasaṃharati, corakantāraṃ vā vāḷakantāraṃ vā pisācakantāraṃ vā ācikkhati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Bhiṃsāpanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ pañcamaṃ.

6. Jotikasikkhāpadaṃ



343.如果认为对方已受具足戒而对已受具足戒者不恭敬,犯波逸提罪。如果怀疑对方是否已受具足戒而对已受具足戒者不恭敬,犯波逸提罪。如果认为对方未受具足戒而对已受具足戒者不恭敬,犯波逸提罪。
当被告知未制定的规定时说:"这不会导致减少欲望、少欲知足、端庄、减少(烦恼)、精进。"这样不恭敬,犯突吉罗罪。当被未受具足戒者告知已制定或未制定的规定时说:"这不会导致减少欲望、少欲知足、端庄、减少(烦恼)、精进。"这样不恭敬,犯突吉罗罪。
如果认为未受具足戒者已受具足戒,犯突吉罗罪。如果怀疑未受具足戒者是否已受具足戒,犯突吉罗罪。如果认为未受具足戒者未受具足戒,犯突吉罗罪。
344.无罪的情况:说"这是我们老师的教导和询问",精神错乱者,最初的犯戒者。
不恭敬学处第四结束。
5.恐吓学处
345.那时,佛陀住在舍卫城(现在的夏希特-默赫特)祇树给孤独园。当时,六群比丘恐吓十七群比丘。他们被恐吓时哭泣。比丘们问:"朋友们,你们为什么哭?"(他们说:)"朋友们,这些六群比丘恐吓我们。"那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批评、指责说:"为什么六群比丘恐吓比丘呢?"...(他们)问:"比丘们,你们是否真的恐吓比丘?"(六群比丘说:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥说...:"愚人,为什么你们恐吓比丘呢?愚人,这不会使不信者生信...比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
346."若比丘恐吓比丘,犯波逸提罪。"
347.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...这是在此含义中所指的比丘。
比丘是指其他比丘。
恐吓是指已受具足戒者想恐吓已受具足戒者,制造视觉、声音、气味、味道或触觉。无论对方是否害怕,犯波逸提罪。告诉对方有强盗出没的地方、野兽出没的地方或鬼怪出没的地方。无论对方是否害怕,犯波逸提罪。
348.如果认为对方已受具足戒而恐吓已受具足戒者,犯波逸提罪。如果怀疑对方是否已受具足戒而恐吓已受具足戒者,犯波逸提罪。如果认为对方未受具足戒而恐吓已受具足戒者,犯波逸提罪。
想恐吓未受具足戒者,制造视觉、声音、气味、味道或触觉。无论对方是否害怕,犯突吉罗罪。告诉对方有强盗出没的地方、野兽出没的地方或鬼怪出没的地方。无论对方是否害怕,犯突吉罗罪。如果认为未受具足戒者已受具足戒,犯突吉罗罪。如果怀疑未受具足戒者是否已受具足戒,犯突吉罗罪。如果认为未受具足戒者未受具足戒,犯突吉罗罪。
349.无罪的情况:不想恐吓而制造视觉、声音、气味、味道或触觉,告诉对方有强盗出没的地方、野兽出没的地方或鬼怪出没的地方,精神错乱者,最初的犯戒者。
恐吓学处第五结束。
6.生火学处

350. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā bhaggesu viharati suṃsumāragire [suṃsumāragire (sī. syā.) saṃsumāragire (ka.)] bhesakaḷāvane migadāye. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū hemantike kāle aññataraṃ mahantaṃ susirakaṭṭhaṃ jotiṃ samādahitvā visibbesuṃ. Tasmiñca susire kaṇhasappo agginā santatto nikkhamitvā bhikkhū paripātesi. Bhikkhū tahaṃ tahaṃ upadhāviṃsu. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhū jotiṃ samādahitvā visibbessantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhū jotiṃ samādahitvā visibbentīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma te, bhikkhave , moghapurisā jotiṃ samādahitvā visibbessanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu visibbanāpekkho jotiṃ samādaheyya vā samādahāpeyya vā, pācittiya’’nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

351. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū gilānā honti. Gilānapucchakā bhikkhū gilāne bhikkhū etadavocuṃ – ‘‘kaccāvuso, khamanīyaṃ, kacci yāpanīya’’nti? ‘‘Pubbe mayaṃ, āvuso, jotiṃ samādahitvā visibbema; tena no phāsu hoti. Idāni pana ‘‘bhagavatā paṭikkhitta’’nti kukkuccāyantā na visibbema, tena no na phāsu hotī’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gilānena bhikkhunā jotiṃ samādahitvā vā samādahāpetvā vā visibbetuṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu agilāno visibbanāpekkho jotiṃ samādaheyyavā samādahāpeyya vā, pācittiya’’nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

352. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū padīpepi jotikepi jantāgharepi kukkuccāyanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tathārūpappaccayā jotiṃ samādahituṃ samādahāpetuṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

353.‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu agilāno visibbanāpekkho jotiṃ samādaheyya vā samādahāpeyya vā, aññatra tathārūpappaccayā, pācittiya’’nti.

354.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Agilāno nāma yassa vinā agginā phāsu hoti.

Gilāno nāma yassa vinā agginā na phāsu hoti.

Visibbanāpekkhoti tappitukāmo.

Joti nāma aggi vuccati.

Samādaheyyāti sayaṃ samādahati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Samādahāpeyyāti aññaṃ āṇāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Sakiṃ āṇatto bahukampi samādahati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Aññatra tathā rūpappaccayāti ṭhapetvā tathārūpappaccayaṃ.

355. Agilāno agilānasaññī visibbanāpekkho jotiṃ samādahati vā samādahāpeti vā, aññatra tathārūpappaccayā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Agilāno vematiko visibbanāpekkho jotiṃ samādahati vā samādahāpeti vā, aññatra tathārūpappaccayā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Agilāno gilānasaññī visibbanāpekkho jotiṃ samādahati vā samādahāpeti vā, aññatra tathārūpappaccayā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Paṭilātaṃ ukkhipati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Gilāno agilānasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Gilāno vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Gilāno gilānasaññī, anāpatti.

356. Anāpatti gilānassa, aññena kataṃ visibbeti, vītaccitaṅgāraṃ visibbeti, padīpe jotike jantāghare tathārūpappaccayā, āpadāsu, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Jotikasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ.

7. Nahānasikkhāpadaṃ



350.那时,佛陀住在跋耆国(现在的比哈尔邦北部)僧苏摩罗山贝萨卡罗林鹿野苑。当时,比丘们在冬季点燃一根大的空心木头取暖。一条黑蛇被火烤热从空心木头里爬出来,向比丘们扑去。比丘们四散奔逃。那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批评、指责说:"为什么比丘们点火取暖呢?"...(他们)问:"比丘们,你们是否真的点火取暖?"(比丘们说:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥说...:"愚人,为什么你们点火取暖呢?这不会使不信者生信...比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
"若比丘想取暖而点火或让人点火,犯波逸提罪。"
世尊为比丘们制定了这条学处。
351.当时,有些比丘生病了。照顾病人的比丘问生病的比丘:"朋友们,还可以忍受吗?还能维持吗?""朋友们,以前我们点火取暖,那样会舒服些。现在因为世尊禁止了,我们担心犯戒而不敢取暖,所以不舒服。"他们把这件事告诉了佛陀...佛陀说:"比丘们,我允许生病的比丘点火或让人点火取暖。比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
"若比丘不生病而想取暖,点火或让人点火,犯波逸提罪。"
世尊为比丘们制定了这条学处。
352.当时,比丘们担心在灯火、火炉和浴室里犯戒。他们把这件事告诉了佛陀...佛陀说:"比丘们,我允许因为这样的原因点火或让人点火。比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
353."若比丘不生病而想取暖,点火或让人点火,除了有这样的原因,犯波逸提罪。"
354.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...这是在此含义中所指的比丘。
不生病是指不用火也舒服。
生病是指不用火就不舒服。
想取暖是指想温暖。
火是指火焰。
点火是指自己点火,犯波逸提罪。
让人点火是指命令他人点火,犯波逸提罪。命令一次而多次点火,犯波逸提罪。
除了有这样的原因是指除了这样的原因。
355.如果不生病且认为不生病,想取暖而点火或让人点火,除了有这样的原因,犯波逸提罪。如果不生病但怀疑是否生病,想取暖而点火或让人点火,除了有这样的原因,犯波逸提罪。如果不生病但认为生病,想取暖而点火或让人点火,除了有这样的原因,犯波逸提罪。
拨动火堆,犯突吉罗罪。如果生病但认为不生病,犯突吉罗罪。如果生病但怀疑是否生病,犯突吉罗罪。如果生病且认为生病,无罪。
356.无罪的情况:生病时,在他人点的火旁取暖,在余烬旁取暖,在灯火、火炉、浴室里因为这样的原因点火,遇到危险时,精神错乱者,最初的犯戒者。
生火学处第六结束。
7.洗浴学处

357. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū tapode nahāyanti. Tena kho pana samayena [atha kho (sī. syā.)] rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro ‘‘sīsaṃ nahāyissāmī’’ti tapodaṃ gantvā – ‘‘yāvāyyā nahāyantī’’ti ekamantaṃ paṭimānesi. Bhikkhū yāva samandhakārā nahāyiṃsu. Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro vikāle sīsaṃ nahāyitvā, nagaradvāre thakite bahinagare vasitvā, kālasseva asambhinnena vilepanena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho rājānaṃ māgadhaṃ seniyaṃ bimbisāraṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘kissa tvaṃ, mahārāja, kālasseva āgato asambhinnena vilepanenā’’ti? Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Atha kho bhagavā rājānaṃ māgadhaṃ seniyaṃ bimbisāraṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sannipātāpetvā bhikkhū paṭipucchi – ‘‘saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhū rājānampi passitvā na mattaṃ jānitvā nahāyantī’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma te, bhikkhave, moghapurisā rājānampi passitvā na mattaṃ jānitvā nahāyissanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu orenaddhamāsaṃ nahāyeyya, pācittiya’’nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

358. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū uṇhasamaye pariḷāhasamaye kukkuccāyantā na nahāyanti, sedagatena gattena sayanti. Cīvarampi senāsanampi dussati. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, uṇhasamaye pariḷāhasamaye orenaddhamāsaṃ nahāyituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

‘‘Yopana bhikkhu orenaddhamāsaṃ nahāyeyya, aññatra samayā, pācittiyaṃ. Tatthāyaṃ samayo. Diyaḍḍho māso seso gimhānanti[gimhānaṃ (itipi)]vassānassa paṭhamo māso iccete aḍḍhateyyamāsā uṇhasamayo pariḷāhasamayo – ayaṃ tattha samayo’’ti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

359. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū gilānā honti. Gilānapucchakā bhikkhū gilāne bhikkhū etadavocuṃ – ‘‘kaccāvuso, khamanīyaṃ, kacci yāpanīya’’nti? ‘‘Pubbe mayaṃ, āvuso, orenaddhamāsaṃ nahāyāma, tena no phāsu hoti; idāni pana ‘‘bhagavatā paṭikkhitta’’nti kukkuccāyantā na nahāyāma, tena no na phāsu hotī’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gilānena bhikkhunā orenaddhamāsaṃ nahāyituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu orenaddhamāsaṃ nahāyeyya, aññatra samayā, pācittiyaṃ. Tatthāyaṃ samayo. Diyaḍḍho māso seso gimhānanti[gimhānaṃ (itipi)]vassānassapaṭhamo māso iccete aḍḍhateyyamāsā uṇhasamayo, pariḷāhasamayo, gilānasamayo – ayaṃ tattha samayo’’ti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

360. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū navakammaṃ katvā kukkuccāyantā na nahāyanti. Te sedagatena gattena sayanti. Cīvarampi senāsanampi dussati. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, kammasamaye orenaddhamāsaṃ nahāyituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu orenaddhamāsaṃ nahāyeyya, aññatra samayā, pācittiyaṃ. Tatthāyaṃ samayo. Diyaḍḍho māso seso gimhānanti vassānassa paṭhamo māso iccete aḍḍhateyyamāsā uṇhasamayo, pariḷāhasamayo, gilānasamayo, kammasamayo – ayaṃ tattha samayo’’ti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.



357.那时,佛陀住在王舍城(现在的拉杰吉尔)竹林栗鼠feeding ground。当时,比丘们在温泉里洗浴。当时,摩揭陀国王频毗娑罗想:"我要洗头。"他来到温泉,说:"等这些人洗完。"就在一旁等待。比丘们一直洗到天黑。然后摩揭陀国王频毗娑罗在晚上洗了头,城门关闭后只好住在城外,一大早未涂抹香料就来见佛陀。来到后礼敬佛陀,坐在一旁。佛陀对坐在一旁的摩揭陀国王频毗娑罗说:"大王,你为什么一大早就来,还未涂抹香料?"然后摩揭陀国王频毗娑罗把这件事告诉了佛陀。然后佛陀以法义开示、教导、鼓励、鼓舞摩揭陀国王频毗娑罗。然后摩揭陀国王频毗娑罗听了佛陀的法义开示、教导、鼓励、鼓舞后,从座位上起身,礼敬佛陀,右绕后离开。然后佛陀因这缘由、因这事件召集比丘僧团,询问比丘们:"比丘们,据说比丘们即使看到国王也不知节制地洗浴,是真的吗?""是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥说...:"愚人,为什么你们即使看到国王也不知节制地洗浴呢?这不会使不信者生信...比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
"若比丘半月内洗浴,犯波逸提罪。"
世尊为比丘们制定了这条学处。
358.当时,比丘们在炎热季节、闷热季节担心犯戒而不洗浴,满身是汗地睡觉。衣服和卧具都变脏了。他们把这件事告诉了佛陀...佛陀说:"比丘们,我允许在炎热季节、闷热季节半月内洗浴。比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
"若比丘半月内洗浴,除了适当的时候,犯波逸提罪。在此,适当的时候是指:夏季最后一个半月和雨季第一个月,这两个半月是炎热季节、闷热季节 - 这是在此适当的时候。"
世尊为比丘们制定了这条学处。
359.当时,有些比丘生病了。照顾病人的比丘问生病的比丘:"朋友们,还可以忍受吗?还能维持吗?""朋友们,以前我们半月内洗浴,那样会舒服些。现在因为世尊禁止了,我们担心犯戒而不敢洗浴,所以不舒服。"他们把这件事告诉了佛陀...佛陀说:"比丘们,我允许生病的比丘半月内洗浴。比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
"若比丘半月内洗浴,除了适当的时候,犯波逸提罪。在此,适当的时候是指:夏季最后一个半月和雨季第一个月,这两个半月是炎热季节、闷热季节、生病的时候 - 这是在此适当的时候。"
世尊为比丘们制定了这条学处。
360.当时,比丘们做了建筑工作后担心犯戒而不洗浴。他们满身是汗地睡觉。衣服和卧具都变脏了。他们把这件事告诉了佛陀...佛陀说:"比丘们,我允许在工作的时候半月内洗浴。比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
"若比丘半月内洗浴,除了适当的时候,犯波逸提罪。在此,适当的时候是指:夏季最后一个半月和雨季第一个月,这两个半月是炎热季节、闷热季节、生病的时候、工作的时候 - 这是在此适当的时候。"
世尊为比丘们制定了这条学处。

361. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū addhānaṃ gantvā kukkuccāyantā na nahāyanti. Te sedagatena gattena sayanti. Cīvarampi senāsanampi dussati. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, addhānagamanasamaye orenaddhamāsaṃ nahāyituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu orenaddhamāsaṃ nahāyeyya, aññatra samayā, pācittiyaṃ. Tatthāyaṃ samayo. Diyaḍḍho māso seso gimhānanti vassānassa paṭhamo māso iccete aḍḍhateyyamāsā uṇhasamayo, pariḷāhasamayo, gilānasamayo, kammasamayo, addhānagamanasamayo – ayaṃ tattha samayo’’ti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

362. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū ajjhokāse cīvarakammaṃ karontā sarajena vātena okiṇṇā honti. Devo ca thokaṃ thokaṃ phusāyati. Bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā na nahāyanti, kilinnena gattena sayanti. Cīvarampi senāsanampi dussati. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, vātavuṭṭhisamaye orenaddhamāsaṃ nahāyituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

363.‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu orenaddhamāsaṃ nahāyeyya, aññatra samayā, pācittiyaṃ. Tatthāyaṃ samayo. Diyaḍḍho māso seso gimhānanti vassānassa paṭhamo māso iccete aḍḍhateyyamāsā uṇhasamayo, pariḷāhasamayo, gilānasamayo, kammasamayo, addhānagamanasamayo, vātavuṭṭhisamayo– ayaṃ tattha samayo’’ti.

364.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Orenaddhamāsanti ūnakaddhamāsaṃ.

Nahāyeyyāti cuṇṇena vā mattikāya vā nahāyati, payoge payoge dukkaṭaṃ. Nahānapariyosāne, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Aññatrasamayāti ṭhapetvā samayaṃ.

Uṇhasamayo nāma diyaḍḍho māso seso gimhānaṃ. Pariḷāhasamayo nāma vassānassa paṭhamo māso ‘‘iccete aḍḍhateyyamāsā uṇhasamayo pariḷāhasamayo’’ti nahāyitabbaṃ.

Gilānasamayo nāma yassa vinā nahānena na phāsu hoti. Gilānasamayoti nahāyitabbaṃ.

Kammasamayo nāma antamaso pariveṇampi sammaṭṭhaṃ hoti. ‘‘Kammasamayo’’ti nahāyitabbaṃ.

Addhānagamanasamayo nāma ‘‘addhayojanaṃ gacchissāmī’’ti nahāyitabbaṃ, gacchantena nahāyitabbaṃ, gatena nahāyitabbaṃ.

Vātavuṭṭhisamayo nāma bhikkhū sarajena vātena okiṇṇā honti, dve vā tīṇi vā udakaphusitāni kāye patitāni honti. ‘‘Vātavuṭṭhisamayo’’ti nahāyitabbaṃ.

365. Ūnakaddhamāse ūnakasaññī, aññatra samayā, nahāyati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Ūnakaddhamāse vematiko, aññatra samayā, nahāyati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Ūnakaddhamāse atirekasaññī, aññatra samayā, nahāyati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Atirekaddhamāse ūnakasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Atirekaddhamāse vematiko , āpatti dukkaṭassa. Atirekaddhamāse atirekasaññī, anāpatti.

366. Anāpatti samaye, addhamāsaṃ nahāyati, atirekaddhamāsaṃ nahāyati, pāraṃ gacchanto nahāyati, sabbapaccantimesu janapadesu, āpadāsu, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Nahānasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ sattamaṃ.

8. Dubbaṇṇakaraṇasikkhāpadaṃ

367. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū ca paribbājakā ca sāketā sāvatthiṃ addhānamaggappaṭipannā honti. Antarāmagge corā nikkhamitvā te acchindiṃsu. Sāvatthiyā rājabhaṭā nikkhamitvā te core sabhaṇḍe gahetvā bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ – ‘‘āgacchantu, bhadantā, sakaṃ sakaṃ cīvaraṃ sañjānitvā gaṇhantū’’ti. Bhikkhū na sañjānanti. Te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhadantā attano attano cīvaraṃ na sañjānissantī’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sannipātāpetvā bhikkhūnaṃ tadanucchavikaṃ tadanulomikaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘tena hi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññapessāmi dasa atthavase paṭicca – saṅghasuṭṭhutāya, saṅghaphāsutāya…pe… saddhammaṭṭhitiyā, vinayānuggahāya. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –



361.当时,比丘们长途旅行后担心犯戒而不洗浴。他们满身是汗地睡觉。衣服和卧具都变脏了。他们把这件事告诉了佛陀...佛陀说:"比丘们,我允许在长途旅行的时候半月内洗浴。比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
"若比丘半月内洗浴,除了适当的时候,犯波逸提罪。在此,适当的时候是指:夏季最后一个半月和雨季第一个月,这两个半月是炎热季节、闷热季节、生病的时候、工作的时候、长途旅行的时候 - 这是在此适当的时候。"
世尊为比丘们制定了这条学处。
362.当时,许多比丘在露天做衣服,被带尘土的风吹到。天空也飘着小雨。比丘们担心犯戒而不洗浴,湿漉漉地睡觉。衣服和卧具都变脏了。他们把这件事告诉了佛陀...佛陀说:"比丘们,我允许在刮风下雨的时候半月内洗浴。比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
363."若比丘半月内洗浴,除了适当的时候,犯波逸提罪。在此,适当的时候是指:夏季最后一个半月和雨季第一个月,这两个半月是炎热季节、闷热季节、生病的时候、工作的时候、长途旅行的时候、刮风下雨的时候 - 这是在此适当的时候。"
364.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...这是在此含义中所指的比丘。
半月内是指不足半个月。
洗浴是指用粉或泥洗浴,每次洗浴犯突吉罗罪。洗浴结束时,犯波逸提罪。
除了适当的时候是指除了适当的时候。
炎热季节是指夏季最后一个半月。闷热季节是指雨季第一个月,"这两个半月是炎热季节、闷热季节",可以洗浴。
生病的时候是指如果不洗浴就不舒服。可以说"生病的时候"而洗浴。
工作的时候是指至少打扫了房间。可以说"工作的时候"而洗浴。
长途旅行的时候是指"我将走半由旬",可以洗浴;走路时可以洗浴;走完后可以洗浴。
刮风下雨的时候是指比丘被带尘土的风吹到,或者身上落了两三滴雨水。可以说"刮风下雨的时候"而洗浴。
365.如果不足半个月且认为不足半个月,除了适当的时候而洗浴,犯波逸提罪。如果不足半个月但怀疑是否足半个月,除了适当的时候而洗浴,犯波逸提罪。如果不足半个月但认为超过半个月,除了适当的时候而洗浴,犯波逸提罪。
如果超过半个月但认为不足半个月,犯突吉罗罪。如果超过半个月但怀疑是否足半个月,犯突吉罗罪。如果超过半个月且认为超过半个月,无罪。
366.无罪的情况:在适当的时候,半个月洗浴,超过半个月洗浴,渡河时洗浴,在所有边远地区,遇到危险时,精神错乱者,最初的犯戒者。
洗浴学处第七结束。
8.使衣服变色学处
367.那时,佛陀住在舍卫城(现在的夏希特-默赫特)祇树给孤独园。当时,许多比丘和游行者从娑鸡多(现在的奥德省)到舍卫城途中。中途遇到强盗抢劫了他们。舍卫城的王室士兵出城抓住了那些强盗和赃物,派人通知比丘们:"请尊者们来,认出自己的衣服拿走。"比丘们认不出来。那些人抱怨、批评、指责说:"为什么这些尊者认不出自己的衣服呢?"比丘们听  那些人抱怨、批评、指责。然后那些比丘把这件事告诉了佛陀。然后佛陀因这缘由、因这事件召集比丘僧团,对比丘们做了适当的、相应的法义开示后对比丘们说:"比丘们,因此我要为比丘们制定学处,基于十种理由 - 为了僧团的优秀,为了僧团的安乐...为了正法的久住,为了律的辅助。比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处

368.‘‘Navaṃ pana bhikkhunā cīvaralābhena tiṇṇaṃ dubbaṇṇakaraṇānaṃ aññataraṃ dubbaṇṇakaraṇaṃ ādātabbaṃ – nīlaṃ vā kaddamaṃ vā kāḷasāmaṃ vā. Anādāce bhikkhu tiṇṇaṃ dubbaṇṇakaraṇānaṃ aññataraṃ dubbaṇṇakaraṇaṃnavaṃ cīvaraṃ paribhuñjeyya, pācittiya’’nti.

369.Navaṃ nāma akatakappaṃ vuccati.

Cīvaraṃ nāma channaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ cīvaraṃ.

Tiṇṇaṃ dubbaṇṇakaraṇānaṃ aññataraṃ dubbaṇṇakaraṇaṃ ādātabbanti antamaso kusaggenapi ādātabbaṃ.

Nīlaṃ nāma dve nīlāni – kaṃsanīlaṃ, palāsanīlaṃ.

Kaddamo nāma odako vuccati.

Kāḷasāmaṃ nāma yaṃkiñci kāḷasāmakaṃ [kāḷakaṃ (sī. syā.)].

Anādā ce bhikkhu tiṇṇaṃ dubbaṇṇakaraṇānaṃ aññataraṃ dubbaṇṇakaraṇanti antamaso kusaggenapi anādiyitvā tiṇṇaṃ dubbaṇṇakaraṇānaṃ aññataraṃ dubbaṇṇakaraṇaṃ navaṃ cīvaraṃ paribhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

370. Anādinne anādinnasaññī paribhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Anādinne vematiko paribhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Anādinne ādinnasaññī paribhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Ādinne anādinnasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ādinne vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ādinne ādinnasaññī, anāpatti.

371. Anāpattiādiyitvā paribhuñjati, kappo naṭṭho hoti, kappakatokāso jiṇṇo hoti, kappakatena akappakataṃ saṃsibbitaṃ hoti, aggaḷe anuvāte paribhaṇḍe, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Dubbaṇṇakaraṇasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ.

9. Vikappanasikkhāpadaṃ

372. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā upanando sakyaputto bhātuno saddhivihārikassa bhikkhuno sāmaṃ cīvaraṃ vikappetvā appaccuddhāraṇaṃ [apaccuddhārakaṃ (sī. syā.)] paribhuñjati. Atha kho so bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi – ‘‘ayaṃ, āvuso, āyasmā upanando sakyaputto mayhaṃ cīvaraṃ sāmaṃ vikappetvā appaccuddhāraṇaṃ paribhuñjatī’’ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma āyasmā upanando sakyaputto bhikkhussa sāmaṃ cīvaraṃ vikappetvā appaccuddhāraṇaṃ paribhuñjissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, upananda, bhikkhussa sāmaṃ cīvaraṃ vikappetvā appaccuddhāraṇaṃ paribhuñjasīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, bhikkhussa sāmaṃ cīvaraṃ vikappetvā appaccuddhāraṇaṃ paribhuñjissasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

373.‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhussa vā bhikkhuniyā vā sikkhamānāya vā sāmaṇerassa vā sāmaṇeriyā vā sāmaṃ cīvaraṃ vikappetvā appaccuddhāraṇaṃ[apaccuddhārakaṃ (sī. syā.)]paribhuñjeyya, pācittiya’’nti.

374.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Bhikkhussāti aññassa bhikkhussa.

Bhikkhunī nāma ubhatosaṅghe upasampannā.

Sikkhamānā nāma dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhā.

Sāmaṇero nāma dasasikkhāpadiko.

Sāmaṇerī nāma dasasikkhāpadikā.

Sāmanti sayaṃ vikappetvā.

Cīvaraṃ nāma channaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ cīvaraṃ vikappanupagaṃ pacchimaṃ.

Vikappanā nāma dve vikappanā – sammukhāvikappanā ca parammukhāvikappanā ca.

Sammukhāvikappanā nāma ‘‘imaṃ cīvaraṃ tuyhaṃ vikappemi itthannāmassa vā’’ti.

Parammukhāvikappanā nāma ‘‘imaṃ cīvaraṃ vikappanatthāya tuyhaṃ dammī’’ti. Tena vattabbo – ‘‘ko te mitto vā sandiṭṭho vā’’ti? ‘‘Itthannāmo ca itthannāmo cā’’ti. Tena vattabbo – ‘‘ahaṃ tesaṃ dammi, tesaṃ santakaṃ paribhuñja vā vissajjehi vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā karohī’’ti.

Appaccuddhāraṇaṃ nāma tassa vā adinnaṃ, tassa vā avissasanto paribhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

375. Appaccuddhāraṇe appaccuddhāraṇasaññī paribhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Appaccuddhāraṇe vematiko paribhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Appaccuddhāraṇe appaccuddhāraṇasaññī paribhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Adhiṭṭheti vā vissajjeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Paccuddhāraṇe appaccuddhāraṇasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa . Paccuddhāraṇe vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Paccuddhāraṇe paccuddhāraṇasaññī, anāpatti.



368."比丘获得新衣时,应当采用三种使衣服变色的方法之一 - 蓝色、泥色或暗褐色。如果比丘不采用三种使衣服变色的方法之一,而使用新衣,犯波逸提罪。"
369.新衣是指未经处理的衣服。
衣服是指六种衣服中的任何一种。
应当采用三种使衣服变色的方法之一是指至少用草尖沾一点。
蓝色是指两种蓝色 - 铜青色和树叶色。
泥色是指水色。
暗褐色是指任何暗褐色。
如果比丘不采用三种使衣服变色的方法之一是指至少不用草尖沾一点三种使衣服变色的方法之一,而使用新衣,犯波逸提罪。
370.如果未采用而认为未采用,使用衣服,犯波逸提罪。如果未采用但怀疑是否采用,使用衣服,犯波逸提罪。如果未采用但认为已采用,使用衣服,犯波逸提罪。
如果已采用但认为未采用,犯突吉罗罪。如果已采用但怀疑是否采用,犯突吉罗罪。如果已采用且认为已采用,无罪。
371.无罪的情况:采用后使用,标记消失了,标记处磨损了,用有标记的布缝补无标记的布,在补丁、边缘、加固处,精神错乱者,最初的犯戒者。
使衣服变色学处第八结束。
9.分享衣服学处
372.那时,佛陀住在舍卫城(现在的夏希特-默赫特)祇树给孤独园。当时,具寿优波难陀释迦子自己分享了他兄弟的共住比丘的衣服,未经收回就使用。然后那位比丘把这件事告诉其他比丘:"朋友们,这位具寿优波难陀释迦子自己分享了我的衣服,未经收回就使用。"那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批评、指责说:"为什么具寿优波难陀释迦子自己分享比丘的衣服,未经收回就使用呢?"...(他们)问:"优波难陀,你是否真的自己分享比丘的衣服,未经收回就使用?"(优波难陀说:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥说...:"愚人,为什么你自己分享比丘的衣服,未经收回就使用呢?愚人,这不会使不信者生信...比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
373."若比丘自己分享比丘、比丘尼、式叉摩那、沙弥或沙弥尼的衣服,未经收回就使用,犯波逸提罪。"
374.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...这是在此含义中所指的比丘。
比丘是指其他比丘。
比丘尼是指在两部僧团中受具足戒的人。
式叉摩那是指在六法中学习两年的人。
沙弥是指受持十戒的人。
沙弥尼是指受持十戒的人。
自己是指自己分享。
衣服是指六种衣服中的任何一种,最小可分享的衣服。
分享有两种 - 当面分享和不当面分享。
当面分享是指说"我把这件衣服分享给你或某某人"。
不当面分享是指说"我把这件衣服给你分享"。对方应当问:"谁是你的朋友或熟人?"(回答:)"某某人和某某人。"对方应当说:"我把它给他们,你可以使用、送人或随意处置他们的东西。"
未经收回是指未经对方给予,或未经对方信任而使用,犯波逸提罪。
375.如果未经收回且认为未经收回而使用,犯波逸提罪。如果未经收回但怀疑是否经过收回而使用,犯波逸提罪。如果未经收回但认为经过收回而使用,犯波逸提罪。
如果决意或送人,犯突吉罗罪。如果经过收回但认为未经收回,犯突吉罗罪。如果经过收回但怀疑是否经过收回,犯突吉罗罪。如果经过收回且认为经过收回,无罪。

376. Anāpatti so vā deti, tassa vā vissasanto paribhuñjati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Vikappanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ navamaṃ.

10. Cīvaraapanidhānasikkhāpadaṃ

377. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena sattarasavaggiyā bhikkhū asannihitaparikkhārā honti. Chabbaggiyā bhikkhū sattarasavaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pattampi cīvarampi apanidhenti. Sattarasavaggiyā bhikkhū chabbaggiye bhikkhū etadavocuṃ – ‘‘dethāvuso, amhākaṃ pattampi cīvarampī’’ti. Chabbaggiyā bhikkhū hasanti, te rodanti. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘kissa tumhe, āvuso, rodathā’’ti? ‘‘Ime, āvuso, chabbaggiyā bhikkhū amhākaṃ pattampi cīvarampi apanidhentī’’ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhūnaṃ pattampi cīvarampi apanidhessantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pattampi cīvarampi apanidhethāti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, bhikkhūnaṃ pattampi cīvarampi apanidhessatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

378.‘‘Yopana bhikkhu bhikkhussa pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā nisīdanaṃ vā sūcigharaṃ vā kāyabandhanaṃ vā apanidheyya vā apanidhāpeyya vā, antamaso hasāpekkhopi, pācittiya’’nti.

379.Yopanāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Bhikkhussāti aññassa bhikkhussa.

Patto nāma dve pattā – ayopatto, mattikāpatto.

Cīvaraṃ nāma channaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ cīvaraṃ, vikappanupagaṃ pacchimaṃ.

Nisīdanaṃ nāma sadasaṃ vuccati.

Sūcigharaṃ nāma sasūcikaṃ vā asūcikaṃ vā.

Kāyabandhanaṃ nāma dve kāyabandhanāni – paṭṭikā, sūkarantakaṃ.

Apanidheyya vāti sayaṃ apanidheti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Apanidhāpeyya vāti aññaṃ āṇāpesi, āpatti pācittiyassa. Apanidhāpeyya vā ti ayyaṃ āṇāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Sakiṃ āṇatto bahukampi apanidheti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Antamaso hasāpekkhopīti kīḷādhippāyo.

380. Upasampanne upasampannasaññī pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā nisīdanaṃ vā sūcigharaṃ vā kāyabandhanaṃ vā apanidheti vā apanidhāpeti vā, antamaso hasāpekkhopi, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne vematiko…pe… upasampanne anupasampannasaññī pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā nisīdanaṃ vā sūcigharaṃ vā kāyabandhanaṃ vā apanidheti vā apanidhāpeti vā, antamaso hasāpekkhopi, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Aññaṃ parikkhāraṃ apanidheti vā apanidhāpeti vā, antamaso hasāpekkhopi, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannassa pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā aññaṃ vā parikkhāraṃ apanidheti vā apanidhāpeti vā, antamaso hasāpekkhopi, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne upasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa . Anupasampanne vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne anupasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

381. Anāpatti nahasādhippāyo, dunnikkhittaṃ paṭisāmeti, ‘‘dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā dassāmī’’ti paṭisāmeti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Cīvaraapanidhānasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dasamaṃ.

Surāpānavaggo chaṭṭho.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Surā aṅguli hāso ca [toyañca (itipi)], anādariyañca bhiṃsanaṃ;

Jotinahānadubbaṇṇaṃ, sāmaṃ apanidhena cāti.

7. Sappāṇakavaggo

1. Sañciccasikkhāpadaṃ



376.无罪的情况:对方给予,或信任对方而使用,精神错乱者,最初的犯戒者。
分享衣服学处第九结束。
10.藏匿衣钵学处
377.那时,佛陀住在舍卫城(现在的夏希特-默赫特)祇树给孤独园。当时,十七群比丘不看管好自己的用品。六群比丘藏匿十七群比丘的钵和衣服。十七群比丘对六群比丘说:"朋友们,把我们的钵和衣服还给我们。"六群比丘笑,他们哭。比丘们问:"朋友们,你们为什么哭?"(他们说:)"朋友们,这些六群比丘藏匿我们的钵和衣服。"那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批评、指责说:"为什么六群比丘藏匿比丘们的钵和衣服呢?"...(他们)问:"比丘们,你们是否真的藏匿比丘们的钵和衣服?"(六群比丘说:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥说...:"愚人,为什么你们藏匿比丘们的钵和衣服呢?愚人,这不会使不信者生信...比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
378."若比丘藏匿或让人藏匿比丘的钵、衣服、坐具、针筒或腰带,即使只是想让人发笑,犯波逸提罪。"
379.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...这是在此含义中所指的比丘。
比丘是指其他比丘。
钵是指两种钵 - 铁钵和陶钵。
衣服是指六种衣服中的任何一种,最小可分享的衣服。
坐具是指带边缘的坐具。
针筒是指有针或无针的针筒。
腰带是指两种腰带 - 织带和兽皮带。
藏匿是指自己藏匿,犯波逸提罪。
让人藏匿是指命令他人藏匿,犯波逸提罪。让人藏匿是指命令他人藏匿,犯波逸提罪。命令一次而多次藏匿,犯波逸提罪。
即使只是想让人发笑是指想开玩笑。
380.如果认为对方已受具足戒而藏匿或让人藏匿已受具足戒者的钵、衣服、坐具、针筒或腰带,即使只是想让人发笑,犯波逸提罪。如果怀疑对方是否已受具足戒...如果认为对方未受具足戒而藏匿或让人藏匿已受具足戒者的钵、衣服、坐具、针筒或腰带,即使只是想让人发笑,犯波逸提罪。
藏匿或让人藏匿其他用品,即使只是想让人发笑,犯突吉罗罪。藏匿或让人藏匿未受具足戒者的钵、衣服或其他用品,即使只是想让人发笑,犯突吉罗罪。如果认为未受具足戒者已受具足戒,犯突吉罗罪。如果怀疑未受具足戒者是否已受具足戒,犯突吉罗罪。如果认为未受具足戒者未受具足戒,犯突吉罗罪。
381.无罪的情况:不想让人发笑,收拾放置不当的物品,想"我要给他说法"而收起,精神错乱者,最初的犯戒者。
藏匿衣钵学处第十结束。
饮酒品第六结束。
其摘要如下:
饮酒、用手指、戏水、不恭敬、

382. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā udāyī issāso hoti, kākā cassa amanāpā honti. So kāke vijjhitvā vijjhitvā sīsaṃ chinditvā sūle paṭipāṭiyā ṭhapesi. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘kenime, āvuso, kākā jīvitā voropitā’’ti? ‘‘Mayā, āvuso. Amanāpā me kākā’’ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma āyasmā udāyī sañcicca pāṇaṃ jīvitā voropessatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, udāyi, sañcicca pāṇaṃ jīvitā voropesīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ , bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, sañcicca pāṇaṃ jīvitā voropessasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

383.‘‘Yopana bhikkhu sañcicca pāṇaṃ jīvitā voropeyya, pācittiya’’nti.

384.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Sañciccāti jānanto sañjānanto cecca abhivitaritvā vītikkamo.

Pāṇo nāma tiracchānagatapāṇo vuccati.

Jīvitā voropeyyāti jīvitindriyaṃ upacchindati uparodheti santatiṃ vikopeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

385. Pāṇe pāṇasaññī jīvitā voropeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Pāṇe vematiko jīvitā voropeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Pāṇe appāṇasaññī jīvitā voropeti, anāpatti. Appāṇe pāṇasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Appāṇe vemitako, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Appāṇe appāṇasaññī, anāpatti.

386. Anāpatti asañcicca, assatiyā, ajānantassa, namaraṇādhippāyassa, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Sañciccasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ paṭhamaṃ.

2. Sappāṇakasikkhāpadaṃ

387. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū jānaṃ sappāṇakaṃ udakaṃ paribhuñjanti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū jānaṃ sappāṇakaṃ udakaṃ paribhuñjissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, jānaṃ sappāṇakaṃ udakaṃ paribhuñjathāti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, jānaṃ sappāṇakaṃ udakaṃ paribhuñjissatha! Netaṃ , moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

388.‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu jānaṃ sappāṇakaṃ udakaṃ paribhuñjeyya, pācittiya’’nti.

389.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Jānāti nāma sāmaṃ vā jānāti, aññe vā tassa ārocenti. ‘‘Sappāṇaka’’nti jānanto, ‘‘paribhogena marissantī’’ti jānanto paribhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

390. Sappāṇake sappāṇakasaññī paribhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Sappāṇake vematiko paribhuñjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa . Sappāṇake appāṇakasaññī paribhuñjati, anāpatti. Appāṇake sappāṇakasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Appāṇake vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Appāṇake appāṇakasaññī, anāpatti.

391. Anāpatti ‘‘sappāṇaka’’nti ajānanto, ‘‘appāṇaka’’nti jānanto, ‘‘paribhogena na marissantī’’ti jānanto paribhuñjati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Sappāṇakasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dutiyaṃ.

3. Ukkoṭanasikkhāpadaṃ

392. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū jānaṃ yathādhammaṃ nihatādhikaraṇaṃ punakammāya ukkoṭenti – ‘‘akataṃ kammaṃ dukkaṭaṃ kammaṃ puna kātabbaṃ kammaṃ anihataṃ dunnihataṃ puna nihanitabba’’nti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū jānaṃ yathādhammaṃ nihatādhikaraṇaṃ punakammāya ukkoṭessantī’’ti …pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, jānaṃ yathādhammaṃ nihatādhikaraṇaṃ punakammāya ukkoṭethā’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, jānaṃ yathādhammaṃ nihatādhikaraṇaṃ punakammāya ukkoṭessatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –



382.那时,佛陀住在舍卫城(现在的夏希特-默赫特)祇树给孤独园。当时,具寿优陀夷是个弓箭手,他讨厌乌鸦。他射杀乌鸦,砍下头,串在棍子上排成一排。比丘们问:"朋友,这些乌鸦是谁杀的?""是我杀的,朋友们。我讨厌乌鸦。"那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批评、指责说:"为什么具寿优陀夷故意夺取生命呢?"...(他们)问:"优陀夷,你是否真的故意夺取生命?"(优陀夷说:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥说...:"愚人,为什么你故意夺取生命呢?愚人,这不会使不信者生信...比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
383."若比丘故意夺取生命,犯波逸提罪。"
384.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...这是在此含义中所指的比丘。
故意是指知道、了解、有意、决定而违犯。
生命是指指动物的生命。
夺取生命是指切断、阻碍、破坏生命机能,犯波逸提罪。
385.如果认为是生命而夺取生命,犯波逸提罪。如果怀疑是否是生命而夺取生命,犯突吉罗罪。如果认为不是生命而夺取生命,无罪。如果认为不是生命的是生命,犯突吉罗罪。如果怀疑不是生命的是否是生命,犯突吉罗罪。如果认为不是生命的不是生命,无罪。
386.无罪的情况:不是故意的,不注意的,不知道的,不想杀死的,精神错乱者,最初的犯戒者。
故意夺命学处第一结束。
2.使用含有生命的水学处
387.那时,佛陀住在舍卫城(现在的夏希特-默赫特)祇树给孤独园。当时,六群比丘明知水中有生命仍使用。那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批评、指责说:"为什么六群比丘明知水中有生命仍使用呢?"...(他们)问:"比丘们,你们是否真的明知水中有生命仍使用?"(六群比丘说:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥说...:"愚人,为什么你们明知水中有生命仍使用呢?愚人,这不会使不信者生信...比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
388."若比丘明知水中有生命仍使用,犯波逸提罪。"
389.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...这是在此含义中所指的比丘。
明知是指自己知道,或者他人告诉他。明知"水中有生命",明知"使用会导致死亡"而使用,犯波逸提罪。
390.如果认为水中有生命而使用,犯波逸提罪。如果怀疑水中是否有生命而使用,犯突吉罗罪。如果认为水中没有生命而使用,无罪。如果认为没有生命的水中有生命,犯突吉罗罪。如果怀疑没有生命的水中是否有生命,犯突吉罗罪。如果认为没有生命的水中没有生命,无罪。
391.无罪的情况:不知道"水中有生命",知道"水中没有生命",知道"使用不会导致死亡"而使用,精神错乱者,最初的犯戒者。
使用含有生命的水学处第二结束。
3.重新审理已决案件学处
392.那时,佛陀住在舍卫城(现在的夏希特-默赫特)祇树给孤独园。当时,六群比丘明知依法已决的案件仍要求重新审理,说:"未做的羯磨、做错的羯磨应该重做,未决的、决错的应该重新决定。"那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批评、指责说:"为什么六群比丘明知依法已决的案件仍要求重新审理呢?"...(他们)问:"比丘们,你们是否真的明知依法已决的案件仍要求重新审理?"(六群比丘说:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥说...:"愚人,为什么你们明知依法已决的案件仍要求重新审理呢?愚人,这不会使不信者生信...比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:

393.‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu jānaṃ yathādhammaṃ nihatādhikaraṇaṃ punakammāya ukkoṭeyya, pācittiya’’nti.

394.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Jānāti nāma sāmaṃ vā jānāti, aññe vā tassa ārocenti, so vā āroceti.

Yathādhammaṃ nāma dhammena vinayena satthusāsanena kataṃ, etaṃ yathādhammaṃ nāma.

Adhikaraṇaṃ nāma cattāri adhikaraṇāni – vivādādhikaraṇaṃ, anuvādādhikaraṇaṃ, āpattādhikaraṇaṃ, kiccādhikaraṇaṃ.

Punakammāya ukkoṭeyyāti ‘‘akataṃ kammaṃ dukkaṭaṃ kammaṃ punakātabbaṃ kammaṃ anihataṃ dunnihataṃ puna nihanitabbaṃ’’ti ukkoṭeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

395. Dhammakamme dhammakammasaññī ukkoṭeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme vematiko ukkoṭeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Dhammakamme adhammakammasaññī ukkoṭeti, anāpatti. Adhammakamme dhammakammasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññī, anāpatti.

396. Anāpatti ‘‘adhammena vā vaggena vā na kammārahassa vā kammaṃ kata’’nti jānanto ukkoṭeti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Ukkoṭanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ tatiyaṃ.

4. Duṭṭhullasikkhāpadaṃ

397. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā upanando sakyaputto sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ āpattiṃ āpajjitvā bhātuno saddhivihārikassa bhikkhuno ārocesi – ‘‘ahaṃ, āvuso, sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ āpattiṃ āpanno. Mā kassaci ārocehī’’ti. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ āpattiṃ āpajjitvā saṅghaṃ tassā āpattiyā parivāsaṃ yāci. Tassa saṅgho tassā āpattiyā parivāsaṃ adāsi. So parivasanto taṃ bhikkhuṃ passitvā etadavoca – ‘‘ahaṃ, āvuso, sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ āpattiṃ āpajjitvā saṅghaṃ tassā āpattiyā parivāsaṃ yāciṃ, tassa me saṅgho tassā āpattiyā parivāsaṃ adāsi, sohaṃ parivasāmi, vediyāmahaṃ [vedayāmahaṃ (syā.)], āvuso, vediyatī’’ti maṃ āyasmā dhāretū’’ti.

‘‘Kiṃ nu kho, āvuso, yo aññopi imaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjati sopi evaṃ karotī’’ti? ‘‘Evamāvuso’’ti. ‘‘Ayaṃ, āvuso, āyasmā upanando sakyaputto sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ āpattiṃ āpajjitvā [āpajji (?)] so me āroceti mā kassaci ārocehī’’ti. ‘‘Kiṃ pana tvaṃ, āvuso, paṭicchādesī’’ti? ‘‘Evamāvuso’’ti. Atha kho so bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhu bhikkhussa jānaṃ duṭṭhullaṃ āpattiṃ paṭicchādessatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, bhikkhu, bhikkhussa jānaṃ duṭṭhullaṃ āpattiṃ paṭicchādesīti. ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, bhikkhussa jānaṃ duṭṭhullaṃ āpattiṃ paṭicchādessasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

398.‘‘Yopana bhikkhu bhikkhussa jānaṃ duṭṭhullaṃ āpattiṃ paṭicchādeyya, pācittiya’’nti.

399.Yopanāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Bhikkhussāti aññassa bhikkhussa.

Jānāti nāma sāmaṃ vā jānāti aññe vā tassa ārocenti, so vā āroceti.

Duṭṭhullā nāma āpatti cattāri ca pārājikāni terasa ca saṅghādisesā.

Paṭicchādeyyāti ‘‘imaṃ jānitvā codessanti, sāressanti khuṃsessanti, vambhessanti, maṅkuṃ karissanti nārocessāmī’’ti dhuraṃ nikkhittamatte, āpatti pācittiyassa.

400. Duṭṭhullāya āpattiyā duṭṭhullāpattisaññī paṭicchādeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Duṭṭhullāya āpattiyā vematiko paṭicchādeti , āpatti dukkaṭassa. Duṭṭhullāya āpattiyā aduṭṭhullāpattisaññī paṭicchādeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Aduṭṭhullaṃ āpattiṃ paṭicchādeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannassa duṭṭhullaṃ vā aduṭṭhullaṃ vā ajjhācāraṃ paṭicchādeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Aduṭṭhullāya āpattiyā duṭṭhullāpattisaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Aduṭṭhullāya āpattiyā vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Aduṭṭhullāya āpattiyā aduṭṭhullāpattisaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.



393."若比丘明知依法已决的案件仍要求重新审理,犯波逸提罪。"
394.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...这是在此含义中所指的比丘。
明知是指自己知道,或者他人告诉他,或者他告诉他人。
依法是指依法、依律、依佛陀教导而做的,这就是所谓的依法。
案件是指四种案件 - 争论案件、指责案件、犯戒案件、事务案件。
要求重新审理是指说"未做的羯磨、做错的羯磨应该重做,未决的、决错的应该重新决定"而要求重新审理,犯波逸提罪。
395.如果认为如法羯磨是如法羯磨而要求重新审理,犯波逸提罪。如果怀疑如法羯磨是否如法而要求重新审理,犯突吉罗罪。如果认为如法羯磨是非法羯磨而要求重新审理,无罪。如果认为非法羯磨是如法羯磨,犯突吉罗罪。如果怀疑非法羯磨是否如法,犯突吉罗罪。如果认为非法羯磨是非法羯磨,无罪。
396.无罪的情况:知道"非法地或不和合地或对不应做羯磨的人做了羯磨"而要求重新审理,精神错乱者,最初的犯戒者。
重新审理已决案件学处第三结束。
4.隐瞒重罪学处
397.那时,佛陀住在舍卫城(现在的夏希特-默赫特)祇树给孤独园。当时,具寿优波难陀释迦子故意出精犯戒后,告诉他兄弟的共住比丘:"朋友,我故意出精犯戒了。不要告诉任何人。"当时,一位比丘故意出精犯戒后,向僧团请求别住。僧团给他别住。他在别住期间看到那位比丘,对他说:"朋友,我故意出精犯戒后,向僧团请求别住。僧团给我别住。我正在别住。朋友,我忏悔,请尊者记住我是忏悔的。"
"朋友,其他人犯这个戒也这样做吗?""是的,朋友。""朋友,这位具寿优波难陀释迦子故意出精犯戒,他告诉我不要告诉任何人。""朋友,你隐瞒了吗?""是的,朋友。"然后那位比丘把这件事告诉其他比丘。那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批评、指责说:"为什么比丘明知是重罪还隐瞒呢?"...(他们)问:"比丘,你是否真的明知是重罪还隐瞒?"(那位比丘说:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥说...:"愚人,为什么你明知是重罪还隐瞒呢?愚人,这不会使不信者生信...比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
398."若比丘明知比丘犯重罪而隐瞒,犯波逸提罪。"
399.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...这是在此含义中所指的比丘。
比丘是指其他比丘。
明知是指自己知道,或者他人告诉他,或者他告诉他人。
重罪是指四波罗夷罪和十三僧残罪。
隐瞒是指想:"如果他们知道了会指责、提醒、斥责、责备、羞辱我,我不告诉。"一旦放弃责任,犯波逸提罪。
400.如果认为是重罪而隐瞒重罪,犯波逸提罪。如果怀疑是否是重罪而隐瞒重罪,犯突吉罗罪。如果认为不是重罪而隐瞒重罪,犯突吉罗罪。隐瞒非重罪,犯突吉罗罪。隐瞒未受具足戒者的重罪或非重罪的不当行为,犯突吉罗罪。如果认为非重罪是重罪,犯突吉罗罪。如果怀疑非重罪是否是重罪,犯突吉罗罪。如果认为非重罪是非重罪,犯突吉罗罪。

401. Anāpatti – ‘‘saṅghassa bhaṇḍanaṃ vā kalaho vā viggaho vā vivādo vā bhavissatī’’ti nāroceti, ‘‘saṅghabhedo vā saṅgharāji vā bhavissatī’’ti nāroceti, ‘‘ayaṃ kakkhaḷo pharuso jīvitantarāyaṃ vā brahmacariyantarāyaṃ vā karissatī’’ti nāroceti, aññe patirūpe bhikkhū apassanto nāroceti, nachādetukāmo nāroceti, ‘‘paññāyissati sakena kammenā’’ti nāroceti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Duṭṭhullasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ catutthaṃ.

5. Ūnavīsativassasikkhāpadaṃ



401.无罪的情况:认为"僧团会有争吵、纷争、分裂、争论"而不告知,认为"僧团会分裂或不和"而不告知,认为"这个人粗暴凶狠,会危及生命或梵行"而不告知,找不到其他合适的比丘而不告知,不想隐瞒而不告知,认为"他会因自己的行为而被发现"而不告知,精神错乱者,最初的犯戒者。
隐瞒重罪学处第四结束。
5.未满二十岁受具足戒学处


402. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. [idaṃ vatthu mahāva. 99] Tena kho pana samayena rājagahe sattarasavaggiyā dārakā sahāyakā honti. Upālidārako tesaṃ pāmokkho hoti. Atha kho upālissa mātāpitūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘kena nu kho upāyena upāli amhākaṃ accayena sukhañca jīveyya na ca kilameyyā’’ti? Atha kho upālissa mātāpitūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘sace kho upāli lekhaṃ sikkheyya, evaṃ kho upāli amhākaṃ accayena sukhañca jīveyya, na ca kilameyyā’’ti. Atha kho upālissa mātāpitūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘sace kho upāli lekhaṃ sikkhissati, aṅguliyo dukkhā bhavissanti. Sace kho upāli gaṇanaṃ sikkheyya, evaṃ kho upāli amhākaṃ accayena sukhañca jīveyya na ca kilameyyā’’ti. Atha kho upālissa mātāpitūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘sace kho upāli gaṇanaṃ sikkhissati, urassa dukkho bhavissati. Sace kho upāli rūpaṃ sikkheyya, evaṃ kho upāli amhākaṃ accayena sukhañca jīveyya na ca kilameyyā’’ti. Atha kho upālissa mātāpitūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘sace kho upāli rūpaṃ sikkhissati, akkhīni dukkhā bhavissanti. Ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā sukhasīlā sukhasamācārā subhojanāni bhuñjitvā nivātesu sayanesu sayanti. Sace kho upāli samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyya, evaṃ kho upāli amhākaṃ accayena sukhañca jīveyya, na ca kilameyyā’’ti.

Assosi kho upālidārako mātāpitūnaṃ imaṃ kathāsallāpaṃ. Atha kho upālidārako yena te dārakā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā te dārake etadavoca – ‘‘etha mayaṃ, ayyā, samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Sace kho tvaṃ, ayya, pabbajissasi, evaṃ mayampi pabbajissāmā’’ti. Atha kho te dārakā ekamekassa mātāpitaro upasaṅkamitvā etadavocuṃ – ‘‘anujānātha maṃ agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāyā’’ti. Atha kho tesaṃ dārakānaṃ mātāpitaro – ‘‘sabbepime dārakā samānacchandā kalyāṇādhippāyā’’ti anujāniṃsu. Te bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāciṃsu. Te bhikkhū pabbājesuṃ upasampādesuṃ. Te rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya rodanti – ‘‘yāguṃ detha , bhattaṃ detha, khādanīyaṃ dethā’’ti. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘āgametha, āvuso, yāva ratti vibhāyati. Sace yāgu bhavissati, pivissatha. Sace bhattaṃ bhavissati, bhuñjissatha. Sace khādanīyaṃ bhavissati, khādissatha. No ce bhavissati yāgu vā bhattaṃ vā khādanīyaṃ vā, piṇḍāya caritvā bhuñjissathā’’ti. Evampi kho te bhikkhū bhikkhūhi vuccamānā rodantiyeva – ‘‘yāguṃ detha, bhattaṃ detha, khādanīyaṃ dethā’’ti. Senāsanaṃ ūhadantipi ummihantipi.

Assosi kho bhagavā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya dārakasaddaṃ. Sutvāna āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho so, ānanda, dārakasaddo’’ti? Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sannipātāpetvā bhikkhū paṭipucchi – ‘‘saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhū jānaṃ ūnavīsativassaṃ puggalaṃ upasampādentī’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma te, bhikkhave, moghapurisā jānaṃ ūnavīsativassaṃ puggalaṃ upasampādessanti! Ūnakavīsativasso, bhikkhave, puggalo akkhamo hoti sītassa uṇhassa jighacchāya pipāsāya ḍaṃsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassānaṃ duruttānaṃ durāgatānaṃ vacanapathānaṃ uppannānaṃ sārīrikānaṃ vedanānaṃ dukkhānaṃ tibbānaṃ kharānaṃ kaṭukānaṃ asātānaṃ amanāpānaṃ pāṇaharānaṃ anadhivāsakajātiko hoti. Vīsativassova kho, bhikkhave, puggalo khamo hoti sītassa uṇhassa…pe… pāṇaharānaṃ adhivāsakajātiko hoti. Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

403.‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu jānaṃ ūnavīsativassaṃ puggalaṃ upasampādeyya, so ca puggalo anupasampanno, te ca bhikkhū gārayhā, idaṃ tasmiṃ pācittiya’’nti.



402.那时,佛陀住在王舍城(现在的拉杰吉尔)竹林栗鼠feeding ground。当时,王舍城有十七个少年是朋友。优波离少年是他们的领袖。优波离的父母想:"用什么方法能让优波离在我们去世后生活快乐,不辛苦呢?"优波离的父母想:"如果优波离学习写字,这样优波离在我们去世后就能生活快乐,不辛苦。"优波离的父母又想:"如果优波离学习写字,手指会痛。如果优波离学习计算,这样优波离在我们去世后就能生活快乐,不辛苦。"优波离的父母又想:"如果优波离学习计算,胸口会痛。如果优波离学习绘画,这样优波离在我们去世后就能生活快乐,不辛苦。"优波离的父母又想:"如果优波离学习绘画,眼睛会痛。这些释迦族沙门生活安逸,行为舒适,吃美食,睡在避风的地方。如果优波离在释迦族沙门中出家,这样优波离在我们去世后就能生活快乐,不辛苦。"
优波离少年听到父母的这番谈话。然后优波离少年去找那些少年,对他们说:"来吧,朋友们,我们在释迦族沙门中出家。""朋友,如果你出家,我们也出家。"然后那些少年各自去找自己的父母说:"请允许我从在家生活出家成为无家者。"那些少年的父母想:"这些少年都有相同的愿望,是好意图",就同意了。他们去找比丘请求出家。那些比丘让他们出家并授具足戒。他们在夜晚后半夜醒来哭泣:"给我粥!给我饭!给我零食!"比丘们说:"朋友们,等到天亮。如果有粥你们就喝,如果有饭你们就吃,如果有零食你们就吃。如果没有粥、饭或零食,我们去托钵后你们就吃。"即使比丘们这样说,他们还是哭泣:"给我粥!给我饭!给我零食!"他们弄脏和弄湿卧具。
佛陀在夜晚后半夜醒来听到孩子的声音。听到后问具寿阿难:"阿难,那是什么孩子的声音?"然后具寿阿难把这件事告诉佛陀。然后佛陀因这缘由、因这事件召集比丘僧团,问比丘们:"比丘们,是真的吗,比丘们明知未满二十岁的人仍授予具足戒?"(比丘们说:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥说...:"愚人,为什么你们明知未满二十岁的人仍授予具足戒呢?比丘们,未满二十岁的人不能忍受寒、热、饥、渴、虻、蚊、风、日晒、爬虫的接触,恶语、恶意的言语,不能忍受已生起的身体感受 - 痛苦、剧烈、猛烈、尖锐、不悦、不适、夺命的。比丘们,满二十岁的人能忍受寒、热...夺命的。愚人,这不会使不信者生信...比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
403."若比丘明知未满二十岁的人仍授予具足戒,此人未被授具足戒,那些比丘应受谴责,这是波逸提罪。"

404.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Jānāti nāma sāmaṃ vā jānāti, aññe vā tassa ārocenti, so vā āroceti.

Ūnavīsativasso nāma appattavīsativasso.

‘‘Upasampādessāmī’’ti gaṇaṃ vā ācariyaṃ vā pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā pariyesati, sīmaṃ vā sammannati [sammanati (ka.)], āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ñattiyā dukkaṭaṃ. Dvīhi kammavācāhi dukkaṭā. Kammavācāpariyosāne upajjhāyassa āpatti pācittiyassa. Gaṇassa ca ācariyassa ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.

405. Ūnavīsativasse ūnavīsativassasaññī upasampādeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Ūnavīsativasse vematiko upasampādeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ūnavīsativasse paripuṇṇavīsativassasaññī upasampādeti, anāpatti. Paripuṇṇavīsativasse ūnavīsativassasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Paripuṇṇavīsativasse vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Paripuṇṇavīsativasse paripuṇṇavīsativassasaññī, anāpatti.

406. Anāpatti ūnavīsativassaṃ paripuṇṇavīsativassasaññī upasampādeti, paripuṇṇavīsativassaṃ paripuṇṇavīsativassasaññī upasampādeti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Ūnavīsativassasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ pañcamaṃ.

6. Theyyasatthasikkhāpadaṃ

407. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro sattho rājagahā paṭiyālokaṃ gantukāmo hoti. Aññataro bhikkhu te manusse etadavoca – ‘‘ahampāyasmantehi saddhiṃ gamissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Mayaṃ kho, bhante, suṅkaṃ pariharissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Pajānāthāvuso’’ti. Assosuṃ kho kammiyā [kammikā (sī. syā.)] – ‘‘sattho kira suṅkaṃ pariharissatī’’ti. Te magge pariyuṭṭhiṃsu. Atha kho te kammikā taṃ satthaṃ gahetvā acchinditvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘kissa tvaṃ, bhante, jānaṃ theyyasatthena saddhiṃ gacchasī’’ti? Palibundhetvā muñciṃsu. Atha kho so bhikkhu sāvatthiṃ gantvā bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhu jānaṃ theyyasatthena saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, bhikkhu, jānaṃ theyyasatthena saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjasīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, jānaṃ theyyasatthena saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjissasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

408.‘‘Yopana bhikkhu jānaṃ theyyasatthenasaddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjeyya, antamaso gāmantarampi, pācittiya’’nti.

409.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Jānāti nāma sāmaṃ vā jānāti, aññe vā tassa ārocenti, so vā āroceti.

Theyyasattho nāma corā katakammā vā honti akatakammā vā, rājānaṃ vā theyyaṃ gacchanti suṅkaṃ vā pariharanti.

Saddhinti ekato.

Saṃvidhāyāti – ‘‘gacchāmāvuso, gacchāma bhante; gacchāma bhante, gacchāmāvuso, ajja vā hiyyo vā pare vā gacchāmā’’ti saṃvidahati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Antamaso gāmantarampīti kukkuṭasampāte gāme gāmantare gāmantare āpatti pācittiyassa. Agāmake araññe addhayojane addhayojane āpatti pācittiyassa.

410. Theyyasatthe theyyasatthasaññī saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjati, antamaso gāmantarampi, āpatti pācittiyassa. Theyyasatthe vematiko saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjati, antamaso gāmantarampi, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Theyyasatthe atheyyasatthasaññī saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjati, antamaso gāmantarampi, anāpatti. Bhikkhu saṃvidahati, manussā na saṃvidahanti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Atheyyasatthe theyyasatthasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Atheyyasatthe vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Atheyyasatthe atheyyasatthasaññī anāpatti.

411. Anāpatti asaṃvidahitvā gacchati, manussā saṃvidahanti bhikkhu na saṃvidahati, visaṅketena gacchati, āpadāsu, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Theyyasatthasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ.

7. Saṃvidhānasikkhāpadaṃ



404.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...这是在此含义中所指的比丘。
明知是指自己知道,或者他人告诉他,或者他告诉他人。
未满二十岁是指未达到二十岁。
"我要授具足戒"而寻找僧团或阿阇梨或钵或衣,或划定界场,犯突吉罗罪。白羯磨时犯突吉罗罪。两次羯磨时犯突吉罗罪。羯磨结束时,和尚犯波逸提罪。僧团和阿阇梨犯突吉罗罪。
405.如果认为未满二十岁的人未满二十岁而授具足戒,犯波逸提罪。如果怀疑未满二十岁的人是否满二十岁而授具足戒,犯突吉罗罪。如果认为未满二十岁的人已满二十岁而授具足戒,无罪。如果认为已满二十岁的人未满二十岁,犯突吉罗罪。如果怀疑已满二十岁的人是否满二十岁,犯突吉罗罪。如果认为已满二十岁的人已满二十岁,无罪。
406.无罪的情况:认为未满二十岁的人已满二十岁而授具足戒,认为已满二十岁的人已满二十岁而授具足戒,精神错乱者,最初的犯戒者。
未满二十岁受具足戒学处第五结束。
6.与偷税商队同行学处
407.那时,佛陀住在舍卫城(现在的夏希特-默赫特)祇树给孤独园。当时,一个商队想从王舍城(现在的拉杰吉尔)去帕蒂亚洛卡。一位比丘对那些人说:"我也要和你们一起去。""尊者,我们要逃税。""朋友们,你们知道(后果)。"税务官听说:"据说商队要逃税。"他们在路上埋伏。然后那些税务官抓住那个商队,搜查后对那位比丘说:"尊者,你为什么明知而与偷税商队同行?"他们扣留后释放了他。然后那位比丘去舍卫城把这件事告诉比丘们。那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批评、指责说:"为什么比丘明知与偷税商队约定同行呢?"...(他们)问:"比丘,你是否真的明知与偷税商队约定同行?"(那位比丘说:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥说...:"愚人,为什么你明知与偷税商队约定同行呢?愚人,这不会使不信者生信...比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
408."若比丘明知与偷税商队约定同行,即使只是一村之间,犯波逸提罪。"
409.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...这是在此含义中所指的比丘。
明知是指自己知道,或者他人告诉他,或者他告诉他人。
偷税商队是指已经犯罪或准备犯罪的盗贼,或者偷窃国王的财物或逃避关税。
与...一起是指一同。
约定是指说"朋友,我们走吧"、"尊者,我们走吧"、"尊者,我们走吧"、"朋友,我们走吧"、"今天或明天或后天我们走吧"而约定,犯突吉罗罪。
即使只是一村之间是指在鸡飞距离的村庄,每经过一村就犯波逸提罪。在无村庄的旷野,每半由旬犯波逸提罪。
410.如果认为是偷税商队而与偷税商队约定同行,即使只是一村之间,犯波逸提罪。如果怀疑是否是偷税商队而与偷税商队约定同行,即使只是一村之间,犯突吉罗罪。如果认为不是偷税商队而与偷税商队约定同行,即使只是一村之间,无罪。比丘约定,人们不约定,犯突吉罗罪。如果认为不是偷税商队的是偷税商队,犯突吉罗罪。如果怀疑不是偷税商队的是否是偷税商队,犯突吉罗罪。如果认为不是偷税商队的不是偷税商队,无罪。
411.无罪的情况:未约定而同行,人们约定而比丘未约定,未按约定时间同行,遇到危险,精神错乱者,最初的犯戒者。
与偷税商队同行学处第六结束。
7.与女人

412. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu kosalesu janapade sāvatthiṃ gacchanto aññatarena gāmadvārena atikkamati. Aññatarā itthī sāmikena saha bhaṇḍitvā gāmato nikkhamitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ passitvā etadavoca – ‘‘kahaṃ, bhante, ayyo gamissatī’’ti? ‘‘Sāvatthiṃ kho ahaṃ, bhagini, gamissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Ahaṃ ayyena saddhiṃ gamissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Eyyāsi, bhaginī’’ti. Atha kho tassā itthiyā sāmiko gāmato nikkhamitvā manusse pucchi – ‘‘apāyyo [apayyā (sī. syā.)] evarūpiṃ itthiṃ passeyyāthā’’ti? ‘‘Esāyyo, pabbajitena saha gacchatī’’ti. Atha kho so puriso anubandhitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ gahetvā ākoṭetvā muñci. Atha kho so bhikkhu aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle padhūpento nisīdi. Atha kho sā itthī taṃ purisaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘nāyyo so bhikkhu maṃ nippātesi; apica, ahameva tena bhikkhunā saddhiṃ gacchāmi; akārako so bhikkhu; gaccha, naṃ khamāpehī’’ti. Atha kho so puriso taṃ bhikkhuṃ khamāpesi. Atha kho so bhikkhu sāvatthiṃ gantvā bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhu mātugāmena saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, bhikkhu, mātugāmena saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjasīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, mātugāmena saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjissasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ, uddiseyyātha –

413.‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu mātugāmena saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjeyya, antamaso gāmantarampi, pācittiya’’nti.

414.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Mātugāmo nāma manussitthī, na yakkhī na petī na tiracchānagatā viññū paṭibalā subhāsitadubbhāsitaṃ duṭṭhullāduṭṭhullaṃ ājānituṃ.

Saddhinti ekato.

Saṃvidhāyāti – ‘‘gacchāma bhagini, gacchāmāyya, gacchāmāyya, gacchāma bhagini, ajja vā hiyyo vā pare vā gacchāmā’’ti saṃvidahati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Antamaso gāmantarampīti kukkuṭasampāte gāme gāmantare gāmantare āpatti pācittiyassa. Agāmake araññe addhayojane addhayojane āpatti pācittiyassa.

415. Mātugāme mātugāmasaññī saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjati, antamaso gāmantarampi, āpatti pācittiyassa. Mātugāme vematiko saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjati, antamaso gāmantarampi, āpatti pācittiyassa. Mātugāme amātugāmasaññī saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjati, antamaso gāmantarampi, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Bhikkhu saṃvidahati mātugāmo na saṃvidahati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Yakkhiyā vā petiyā paṇḍakena vā tiracchānagatamanussaviggahitthiyā vā saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjati, antamaso gāmantarampi, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Amātugāme mātugāmasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Amātugāme vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Amātugāme amātugāmasaññī, anāpatti.

416. Anāpatti asaṃvidahitvā gacchati, mātugāmo saṃvidahati bhikkhu na saṃvidahati, visaṅketena gacchati, āpadāsu, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Saṃvidhānasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ sattamaṃ.

8. Ariṭṭhasikkhāpadaṃ

417.[idaṃ vatthu cūḷava. 65; ma. ni. 

约定同行学处
412.那时,佛陀住在舍卫城(现在的夏希特-默赫特)祇树给孤独园。当时,一位比丘在拘萨罗国前往舍卫城,经过一个村庄的门口。一位女子与丈夫吵架后离开村子,看到那位比丘后说:"尊者,您要去哪里?""姐妹,我要去舍卫城。""我要和尊者一起去。""来吧,姐妹。"然后那女子的丈夫离开村子,问人们:"先生们,你们看到这样的女子吗?""先生,她和出家人一起走了。"然后那男子追上去,抓住那位比丘打了一顿后放开。然后那位比丘坐在一棵树下抽烟。然后那女子对那男子说:"先生,那位比丘没有伤害我;是我自己要和那位比丘一起走的;那位比丘没做错什么;去向他道歉吧。"然后那男子向那位比丘道歉。然后那位比丘去舍卫城把这件事告诉比丘们。那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批评、指责说:"为什么比丘与女人约定同行呢?"...(他们)问:"比丘,你是否真的与女人约定同行?"(那位比丘说:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥说...:"愚人,为什么你与女人约定同行呢?愚人,这不会使不信者生信...比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
413."若比丘与女人约定同行,即使只是一村之间,犯波逸提罪。"
414.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...这是在此含义中所指的比丘。
女人是指人类女子,不是女夜叉、女饿鬼或雌性动物,是有理智能力、能分辨善语恶语、粗语细语的。
与...一起是指一同。
约定是指说"姐妹,我们走吧"、"尊者,我们走吧"、"尊者,我们走吧"、"姐妹,我们走吧"、"今天或明天或后天我们走吧"而约定,犯突吉罗罪。
即使只是一村之间是指在鸡飞距离的村庄,每经过一村就犯波逸提罪。在无村庄的旷野,每半由旬犯波逸提罪。
415.如果认为是女人而与女人约定同行,即使只是一村之间,犯波逸提罪。如果怀疑是否是女人而与女人约定同行,即使只是一村之间,犯波逸提罪。如果认为不是女人而与女人约定同行,即使只是一村之间,犯波逸提罪。
比丘约定而女人不约定,犯突吉罗罪。与女夜叉、女饿鬼、黄门或变成人形的雌性动物约定同行,即使只是一村之间,犯突吉罗罪。如果认为不是女人的是女人,犯突吉罗罪。如果怀疑不是女人的是否是女人,犯突吉罗罪。如果认为不是女人的不是女人,无罪。
416.无罪的情况:未约定而同行,女人约定而比丘未约定,未按约定时间同行,遇到危险,精神错乱者,最初的犯戒者。
与女人约定同行学处第七结束。
8.阿利吒学处
417.[这个故事见小品第65节;中部]

1.234] Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena ariṭṭhassa nāma bhikkhuno gaddhabādhipubbassa [gandhabādhipubbassa (syā. ka.)] evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ hoti – ‘‘tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’’ti. Assosuṃ kho sambahulā bhikkhū – ‘‘ariṭṭhassa kira nāma bhikkhuno gaddhabādhipubbassa evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ – ‘tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā, te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’’’ti. Atha kho te bhikkhū yena ariṭṭho bhikkhu gaddhabādhipubbo tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā ariṭṭhaṃ bhikkhuṃ gaddhabādhipubbaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘saccaṃ kira te, āvuso ariṭṭha, evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ – ‘tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā, te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’’ti? ‘‘Evaṃbyākho ahaṃ, āvuso, bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi – ‘yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’’’ti.

‘‘Mā, āvuso ariṭṭha, evaṃ avaca. Mā bhagavantaṃ abbhācikkhi. Na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṃ [abbhācikkhanaṃ (itipi)]. Na hi bhagavā evaṃ vadeyya . Anekapariyāyenāvuso ariṭṭha, antarāyikā dhammā antarāyikā vuttā bhagavatā. Alañca pana te paṭisevato antarāyāya. Appassādā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo. Aṭṭhikaṅkalūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo. Maṃsapesūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā…pe… tiṇukkūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā… aṅgārakāsūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā… supinakūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā… yācitakūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā… rukkhaphalūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā… asisūnūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā… sattisūlūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā… sappasirūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo’’ti.

Evampi kho ariṭṭho bhikkhu gaddhabādhipubbo tehi bhikkhūhi vuccamāno tatheva taṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ thāmasā parāmāsā abhinivissa voharati – ‘‘evaṃbyākho ahaṃ, āvuso, bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, – ‘yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā, te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’’’ti. Yato ca kho te bhikkhū nāsakkhiṃsu ariṭṭhaṃ bhikkhuṃ gaddhabādhipubbaṃ etasmā pāpakā diṭṭhigatā vivecetuṃ, atha kho te bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sannipātāpetvā ariṭṭhaṃ bhikkhuṃ gaddhabādhipubbaṃ paṭipucchi – ‘‘saccaṃ kira te, ariṭṭha, evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ – ‘tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’’’ti ? ‘‘Evaṃbyākho ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi – ‘yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’’’ti.

Kassa nu kho nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, mayā evaṃ dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāsi? Nanu mayā, moghapurisa, anekapariyāyena antarāyikā dhammā antarāyikā vuttā. Alañca pana te paṭisevato antarāyāya. Appassādā kāmā vuttā mayā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo. Aṭṭhikaṅkalūpamā kāmā vuttā mayā…pe… maṃsapesūpamā kāmā vuttā mayā… tiṇukkūpamā kāmā vuttā mayā… aṅgārakāsūpamā kāmā vuttā mayā… supinakūpamā kāmā vuttā mayā… yācitakūpamā kāmā vuttā mayā… rukkhaphalūpamā kāmā vuttā mayā… asisūnūpamā kāmā vuttā mayā… sattisūlūpamā kāmā vuttā mayā… sappasirūpamā kāmā vuttā mayā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo. Atha ca pana tvaṃ, moghapurisa, attanā duggahitena amhe ceva abbhācikkhasi, attānañca khaṇasi, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavasi. Tañhi te, moghapurisa, bhavissati dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāya. Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe…. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –



417.那时,佛陀住在舍卫城(现在的夏希特-默赫特)祇树给孤独园。当时,一位名叫阿利吒的比丘,曾经是一个驯鹰师,生起这样的恶见:"我如此理解世尊所说的法,即使行那些世尊所说的障碍法,也不足以成为障碍。"许多比丘听说:"据说名叫阿利吒的比丘,曾经是一个驯鹰师,生起这样的恶见:'我如此理解世尊所说的法,即使行那些世尊所说的障碍法,也不足以成为障碍。'"然后那些比丘去找阿利吒比丘,到了之后对阿利吒比丘说:"阿利吒朋友,据说你真的生起这样的恶见:'我如此理解世尊所说的法,即使行那些世尊所说的障碍法,也不足以成为障碍'?"(阿利吒说:)"朋友们,我确实如此理解世尊所说的法:'即使行那些世尊所说的障碍法,也不足以成为障碍。'"
"阿利吒朋友,不要这样说。不要诽谤世尊。诽谤世尊是不好的。世尊不会这样说。阿利吒朋友,世尊以多种方式说那些障碍法是障碍。而且行那些法足以成为障碍。世尊说欲乐少味多苦多恼,过患更多。世尊说欲乐如骨架,多苦多恼,过患更多。世尊说欲乐如肉块...世尊说欲乐如草把...世尊说欲乐如火坑...世尊说欲乐如梦...世尊说欲乐如借物...世尊说欲乐如树果...世尊说欲乐如屠刀...世尊说欲乐如剑刺...世尊说欲乐如蛇头,多苦多恼,过患更多。"
即使那些比丘这样说,阿利吒比丘仍然坚持、执着、固守那恶见,说:"朋友们,我确实如此理解世尊所说的法:'即使行那些世尊所说的障碍法,也不足以成为障碍。'"当那些比丘无法使阿利吒比丘放弃那恶见时,他们就去找世尊,到了之后把这件事告诉世尊。然后世尊因这缘由、因这事件召集比丘僧团,问阿利吒比丘:"阿利吒,据说你真的生起这样的恶见:'我如此理解世尊所说的法,即使行那些世尊所说的障碍法,也不足以成为障碍'?"(阿利吒说:)"世尊,我确实如此理解世尊所说的法:'即使行那些世尊所说的障碍法,也不足以成为障碍。'"
"愚人,你从谁那里听说我这样说法?愚人,我不是以多种方式说那些障碍法是障碍吗?而且行那些法足以成为障碍。我说欲乐少味多苦多恼,过患更多。我说欲乐如骨架...我说欲乐如肉块...我说欲乐如草把...我说欲乐如火坑...我说欲乐如梦...我说欲乐如借物...我说欲乐如树果...我说欲乐如屠刀...我说欲乐如剑刺...我说欲乐如蛇头,多苦多恼,过患更多。然而你这愚人,因为自己误解而诽谤我们,伤害自己,造作许多不善。愚人,这将使你长久不利、痛苦。愚人,这不会使不信者生信...比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:

418.‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya – ‘tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā, te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’ti so bhikkhu bhikkhūhi evamassa vacanīyo – ‘māyasmā evaṃ avaca, mā bhagavantaṃ abbhācikkhi, na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṃ, na hi bhagavā evaṃ vadeyya, anekapariyāyenāvuso, antarāyikā dhammā antarāyikā vuttā bhagavatā, alañca pana te paṭisevato antarāyāyā’ti. Evañca [evañca pana (ka.)] so bhikkhu bhikkhūhi vuccamāno tatheva paggaṇheyya, so bhikkhu bhikkhūhi yāvatatiyaṃ samanubhāsitabbo tassa paṭinissaggāya. Yāvatatiyañce samanubhāsiyamāno taṃ paṭinissajjeyya, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ, no ce paṭinissajjeyya, pācittiya’’nti.

419.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Evaṃ vadeyyāti – ‘‘tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’’ti.

Sobhikkhūti yo so evaṃvādī bhikkhu.

Bhikkhūhīti aññehi bhikkhūhi. Ye passanti ye suṇanti tehi vattabbo – ‘‘māyasmā evaṃ avaca, mā bhagavantaṃ abbhācikkhi, na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṃ, na hi bhagavā evaṃ vadeyya, anekapariyāyenāvuso antarāyikā dhammā antarāyikā vuttā bhagavatā. Alañca pana te paṭisevato antarāyāyā’’ti. Dutiyampi vattabbo. Tatiyampi vattabbo. Sace paṭinissajjati , iccetaṃ kusalaṃ; no ce paṭinissajjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Sutvā na vadanti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. So bhikkhu saṅghamajjhampi ākaḍḍhitvā vattabbo – ‘‘māyasmā evaṃ avaca, mā bhagavantaṃ abbhācikkhi, na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṃ, na hi bhagavā evaṃ vadeyya, anekapariyāyenāvuso antarāyikā dhammā antarāyikā vuttā bhagavatā. Alañca pana te paṭisevato antarāyāyā’’ti. Dutiyampi vattabbo. Tatiyampi vattabbo. Sace paṭinissajjati, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ. No ce paṭinissajjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. So bhikkhu samanubhāsitabbo. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, samanubhāsitabbo. Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

420. ‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Itthannāmassa bhikkhuno evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ – ‘tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā, te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’ti. So taṃ diṭṭhiṃ na paṭinissajjati. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ samanubhāseyya – tassā diṭṭhiyā paṭinissaggāya. Esā ñatti.

‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Itthannāmassa bhikkhuno evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ – ‘tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā, te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’ti. So taṃ diṭṭhiṃ na paṭinissajjati. Saṅgho itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ samanubhāsati tassā diṭṭhiyā paṭinissaggāya. Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa bhikkhuno samanubhāsanā, tassā diṭṭhiyā paṭinissaggāya, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.

‘‘Dutiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi…pe… tatiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi – ‘‘suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Itthannāmassa bhikkhuno evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ – ‘tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’ti . So taṃ diṭṭhiṃ na paṭinissajjati. Saṅgho itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ samanubhāsati tassā diṭṭhiyā paṭinissaggāya. Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa bhikkhuno samanubhāsanā, tassā diṭṭhiyā paṭinissaggāya, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.

‘‘Samanubhaṭṭho saṅghena itthannāmo bhikkhu, tassā diṭṭhiyā paṭinissaggāya. Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti.

Ñattiyā dukkaṭaṃ. Dvīhi kammavācāhi dukkaṭā. Kammavācāpariyosāne āpatti pācittiyassa.



418."若有比丘这样说:'我如此理解世尊所说的法,即使行那些世尊所说的障碍法,也不足以成为障碍。'其他比丘应该这样对他说:'尊者,不要这样说,不要诽谤世尊,诽谤世尊是不好的,世尊不会这样说。朋友,世尊以多种方式说那些障碍法是障碍,而且行那些法足以成为障碍。'如果那位比丘被其他比丘这样劝告时仍然坚持,其他比丘应该劝告他三次使他放弃。如果经过三次劝告后他放弃了,这就好;如果不放弃,犯波逸提罪。"
419.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...这是在此含义中所指的比丘。
这样说是指说:"我如此理解世尊所说的法,即使行那些世尊所说的障碍法,也不足以成为障碍。"
那位比丘是指那个这样说的比丘。
其他比丘是指其他比丘。看到或听到的比丘应该对他说:"尊者,不要这样说,不要诽谤世尊,诽谤世尊是不好的,世尊不会这样说。朋友,世尊以多种方式说那些障碍法是障碍,而且行那些法足以成为障碍。"应该第二次劝告。应该第三次劝告。如果他放弃,这就好;如果不放弃,犯突吉罗罪。听到而不劝告,犯突吉罗罪。应该把那位比丘带到僧团中间,对他说:"尊者,不要这样说,不要诽谤世尊,诽谤世尊是不好的,世尊不会这样说。朋友,世尊以多种方式说那些障碍法是障碍,而且行那些法足以成为障碍。"应该第二次劝告。应该第三次劝告。如果他放弃,这就好;如果不放弃,犯突吉罗罪。应该劝告那位比丘。比丘们,应该这样劝告。有能力的比丘应该通知僧团:
420."大德僧团请听。某某比丘生起这样的恶见:'我如此理解世尊所说的法,即使行那些世尊所说的障碍法,也不足以成为障碍。'他不放弃那个见解。如果僧团认为时机适当,僧团应该劝告某某比丘放弃那个见解。这是动议。
大德僧团请听。某某比丘生起这样的恶见:'我如此理解世尊所说的法,即使行那些世尊所说的障碍法,也不足以成为障碍。'他不放弃那个见解。僧团正在劝告某某比丘放弃那个见解。如果大德同意劝告某某比丘放弃那个见解,请保持沉默;如果不同意,请说出来。
我再说第二遍...我再说第三遍:大德僧团请听。某某比丘生起这样的恶见:'我如此理解世尊所说的法,即使行那些世尊所说的障碍法,也不足以成为障碍。'他不放弃那个见解。僧团正在劝告某某比丘放弃那个见解。如果大德同意劝告某某比丘放弃那个见解,请保持沉默;如果不同意,请说出来。
僧团已经劝告某某比丘放弃那个见解。僧团同意,因此保持沉默。我如此记住这件事。"
动议时犯突吉罗罪。两次羯磨时犯突吉罗罪。羯磨结束时犯波逸提罪。

421. Dhammakamme dhammakammasaññī na paṭinissajjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme vematiko na paṭinissajjati, āpatti pācittiyassa dhammakamme adhammakammasaññī na paṭinissajjati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Adhammakamme dhammakammasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

422. Anāpatti asamanubhāsantassa, paṭinissajjantassa, ummattakassāti.

Ariṭṭhasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ.

9. Ukkhittasambhogasikkhāpadaṃ

423. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū jānaṃ tathāvādinā ariṭṭhena bhikkhunā [bhikkhunā gaddhabādhipubbena (?)] akaṭānudhammena taṃ diṭṭhiṃ appaṭinissaṭṭhena saddhiṃ sambhuñjantipi saṃvasantipi sahāpi seyyaṃ kappenti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū jānaṃ tathāvādinā ariṭṭhena bhikkhunā [bhikkhunā gaddhabādhipubbena (?)] akaṭānudhammena taṃ diṭṭhiṃ appaṭinissaṭṭhena saddhiṃ sambhuñjissantipi saṃvasissantipi sahāpi seyyaṃ kappessantīti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, jānaṃ tathāvādinā ariṭṭhena bhikkhunā [bhikkhunā gaddhabādhipubbena (?)] akaṭānudhammena taṃ diṭṭhiṃ appaṭinissaṭṭhena saddhiṃ sambhuñjathāpi saṃvasathāpi sahāpi seyyaṃ kappethāti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, jānaṃ tathāvādinā ariṭṭhena bhikkhunā [bhikkhunā gaddhabādhipubbane (?)] akaṭānudhammena taṃ diṭṭhiṃ appaṭinissaṭṭhena saddhiṃ sambhuñjissathāpi saṃvasissathāpi sahāpi seyyaṃ kappessatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

424.‘‘Yopana bhikkhu jānaṃ tathāvādinā bhikkhunā akaṭānudhammena taṃ diṭṭhiṃ appaṭinissaṭṭhena saddhiṃ sambhuñjeyya vā saṃvaseyya vā saha vā seyyaṃkappeyya, pācittiya’’nti.

425.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Jānāti nāma sāmaṃ vā jānāti, aññe vā tassa ārocenti, so vā āroceti.

Tathāvādināti – ‘‘tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā, te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’’ti evaṃ vādinā.

Akaṭānudhammo nāma ukkhitto anosārito.

Taṃ diṭṭhiṃ appaṭinissaṭṭhena saddhinti etaṃ diṭṭhiṃ appaṭinissaṭṭhena saddhiṃ.

Sambhuñjeyya vāti sambhogo nāma dve sambhogā – āmisasambhogo ca dhammasambhogo ca. Āmisasambhogo nāma āmisaṃ deti vā paṭiggaṇhāti vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammasambhogo nāma uddisati vā uddisāpeti vā, padena uddisati vā uddisāpeti vā, pade pade āpatti pācittiyassa. Akkharāya uddisati vā uddisāpeti vā, akkharakkharāya āpatti pācittiyassa.

Saṃvaseyyavāti ukkhittakena saddhiṃ uposathaṃ vā pavāraṇaṃ vā saṅghakammaṃ vā karoti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Sahavā seyyaṃ kappeyyāti ekacchanne ukkhittake nipanne bhikkhu nipajjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Bhikkhu nipanne ukkhittako nipajjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Ubho vā nipajjanti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Uṭṭhahitvā punappunaṃ nipajjanti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

426. Ukkhittake ukkhittakasaññī sambhuñjati vā saṃvasati vā saha vā seyyaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Ukkhittake vematiko sambhuñjati vā saṃvasati vā saha vā seyyaṃ kappeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ukkhittake anukkhittakasaññī sambhuñjati vā saṃvasati vā saha vā seyyaṃ kappeti, anāpatti . Anukkhittake ukkhittakasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anukkhittake vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anukkhittake anukkhittakasaññī, anāpatti.

427. Anāpatti anukkhittoti jānāti, ukkhitto osāritoti jānāti, ukkhitto taṃ diṭṭhiṃ paṭinissaṭṭhoti jānāti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Ukkhittasambhogasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ navamaṃ.

10. Kaṇṭakasikkhāpadaṃ



421.如果认为是如法羯磨而不放弃,犯波逸提罪。如果怀疑是否如法羯磨而不放弃,犯波逸提罪。如果认为是非法羯磨而不放弃,犯波逸提罪。
如果认为非法羯磨是如法羯磨,犯突吉罗罪。如果怀疑非法羯磨是否如法羯磨,犯突吉罗罪。如果认为非法羯磨是非法羯磨,犯突吉罗罪。
422.无罪的情况:未被劝告,放弃(恶见),精神错乱者。
阿利吒学处第八结束。
9.与被摈除者共食共住学处
423.那时,佛陀住在舍卫城(现在的夏希特-默赫特)祇树给孤独园。当时,六群比丘明知阿利吒比丘[曾经是驯鹰师的比丘(?)]持有那种见解,未依法作(忏悔),未放弃那见解,仍与他一起吃饭、一起住宿、一起睡觉。那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批评、指责说:"为什么六群比丘明知阿利吒比丘[曾经是驯鹰师的比丘(?)]持有那种见解,未依法作(忏悔),未放弃那见解,仍与他一起吃饭、一起住宿、一起睡觉呢?"...(他们)问:"比丘们,你们是否真的明知阿利吒比丘[曾经是驯鹰师的比丘(?)]持有那种见解,未依法作(忏悔),未放弃那见解,仍与他一起吃饭、一起住宿、一起睡觉?"(六群比丘说:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥说...:"愚人,为什么你们明知阿利吒比丘[曾经是驯鹰师的比丘(?)]持有那种见解,未依法作(忏悔),未放弃那见解,仍与他一起吃饭、一起住宿、一起睡觉呢?愚人,这不会使不信者生信...比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
424."若比丘明知某比丘持有那种见解,未依法作(忏悔),未放弃那见解,仍与他一起吃饭、一起住宿或一起睡觉,犯波逸提罪。"
425.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...这是在此含义中所指的比丘。
明知是指自己知道,或者他人告诉他,或者他告诉他人。
持有那种见解是指说:"我如此理解世尊所说的法,即使行那些世尊所说的障碍法,也不足以成为障碍。"
未依法作是指被摈除而未被恢复。
未放弃那见解是指未放弃那个见解。
一起吃饭是指有两种共享:物质的共享和法的共享。物质的共享是指给予或接受物品,犯波逸提罪。法的共享是指诵经或让人诵经,每句犯波逸提罪。每个字诵经或让人诵经,每个字犯波逸提罪。
一起住宿是指与被摈除者一起举行布萨、自恣或僧团羯磨,犯波逸提罪。
一起睡觉是指在同一屋顶下,被摈除者躺下时比丘躺下,犯波逸提罪。比丘躺下时被摈除者躺下,犯波逸提罪。两人都躺下,犯波逸提罪。起来后再躺下,犯波逸提罪。
426.如果认为被摈除者是被摈除者而与他一起吃饭、一起住宿或一起睡觉,犯波逸提罪。如果怀疑是否被摈除者而与他一起吃饭、一起住宿或一起睡觉,犯突吉罗罪。如果认为被摈除者不是被摈除者而与他一起吃饭、一起住宿或一起睡觉,无罪。如果认为未被摈除者是被摈除者,犯突吉罗罪。如果怀疑未被摈除者是否被摈除,犯突吉罗罪。如果认为未被摈除者是未被摈除者,无罪。
427.无罪的情况:知道他未被摈除,知道被摈除者已被恢复,知道被摈除者已放弃那见解,精神错乱者,最初的犯戒者。
与被摈除者共食共住学处第九结束。
10.沙弥学处

428. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena kaṇṭakassa [kaṇḍakassa (syā. ka.)] nāma samaṇuddesassa evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ hoti – ‘‘tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’’ti. Assosuṃ kho sambahulā bhikkhū kaṇṭakassa nāma kira samaṇuddesassa evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ – ‘‘tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā, te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’’ti. Atha kho te bhikkhū yena kaṇṭako samaṇuddeso tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā kaṇṭakaṃ samaṇuddesaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘saccaṃ kira te, āvuso kaṇṭaka, evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ – ‘tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, yathā ye’me antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’’’ti? ‘‘Evaṃbyākho ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi – ‘yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’’’ti.

Mā , āvuso kaṇṭaka, evaṃ avaca. Mā bhagavantaṃ abbhācikkhi. Na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṃ. Na hi bhagavā evaṃ vadeyya. Anekapariyāyena, āvuso kaṇṭaka, antarāyikā dhammā antarāyikā vuttā bhagavatā. Alañca pana te paṭisevato antarāyāya. Appassādā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo…pe… evampi kho kaṇṭako samaṇuddeso tehi bhikkhūhi vuccamāno tatheva taṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ thāmasā parāmāsā abhinivissa voharati – ‘‘evaṃbyākho ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi – ‘yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’’’ti.

Yato ca kho te bhikkhū nāsakkhiṃsu kaṇṭakaṃ samaṇuddesaṃ etasmā pāpakā diṭṭhigatā vivecetuṃ, atha kho te bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sannipātāpetvā kaṇṭakaṃ samaṇuddesaṃ paṭipucchi – ‘‘saccaṃ kira te, kaṇṭaka, evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ – ‘tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’’’ti? ‘‘Evaṃbyākho ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi – ‘yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’’’ti.

‘‘Kassa nu kho nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, mayā evaṃ dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāsi? Nanu mayā, moghapurisa, anekapariyāyena antarāyikā dhammā antarāyikā vuttā, alañca pana te paṭisevato antarāyāya? Appassādā kāmā vuttā mayā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo. Aṭṭhikaṅkalūpamā kāmā vuttā mayā…pe… sappasirūpamā kāmā vuttā mayā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo. Atha ca pana tvaṃ, moghapurisa, attanā duggahitena amhe ceva abbhācikkhasi attānañca khaṇasi bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavasi. Tañhi te, moghapurisa, bhavissati dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāya. Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… pasannānañca ekaccānaṃ aññathattāyā’’ti. Vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘tena hi, bhikkhave, saṅgho kaṇṭakaṃ samaṇuddesaṃ nāsetu. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, nāsetabbo – ajjatagge te, āvuso kaṇṭaka, na ceva so bhagavā satthā apadisitabbo. Yampi caññe samaṇuddesā labhanti bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ dirattatirattaṃ sahaseyyaṃ sāpi te natthi. Cara pire vinassā’’ti. Atha kho saṅgho kaṇṭakaṃ samaṇuddesaṃ nāsesi.


428.那时,佛陀住在舍卫城(现在的夏希特-默赫特)祇树给孤独园。当时,一位名叫康塔卡的沙弥生起这样的恶见:"我如此理解世尊所说的法,即使行那些世尊所说的障碍法,也不足以成为障碍。"许多比丘听说:"据说名叫康塔卡的沙弥生起这样的恶见:'我如此理解世尊所说的法,即使行那些世尊所说的障碍法,也不足以成为障碍。'"然后那些比丘去找康塔卡沙弥,到了之后对康塔卡沙弥说:"康塔卡朋友,据说你真的生起这样的恶见:'我如此理解世尊所说的法,即使行那些世尊所说的障碍法,也不足以成为障碍'?"(康塔卡说:)"尊者们,我确实如此理解世尊所说的法:'即使行那些世尊所说的障碍法,也不足以成为障碍。'"
"康塔卡朋友,不要这样说。不要诽谤世尊。诽谤世尊是不好的。世尊不会这样说。康塔卡朋友,世尊以多种方式说那些障碍法是障碍。而且行那些法足以成为障碍。世尊说欲乐少味多苦多恼,过患更多。"...即使那些比丘这样说,康塔卡沙弥仍然坚持、执着、固守那恶见,说:"尊者们,我确实如此理解世尊所说的法:'即使行那些世尊所说的障碍法,也不足以成为障碍。'"
当那些比丘无法使康塔卡沙弥放弃那恶见时,他们就去找世尊,到了之后把这件事告诉世尊。然后世尊因这缘由、因这事件召集比丘僧团,问康塔卡沙弥:"康塔卡,据说你真的生起这样的恶见:'我如此理解世尊所说的法,即使行那些世尊所说的障碍法,也不足以成为障碍'?"(康塔卡说:)"世尊,我确实如此理解世尊所说的法:'即使行那些世尊所说的障碍法,也不足以成为障碍。'"
"愚人,你从谁那里听说我这样说法?愚人,我不是以多种方式说那些障碍法是障碍吗?而且行那些法足以成为障碍。我说欲乐少味多苦多恼,过患更多。我说欲乐如骨架...我说欲乐如蛇头,多苦多恼,过患更多。然而你这愚人,因为自己误解而诽谤我们,伤害自己,造作许多不善。愚人,这将使你长久不利、痛苦。愚人,这不会使不信者生信...也会使一些已信者改变。"呵斥后...作了法说后,对比丘们说:"比丘们,因此僧团应该驱逐康塔卡沙弥。比丘们,应该这样驱逐:康塔卡朋友,从今天起,你不能再称那位世尊为你的老师。其他沙弥可以与比丘们同宿两三夜,你没有这个权利。走吧,消失吧。"然后僧团驱逐了康塔卡沙弥。


Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū jānaṃ tathānāsitaṃ kaṇṭakaṃ samaṇuddesaṃ upalāpentipi upaṭṭhāpentipi sambhuñjantipi sahāpi seyyaṃ kappenti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū jānaṃ tathānāsitaṃ kaṇṭakaṃ samaṇuddesaṃ upalāpessantipi upaṭṭhāpessantipi sambhuñjissantipi sahāpi seyyaṃ kappessantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, jānaṃ tathānāsitaṃ kaṇṭakaṃ samaṇuddesaṃ upalāpethāpi upaṭṭhāpethāpi sambhuñjathāpi sahāpi seyyaṃ kappethāti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, jānaṃ tathānāsitaṃ kaṇṭakaṃ samaṇuddesaṃ upalāpessathāpi upaṭṭhāpessathāpi sambhuñjissathāpi sahāpi seyyaṃ kappessatha ! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

429.‘‘Samaṇuddesopi ce evaṃ vadeyya – ‘tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’ti, so samaṇuddeso bhikkhūhi evamassa vacanīyo – ‘māvuso samaṇuddesa, evaṃ avaca, mā bhagavantaṃ abbhācikkhi, na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṃ, na hi bhagavā evaṃ vadeyya. Anekapariyāyenāvuso samaṇuddesa, antarāyikā dhammā antarāyikā vuttā bhagavatā. Alañca pana te paṭisevato antarāyāyā’ti. Evañca [evañca pana (ka.)] so samaṇuddeso bhikkhūhi vuccamāno tatheva paggaṇheyya, so samaṇuddeso bhikkhūhi evamassa vacanīyo – ‘ajjatagge te, āvuso samaṇuddesa, na ceva so bhagavā satthā apadisitabbo. Yampi caññe samaṇuddesā labhanti bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ dirattatirattaṃ sahaseyyaṃ sāpi te natthi. Cara pire vinassā’ti. Yo pana bhikkhu jānaṃ tathānāsitaṃ samaṇuddesaṃ upalāpeyya vā upaṭṭhāpeyya vā sambhuñjeyya vā saha vā seyyaṃ kappeyya, pācittiya’’nti.

430.Samaṇuddeso nāma sāmaṇero vuccati.

Evaṃvadeyyāti – ‘‘tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, yathāyeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā, te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’’ti.

Sosamaṇuddesoti yo so evaṃvādī samaṇuddeso.

Bhikkhūhīti aññehi bhikkhūhi, ye passanti ye suṇanti tehi vattabbo – ‘‘mā, āvuso samaṇuddesa, evaṃ avaca. Mā bhagavantaṃ abbhācikkhi. Na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṃ. Na hi bhagavā evaṃ vadeyya. Anekapariyāyenāvuso samaṇuddesa, antarāyikā dhammā antarāyikā vuttā bhagavatā. Alañca pana te paṭisevato antarāyāyā’’ti. Dutiyampi vattabbo… tatiyampi vattabbo…pe… sace paṭinissajjati iccetaṃ kusalaṃ, no ce paṭinissajjati so samaṇuddeso bhikkhūhi evamassa vacanīyo – ‘‘ajjatagge te, āvuso samaṇuddesa, na ceva so bhagavā satthā apadisitabbo. Yampi caññe samaṇuddesā labhanti bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ dirattatirattaṃ sahaseyyaṃ sāpi te natthi. Cara pire vinassā’’ti.

Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Jānāti nāma sāmaṃ vā jānāti, aññe vā tassa ārocenti, so vā āroceti.

Tathānāsitanti evaṃ nāsitaṃ.

Samaṇuddeso nāma sāmaṇero vuccati.

Upalāpeyya vāti tassa pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā uddesaṃ vā paripucchaṃ vā dassāmīti upalāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Upaṭṭhāpeyya vāti tassa cuṇṇaṃ vā mattikaṃ vā dantakaṭṭhaṃ vā mukhodakaṃ vā sādiyati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Sambhuñjeyya vāti sambhogo nāma dve sambhogā – āmisasambhogo ca dhammasambhogo ca. Āmisasambhogo nāma āmisaṃ deti vā paṭiggaṇhāti vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammasambhogo nāma uddisati vā uddisāpeti vā, padena uddisati vā uddisāpeti vā, pade pade āpatti pācittiyassa. Akkharāya uddisati vā uddisāpeti vā, akkharakkharāya āpatti pācittiyassa.

Sahavā seyyaṃ kappeyyāti ekacchanne nāsitake samaṇuddese nipanne bhikkhu nipajjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Bhikkhu nipanne nāsitako samaṇuddeso nipajjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Ubho vā nipajjanti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Uṭṭhahitvā punappunaṃ nipajjanti, āpatti pācittiyassa.



当时,六群比丘明知康塔卡沙弥已被如此驱逐,仍然安慰他、照顾他、与他一起吃饭、一起睡觉。那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批评、指责说:"为什么六群比丘明知康塔卡沙弥已被如此驱逐,仍然安慰他、照顾他、与他一起吃饭、一起睡觉呢?"...(他们)问:"比丘们,你们是否真的明知康塔卡沙弥已被如此驱逐,仍然安慰他、照顾他、与他一起吃饭、一起睡觉?"(六群比丘说:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥说...:"愚人,为什么你们明知康塔卡沙弥已被如此驱逐,仍然安慰他、照顾他、与他一起吃饭、一起睡觉呢?愚人,这不会使不信者生信...比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
429."如果沙弥也这样说:'我如此理解世尊所说的法,即使行那些世尊所说的障碍法,也不足以成为障碍。'比丘们应该这样对那位沙弥说:'朋友沙弥,不要这样说,不要诽谤世尊,诽谤世尊是不好的,世尊不会这样说。朋友沙弥,世尊以多种方式说那些障碍法是障碍,而且行那些法足以成为障碍。'如果那位沙弥被比丘们这样劝告时仍然坚持,比丘们应该这样对那位沙弥说:'朋友沙弥,从今天起,你不能再称那位世尊为你的老师。其他沙弥可以与比丘们同宿两三夜,你没有这个权利。走吧,消失吧。'若比丘明知沙弥已被如此驱逐,仍然安慰他、照顾他、与他一起吃饭或一起睡觉,犯波逸提罪。"
430.沙弥是指沙弥。
这样说是指说:"我如此理解世尊所说的法,即使行那些世尊所说的障碍法,也不足以成为障碍。"
那位沙弥是指那个这样说的沙弥。
比丘们是指其他比丘。看到或听到的比丘应该对他说:"朋友沙弥,不要这样说,不要诽谤世尊,诽谤世尊是不好的,世尊不会这样说。朋友沙弥,世尊以多种方式说那些障碍法是障碍,而且行那些法足以成为障碍。"应该第二次劝告...应该第三次劝告...如果他放弃,这就好;如果不放弃,比丘们应该这样对那位沙弥说:"朋友沙弥,从今天起,你不能再称那位世尊为你的老师。其他沙弥可以与比丘们同宿两三夜,你没有这个权利。走吧,消失吧。"
然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...这是在此含义中所指的比丘。
明知是指自己知道,或者他人告诉他,或者他告诉他人。
已被如此驱逐是指已被这样驱逐。
沙弥是指沙弥。
安慰是指说"我会给你钵或衣或教导或解答"而安慰他,犯波逸提罪。
照顾是指接受他的粉或泥或牙刷或漱口水,犯波逸提罪。
一起吃饭是指有两种共享:物质的共享和法的共享。物质的共享是指给予或接受物品,犯波逸提罪。法的共享是指诵经或让人诵经,每句犯波逸提罪。每个字诵经或让人诵经,每个字犯波逸提罪。
一起睡觉是指在同一屋顶下,被驱逐的沙弥躺下时比丘躺下,犯波逸提罪。比丘躺下时被驱逐的沙弥躺下,犯波逸提罪。两人都躺下,犯波逸提罪。起来后再躺下,犯波逸提罪。

431. Nāsitake nāsitakasaññī upalāpeti vā upaṭṭhāpeti vā sambhuñjati vā saha vā seyyaṃ kappeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Nāsitake vematiko upalāpeti vā upaṭṭhāpeti vā sambhuñjati vā saha vā seyyaṃ kappeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Nāsitake anāsitakasaññī upalāpeti vā upaṭṭhāpeti vā sambhuñjati vā saha vā seyyaṃ kappeti, anāpatti. Anāsitake nāsitakasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anāsitake vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anāsitake anāsitakasaññī, anāpatti.

432. Anāpatti anāsitakoti jānāti, taṃ diṭṭhiṃ paṭinissaṭṭhoti jānāti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Kaṇṭakasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dasamaṃ.

Sappāṇakavaggo sattamo.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Sañciccavadhasappāṇaṃ, ukkoṭaṃ duṭṭhullachādanaṃ;

Ūnavīsati satthañca, saṃvidhānaṃ ariṭṭhakaṃ;

Ukkhittaṃ kaṇṭakañceva, dasa sikkhāpadā imeti.

8. Sahadhammikavaggo

1. Sahadhammikasikkhāpadaṃ

433. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā kosambiyaṃ viharati ghositārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā channo anācāraṃ ācarati. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘māvuso channa, evarūpaṃ akāsi. Netaṃ kappatī’’ti. So evaṃ vadeti – ‘‘na tāvāhaṃ, āvuso, etasmiṃ sikkhāpade sikkhissāmi yāva na aññaṃ bhikkhuṃ byattaṃ vinayadharaṃ paripucchāmī’’ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma āyasmā channo bhikkhūhi sahadhammikaṃ vuccamāno evaṃ vakkhati – na tāvāhaṃ, āvuso, etasmiṃ sikkhāpade sikkhissāmi yāva na aññaṃ bhikkhuṃ byattaṃ vinayadharaṃ paripucchāmī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, channa, bhikkhūhi sahadhammikaṃ vuccamāno evaṃ vadesi – ‘‘na tāvāhaṃ, āvuso, etasmiṃ sikkhāpade sikkhissāmi yāva na aññaṃ bhikkhuṃ byattaṃ vinayadharaṃ paripucchāmī’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, bhikkhūhi sahadhammikaṃ vuccamāno evaṃ vakkhasi – ‘‘na tāvāhaṃ, āvuso, etasmiṃ sikkhāpade sikkhissāmi yāva na aññaṃ bhikkhuṃ byattaṃ vinayadharaṃ paripucchāmī’’ti. Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

434.‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhūhi sahadhammikaṃ vuccamāno evaṃ vadeyya – ‘na tāvāhaṃ, āvuso, etasmiṃ sikkhāpade sikkhissāmi yāva na aññaṃ bhikkhuṃ byattaṃ vinayadharaṃ paripucchāmī’ti, pācittiyaṃ. Sikkhamānena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā aññātabbaṃ paripucchitabbaṃ paripañhitabbaṃ. Ayaṃ tattha sāmīcī’’ti.

435.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Bhikkhūhīti aññehi bhikkhūhi.

Sahadhammikaṃ nāma yaṃ bhagavatā paññattaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ etaṃ sahadhammikaṃ nāma. Tena vuccamāno evaṃ vadeti [vadeyya (ka.)] – ‘‘na tāvāhaṃ, āvuso, etasmiṃ sikkhāpade sikkhissāmi yāva na aññaṃ bhikkhuṃ byattaṃ vinayadharaṃ paripucchāmī’’ti [imāni padāni syā. potthake na dissanti]. Paṇḍitaṃ byattaṃ [imāni padāni syā. potthake na dissanti] medhāviṃ bahussutaṃ dhammakathikaṃ paripucchāmīti bhaṇati, āpatti pācittiyassa.



431.如果认为被驱逐者是被驱逐者而安慰他、照顾他、与他一起吃饭或一起睡觉,犯波逸提罪。如果怀疑是否被驱逐者而安慰他、照顾他、与他一起吃饭或一起睡觉,犯突吉罗罪。如果认为被驱逐者不是被驱逐者而安慰他、照顾他、与他一起吃饭或一起睡觉,无罪。如果认为未被驱逐者是被驱逐者,犯突吉罗罪。如果怀疑未被驱逐者是否被驱逐,犯突吉罗罪。如果认为未被驱逐者是未被驱逐者,无罪。
432.无罪的情况:知道他未被驱逐,知道他已放弃那见解,精神错乱者,最初的犯戒者。
沙弥学处第十结束。
有生物品第七结束。
其摘要如下:
故意杀生、有生物、挑拨、隐藏重罪、
未满二十岁、商队、约定、阿利吒、
被摈除、沙弥,这是十条学处。
8.同法品
1.同法学处
433.那时,佛陀住在拘睒弥(现在的科萨姆)瞿师多园。当时,尊者阐那行为不当。比丘们这样说:"阐那朋友,不要这样做。这是不允许的。"他这样说:"朋友们,我不会遵守这条学处,直到我问过另一位有能力的持律比丘。"那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批评、指责说:"为什么尊者阐那被比丘们如法劝告时会这样说:'朋友们,我不会遵守这条学处,直到我问过另一位有能力的持律比丘。'"...(他们)问:"阐那,你是否真的被比丘们如法劝告时这样说:'朋友们,我不会遵守这条学处,直到我问过另一位有能力的持律比丘'?"(阐那说:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥说...:"愚人,为什么你被比丘们如法劝告时会这样说:'朋友们,我不会遵守这条学处,直到我问过另一位有能力的持律比丘'?愚人,这不会使不信者生信...比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
434."若比丘被比丘们如法劝告时这样说:'朋友们,我不会遵守这条学处,直到我问过另一位有能力的持律比丘',犯波逸提罪。比丘们,正在学习的比丘应当了解、询问、请教。这是此中的正确做法。"
435.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...这是在此含义中所指的比丘。
比丘们是指其他比丘。
如法是指世尊制定的学处,这就是如法。被如此劝告时这样说:"朋友们,我不会遵守这条学处,直到我问过另一位有能力的持律比丘。"说"我要问聪明、有能力、有智慧、多闻、善说法的人",犯波逸提罪。

436. Upasampanne upasampannasaññī evaṃ vadeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne vematiko evaṃ vadeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne anupasampannasaññī evaṃ vadeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Apaññattena vuccamāno – ‘‘idaṃ na sallekhāya na dhutatthāya na pāsādikatāya na apacayāya na vīriyārambhāya saṃvattatī’’ti evaṃ vadeti, ‘‘na tāvāhaṃ, āvuso, etasmiṃ sikkhāpade sikkhissāmi yāva na aññaṃ bhikkhuṃ byattaṃ vinayadharaṃ paṇḍitaṃ medhāviṃ bahussutaṃ dhammakathikaṃ paripucchāmī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Anupasampannena paññattena vā apaññattena vā vuccamāno – ‘‘idaṃ na sallekhāya na dhutatthāya na pāsādikatāya na apacayāya na vīriyārambhāya saṃvattatī’’ti evaṃ vadeti, ‘‘na tāvāhaṃ, āvuso, etasmiṃ sikkhāpade sikkhissāmi yāva na aññaṃ bhikkhuṃ byattaṃ vinayadharaṃ paṇḍitaṃ medhāviṃ bahussutaṃ dhammakathikaṃ paripucchāmī’’ti bhaṇati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne upasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne anupasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Sikkhamānenāti sikkhitukāmena.

Aññātabbanti jānitabbaṃ.

Paripucchitabbanti ‘‘idaṃ, bhante, kathaṃ; imassa vā kvattho’’ti?

Paripañhitabbanti cintetabbaṃ tulayitabbaṃ.

Ayaṃ tattha sāmīcīti ayaṃ tattha anudhammatā.

437. Anāpatti ‘‘jānissāmi sikkhissāmī’’ti bhaṇati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Sahadhammikasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ paṭhamaṃ.

2. Vilekhanasikkhāpadaṃ

438. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. [idaṃ vatthu cūḷava. 320] Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā bhikkhūnaṃ anekapariyāyena vinayakathaṃ katheti, vinayassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, vinayapariyattiyā vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, ādissa ādissa āyasmato upālissa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati. Bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi [bhikkhū bhagavā (syā. ka.)] – ‘‘bhagavā kho anekapariyāyena vinayakathaṃ katheti, vinayassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, vinayapariyattiyā vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, ādissa ādissa āyasmato upālissa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati. Handa mayaṃ, āvuso, āyasmato upālissa santike vinayaṃ pariyāpuṇāmā’’ti, te ca bahū bhikkhū therā ca navā ca majjhimā ca āyasmato upālissa santike vinayaṃ pariyāpuṇanti.

Atha kho chabbaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘etarahi kho, āvuso, bahū bhikkhū therā ca navā ca majjhimā ca āyasmato upālissa santike vinayaṃ pariyāpuṇanti. Sace ime vinaye pakataññuno bhavissanti amhe yenicchakaṃ yadicchakaṃ yāvadicchakaṃ ākaḍḍhissanti parikaḍḍhissanti. Handa mayaṃ, āvuso, vinayaṃ vivaṇṇemā’’ti. Atha kho chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā evaṃ vadanti – ‘‘kiṃ panimehi khuddānukhuddakehi sikkhāpadehi uddiṭṭhehi, yāvadeva kukkuccāya vihesāya vilekhāya saṃvattantī’’ti! Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū vinayaṃ vivaṇṇessantīti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, vinayaṃ vivaṇṇethāti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, vinayaṃ vivaṇṇessatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

439.‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu pātimokkhe uddissamāne evaṃ vadeyya – ‘kiṃ panimehi khuddānukhuddakehi sikkhāpadehi uddiṭṭhehi, yāvadeva kukkuccāya vihesāya vilekhāya saṃvattantī’ti, sikkhāpadavivaṇṇake pācittiya’’nti.



436.如果认为已受具足戒者是已受具足戒者而这样说,犯波逸提罪。如果怀疑是否已受具足戒者而这样说,犯波逸提罪。如果认为已受具足戒者是未受具足戒者而这样说,犯波逸提罪。
被未制定的学处劝告时说:"这不会导致减少(欲望),不会导致少欲,不会导致令人欢喜,不会导致减少(烦恼),不会导致精进",然后说:"朋友们,我不会遵守这条学处,直到我问过另一位有能力的持律比丘、聪明、有智慧、多闻、善说法的人",犯突吉罗罪。
被未受具足戒者以已制定或未制定的学处劝告时说:"这不会导致减少(欲望),不会导致少欲,不会导致令人欢喜,不会导致减少(烦恼),不会导致精进",然后说:"朋友们,我不会遵守这条学处,直到我问过另一位有能力的持律比丘、聪明、有智慧、多闻、善说法的人",犯突吉罗罪。如果认为未受具足戒者是已受具足戒者,犯突吉罗罪。如果怀疑未受具足戒者是否已受具足戒,犯突吉罗罪。如果认为未受具足戒者是未受具足戒者,犯突吉罗罪。
正在学习的是指想要学习的。
应当了解是指应当知道。
应当询问是指"尊者,这是什么意思?这有什么用?"
应当请教是指应当思考、衡量。
这是此中的正确做法是指这是此中的如法做法。
437.无罪的情况:说"我会知道,我会学习",精神错乱者,最初的犯戒者。
同法学处第一结束。
2.诽谤学处
438.那时,佛陀住在舍卫城(现在的夏希特-默赫特)祇树给孤独园。当时,世尊以多种方式向比丘们讲说律的开示,赞叹律,赞叹学习律,一再赞叹尊者优波离。比丘们想:"世尊以多种方式讲说律的开示,赞叹律,赞叹学习律,一再赞叹尊者优波离。朋友们,让我们跟尊者优波离学习律吧。"许多上座、新学和中间的比丘跟尊者优波离学习律。
然后六群比丘想:"朋友们,现在许多上座、新学和中间的比丘跟尊者优波离学习律。如果他们精通律,就会随意拉扯我们。朋友们,让我们诽谤律吧。"然后六群比丘去找比丘们,这样说:"为什么要诵读这些小小的学处呢?它们只会导致悔恨、烦恼、困惑。"那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批评、指责说:"为什么六群比丘要诽谤律呢?"...(他们)问:"比丘们,你们是否真的诽谤律?"(六群比丘说:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥说...:"愚人,为什么你们要诽谤律呢?愚人,这不会使不信者生信...比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
439."若比丘在诵波罗提木叉时这样说:'为什么要诵读这些小小的学处呢?它们只会导致悔恨、烦恼、困惑',因诽谤学处,犯波逸提罪。"

440.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Pātimokkhe uddissamāneti uddisante vā uddisāpente vā sajjhāyaṃ vā karonte.

Evaṃvadeyyāti – ‘‘kiṃ panimehi khuddānukhuddakehi sikkhāpadehi uddiṭṭhehi, yāvadeva kukkuccāya vihesāya vilekhāya saṃvattantīti. ‘‘Ye imaṃ pariyāpuṇanti tesaṃ kukkuccaṃ hoti, vihesā hoti, vilekhā hoti, ye imaṃ na pariyāpuṇanti tesaṃ kukkuccaṃ na hoti vihesā na hoti vilekhā na hoti. Anuddiṭṭhaṃ idaṃ varaṃ, anuggahitaṃ idaṃ varaṃ, apariyāpuṭaṃ idaṃ varaṃ, adhāritaṃ idaṃ varaṃ, vinayo vā antaradhāyatu, ime vā bhikkhū apakataññuno hontū’’ti upasampannassa vinayaṃ vivaṇṇeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

441. Upasampanne upasampannasaññī vinayaṃ vivaṇṇeti, āpatti pācittiyassa . Upasampanne vematiko vinayaṃ vivaṇṇeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne anupasampannasaññī vinayaṃ vivaṇṇeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Aññaṃ dhammaṃ vivaṇṇeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannassa vinayaṃ vā aññaṃ vā dhammaṃ vivaṇṇeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne upasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne anupasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

442. Anāpatti na vivaṇṇetukāmo, ‘‘iṅgha tvaṃ suttante vā gāthāyo vā abhidhammaṃ vā pariyāpuṇassu, pacchā vinayaṃ pariyāpuṇissasī’’ti bhaṇati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Vilekhanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dutiyaṃ.

3. Mohanasikkhāpadaṃ

443. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū anācāraṃ ācaritvā ‘‘aññāṇakena āpannāti jānantū’’ti pātimokkhe uddissamāne evaṃ vadanti – ‘‘idāneva kho mayaṃ jānāma, ayampi kira dhammo suttāgato suttapariyāpanno anvaddhamāsaṃ uddesaṃ āgacchatī’’ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū pātimokkhe uddissamāne evaṃ vakkhanti – idāneva kho mayaṃ jānāma , ayampi kira dhammo suttāgato suttapariyāpanno anvaddhamāsaṃ uddesaṃ āgacchatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, pātimokkhe uddissamāne evaṃ vadetha – ‘‘idāneva kho mayaṃ jānāma, ayampi kira dhammo suttāgato suttapariyāpanno anvaddhamāsaṃ uddesaṃ āgacchatī’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, pātimokkhe uddissamāne evaṃ vakkhatha – ‘‘idāneva kho mayaṃ jānāma, ayampi kira dhammo suttāgato suttapariyāpanno anvaddhamāsaṃ uddesaṃ āgacchatī’’ti! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

444.‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu anvaddhamāsaṃpātimokkhe uddissamāne evaṃ vadeyya – ‘idāneva kho ahaṃ jānāmi, ayampi kira dhammo suttāgato suttapariyāpanno anvaddhamāsaṃ uddesaṃ āgacchatī’ti. Tañce bhikkhuṃ aññe bhikkhū jāneyyuṃ nisinnapubbaṃ iminā bhikkhunā dvattikkhattuṃ pātimokkhe uddissamāne, ko pana vādo bhiyyo [bhiyyoti (syā.)], na ca tassa bhikkhuno aññāṇakena mutti atthi, yañca tattha āpattiṃ āpanno tañca yathādhammo kāretabbo, uttari cassa moho āropetabbo – ‘tassa te, āvuso, alābhā, tassa te dulladdhaṃ, yaṃ tvaṃ pātimokkhe uddissamāne na sādhukaṃ aṭṭhiṃ katvā [aṭṭhikatvā (syā. ka.)] manasi karosī’ti. Idaṃ tasmiṃ mohanake pācittiya’’nti.



440.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...这是在此含义中所指的比丘。
在诵波罗提木叉时是指在诵或让人诵或诵习时。
这样说是指说:"为什么要诵读这些小小的学处呢?它们只会导致悔恨、烦恼、困惑。学习这些的人会感到悔恨、烦恼、困惑,不学习这些的人不会感到悔恨、烦恼、困惑。不诵读这个更好,不学习这个更好,不记忆这个更好,律应该消失,或者这些比丘应该不知恩。"对已受具足戒者诽谤律,犯波逸提罪。
441.如果认为已受具足戒者是已受具足戒者而诽谤律,犯波逸提罪。如果怀疑是否已受具足戒者而诽谤律,犯波逸提罪。如果认为已受具足戒者是未受具足戒者而诽谤律,犯波逸提罪。
诽谤其他法,犯突吉罗罪。对未受具足戒者诽谤律或其他法,犯突吉罗罪。如果认为未受具足戒者是已受具足戒者,犯突吉罗罪。如果怀疑未受具足戒者是否已受具足戒,犯突吉罗罪。如果认为未受具足戒者是未受具足戒者,犯突吉罗罪。
442.无罪的情况:不是想要诽谤,说"你先学习经、偈颂或阿毗达磨,以后再学习律",精神错乱者,最初的犯戒者。
诽谤学处第二结束。
3.愚弄学处
443.那时,佛陀住在舍卫城(现在的夏希特-默赫特)祇树给孤独园。当时,六群比丘行为不当后,想"让他们知道我们是因为无知而犯戒的",在诵波罗提木叉时这样说:"我们现在才知道,据说这个法也包含在经中,每半月诵一次。"那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批评、指责说:"为什么六群比丘在诵波罗提木叉时会这样说:'我们现在才知道,据说这个法也包含在经中,每半月诵一次'?"...(他们)问:"比丘们,你们是否真的在诵波罗提木叉时这样说:'我们现在才知道,据说这个法也包含在经中,每半月诵一次'?"(六群比丘说:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥说...:"愚人,为什么你们在诵波罗提木叉时会这样说:'我们现在才知道,据说这个法也包含在经中,每半月诵一次'?愚人,这不会使不信者生信...比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
444."若比丘在每半月诵波罗提木叉时这样说:'我现在才知道,据说这个法也包含在经中,每半月诵一次。'如果其他比丘知道这位比丘以前已经参加过两三次诵波罗提木叉,更不用说更多次,那位比丘不能以无知为由开脱,应当如法处理他所犯的罪,并且应当指责他的愚弄:'朋友,这对你是不利的,这对你是不好的,你在诵波罗提木叉时没有好好注意、用心。'这是对愚弄的波逸提罪。"

445.Yopanāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Anvaddhamāsanti anuposathikaṃ.

Pātimokkhe uddissamāneti uddisante.

Evaṃvadeyyāti anācāraṃ ācaritvā – ‘‘aññāṇakena āpannoti jānantū’’ti pātimokkhe uddissamāne evaṃ vadeti – ‘‘idāneva kho ahaṃ jānāmi, ayampi kira dhammo suttāgato suttapariyāpanno anvaddhamāsaṃ uddesaṃ āgacchatī’’ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Tañce mohetukāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ aññe bhikkhū jāneyyuṃ nisinnapubbaṃ iminā bhikkhunā dvattikkhattuṃ pātimokkhe uddissamāne, ko pana vādo bhiyyo, na ca tassa bhikkhuno aññāṇakena mutti atthi, yañca tattha āpattiṃ āpanno, tañca yathādhammo kāretabbo, uttari cassa moho āropetabbo. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, āropetabbo. Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

446. ‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmo bhikkhu pātimokkhe uddissamāne na sādhukaṃ aṭṭhiṃ katvā manasi karoti. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho itthannāmassa bhikkhuno mohaṃ āropeyya. Esā ñatti.

‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmo bhikkhu pātimokkhe uddissamāne na sādhukaṃ aṭṭhiṃ katvā manasi karoti. Saṅgho itthannāmassa bhikkhuno mohaṃ āropeti. Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa bhikkhuno mohassa āropanā, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.

‘‘Āropito saṅghena itthannāmassa bhikkhuno moho. Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti.

Anāropite mohe moheti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Āropite mohe moheti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

447. Dhammakamme dhammakammasaññī, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme vematiko, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme adhammakammasaññī moheti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Adhammakamme dhammakammasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme vematiko , āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

448. Anāpatti na vitthārena sutaṃ hoti, ūnakadvattikkhattuṃ vitthārena sutaṃ hoti, na mohetukāmassa, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Mohanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ tatiyaṃ.

4. Pahārasikkhāpadaṃ

449. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū kupitā anattamanā sattarasavaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pahāraṃ denti. Te rodanti. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘kissa tumhe, āvuso, rodathā’’ti? ‘‘Ime, āvuso, chabbaggiyā bhikkhū kupitā anattamanā amhākaṃ pahāraṃ dentī’’ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū kupitā anattamanā bhikkhūnaṃ pahāraṃ dassantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, kupitā anattamanā bhikkhūnaṃ pahāraṃ dethāti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, kupitā anattamanā bhikkhūnaṃ pahāraṃ dassatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

450.‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhussa kupito anattamano pahāraṃ dadeyya, pācittiya’’nti.

451.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Bhikkhussāti aññassa bhikkhussa.

Kupito anattamanoti anabhiraddho āhatacitto khilajāto.

Pahāraṃ dadeyyāti kāyena vā kāyapaṭibaddhena vā nissaggiyena vā antamaso uppalapattenapi pahāraṃ deti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

452. Upasampanne upasampannasaññī kupito anattamano pahāraṃ deti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne vematiko kupito anattamano pahāraṃ deti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne anupasampannasaññī kupito anattamano pahāraṃ deti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Anupasampannassa kupito anattamano pahāraṃ deti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne upasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne vematiko , āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne anupasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

453. Anāpatti kenaci viheṭhīyamāno mokkhādhippāyo pahāraṃ deti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Pahārasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ catutthaṃ.

5. Talasattikasikkhāpadaṃ



445.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...这是在此含义中所指的比丘。
每半月是指每个布萨日。
在诵波罗提木叉时是指在诵时。
这样说是指行为不当后,想"让他们知道我是因为无知而犯戒的",在诵波罗提木叉时这样说:"我现在才知道,据说这个法也包含在经中,每半月诵一次",犯突吉罗罪。
如果其他比丘知道这位想要愚弄的比丘以前已经参加过两三次诵波罗提木叉,更不用说更多次,那位比丘不能以无知为由开脱,应当如法处理他所犯的罪,并且应当指责他的愚弄。比丘们,应当这样指责。有能力的比丘应当通知僧团:
446."尊者们,请僧团听我说。这位某某比丘在诵波罗提木叉时没有好好注意、用心。如果僧团认为时机适当,僧团应当指责某某比丘的愚弄。这是动议。
尊者们,请僧团听我说。这位某某比丘在诵波罗提木叉时没有好好注意、用心。僧团正在指责某某比丘的愚弄。如果尊者同意指责某某比丘的愚弄,请保持沉默;如果不同意,请说出来。
僧团已经指责某某比丘的愚弄。僧团同意,所以保持沉默。我如此认定此事。"
在未被指责愚弄时愚弄,犯突吉罗罪。在被指责愚弄后愚弄,犯波逸提罪。
447.如果认为如法羯磨是如法羯磨,犯波逸提罪。如果怀疑是否如法羯磨,犯波逸提罪。如果认为如法羯磨是非法羯磨而愚弄,犯波逸提罪。
如果认为非法羯磨是如法羯磨,犯突吉罗罪。如果怀疑非法羯磨是否如法羯磨,犯突吉罗罪。如果认为非法羯磨是非法羯磨,犯突吉罗罪。
448.无罪的情况:没有详细听过,详细听过不到两三次,不是想要愚弄,精神错乱者,最初的犯戒者。
愚弄学处第三结束。
4.打击学处
449.那时,佛陀住在舍卫城(现在的夏希特-默赫特)祇树给孤独园。当时,六群比丘生气不悦,打击十七群比丘。他们哭泣。比丘们这样问:"朋友们,你们为什么哭泣?"(他们说:)"朋友们,这些六群比丘生气不悦,打击我们。"那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批评、指责说:"为什么六群比丘生气不悦,打击比丘们呢?"...(他们)问:"比丘们,你们是否真的生气不悦,打击比丘们?"(六群比丘说:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥说...:"愚人,为什么你们生气不悦,打击比丘们呢?愚人,这不会使不信者生信...比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
450."若比丘生气不悦,打击比丘,犯波逸提罪。"
451.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...这是在此含义中所指的比丘。
比丘是指其他比丘。
生气不悦是指不高兴、心中不快、怀恨。
打击是指用身体、与身体相连的物品或可以扔出的物品,哪怕只是用莲花瓣打击,也犯波逸提罪。
452.如果认为已受具足戒者是已受具足戒者,生气不悦而打击,犯波逸提罪。如果怀疑是否已受具足戒者,生气不悦而打击,犯波逸提罪。如果认为已受具足戒者是未受具足戒者,生气不悦而打击,犯波逸提罪。
对未受具足戒者生气不悦而打击,犯突吉罗罪。如果认为未受具足戒者是已受具足戒者,犯突吉罗罪。如果怀疑未受具足戒者是否已受具足戒,犯突吉罗罪。如果认为未受具足戒者是未受具足戒者,犯突吉罗罪。
453.无罪的情况:被他人骚扰时为了解脱而打击,精神错乱者,最初的犯戒者。
打击学处第四结束。
5.举手威胁学处

454. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū kupitā anattamanā sattarasavaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ talasattikaṃ uggiranti. Te pahārasamuccitā rodanti. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘kissa tumhe, āvuso, rodathā’’ti? ‘‘Ime, āvuso, chabbaggiyā bhikkhū kupitā anattamanā amhākaṃ talasattikaṃ uggirantī’’ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū kupitā anattamanā sattarasavaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ talasattikaṃ uggirissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, kupitā anattamanā sattarasavaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ talasattikaṃ uggirathāti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, kupitā anattamanā sattarasavaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ talasattikaṃ uggirissatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

455.‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhussa kupito anattamano talasattikaṃ uggireyya, pācittiya’’nti.

456.Yopanāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Bhikkhussāti aññassa bhikkhussa.

Kupito anattamanoti anabhiraddho āhatacitto khilajāto.

Talasattikaṃuggireyyāti kāyaṃ vā kāyapaṭibaddhaṃ vā antamaso uppalapattampi uccāreti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

457. Upasampanne upasampannasaññī kupito anattamano talasattikaṃ uggirati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne vematiko kupito anattamano talasattikaṃ uggirati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne anupasampannasaññī kupito anattamano talasattikaṃ uggirati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Anupasampannassa kupito anattamano talasattikaṃ uggirati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne upasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne anupasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

458. Anāpatti kenaci viheṭhīyamāno mokkhādhippāyo talasattikaṃ uggirati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Talasattikasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ pañcamaṃ.

6. Amūlakasikkhāpadaṃ

459. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhuṃ amūlakena saṅghādisesena anuddhaṃsenti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhuṃ amūlakena saṅghādisesena anuddhaṃsessantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, bhikkhuṃ amūlakena saṅghādisesena anuddhaṃsethāti ? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, bhikkhuṃ amūlakena saṅghādisesena anuddhaṃsessatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

460.‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ amūlakena saṅghādisesena anuddhaṃseyya, pācittiya’’nti.

461.Yopanāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Bhikkhunti aññaṃ bhikkhuṃ.

Amūlakaṃ nāma adiṭṭhaṃ assutaṃ aparisaṅkitaṃ.

Saṅghādisesenāti terasannaṃ aññatarena.

Anuddhaṃseyyāti codeti vā codāpeti vā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

462. Upasampanne upasampannasaññī amūlakena saṅghādisesena anuddhaṃseti , āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne vematiko amūlakena saṅghādisesena anuddhaṃseti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne anupasampannasaññī amūlakena saṅghādisesena anuddhaṃseti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Ācāravipattiyā vā diṭṭhivipattiyā vā anuddhaṃseti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannaṃ anuddhaṃseti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne upasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne anupasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

463. Anāpatti tathāsaññī codeti, vā codāpeti vā, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Amūlakasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ.

7. Sañciccasikkhāpadaṃ



454.那时,佛陀住在舍卫城(现在的夏希特-默赫特)祇树给孤独园。当时,六群比丘生气不悦,对十七群比丘举手威胁。他们害怕被打而哭泣。比丘们这样问:"朋友们,你们为什么哭泣?"(他们说:)"朋友们,这些六群比丘生气不悦,对我们举手威胁。"那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批评、指责说:"为什么六群比丘生气不悦,对十七群比丘举手威胁呢?"...(他们)问:"比丘们,你们是否真的生气不悦,对十七群比丘举手威胁?"(六群比丘说:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥说...:"愚人,为什么你们生气不悦,对十七群比丘举手威胁呢?愚人,这不会使不信者生信...比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
455."若比丘生气不悦,对比丘举手威胁,犯波逸提罪。"
456.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...这是在此含义中所指的比丘。
比丘是指其他比丘。
生气不悦是指不高兴、心中不快、怀恨。
举手威胁是指举起身体或与身体相连的物品,哪怕只是举起莲花瓣,也犯波逸提罪。
457.如果认为已受具足戒者是已受具足戒者,生气不悦而举手威胁,犯波逸提罪。如果怀疑是否已受具足戒者,生气不悦而举手威胁,犯波逸提罪。如果认为已受具足戒者是未受具足戒者,生气不悦而举手威胁,犯波逸提罪。
对未受具足戒者生气不悦而举手威胁,犯突吉罗罪。如果认为未受具足戒者是已受具足戒者,犯突吉罗罪。如果怀疑未受具足戒者是否已受具足戒,犯突吉罗罪。如果认为未受具足戒者是未受具足戒者,犯突吉罗罪。
458.无罪的情况:被他人骚扰时为了解脱而举手威胁,精神错乱者,最初的犯戒者。
举手威胁学处第五结束。
6.无根据学处
459.那时,佛陀住在舍卫城(现在的夏希特-默赫特)祇树给孤独园。当时,六群比丘以无根据的僧残罪诽谤比丘。那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批评、指责说:"为什么六群比丘以无根据的僧残罪诽谤比丘呢?"...(他们)问:"比丘们,你们是否真的以无根据的僧残罪诽谤比丘?"(六群比丘说:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥说...:"愚人,为什么你们以无根据的僧残罪诽谤比丘呢?愚人,这不会使不信者生信...比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
460."若比丘以无根据的僧残罪诽谤比丘,犯波逸提罪。"
461.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...这是在此含义中所指的比丘。
比丘是指其他比丘。
无根据是指未见、未闻、未怀疑。
僧残罪是指十三条僧残罪中的任何一条。
诽谤是指自己指责或让他人指责,犯波逸提罪。
462.如果认为已受具足戒者是已受具足戒者,以无根据的僧残罪诽谤,犯波逸提罪。如果怀疑是否已受具足戒者,以无根据的僧残罪诽谤,犯波逸提罪。如果认为已受具足戒者是未受具足戒者,以无根据的僧残罪诽谤,犯波逸提罪。
以行为不当或见解不当诽谤,犯突吉罗罪。诽谤未受具足戒者,犯突吉罗罪。如果认为未受具足戒者是已受具足戒者,犯突吉罗罪。如果怀疑未受具足戒者是否已受具足戒,犯突吉罗罪。如果认为未受具足戒者是未受具足戒者,犯突吉罗罪。
463.无罪的情况:如实认为而指责或让人指责,精神错乱者,最初的犯戒者。
无根据学处第六结束。
7.故意学处

464. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū sattarasavaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ sañcicca kukkuccaṃ upadahanti – ‘‘bhagavatā, āvuso, sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ – ‘na ūnavīsativasso puggalo upasampādetabbo’ti. Tumhe ca ūnavīsativassā upasampannā. Kacci no tumhe anupasampannā’’ti? Te rodanti. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘kissa tumhe, āvuso, rodathā’’ti? ‘‘Ime , āvuso, chabbaggiyā bhikkhū amhākaṃ sañcicca kukkuccaṃ upadahantī’’ti . Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhūnaṃ sañcicca kukkuccaṃ upadahissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ sañcicca kukkuccaṃ upadahathāti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, bhikkhūnaṃ sañcicca kukkuccaṃ upadahissatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

465.‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhussa sañcicca kukkuccaṃ upadaheyya [uppādeyya (itipi)] – ‘itissa muhuttampi aphāsu bhavissatī’ti etadeva paccayaṃ karitvā anaññaṃ, pācittiya’’nti.

466.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Bhikkhussāti aññassa bhikkhussa.

Sañciccāti jānanto sañjānanto cecca abhivitaritvā vītikkamo.

Kukkuccaṃ upadaheyyāti ‘‘ūnavīsativasso maññe tvaṃ upasampanno, vikāle maññe tayā bhuttaṃ, majjaṃ maññe tayā pītaṃ, mātugāmena saddhiṃ raho maññe tayā nisinna’’nti kukkuccaṃ upadahati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Etadevapaccayaṃ karitvā, anaññanti na añño koci paccayo hoti kukkuccaṃ upadahituṃ.

467. Upasampanne upasampannasaññī sañcicca kukkuccaṃ upadahati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne vematiko sañcicca kukkuccaṃ upadahati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne anupasampannasaññī sañcicca kukkuccaṃ upadahati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Anupasampannassa sañcicca kukkuccaṃ upadahati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne upasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne anupasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

468. Anāpatti na kukkuccaṃ upadahitukāmo ‘‘ūnavīsativasso maññe tvaṃ upasampanno, vikāle maññe tayā bhuttaṃ, majjaṃ maññe tayā pītaṃ, mātugāmena saddhiṃ raho maññe tayā nisinnaṃ, iṅgha jānāhi, mā te pacchā kukkuccaṃ ahosī’’ti bhaṇati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Sañciccasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ sattamaṃ.

8. Upassutisikkhāpadaṃ

469. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū pesalehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ bhaṇḍanti. Pesalā bhikkhū evaṃ vadanti – ‘‘alajjino ime, āvuso, chabbaggiyā bhikkhū. Na sakkā imehi saha bhaṇḍitu’’nti. Chabbaggiyā bhikkhū evaṃ vadanti – ‘‘kissa tumhe, āvuso, amhe alajjivādena pāpethā’’ti? ‘‘Kahaṃ pana tumhe, āvuso, assutthā’’ti? ‘‘Mayaṃ āyasmantānaṃ upassutiṃ [upassuti (?)] tiṭṭhamhā’’ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhūnaṃ bhaṇḍanajātānaṃ kalahajātānaṃ vivādāpannānaṃ upassutiṃ [upassuti (?)] tiṭṭhissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ bhaṇḍanajātānaṃ kalahajātānaṃ vivādāpannānaṃ upassutiṃ [upassuti (?)] tiṭṭhathāti? ‘‘Sacca, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, bhikkhūnaṃ bhaṇḍanajātānaṃ kalahajātānaṃ vivādāpannānaṃ upassutiṃ [upassuti (?)] tiṭṭhissatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

470.‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṃ bhaṇḍanajātānaṃ kalahajātānaṃ vivādāpannānaṃ upassutiṃ tiṭṭheyya – ‘yaṃ ime bhaṇissanti taṃ sossāmī’ti etadeva paccayaṃ karitvā anaññaṃ, pācittiya’’nti.



464.那时,佛陀住在舍卫城(现在的夏希特-默赫特)祇树给孤独园。当时,六群比丘故意引起十七群比丘的悔疑,说:"朋友们,世尊制定学处:'不得为未满二十岁的人授具足戒。'你们未满二十岁就受具足戒了。你们是否未受具足戒呢?"他们哭泣。比丘们这样问:"朋友们,你们为什么哭泣?"(他们说:)"朋友们,这些六群比丘故意引起我们的悔疑。"那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批评、指责说:"为什么六群比丘故意引起比丘们的悔疑呢?"...(他们)问:"比丘们,你们是否真的故意引起比丘们的悔疑?"(六群比丘说:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥说...:"愚人,为什么你们故意引起比丘们的悔疑呢?愚人,这不会使不信者生信...比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
465."若比丘故意引起比丘的悔疑,想:'这样他会暂时不安',仅仅为了这个原因,别无其他,犯波逸提罪。"
466.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...这是在此含义中所指的比丘。
比丘是指其他比丘。
故意是指知道、了解、有意、思考后违犯。
引起悔疑是指说:"你可能未满二十岁就受具足戒了,你可能在非时食用了,你可能喝酒了,你可能与女人独处了",引起悔疑,犯波逸提罪。
仅仅为了这个原因,别无其他是指没有其他任何原因引起悔疑。
467.如果认为已受具足戒者是已受具足戒者,故意引起悔疑,犯波逸提罪。如果怀疑是否已受具足戒者,故意引起悔疑,犯波逸提罪。如果认为已受具足戒者是未受具足戒者,故意引起悔疑,犯波逸提罪。
对未受具足戒者故意引起悔疑,犯突吉罗罪。如果认为未受具足戒者是已受具足戒者,犯突吉罗罪。如果怀疑未受具足戒者是否已受具足戒,犯突吉罗罪。如果认为未受具足戒者是未受具足戒者,犯突吉罗罪。
468.无罪的情况:不是想要引起悔疑而说:"你可能未满二十岁就受具足戒了,你可能在非时食用了,你可能喝酒了,你可能与女人独处了,请你知道,不要以后感到悔疑",精神错乱者,最初的犯戒者。
故意学处第七结束。
8.偷听学处
469.那时,佛陀住在舍卫城(现在的夏希特-默赫特)祇树给孤独园。当时,六群比丘与善良的比丘们争吵。善良的比丘们这样说:"朋友们,这些六群比丘无惭无愧。不能与他们一起争吵。"六群比丘这样说:"朋友们,你们为什么说我们无惭无愧呢?""朋友们,你们在哪里听到的?""我们在尊者们附近偷听。"那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批评、指责说:"为什么六群比丘在比丘们争吵、争论、争执时偷听呢?"...(他们)问:"比丘们,你们是否真的在比丘们争吵、争论、争执时偷听?"(六群比丘说:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥说...:"愚人,为什么你们在比丘们争吵、争论、争执时偷听呢?愚人,这不会使不信者生信...比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
470."若比丘在比丘们争吵、争论、争执时偷听,'我要听他们说什么',仅仅为了这个原因,别无其他,犯波逸提罪。"

471.Yopanāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Bhikkhūnanti aññesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ.

Bhaṇḍanajātānaṃ kalahajātānaṃ vivādāpannānanti adhikaraṇajātānaṃ.

Upassutiṃ tiṭṭheyyāti ‘‘imesaṃ sutvā codessāmi sāressāmi paṭicodessāmi paṭisāressāmi maṅkū karissāmī’’ti gacchati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Yattha ṭhito suṇāti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Pacchato gacchanto turito gacchati sossāmīti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Yattha ṭhito suṇāti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Purato gacchanto ohiyyati sossāmīti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Yattha ṭhito suṇāti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Bhikkhussa ṭhitokāsaṃ vā nisinnokāsaṃ vā nipannokāsaṃ vā āgantvā mantentaṃ ukkāsitabbaṃ , vijānāpetabbaṃ, no ce ukkāseyya vā vijānāpeyya vā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Etadeva paccayaṃ karitvā anaññanti na añño koci paccayo hoti upassutiṃ tiṭṭhituṃ.

472. Upasampanne upasampannasaññī upassutiṃ tiṭṭhati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne vematiko upassutiṃ tiṭṭhati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne anupasampannasaññī upassutiṃ tiṭṭhati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Anupasampannassa upassutiṃ tiṭṭhati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne upasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne anupasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

473. Anāpatti – ‘‘imesaṃ sutvā oramissāmi viramissāmi vūpasamissāmi [vūpasamessāmi (sī.)] attānaṃ parimocessāmī’’ti gacchati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Upassutisikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ.

9. Kammapaṭibāhanasikkhāpadaṃ

474. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū anācāraṃ ācaritvā ekamekassa kamme kayiramāne paṭikkosanti. Tena kho pana samayena saṅgho sannipatito hoti kenacideva karaṇīyena. Chabbaggiyā bhikkhū cīvarakammaṃ karontā ekassa chandaṃ adaṃsu. Atha kho saṅgho – ‘‘ayaṃ, āvuso, chabbaggiyo bhikkhu ekako āgato, handassa mayaṃ kammaṃ karomā’’ti tassa kammaṃ akāsi. Atha kho so bhikkhu yena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū tenupasaṅkami. Chabbaggiyā bhikkhū taṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘kiṃ, āvuso, saṅgho akāsī’’ti? ‘‘Saṅgho me, āvuso, kammaṃ akāsī’’ti. ‘‘Na mayaṃ, āvuso, etadatthāya chandaṃ adamhā – ‘‘tuyhaṃ kammaṃ karissatī’’ti. Sace ca mayaṃ jāneyyāma ‘‘tuyhaṃ kammaṃ karissatī’’ti, na mayaṃ chandaṃ dadeyyāmā’’ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū dhammikānaṃ kammānaṃ chandaṃ datvā pacchā khīyanadhammaṃ [khiyyadhammaṃ (itipi)] āpajjissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, dhammikānaṃ kammānaṃ chandaṃ datvā pacchā khīyanadhammaṃ [khiyyadhammaṃ (itipi)] āpajjathāti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, dhammikānaṃ kammānaṃ chandaṃ datvā pacchā khīyanadhammaṃ [khiyyadhammaṃ (itipi)] āpajjissatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

475.‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu dhammikānaṃ kammānaṃ chandaṃ datvā pacchā khīyanadhammaṃ āpajjeyya, pācittiya’’nti.

476.Yopanāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Dhammikaṃ nāma kammaṃ apalokanakammaṃ ñattikammaṃ ñattidutiyakammaṃ ñatticatutthakammaṃ dhammena vinayena satthusāsanena kataṃ, etaṃ dhammikaṃ nāma kammaṃ. Chandaṃ datvā khiyyati āpatti pācittiyassa.

477. Dhammakamme dhammakammasaññī chandaṃ datvā khiyyati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme vematiko chandaṃ datvā khiyyati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Dhammakamme adhammakammasaññī chandaṃ datvā khiyyati, anāpatti. Adhammakamme dhammakammasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññī, anāpatti.

478. Anāpatti – ‘‘adhammena vā vaggena vā na kammārahassa vā kammaṃ kata’’nti jānanto khiyyati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Kammapaṭibāhanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ navamaṃ.

10. Chandaṃadatvāgamanasikkhāpadaṃ



471.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...这是在此含义中所指的比丘。
比丘们是指其他比丘们。
争吵、争论、争执是指产生诤事。
偷听是指"听了他们的话,我要指责、提醒、反驳、反问、使他们羞愧"而去,犯突吉罗罪。在能听到的地方听,犯波逸提罪。在后面快步走想要听,犯突吉罗罪。在能听到的地方听,犯波逸提罪。在前面走慢下来想要听,犯突吉罗罪。在能听到的地方听,犯波逸提罪。来到比丘站立、坐下或躺下的地方,应当咳嗽或让他们知道,如果不咳嗽或让他们知道,犯波逸提罪。
仅仅为了这个原因,别无其他是指没有其他任何原因偷听。
472.如果认为已受具足戒者是已受具足戒者而偷听,犯波逸提罪。如果怀疑是否已受具足戒者而偷听,犯波逸提罪。如果认为已受具足戒者是未受具足戒者而偷听,犯波逸提罪。
对未受具足戒者偷听,犯突吉罗罪。如果认为未受具足戒者是已受具足戒者,犯突吉罗罪。如果怀疑未受具足戒者是否已受具足戒,犯突吉罗罪。如果认为未受具足戒者是未受具足戒者,犯突吉罗罪。
473.无罪的情况:"听了他们的话,我要停止、远离、平息、解脱自己"而去,精神错乱者,最初的犯戒者。
偷听学处第八结束。
9.阻挠羯磨学处
474.那时,佛陀住在舍卫城(现在的夏希特-默赫特)祇树给孤独园。当时,六群比丘行为不当,在对每个人执行羯磨时反对。当时,僧团因某些事情聚集。六群比丘正在做衣服,给了一个人同意。然后僧团说:"朋友们,这个六群比丘单独来了,让我们对他执行羯磨吧",就对他执行了羯磨。然后那个比丘去找六群比丘。六群比丘问那个比丘:"朋友,僧团做了什么?"(他说:)"朋友们,僧团对我执行了羯磨。"(六群比丘说:)"朋友,我们不是为了这个目的给你同意的,'会对你执行羯磨'。如果我们知道'会对你执行羯磨',我们就不会给你同意。"那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批评、指责说:"为什么六群比丘对如法的羯磨给了同意后,之后又抱怨呢?"...(他们)问:"比丘们,你们是否真的对如法的羯磨给了同意后,之后又抱怨?"(六群比丘说:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥说...:"愚人,为什么你们对如法的羯磨给了同意后,之后又抱怨呢?愚人,这不会使不信者生信...比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
475."若比丘对如法的羯磨给了同意后,之后又抱怨,犯波逸提罪。"
476.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...这是在此含义中所指的比丘。
如法的羯磨是指宣布羯磨、单白羯磨、白二羯磨、白四羯磨,依法、依律、依师教而做,这就是如法的羯磨。给了同意后抱怨,犯波逸提罪。
477.如果认为如法羯磨是如法羯磨,给了同意后抱怨,犯波逸提罪。如果怀疑是否如法羯磨,给了同意后抱怨,犯突吉罗罪。如果认为如法羯磨是非法羯磨,给了同意后抱怨,无罪。如果认为非法羯磨是如法羯磨,犯突吉罗罪。如果怀疑非法羯磨是否如法羯磨,犯突吉罗罪。如果认为非法羯磨是非法羯磨,无罪。
478.无罪的情况:知道"非法或不和合或对不应执行羯磨的人执行了羯磨"而抱怨,精神错乱者,最初的犯戒者。
阻挠羯磨学处第九结束。
10.不给同意而离去学处

479. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena saṅgho sannipatito hoti kenacideva karaṇīyena. Chabbaggiyā bhikkhū cīvarakammaṃ karontā ekassa chandaṃ adaṃsu. Atha kho saṅgho ‘‘yassatthāya sannipatito taṃ kammaṃ karissāmī’’ti ñattiṃ ṭhapesi. Atha kho so bhikkhu – ‘‘evamevime ekamekassa kammaṃ karonti, kassa tumhe kammaṃ karissathā’’ti chandaṃ adatvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhu saṅghe vinicchayakathāya vattamānāya chandaṃ adatvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkamissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, bhikkhu, saṅghe vinicchayakathāya vattamānāya chandaṃ adatvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkamasīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, saṅghe vinicchayakathāya vattamānāya chandaṃ adatvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkamissasi ! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

480.‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu saṅghe vinicchayakathāya vattamānāya chandaṃ adatvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkameyya, pācittiya’’nti.

481.Yopanāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Saṅghe vinicchayakathā nāma vatthu vā ārocitaṃ hoti avinicchitaṃ, ñatti vā ṭhapitā hoti, kammavācā vā vippakatā hoti.

Chandaṃ adatvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkameyyāti – ‘‘kathaṃ idaṃ kammaṃ kuppaṃ assa vaggaṃ assa na kareyyā’’ti gacchati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Parisāya hatthapāsaṃ vijahantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa. Vijahite āpatti pācittiyassa.

482. Dhammakamme dhammakammasaññī chandaṃ adatvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkamati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme vematiko chandaṃ adatvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkamati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Dhammakamme adhammakammasaññī chandaṃ adatvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkamati, anāpatti. Adhammakamme dhammakammasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññī, anāpatti.

483. Anāpatti – ‘‘saṅghassa bhaṇḍanaṃ vā kalaho vā viggaho vā vivādo vā bhavissatī’’ti gacchati, ‘‘saṅghabhedo vā saṅgharāji vā bhavissatī’’ti gacchati, ‘‘adhammena vā vaggena vā na kammārahassa vā kammaṃ karissatī’’ti gacchati, gilāno gacchati, gilānassa karaṇīyena gacchati, uccārena vā passāvena vā pīḷito gacchati, ‘‘na kammaṃ kopetukāmo puna paccāgamissāmī’’ti gacchati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Chandaṃ adatvā gamanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dasamaṃ.

11. Dubbalasikkhāpadaṃ

484. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā dabbo mallaputto saṅghassa senāsanañca paññapeti bhattāni ca uddisati. So cāyasmā dubbalacīvaro hoti. Tena kho pana samayena saṅghassa ekaṃ cīvaraṃ uppannaṃ hoti. Atha kho saṅgho taṃ cīvaraṃ āyasmato dabbassa mallaputtassa adāsi . Chabbaggiyā bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘yathāsanthutaṃ bhikkhū saṅghikaṃ lābhaṃ pariṇāmentī’’ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū samaggena saṅghena cīvaraṃ datvā pacchā khīyanadhammaṃ āpajjissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, samaggena saṅghena cīvaraṃ datvā pacchā khīyanadhammaṃ āpajjathāti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, samaggena saṅghena cīvaraṃ datvā pacchā khīyanadhammaṃ āpajjissatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ, vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

485.‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu samaggena saṅghena cīvaraṃ datvā pacchā khīyanadhammaṃ āpajjeyya ‘yathāsanthutaṃ bhikkhū saṅghikaṃ lābhaṃ pariṇāmentī’ti, pācittiya’’nti.



479.那时,佛陀住在舍卫城(现在的夏希特-默赫特)祇树给孤独园。当时,僧团因某些事情聚集。六群比丘正在做衣服,给了一个人同意。然后僧团说"我们要执行聚集的目的"而提出动议。然后那个比丘想:"他们就是这样对每个人执行羯磨,你们要对谁执行羯磨呢?",不给同意就从座位起身离去。那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批评、指责说:"为什么比丘在僧团进行决议讨论时不给同意就从座位起身离去呢?"...(他们)问:"比丘,你是否真的在僧团进行决议讨论时不给同意就从座位起身离去?"(他说:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥说...:"愚人,为什么你在僧团进行决议讨论时不给同意就从座位起身离去呢?愚人,这不会使不信者生信...比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
480."若比丘在僧团进行决议讨论时不给同意就从座位起身离去,犯波逸提罪。"
481.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...这是在此含义中所指的比丘。
僧团的决议讨论是指事项已经宣布但未决定,或者已经提出动议,或者羯磨文正在进行。
不给同意就从座位起身离去是指想"如何使这个羯磨无效、不和合、不执行"而去,犯突吉罗罪。离开会众的伸手可及处,犯突吉罗罪。离开后,犯波逸提罪。
482.如果认为如法羯磨是如法羯磨,不给同意就从座位起身离去,犯波逸提罪。如果怀疑是否如法羯磨,不给同意就从座位起身离去,犯突吉罗罪。如果认为如法羯磨是非法羯磨,不给同意就从座位起身离去,无罪。如果认为非法羯磨是如法羯磨,犯突吉罗罪。如果怀疑非法羯磨是否如法羯磨,犯突吉罗罪。如果认为非法羯磨是非法羯磨,无罪。
483.无罪的情况:想"僧团会有争吵、争论、争执、争议"而去,想"会有僧团分裂或僧团不和"而去,想"会非法或不和合或对不应执行羯磨的人执行羯磨"而去,生病而去,为了照顾病人而去,被大小便逼迫而去,想"不是想要破坏羯磨,我会再回来"而去,精神错乱者,最初的犯戒者。
不给同意而离去学处第十结束。
11.诽谤学处
484.那时,佛陀住在王舍城(现在的拉杰吉尔)竹林松鼠栖息处。当时,尊者摩诃迦叶为僧团分配住处和分配食物。这位尊者的衣服破旧了。当时,僧团得到一件衣服。然后僧团把那件衣服给了尊者摩诃迦叶。六群比丘抱怨、批评、指责说:"比丘们按照亲疏关系分配僧团的利养。"那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批评、指责说:"为什么六群比丘在和合的僧团给了衣服后,之后又抱怨呢?"...(他们)问:"比丘们,你们是否真的在和合的僧团给了衣服后,之后又抱怨?"(六群比丘说:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥说...:"愚人,为什么你们在和合的僧团给了衣服后,之后又抱怨呢?愚人,这不会使不信者生信...比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
485."若比丘在和合的僧团给了衣服后,之后又抱怨说'比丘们按照亲疏关系分配僧团的利养',犯波逸提罪。"

486.Yopanāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Samaggo nāma saṅgho samānasaṃvāsako samānasīmāyaṃ ṭhito.

Cīvaraṃ nāma channaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ cīvaraṃ vikappanupagaṃ pacchimaṃ.

Datvāti sayaṃ datvā.

Yathāsanthutaṃ nāma yathāmittatā yathāsandiṭṭhatā yathāsambhattatā yathāsamānupajjhāyakatā yathāsamānācariyakatā.

Saṅghikaṃ nāma saṅghassa dinnaṃ hoti pariccattaṃ.

Lābho nāma cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārā, antamaso cuṇṇapiṇḍopi, dantakaṭṭhampi, dasikasuttampi.

Pacchākhīyanadhammaṃ āpajjeyyāti upasampannassa saṅghena sammatassa senāsanapaññāpakassa vā bhattuddesakassa vā yāgubhājakassa vā phalabhājakassa vā khajjabhājakassa vā appamattakavissajjakassa vā cīvaraṃ dinne khiyyati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

487. Dhammakamme dhammakammasaññī cīvaraṃ dinne khiyyati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme vematiko cīvaraṃ dinne khiyyati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme adhammakammasaññī cīvaraṃ dinne khiyyati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Aññaṃ parikkhāraṃ dinne khiyyati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Upasampannassa saṅghena asammatassa senāsanapaññāpakassa vā bhattuddesakassa vā yāgubhājakassa vā phalabhājakassa vā khajjabhājakassa vā appamattakavissajjakassa vā cīvaraṃ vā aññaṃ vā parikkhāraṃ dinne khiyyati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannassa saṅghena sammatassa vā asammatassa vā senāsanapaññāpakassa vā bhattuddesakassa vā yāgubhājakassa vā phalabhājakassa vā khajjabhājakassa vā appamattakavissajjakassa vā cīvaraṃ vā aññaṃ vā parikkhāraṃ dinne khiyyati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme dhammakammasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññī, anāpatti.

488. Anāpatti – pakatiyā chandā dosā mohā bhayā karontaṃ ‘‘kvattho tassa dinnena laddhāpi vinipātessati na sammā upanessatī’’ti khiyyati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Dubbalasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ ekādasamaṃ.

12. Pariṇāmanasikkhāpadaṃ

489.[idaṃ vatthu pārā. 657] Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena sāvatthiyaṃ aññatarassa pūgassa saṅghassa sacīvarabhattaṃ paṭiyattaṃ hoti – ‘‘bhojetvā cīvarena acchādessāmā’’ti. Atha kho chabbaggiyā bhikkhū yena so pūgo tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā taṃ pūgaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘dethāvuso, imāni cīvarāni imesaṃ bhikkhūna’’nti. ‘‘Na mayaṃ, bhante, dassāma. Amhākaṃ saṅghassa anuvassaṃ sacīvarabhikkhā paññattā’’ti. ‘‘Bahū, āvuso, saṅghassa dāyakā, bahū saṅghassa bhattā [bhaddā (ka.)]. Ime tumhe nissāya tumhe sampassantā idha viharanti. Tumhe ce imesaṃ na dassatha, atha ko carahi imesaṃ dassati? Dethāvuso, imāni cīvarāni imesaṃ bhikkhūna’’nti. Atha kho so pūgo chabbaggiyehi bhikkhūhi nippīḷiyamāno yathāpaṭiyattaṃ cīvaraṃ chabbaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ datvā saṅghaṃ bhattena parivisi. Ye te bhikkhū jānanti saṅghassa sacīvarabhattaṃ paṭiyattaṃ ‘‘na ca jānanti chabbaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dinna’’nti te evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘oṇojethāvuso, saṅghassa cīvara’’nti. ‘‘Natthi, bhante. Yathāpaṭiyattaṃ cīvaraṃ ayyā chabbaggiyā ayyānaṃ chabbaggiyānaṃ pariṇāmesu’’nti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū jānaṃ saṅghikaṃ lābhaṃ pariṇataṃ puggalassa pariṇāmessantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, jānaṃ saṅghikaṃ lābhaṃ pariṇataṃ puggalassa pariṇāmethāti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, jānaṃ saṅghikaṃ lābhaṃ pariṇataṃ puggalassa pariṇāmessatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

490.‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu jānaṃ saṅghikaṃ lābhaṃ pariṇataṃ puggalassa pariṇāmeyya, pācittiya’’nti.



486.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...这是在此含义中所指的比丘。
和合是指僧团共住、在同一界内。
衣服是指六种衣服中的任何一种可以分配的衣服。
给了是指自己给了。
按照亲疏关系是指按照友谊、熟识、亲密、同一和尚、同一阿阇梨。
僧团的是指给予僧团、舍弃给僧团的。
利养是指衣服、饮食、住处、病人的医药和用品,乃至粉末、牙签、线头。
之后又抱怨是指在僧团指定的已受具足戒的分配住处者、分配食物者、分配粥者、分配水果者、分配点心者、分配小物品者得到衣服后抱怨,犯波逸提罪。
487.如果认为如法羯磨是如法羯磨,在给了衣服后抱怨,犯波逸提罪。如果怀疑是否如法羯磨,在给了衣服后抱怨,犯波逸提罪。如果认为如法羯磨是非法羯磨,在给了衣服后抱怨,犯波逸提罪。
在给了其他用品后抱怨,犯突吉罗罪。在僧团未指定的已受具足戒的分配住处者、分配食物者、分配粥者、分配水果者、分配点心者、分配小物品者得到衣服或其他用品后抱怨,犯突吉罗罪。在僧团指定或未指定的未受具足戒的分配住处者、分配食物者、分配粥者、分配水果者、分配点心者、分配小物品者得到衣服或其他用品后抱怨,犯突吉罗罪。如果认为非法羯磨是如法羯磨,犯突吉罗罪。如果怀疑非法羯磨是否如法羯磨,犯突吉罗罪。如果认为非法羯磨是非法羯磨,无罪。
488.无罪的情况:本来就因贪、嗔、痴、怖而做的人,说"给他有什么用,得到后也会浪费,不会好好使用"而抱怨,精神错乱者,最初的犯戒者。
诽谤学处第十一结束。
12.转用学处
489.那时,佛陀住在舍卫城(现在的夏希特-默赫特)祇树给孤独园。当时,舍卫城的某个团体为僧团准备了带衣服的食物,想"我们要供养食物后再供养衣服"。然后六群比丘去那个团体那里,到了之后对那个团体这样说:"朋友们,把这些衣服给这些比丘吧。"(他们说:)"尊者们,我们不给。我们每年为僧团准备带衣服的食物。""朋友们,僧团有很多施主,很多食物。这些比丘依靠你们、看着你们住在这里。如果你们不给这些比丘,那谁会给这些比丘呢?朋友们,把这些衣服给这些比丘吧。"然后那个团体被六群比丘逼迫,把准备好的衣服给了六群比丘,用食物供养了僧团。那些知道为僧团准备了带衣服的食物,但不知道给了六群比丘的比丘们这样说:"朋友们,给僧团衣服吧。"(他们说:)"尊者们,没有了。准备好的衣服,尊者六群比丘转用给了尊者六群比丘们。"那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批评、指责说:"为什么六群比丘明知是转用给僧团的利养,却转用给个人呢?"...(他们)问:"比丘们,你们是否真的明知是转用给僧团的利养,却转用给个人?"(六群比丘说:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥说...:"愚人,为什么你们明知是转用给僧团的利养,却转用给个人呢?愚人,这不会使不信者生信...比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
490."若比丘明知是转用给僧团的利养,却转用给个人,犯波逸提罪。"

491.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Jānāti nāma sāmaṃ vā jānāti, aññe vā tassa ārocenti, so vā āroceti.

Saṅghikaṃ nāma saṅghassa dinnaṃ hoti pariccattaṃ.

Lābho nāma cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārā, antamaso cuṇṇapiṇḍopi, dantakaṭṭhampi, dasikasuttampi.

Pariṇataṃ nāma ‘‘dassāma karissāmā’’ti vācā bhinnā hoti, taṃ puggalassa pariṇāmeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

492. Pariṇate pariṇatasaññī puggalassa pariṇāmeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Pariṇate vematiko puggalassa pariṇāmeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Pariṇate apariṇatasaññī puggalassa pariṇāmeti, anāpatti. Saṅghassa pariṇataṃ aññasaṅghassa vā cetiyassa vā pariṇāmeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Cetiyassa pariṇataṃ aññacetiyassa vā saṅghassa vā puggalassa vā pariṇāmeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Puggalassa pariṇataṃ aññapuggalassa vā saṅghassa vā cetiyassa vā pariṇāmeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa . Apariṇate pariṇatasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Apariṇate vematiko , āpatti dukkaṭassa. Apariṇate apariṇatasaññī, anāpatti.

493. Anāpatti – ‘‘kattha demā’’ti pucchīyamāno – ‘‘yattha tumhākaṃ deyyadhammo paribhogaṃ vā labheyya paṭisaṅkhāraṃ vā labheyya ciraṭṭhitiko vā assa yattha vā pana tumhākaṃ cittaṃ pasīdati tattha dethā’’ti bhaṇati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Pariṇāmanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dvādasamaṃ.

Sahadhammikavaggo aṭṭhamo.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Sahadhamma-vivaṇṇañca, mohāpanaṃ pahārakaṃ;

Talasatti amūlañca, sañcicca ca upassuti;

Paṭibāhanachandañca, dabbañca pariṇāmananti.

9. Ratanavaggo

1. Antepurasikkhāpadaṃ

494. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena rājā pasenadi kosalo uyyānapālaṃ āṇāpesi – ‘‘gaccha, bhaṇe, uyyānaṃ sodhehi. Uyyānaṃ gamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, devā’’ti kho so uyyānapālo rañño pasenadissa kosalassa paṭissutvā uyyānaṃ sodhento addasa bhagavantaṃ aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisinnaṃ. Disvāna yena rājā pasenadi kosalo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā rājānaṃ pasenadiṃ kosalaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘suddhaṃ, deva, uyyānaṃ. Apica, bhagavā tattha nisinno’’ti. ‘‘Hotu, bhaṇe! Mayaṃ bhagavantaṃ payirupāsissāmā’’ti. Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo uyyānaṃ gantvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro upāsako bhagavantaṃ payirupāsanto nisinno hoti. Addasā kho rājā pasenadi kosalo taṃ upāsakaṃ bhagavantaṃ payirupāsantaṃ nisinnaṃ. Disvāna bhīto aṭṭhāsi. Atha kho rañño pasenadissa kosalassa etadahosi – ‘‘nārahatāyaṃ puriso pāpo hotuṃ , yathā bhagavantaṃ payirupāsatī’’ti. Yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Atha kho so upāsako bhagavato gāravena rājānaṃ pasenadiṃ kosalaṃ neva abhivādesi na paccuṭṭhāsi. Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo anattamano ahosi – ‘‘kathañhi nāmāyaṃ puriso mayi āgate neva abhivādessati na paccuṭṭhessatī’’ti! Atha kho bhagavā rājānaṃ pasenadiṃ kosalaṃ anattamanaṃ viditvā rājānaṃ pasenadiṃ kosalaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘eso kho, mahārāja, upāsako bahussuto āgatāgamo kāmesu vītarāgo’’ti. Atha kho rañño pasenadissa kosalassa etadahosi – ‘‘nārahatāyaṃ upāsako orako hotuṃ, bhagavāpi imassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsatī’’ti. Taṃ upāsakaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘vadeyyāsi, upāsaka, yena attho’’ti. ‘‘Suṭṭhu, devā’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā rājānaṃ pasenadiṃ kosalaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi.



491.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...这是在此含义中所指的比丘。
明知是指自己知道,或者其他人告诉他,或者他告诉。
僧团的是指给予僧团、舍弃给僧团的。
利养是指衣服、饮食、住处、病人的医药和用品,乃至粉末、牙签、线头。
转用是指已经说"我们要给、我们要做",把它转用给个人,犯波逸提罪。
492.如果认为已转用的是已转用的,转用给个人,犯波逸提罪。如果怀疑是否已转用,转用给个人,犯突吉罗罪。如果认为已转用的是未转用的,转用给个人,无罪。把转用给僧团的转用给其他僧团或塔,犯突吉罗罪。把转用给塔的转用给其他塔或僧团或个人,犯突吉罗罪。把转用给个人的转用给其他个人或僧团或塔,犯突吉罗罪。如果认为未转用的是已转用的,犯突吉罗罪。如果怀疑未转用的是否已转用,犯突吉罗罪。如果认为未转用的是未转用的,无罪。
493.无罪的情况:被问"我们应该给哪里?"时说"给你们的供养物能得到使用或修理或长久保存的地方,或者你们心里欢喜的地方",精神错乱者,最初的犯戒者。
转用学处第十二结束。
同法品第八。
其摘要:
同法和诽谤,愚弄和打击,
举手和无根据,故意和偷听,
阻挠和不给同意,诽谤和转用。
9.宝品
1.内宫学处
494.那时,佛陀住在舍卫城(现在的夏希特-默赫特)祇树给孤独园。当时,拘萨罗国王波斯匿命令园丁:"去吧,把园林打扫干净。我们要去园林。"园丁回答拘萨罗国王波斯匿说:"是的,陛下。"然后去打扫园林,看到世尊坐在某棵树下。看到后就去拘萨罗国王波斯匿那里,到了之后对拘萨罗国王波斯匿这样说:"陛下,园林已经打扫干净了。不过,世尊坐在那里。""好吧,我们去拜见世尊。"然后拘萨罗国王波斯匿去园林,向世尊走去。当时,有一个优婆塞正坐在那里拜见世尊。拘萨罗国王波斯匿看到那个优婆塞正坐在那里拜见世尊。看到后害怕站住了。然后拘萨罗国王波斯匿想:"这个人不应该是坏人,因为他在拜见世尊。"就向世尊走去,到了之后礼敬世尊,然后坐在一旁。然后那个优婆塞因为对世尊的恭敬,既没有礼敬拘萨罗国王波斯匿,也没有起身。然后拘萨罗国王波斯匿不高兴:"为什么这个人在我来时既不礼敬也不起身呢?"然后世尊知道拘萨罗国王波斯匿不高兴,就对拘萨罗国王波斯匿这样说:"大王,这个优婆塞多闻、精通传统、对欲离欲。"然后拘萨罗国王波斯匿想:"这个优婆塞不应该是低贱的人,世尊也称赞他。"就对那个优婆塞说:"优婆塞,你有什么需要就说吧。""很好,陛下。"然后世尊以法语开示、教导、鼓励、鼓舞拘萨罗国王波斯匿。然后拘萨罗国王波斯匿被世尊以法语开示、教导、鼓励、鼓舞后,从座位起身,礼敬世尊,右绕后离开。

495. Tena kho pana samayena rājā pasenadi kosalo uparipāsādavaragato hoti. Addasā kho rājā pasenadi kosalo taṃ upāsakaṃ rathikāya [rathiyāya (itipi)] chattapāṇiṃ gacchantaṃ. Disvāna pakkosāpetvā etadavoca – ‘‘tvaṃ kira, upāsaka, bahussuto āgatāgamo. Sādhu, upāsaka, amhākaṃ itthāgāraṃ dhammaṃ vācehī’’ti. ‘‘Yamahaṃ [yampāhaṃ (sī.)], deva, jānāmi ayyānaṃ vāhasā, ayyāva devassa itthāgāraṃ dhammaṃ vācessantī’’ti. Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo – ‘‘saccaṃ kho upāsako āhā’’ti yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho rājā pasenadi kosalo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sādhu, bhante, bhagavā ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ āṇāpetu yo amhākaṃ itthāgāraṃ dhammaṃ vācessatī’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā rājānaṃ pasenadiṃ kosalaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi…pe… padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘tenahānanda, rañño itthāgāraṃ dhammaṃ vācehī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā kālena kālaṃ pavisitvā rañño itthāgāraṃ dhammaṃ vāceti. Atha kho āyasmā ānando pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena rañño pasenadissa kosalassa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami.

496. Tena kho pana samayena rājā pasenadi kosalo mallikāya deviyā saddhiṃ sayanagato hoti. Addasā kho mallikā devī āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ. Disvāna sahasā vuṭṭhāsi; pītakamaṭṭhaṃ dussaṃ pabhassittha. Atha kho āyasmā ānando tatova paṭinivattitvā ārāmaṃ gantvā bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma āyasmā ānando pubbe appaṭisaṃvidito rañño antepuraṃ pavisissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, ānanda, pubbe appaṭisaṃvidito rañño antepuraṃ pavisasīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, ānanda, pubbe appaṭisaṃvidito rañño antepuraṃ pavisissasi! Netaṃ, ānanda, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi –

497.[a. ni. 

495.当时,拘萨罗国王波斯匿在宫殿上层。拘萨罗国王波斯匿看到那个优婆塞手持伞在街上行走。看到后就叫他来,这样说:"优婆塞,听说你多闻、精通传统。优婆塞,请你为我的后宫教导佛法。"(优婆塞说:)"陛下,我所知道的都是从尊者们那里学来的,尊者们会为陛下的后宫教导佛法。"然后拘萨罗国王波斯匿想:"优婆塞说的是真的",就去世尊那里,到了之后礼敬世尊,然后坐在一旁。坐在一旁的拘萨罗国王波斯匿对世尊这样说:"世尊,请指派一位比丘为我的后宫教导佛法。"然后世尊以法语开示拘萨罗国王波斯匿...右绕后离开。然后世尊对尊者阿难说:"阿难,你去为国王的后宫教导佛法。""是的,世尊。"尊者阿难回答世尊后,时常进入为国王的后宫教导佛法。然后尊者阿难在上午穿好衣服,拿着钵和衣,去拘萨罗国王波斯匿的住处。
496.当时,拘萨罗国王波斯匿正和王后玛利迦一起躺在床上。王后玛利迦远远地看到尊者阿难走来。看到后突然起身,黄色的细布衣服滑落了。然后尊者阿难从那里回去,回到精舍后把这件事告诉比丘们。那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批评、指责说:"为什么尊者阿难事先不通知就进入国王的内宫呢?"...(他们)问:"阿难,你是否真的事先不通知就进入国王的内宫?"(阿难说:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥说...:"阿难,为什么你事先不通知就进入国王的内宫呢?阿难,这不会使不信者生信..."呵斥后...说了法语后对比丘们说:
497.[阿含经

10.45] ‘‘Dasayime, bhikkhave, ādīnavā rājantepurappavesane. Katame dasa? Idha, bhikkhave, rājā mahesiyā saddhiṃ nisinno hoti, tattha bhikkhu pavisati. Mahesī vā bhikkhuṃ disvā sitaṃ pātukaroti. Bhikkhu vā mahesiṃ disvā sitaṃ pātukaroti. Tattha rañño evaṃ hoti – ‘‘addhā imesaṃ kataṃ vā karissanti vā’’ti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo ādīnavo rājantepurappavesane.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, rājā bahukicco bahukaraṇīyo. Aññataraṃ itthiṃ gantvā nassarati. Sā tena gabbhaṃ gaṇhi. Tattha rañño evaṃ hoti – ‘‘na kho idha añño koci pavisati aññatra pabbajitena. Siyā nu kho pabbajitassa kamma’’nti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyo ādīnavo rājantepurappavesane.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, rañño antepure aññataraṃ ratanaṃ nassati. Tattha rañño evaṃ hoti – ‘‘na kho idha añño koci pavisati aññatra pabbajitena. Siyā nu kho pabbajitassa kamma’’nti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyo ādīnavo rājantepurappavesane.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, rañño antepure abbhantarā guyhamantā bahiddhā sambhedaṃ gacchanti. Tattha rañño evaṃ hoti – ‘‘na kho idha añño koci pavisati aññatra pabbajitena. Siyā nu kho pabbajitassa kamma’’nti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, catuttho ādīnavo rājantepurappavesane.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, rañño antepure putto vā pitaraṃ pattheti pitā vā puttaṃ pattheti. Tesaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘na kho idha añño koci pavisati aññatra pabbajitena. Siyā nu kho pabbajitassa kamma’’nti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, pañcamo ādīnavo rājantepurappavesane.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, rājā nīcaṭṭhāniyaṃ ucce ṭhāne ṭhapeti. Yesaṃ taṃ amanāpaṃ tesaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘rājā kho pabbajitena saṃsaṭṭho. Siyā nu kho pabbajitassa kamma’’nti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, chaṭṭho ādīnavo, rājantepurappavesane.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, rājā uccaṭṭhāniyaṃ nīce ṭhāne ṭhapeti. Yesaṃ taṃ amanāpaṃ tesaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘rājā kho pabbajitena saṃsaṭṭho. Siyā nu kho pabbajitassa kamma’’nti. Ayaṃ , bhikkhave, sattamo ādīnavo rājantepurappavesane.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, rājā akāle senaṃ uyyojeti. Yesaṃ taṃ amanāpaṃ tesaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘rājā kho pabbajitena saṃsaṭṭho. Siyā nu kho pabbajitassa kamma’’nti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, aṭṭhamo ādīnavo rājantepurappavesane.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, rājā kāle senaṃ uyyojetvā antarāmaggato nivattāpeti. Yesaṃ taṃ amanāpaṃ tesaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘‘rājā kho pabbajitena saṃsaṭṭho. Siyā nu kho pabbajitassa kamma’’nti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, navamo ādīnavo rājantepurappavesane.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, rañño rājantepuraṃ hatthisammaddaṃ assasammaddaṃ rathasammaddaṃ rajjanīyāni [rajjanīyāni (ka.)] rūpasaddagandharasaphoṭṭhabbāni, yāni na pabbajitassa sāruppāni. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dasamo ādīnavo rājantepurappavesane. Ime kho, bhikkhave, dasa ādīnavā rājantepurappavesane’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā dubbharatāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

498.‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu rañño khattiyassa muddhāvasittassa [muddhābhisittassa (syā.)] anikkhantarājake aniggataratanake pubbe appaṭisaṃvidito indakhīlaṃ atikkāmeyya, pācittiya’’nti.

499.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Khattiyo nāma ubhato sujāto hoti, mātito ca pitito ca saṃsuddhagahaṇiko, yāva sattamā pitāmahayugā akkhitto anupakuṭṭho jātivādena.

Muddhāvasitto nāma khattiyābhisekena abhisitto hoti.

Anikkhantarājaketi rājā sayanigharā anikkhanto hoti.

Aniggataratanaketi mahesī sayanigharā anikkhantā hoti, ubho vā anikkhantā honti.

Pubbe appaṭisaṃviditoti pubbe anāmantetvā.

Indakhīlo nāma sayanigharassa ummāro vuccati.

Sayanigharaṃ nāma yattha katthaci rañño sayanaṃ paññattaṃ hoti, antamaso sāṇipākāraparikkhittampi.

Indakhīlaṃ atikkāmeyyāti paṭhamaṃ pādaṃ ummāraṃ atikkāmeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Dutiyaṃ pādaṃ atikkāmeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.



497."比丘们,进入国王内宫有这十种过患。哪十种?比丘们,这里国王与王后坐在一起,比丘进入那里。王后看到比丘露出微笑,或者比丘看到王后露出微笑。国王这样想:'这两人一定有过去或将来的关系。'比丘们,这是进入国王内宫的第一种过患。
再者,比丘们,国王有很多事务和责任。他去某个女人那里却忘记了。她因此怀孕了。国王这样想:'除了出家人,这里没有其他人进来。难道是出家人做的吗?'比丘们,这是进入国王内宫的第二种过患。
再者,比丘们,国王内宫的某个珍宝丢失了。国王这样想:'除了出家人,这里没有其他人进来。难道是出家人做的吗?'比丘们,这是进入国王内宫的第三种过患。
再者,比丘们,国王内宫的内部秘密泄露到外面。国王这样想:'除了出家人,这里没有其他人进来。难道是出家人做的吗?'比丘们,这是进入国王内宫的第四种过患。
再者,比丘们,国王内宫里儿子想要父亲的位置,或者父亲想要儿子的位置。他们这样想:'除了出家人,这里没有其他人进来。难道是出家人做的吗?'比丘们,这是进入国王内宫的第五种过患。
再者,比丘们,国王把低位的人提升到高位。那些不喜欢的人这样想:'国王与出家人交往。难道是出家人做的吗?'比丘们,这是进入国王内宫的第六种过患。
再者,比丘们,国王把高位的人降到低位。那些不喜欢的人这样想:'国王与出家人交往。难道是出家人做的吗?'比丘们,这是进入国王内宫的第七种过患。
再者,比丘们,国王在不适当的时候派遣军队。那些不喜欢的人这样想:'国王与出家人交往。难道是出家人做的吗?'比丘们,这是进入国王内宫的第八种过患。
再者,比丘们,国王在适当的时候派遣军队后又中途召回。那些不喜欢的人这样想:'国王与出家人交往。难道是出家人做的吗?'比丘们,这是进入国王内宫的第九种过患。
再者,比丘们,国王的内宫有大象践踏、马匹践踏、车辆践踏,有令人贪恋的色声香味触,这些都不适合出家人。比丘们,这是进入国王内宫的第十种过患。比丘们,这些就是进入国王内宫的十种过患。"然后世尊以多种方式呵斥尊者阿难难养...比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
498."若比丘事先不通知就越过已灌顶剎帝利王未离开、王后未离开的内宫门槛,犯波逸提罪。"
499.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...这是在此含义中所指的比丘。
剎帝利是指双方血统纯正,母系和父系都清净,追溯到第七代祖先都没有被指责、诽谤种姓。
已灌顶是指已接受剎帝利灌顶。
未离开是指国王未离开卧室。
王后未离开是指王后未离开卧室,或者两人都未离开。
事先不通知是指事先没有告知。
门槛是指卧室的门槛。
卧室是指国王的床铺所在的任何地方,即使只是用布帘围起来的。
越过门槛是指第一只脚越过门槛,犯突吉罗罪。第二只脚越过,犯波逸提罪。

500. Appaṭisaṃvidite appaṭisaṃviditasaññī indakhīlaṃ atikkāmeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Appaṭisaṃvidite vematiko indakhīlaṃ atikkāmeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Appaṭisaṃvidite paṭisaṃviditasaññī indakhīlaṃ atikkāmeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Paṭisaṃvidite appaṭisaṃviditasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Paṭisaṃvidite vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Paṭisaṃvidite paṭisaṃviditasaññī, anāpatti.

501. Anāpatti paṭisaṃvidite, na khattiyo hoti, na khattiyābhisekena abhisitto hoti, rājā sayanigharā nikkhanto hoti, mahesī sayanigharā nikkhantā hoti, ubho vā nikkhantā honti, na sayanighare, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Antepurasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ paṭhamaṃ.

2. Ratanasikkhāpadaṃ

502. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu aciravatiyā nadiyā nahāyati. Aññataropi brāhmaṇo pañcasatānaṃ thavikaṃ thale nikkhipitvā aciravatiyā nadiyā nahāyanto vissaritvā agamāsi. Atha kho so bhikkhu – ‘‘tassāyaṃ brāhmaṇassa thavikā, mā idha nassī’’ti aggahesi. Atha kho so brāhmaṇo saritvā turito ādhāvitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavoca – ‘‘api me, bho, thavikaṃ passeyyāsī’’ti? ‘‘Handa, brāhmaṇā’’ti adāsi. Atha kho tassa brāhmaṇassa etadahosi – ‘‘kena nu kho ahaṃ upāyena imassa bhikkhuno puṇṇapattaṃ na dadeyya’’nti! ‘‘Na me, bho, pañcasatāni, sahassaṃ me’’ti palibundhetvā muñci. Atha kho so bhikkhu ārāmaṃ gantvā bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhu ratanaṃ uggahessatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, bhikkhu, ratanaṃ uggahesīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, ratanaṃ uggahessasi! Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu ratanaṃ vā ratanasammataṃ vā uggaṇheyya vā uggaṇhāpeyya vā, pācittiya’’nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

503. Tena kho pana samayena sāvatthiyā ussavo hoti. Manussā alaṅkatappaṭiyattā uyyānaṃ gacchanti. Visākhāpi migāramātā alaṅkatappaṭiyattā ‘‘uyyānaṃ gamissāmī’’ti gāmato nikkhamitvā – ‘‘kyāhaṃ karissāmi uyyānaṃ gantvā, yaṃnūnāhaṃ bhagavantaṃ payirupāseyya’’nti ābharaṇaṃ omuñcitvā uttarāsaṅgena bhaṇḍikaṃ bandhitvā dāsiyā adāsi – ‘‘handa, je, imaṃ bhaṇḍikaṃ gaṇhāhī’’ti. Atha kho visākhā migāramātā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho visākhaṃ migāramātaraṃ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho visākhā migāramātā bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṃsitā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Atha kho sā dāsī taṃ bhaṇḍikaṃ vissaritvā agamāsi. Bhikkhū passitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. ‘‘Tena hi, bhikkhave, uggahetvā nikkhipathā’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ratanaṃ vā ratanasammataṃ vā ajjhārāme uggahetvā vā uggahāpetvā vā nikkhipituṃ – ‘‘yassa bhavissati so harissatī’’ti. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu ratanaṃ vā ratanasammataṃ vā, aññatra ajjhārāmā, uggaṇheyya vā uggaṇhāpeyya vā, pācittiya’’nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.



500.如果认为未通知的是未通知的,越过门槛,犯波逸提罪。如果怀疑是否未通知,越过门槛,犯波逸提罪。如果认为未通知的是已通知的,越过门槛,犯波逸提罪。
如果认为已通知的是未通知的,犯突吉罗罪。如果怀疑已通知的是否已通知,犯突吉罗罪。如果认为已通知的是已通知的,无罪。
501.无罪的情况:已通知,不是剎帝利,没有接受剎帝利灌顶,国王已离开卧室,王后已离开卧室,或者两人都已离开,不是在卧室,精神错乱者,最初的犯戒者。
内宫学处第一结束。
2.宝物学处
502.那时,佛陀住在舍卫城(现在的夏希特-默赫特)祇树给孤独园。当时,有一个比丘在阿基罗跋提河里洗澡。有一个婆罗门把装有五百钱的钱袋放在岸上,在阿基罗跋提河里洗澡时忘记了就走了。然后那个比丘想:"这是那个婆罗门的钱袋,不要让它在这里丢失",就拿起来了。然后那个婆罗门想起来,急忙跑回来对那个比丘说:"先生,你看到我的钱袋了吗?""给你,婆罗门。"就给了他。然后那个婆罗门想:"我用什么办法才能不给这个比丘满钵的供养呢?"就说:"先生,不是五百,是一千。"纠缠后才放他走。然后那个比丘回到精舍后把这件事告诉比丘们。那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批评、指责说:"为什么比丘拿起宝物呢?"...(他们)问:"比丘,你是否真的拿起宝物?"(他说:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥说...:"愚人,为什么你拿起宝物呢?愚人,这不会使不信者生信..."比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
"若比丘拿起或叫人拿起宝物或被认为是宝物的东西,犯波逸提罪。"
世尊为比丘们制定了这条学处。
503.当时,舍卫城有节日。人们盛装打扮去公园。毗舍佉弥迦罗之母也盛装打扮,"我要去公园"从村子里出来后想:"我去公园做什么呢?不如我去拜见世尊。"就摘下装饰品,用上衣包成包裹给婢女说:"来,拿着这个包裹。"然后毗舍佉弥迦罗之母去世尊那里,到了之后礼敬世尊,然后坐在一旁。世尊以法语开示、教导、鼓励、鼓舞坐在一旁的毗舍佉弥迦罗之母。然后毗舍佉弥迦罗之母被世尊以法语开示、教导、鼓励、鼓舞后,从座位起身,礼敬世尊,右绕后离开。然后那个婢女忘记那个包裹就走了。比丘们看到后告诉世尊这件事。"那么,比丘们,拿起来保管。"然后世尊因这缘起、因这事件说了法语后对比丘们说:"比丘们,我允许在精舍内拿起或叫人拿起宝物或被认为是宝物的东西保管,'谁的东西谁会来拿走'。比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
"若比丘除了在精舍内,拿起或叫人拿起宝物或被认为是宝物的东西,犯波逸提罪。"
世尊为比丘们制定了这条学处。

504. Tena kho pana samayena kāsīsu janapade anāthapiṇḍikassa gahapatissa kammantagāmo hoti. Tena ca gahapatinā antevāsī āṇatto hoti – ‘‘sace bhadantā āgacchanti bhattaṃ kareyyāsī’’ti. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū kāsīsu janapade cārikaṃ caramānā yena anāthapiṇḍikassa gahapatissa kammantagāmo tenupasaṅkamiṃsu. Addasā kho so puriso te bhikkhū dūratova āgacchante. Disvāna yena te bhikkhū tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā te bhikkhū abhivādetvā etadavoca – ‘‘adhivāsentu, bhante, ayyā svātanāya gahapatino bhatta’’nti. Adhivāsesuṃ kho te bhikkhū tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho so puriso tassā rattiyā accayena paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā kālaṃ ārocāpetvā aṅgulimuddikaṃ omuñcitvā te bhikkhū bhattena parivisitvā – ‘‘ayyā bhuñjitvā gacchantu, ahampi kammantaṃ gamissāmī’’ti aṅgulimuddikaṃ vissaritvā agamāsi. Bhikkhū passitvā – ‘‘sace mayaṃ gamissāma nassissatāyaṃ aṅgulimuddikā’’ti tattheva acchiṃsu. Atha kho so puriso kammantā āgacchanto te bhikkhū passitvā etadavoca – ‘‘kissa, bhante, ayyā idheva acchantī’’ti? Atha kho te bhikkhū tassa purisassa etamatthaṃ ārocetvā sāvatthiṃ gantvā bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ratanaṃ vā ratanasammataṃ vā ajjhārāme vā ajjhāvasathe vā uggahetvā vā uggahāpetvā vā nikkhipituṃ – yassa bhavissati so harissatī’’ti. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

505.‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu ratanaṃ vā ratanasammataṃ vā, aññatra ajjhārāmā vā ajjhāvasathā vā, uggaṇheyya vā uggaṇhāpeyya vā, pācittiyaṃ. Ratanaṃ vā pana bhikkhunā ratanasammataṃ vā ajjhārāme vā ajjhāvasathe vā uggahetvā vā uggahāpetvā vā nikkhipitabbaṃ – ‘yassa bhavissati so harissatī’ti. Ayaṃ tattha sāmīcī’’ti.

506.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Ratanaṃ nāma muttā maṇi veḷuriyo saṅkho silā pavālaṃ rajataṃ jātarūpaṃ lohitaṅko [lohitako (?)] masāragallaṃ.

Ratanasammataṃ nāma yaṃ manussānaṃ upabhogaparibhogaṃ, etaṃ ratanasammataṃ nāma.

Aññatra ajjhārāmā vā ajjhāvasathā vāti ṭhapetvā ajjhārāmaṃ ajjhāvasathaṃ.

Ajjhārāmo nāma parikkhittassa ārāmassa anto ārāmo, aparikkhittassa upacāro.

Ajjhāvasatho nāma parikkhittassa āvasathassa anto āvasatho, aparikkhittassa upacāro.

Uggaṇheyyāti sayaṃ gaṇhāti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Uggaṇhāpeyyāti aññaṃ gāhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Ratanaṃ vā pana bhikkhunā ratanasammataṃ vā ajjhārāme vā ajjhāvasathe vā uggahetvā vā uggahāpetvā vā nikkhipitabbanti rūpena vā nimittena vā saññāṇaṃ katvā nikkhipitvā ācikkhitabbaṃ – ‘‘yassa bhaṇḍaṃ naṭṭhaṃ so āgacchatū’’ti. Sace tattha āgacchati so vattabbo – ‘‘āvuso, kīdisaṃ te bhaṇḍa’’nti? Sace rūpena vā nimittena vā sampādeti dātabbaṃ, no ce sampādeti ‘‘vicināhi āvuso’’ti vattabbo. Tamhā āvāsā pakkamantena ye tattha honti bhikkhū patirūpā, tesaṃ hatthe nikkhipitvā pakkamitabbaṃ. No ce honti bhikkhū patirūpā, ye tattha honti gahapatikā patirūpā, tesaṃ hatthe nikkhipitvā pakkamitabbaṃ.

Ayaṃ tattha sāmīcīti ayaṃ tattha anudhammatā.

507. Anāpatti ratanaṃ vā ratanasammataṃ vā ajjhārāme vā ajjhāvasathe vā uggahetvā vā uggahāpetvā vā nikkhipati – ‘‘yassa bhavissati so harissatī’’ti, ratanasammataṃ vissāsaṃ gaṇhāti, tāvakālikaṃ gaṇhāti, paṃsukūlasaññissa, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Ratanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dutiyaṃ.

3. Vikālagāmappavisanasikkhāpadaṃ

508. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū vikāle gāmaṃ pavisitvā sabhāyaṃ nisīditvā anekavihitaṃ tiracchānakathaṃ kathenti, seyyathidaṃ – [imā tiracchānakathāyo dī. 1.17; ma. ni. 2.223; saṃ. ni. ; a. ni. 

504.当时,在迦尸国有一个属于给孤独长者的工作村。那个长者嘱咐他的学徒说:"如果尊者们来了,就准备食物。"当时,有许多比丘在迦尸国游行,来到给孤独长者的工作村。那个人远远地看到那些比丘走来。看到后就去那些比丘那里,到了之后礼敬那些比丘,这样说:"尊者们,请接受明天在长者家的供养。"那些比丘以沉默表示接受。然后那个人在那夜过后准备了美味的硬食软食,通知时间到了,摘下戒指,供养那些比丘食物后说:"尊者们吃完后请离开,我也要去工作了。"忘记戒指就走了。比丘们看到后想:"如果我们离开,这个戒指就会丢失",就留在那里。然后那个人从工作回来,看到那些比丘后这样说:"尊者们,为什么还留在这里?"然后那些比丘把这件事告诉那个人,去舍卫城后把这件事告诉比丘们。比丘们把这件事告诉世尊。然后世尊因这缘起、因这事件说了法语后对比丘们说:"比丘们,我允许在精舍内或住处内拿起或叫人拿起宝物或被认为是宝物的东西保管,'谁的东西谁会来拿走'。"比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
505."若比丘除了在精舍内或住处内,拿起或叫人拿起宝物或被认为是宝物的东西,犯波逸提罪。比丘应当在精舍内或住处内拿起或叫人拿起宝物或被认为是宝物的东西保管,'谁的东西谁会来拿走'。这是这里的正确做法。"
506.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...这是在此含义中所指的比丘。
宝物是指珍珠、宝石、琉璃、贝壳、石头、珊瑚、白银、黄金、红宝石、猫眼石。
被认为是宝物的东西是指人们使用的东西,这被称为被认为是宝物的东西。
除了在精舍内或住处内是指除了精舍和住处。
精舍是指有围墙的精舍内部,没有围墙的周围区域。
住处是指有围墙的住处内部,没有围墙的周围区域。
拿起是指自己拿,犯波逸提罪。
叫人拿起是指叫别人拿,犯波逸提罪。
比丘应当在精舍内或住处内拿起或叫人拿起宝物或被认为是宝物的东西保管是指记下形状或标记后保管,应当告知:"谁丢失东西谁来拿。"如果有人来,应当这样问他:"朋友,你丢失的是什么样的东西?"如果形状或标记符合就给他,如果不符合就说:"朋友,你找找看。"离开那个住处时,如果那里有适合的比丘,应当交给他们保管后离开。如果没有适合的比丘,应当交给那里适合的居士保管后离开。
这是这里的正确做法是指这是这里的适当做法。
507.无罪的情况:在精舍内或住处内拿起或叫人拿起宝物或被认为是宝物的东西保管,'谁的东西谁会来拿走',认为是被认为是宝物的东西而亲近拿取,暂时拿取,认为是废弃物,精神错乱者,最初的犯戒者。
宝物学处第二结束。
3.非时入村学处
508.那时,佛陀住在舍卫城(现在的夏希特-默赫特)祇树给孤独园。当时,六群比丘在非时进入村庄,坐在集会所里谈论各种无益的闲谈,即[这些无益的闲谈在长部1.17;中部2.223;相应部;增支部

10.69] rājakathaṃ corakathaṃ mahāmattakathaṃ senākathaṃ bhayakathaṃ yuddhakathaṃ annakathaṃ pānakathaṃ vatthakathaṃ sayanakathaṃ mālākathaṃ gandhakathaṃ ñātikathaṃ yānakathaṃ gāmakathaṃ nigamakathaṃ nagarakathaṃ janapadakathaṃ itthikathaṃ [itthikathaṃ purisakathaṃ (ka.) majjhimapaṇṇāsaṭṭhakathā 156 piṭṭhe oloketabbā] sūrakathaṃ visikhākathaṃ kumbhaṭṭhānakathaṃ pubbapetakathaṃ nānattakathaṃ lokakkhāyikaṃ samuddakkhāyikaṃ itibhavābhavakathaṃ iti vā. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā vikāle gāmaṃ pavisitvā sabhāyaṃ nisīditvā anekavihitaṃ tiracchānakathaṃ kathessanti, seyyathidaṃ – rājakathaṃ corakathaṃ…pe… itibhavābhavakathaṃ iti vā, seyyathāpi gihī kāmabhogino’’ti!

Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū vikāle gāmaṃ pavisitvā sabhāyaṃ nisīditvā anekavihitaṃ tiracchānakathaṃ kathessanti, seyyathidaṃ – rājakathaṃ corakathaṃ…pe… itibhavābhavakathaṃ iti vā’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, vikāle gāmaṃ pavisitvā sabhāyaṃ nisīditvā anekavihitaṃ tiracchānakathaṃ kathetha, seyyathidaṃ – rājakathaṃ corakathaṃ…pe… itibhavābhavakathaṃ iti vāti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, vikāle gāmaṃ pavisitvā sabhāyaṃ nisīditvā anekavihitaṃ tiracchānakathaṃ kathessatha, seyyathidaṃ – rājakathaṃ corakathaṃ…pe… itibhavābhavakathaṃ iti vā! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

‘‘Yopana bhikkhu vikāle gāmaṃ paviseyya, pācittiya’’nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

509. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū kosalesu janapade sāvatthiṃ gacchantā sāyaṃ aññataraṃ gāmaṃ upagacchiṃsu. Manussā te bhikkhū passitvā etadavocuṃ – ‘‘pavisatha, bhante’’ti . Atha kho te bhikkhū – ‘‘bhagavatā paṭikkhittaṃ vikāle gāmaṃ pavisitu’’nti kukkuccāyantā na pavisiṃsu. Corā te bhikkhū acchindiṃsu. Atha kho te bhikkhū sāvatthiṃ gantvā bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, āpucchā vikāle gāmaṃ pavisituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

‘‘Yopana bhikkhu anāpucchā vikāle gāmaṃ paviseyya, pācittiya’’nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

510. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu kosalesu janapade sāvatthiṃ gacchanto sāyaṃ aññataraṃ gāmaṃ upagacchi. Manussā taṃ bhikkhuṃ passitvā etadavocuṃ – ‘‘pavisatha, bhante’’ti. Atha kho so bhikkhu – ‘‘bhagavatā paṭikkhittaṃ anāpucchā vikāle gāmaṃ pavisitu’’nti kukkuccāyanto na pāvisi. Corā taṃ bhikkhuṃ acchindiṃsu. Atha kho so bhikkhu sāvatthiṃ gantvā bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, santaṃ bhikkhuṃ āpucchā vikāle gāmaṃ pavisituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu santaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchā vikāle gāmaṃ paviseyya, pācittiya’’nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

511. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu ahinā daṭṭho hoti. Aññataro bhikkhu ‘‘aggiṃ āharissāmī’’ti gāmaṃ gacchati. Atha kho so bhikkhu – ‘‘bhagavatā paṭikkhittaṃ santaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchā vikāle gāmaṃ pavisitu’’nti kukkuccāyanto na pāvisi…pe… bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ . Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tathārūpe accāyike karaṇīye santaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchā vikāle gāmaṃ pavisituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –



10.69]谈论国王、盗贼、大臣、军队、恐惧、战争、食物、饮料、衣服、床具、花环、香料、亲属、车乘、村庄、市镇、城市、国土、女人[女人、男人(有些版本)]、英雄、街道、井边、祖先、各种事、世界起源、海洋起源、有无等等。人们抱怨、批评、指责说:"为什么释迦子沙门在非时进入村庄,坐在**所里谈论各种无益的闲谈,即谈论国王、盗贼...有无等等,就像在家享受欲乐的人一样!"
比丘们听到那些人抱怨、批评、指责。那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批评、指责说:"为什么六群比丘在非时进入村庄,坐在所里谈论各种无益的闲谈,即谈论国王、盗贼...有无等等?"...(他们)问:"比丘们,你们是否真的在非时进入村庄,坐在所里谈论各种无益的闲谈,即谈论国王、盗贼...有无等等?"(六群比丘说:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥说...:"愚人,为什么你们在非时进入村庄,坐在**所里谈论各种无益的闲谈,即谈论国王、盗贼...有无等等!愚人,这不会使不信者生信..."比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
"若比丘在非时进入村庄,犯波逸提罪。"
世尊为比丘们制定了这条学处。
509.当时,有许多比丘在拘萨罗国**去舍卫城,傍晚来到一个村庄。人们看到那些比丘后这样说:"尊者们,请进来。"然后那些比丘想:"世尊禁止在非时进入村庄",犹豫不决不进去。盗贼抢劫了那些比丘。然后那些比丘去舍卫城后把这件事告诉比丘们。比丘们把这件事告诉世尊。然后世尊因这缘起、因这事件说了法语后对比丘们说:"比丘们,我允许告知后在非时进入村庄。比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
"若比丘不告知在非时进入村庄,犯波逸提罪。"
世尊为比丘们制定了这条学处。
510.当时,有一个比丘在拘萨罗国**去舍卫城,傍晚来到一个村庄。人们看到那个比丘后这样说:"尊者,请进来。"然后那个比丘想:"世尊禁止不告知在非时进入村庄",犹豫不决不进去。盗贼抢劫了那个比丘。然后那个比丘去舍卫城后把这件事告诉比丘们。比丘们把这件事告诉世尊。然后世尊因这缘起、因这事件说了法语后对比丘们说:"比丘们,我允许有比丘在时告知后在非时进入村庄。比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
"若比丘有比丘在时不告知在非时进入村庄,犯波逸提罪。"
世尊为比丘们制定了这条学处。
511.当时,有一个比丘被蛇咬了。另一个比丘说"我去拿火来"就去村庄。然后那个比丘想:"世尊禁止有比丘在时不告知在非时进入村庄",犹豫不决不进去...把这件事告诉世尊。然后世尊因这缘起、因这事件说了法语后对比丘们说:"比丘们,我允许在这样的紧急情况下有比丘在时不告知在非时进入村庄。比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:

512.‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu santaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchā vikāle gāmaṃ paviseyya, aññatra tathārūpā accāyikā karaṇīyā, pācittiya’’nti.

513.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Santo nāma bhikkhu sakkā hoti āpucchā pavisituṃ.

Asanto nāma bhikkhu na sakkā hoti āpucchā pavisituṃ.

Vikālo nāma majjhanhike vītivatte yāva aruṇuggamanā.

Gāmaṃ paviseyyāti parikkhittassa gāmassa parikkhepaṃ atikkamantassa āpatti pācittiyassa. Aparikkhittassa gāmassa upacāraṃ okkamantassa āpatti pācittiyassa.

Aññatra tathārūpā accāyikā karaṇīyāti ṭhapetvā tathārūpaṃ accāyikaṃ karaṇīyaṃ.

514. Vikāle vikālasaññī santaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchā gāmaṃ pavisati, aññatra tathārūpā accāyikā karaṇīyā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Vikāle vematiko santaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchā gāmaṃ pavisati, aññatra tathārūpā accāyikā karaṇīyā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Vikāle kālasaññī santaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchā gāmaṃ pavisati, aññatra tathārūpā accāyikā karaṇīyā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Kāle vikālasaññī , āpatti dukkaṭassa. Kāle vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Kāle kālasaññī, anāpatti.

515. Anāpatti tathārūpe accāyike karaṇīye, santaṃ bhikkhuṃ āpucchā pavisati, asantaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchā pavisati, antarārāmaṃ gacchati, bhikkhunupassayaṃ gacchati, titthiyaseyyaṃ gacchati, paṭikkamanaṃ gacchati, gāmena maggo hoti, āpadāsu, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Vikālagāmappavisanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ tatiyaṃ.

4. Sūcigharasikkhāpadaṃ

516. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṃ nigrodhārāme. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarena dantakārena bhikkhū pavāritā honti – ‘‘yesaṃ ayyānaṃ sūcigharena attho ahaṃ sūcigharenā’’ti. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū bahū sūcighare viññāpenti. Yesaṃ khuddakā sūcigharā te mahante sūcighare viññāpenti. Yesaṃ mahantā sūcigharā te khuddake sūcighare viññāpenti. Atha kho so dantakāro bhikkhūnaṃ bahū sūcighare karonto na sakkoti aññaṃ vikkāyikaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ kātuṃ, attanāpi na yāpeti, puttadāropissa kilamati. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā na mattaṃ jānitvā bahū sūcighare viññāpessanti! Ayaṃ imesaṃ bahū sūcighare karonto na sakkoti aññaṃ vikkāyikaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ kātuṃ, attanāpi na yāpeti, puttadāropissa kilamatī’’ti. Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhū na mattaṃ jānitvā bahū sūcighare viññāpessantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na mattaṃ jānitvā bahū sūcighare viññāpentīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma te, bhikkhave, moghapurisā na mattaṃ jānitvā bahū sūcighare viññāpessanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

517.‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu aṭṭhimayaṃ vā dantamayaṃ vā visāṇamayaṃ vā sūcigharaṃ kārāpeyya bhedanakaṃ, pācittiya’’nti.

518.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Aṭṭhi nāma yaṃ kiñci aṭṭhi.

Danto nāma hatthidanto vuccati.

Visāṇaṃ nāma yaṃ kiñci visāṇaṃ.

Kārāpeyyāti karoti vā kārāpeti vā, payoge dukkaṭaṃ. Paṭilābhena bhinditvā pācittiyaṃ desetabbaṃ.

519. Attanā vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Attanā vippakataṃ parehi pariyosāpeti [pariyosāvāpeti (ka.)], āpatti pācittiyassa . Parehi vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Parehi vippakataṃ parehi pariyosāpeti [pariyosāvāpeti (ka.)], āpatti pācittiyassa.

Aññassatthāya karoti vā kārāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Aññena kataṃ paṭilabhitvā paribhuñjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

520. Anāpatti gaṇṭhikāya [gaṇḍikāya (syā.)], araṇike, vidhe [vīṭhe (sī.), vīthe (syā.)], añjaniyā, añjanisalākāya, vāsijaṭe, udakapuñchaniyā, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Sūcigharasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ catutthaṃ.

5. Mañcapīṭhasikkhāpadaṃ



512."若比丘有比丘在时不告知在非时进入村庄,除了这样的紧急情况,犯波逸提罪。"
513.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...这是在此含义中所指的比丘。
有(比丘)是指可以告知后进入。
无(比丘)是指不可以告知后进入。
非时是指从中午过后到黎明。
进入村庄是指越过有围墙的村庄的围墙,犯波逸提罪。进入没有围墙的村庄的周围区域,犯波逸提罪。
除了这样的紧急情况是指除了这样的紧急事务。
514.如果认为是非时的非时,有比丘在时不告知进入村庄,除了这样的紧急情况,犯波逸提罪。如果怀疑是否非时,有比丘在时不告知进入村庄,除了这样的紧急情况,犯波逸提罪。如果认为是时的非时,有比丘在时不告知进入村庄,除了这样的紧急情况,犯波逸提罪。
如果认为是非时的时,犯突吉罗罪。如果怀疑是否时,犯突吉罗罪。如果认为是时的时,无罪。
515.无罪的情况:这样的紧急情况,有比丘在时告知后进入,无比丘在时不告知进入,去中间的精舍,去比丘尼住处,去外道住处,去厕所,村庄是路径,危难时,精神错乱者,最初的犯戒者。
非时入村学处第三结束。
4.针筒学处
516.那时,佛陀住在释迦族的迦毗罗卫城(现在的蒂劳拉科特)尼拘律园。当时,有一个牙匠邀请比丘们说:"尊者们需要针筒的我(供养)针筒。"当时,比丘们要求很多针筒。那些有小针筒的要求大针筒。那些有大针筒的要求小针筒。然后那个牙匠为比丘们做很多针筒,不能做其他可卖的物品,自己也无法维生,他的妻子儿女也受苦。人们抱怨、批评、指责说:"为什么释迦子沙门不知适量地要求很多针筒!这个人为他们做很多针筒,不能做其他可卖的物品,自己也无法维生,他的妻子儿女也受苦。"比丘们听到那些人抱怨、批评、指责。那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批评、指责说:"为什么比丘们不知适量地要求很多针筒?"...(他们)问:"比丘们,你们是否真的不知适量地要求很多针筒?"(比丘们说:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥说...:"比丘们,为什么那些愚人不知适量地要求很多针筒!比丘们,这不会使不信者生信..."比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
517."若比丘使人做骨制、牙制或角制的针筒,可破坏的,犯波逸提罪。"
518.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...这是在此含义中所指的比丘。
骨是指任何骨头。
牙是指象牙。
角是指任何角。
使人做是指自己做或叫人做,在过程中犯突吉罗罪。获得后应当破坏并忏悔波逸提罪。
519.自己未完成的自己完成,犯波逸提罪。自己未完成的叫别人完成,犯波逸提罪。别人未完成的自己完成,犯波逸提罪。别人未完成的叫别人完成,犯波逸提罪。
为他人做或叫人做,犯突吉罗罪。获得他人做的使用,犯突吉罗罪。
520.无罪的情况:纽扣、火钻、钻子、眼药盒、眼药棒、刀柄、擦水布,精神错乱者,最初的犯戒者。
针筒学处第四结束。
5.床椅学处

521. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā upanando sakyaputto ucce mañce sayati. Atha kho bhagavā sambahulehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ senāsanacārikaṃ āhiṇḍanto yenāyasmato upanandassa sakyaputtassa vihāro tenupasaṅkami. Addasā kho āyasmā upanando sakyaputto bhagavantaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ. Disvāna bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘āgacchatu me, bhante, bhagavā sayanaṃ passatū’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā tatova paṭinivattitvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘āsayato, bhikkhave, moghapuriso veditabbo’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ upanandaṃ sakyaputtaṃ anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā dubbharatāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

522.‘‘Navaṃ pana bhikkhunā mañcaṃ vā pīṭhaṃ vā kārayamānena aṭṭhaṅgulapādakaṃ kāretabbaṃ sugataṅgulena, aññatra heṭṭhimāya aṭaniyā; taṃ atikkāmayato chedanakaṃ pācittiya’’nti.

523.Navaṃ nāma karaṇaṃ upādāya vuccati.

Mañco nāma cattāro mañcā – masārako, bundikābaddho, kuḷīrapādako, āhaccapādako.

Pīṭhaṃ nāma cattāri pīṭhāni – masārakaṃ, bundikābaddhaṃ, kuḷīrapādakaṃ, āhaccapādakaṃ.

Kārayamānenāti karonto vā kārāpento vā.

Aṭṭhaṅgulapādakaṃkāretabbaṃ sugataṅgulena, aññatra heṭṭhimāyaaṭaniyāti ṭhapetvā heṭṭhimaṃ aṭaniṃ; taṃ atikkāmetvā karoti vā kārāpeti vā, payoge dukkaṭaṃ, paṭilābhena chinditvā pācittiyaṃ desetabbaṃ.

524. Attanā vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Attanā vippakataṃ parehi pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Parehi vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Parehi vippakataṃ parehi pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Aññassatthāya karoti vā kārāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Aññena kataṃ paṭilabhitvā paribhuñjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

525. Anāpatti pamāṇikaṃ karoti, ūnakaṃ karoti, aññena kataṃ pamāṇātikkantaṃ paṭilabhitvā chinditvā paribhuñjati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Mañcapīṭhasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ pañcamaṃ.

6. Tūlonaddhasikkhāpadaṃ

526. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū mañcampi pīṭhampi tūlonaddhaṃ kārāpenti. Manussā vihāracārikaṃ āhiṇḍantā passitvā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā mañcampi pīṭhampi tūlonaddhaṃ kārāpessanti, seyyathāpi gihī kāmabhogino’’ti ! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū mañcampi pīṭhampi tūlonaddhaṃ kārāpessantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, mañcampi pīṭhampi tūlonaddhaṃ kārāpethāti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, mañcampi pīṭhampi tūlonaddhaṃ kārāpessatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

527.‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu mañcaṃ vā pīṭhaṃ vā tūlonaddhaṃ kārāpeyya, uddālanakaṃ pācittiya’’nti.

528.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Mañco nāma cattāro mañcā – masārako, bundikābaddho, kuḷīrapādako, āhaccapādako.

Pīṭhaṃ nāma cattāri pīṭhāni – masārakaṃ, bundikābaddhaṃ, kuḷīrapādakaṃ, āhaccapādakaṃ.

Tūlaṃ nāma tīṇi tūlāni – rukkhatūlaṃ, latātūlaṃ, poṭakitūlaṃ.

Kārāpeyyāti karoti vā kārāpeti vā, payoge dukkaṭaṃ. Paṭilābhena uddāletvā pācittiyaṃ desetabbaṃ.

529. Attanā vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Attanā vippakataṃ parehi pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Parehi vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Parehi vippakataṃ parehi pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Aññassatthāya karoti vā kārāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Aññena kataṃ paṭilabhitvā paribhuñjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.



521.那时,佛陀住在舍卫城(现在的夏希特-默赫特)祇树给孤独园。当时,尊者优波难陀释迦子睡在高床上。然后世尊与许多比丘一起巡视住处,来到尊者优波难陀释迦子的住处。尊者优波难陀释迦子远远地看到世尊走来。看到后对世尊这样说:"世尊,请来看我的床。"然后世尊从那里回去后对比丘们说:"比丘们,从居处可以知道愚人。"然后世尊以多种方式呵斥尊者优波难陀释迦子难养...比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
522."若比丘使人做新床或椅,应当做八指高的脚,用善逝指,除了底部横木;超过的应当切断,犯波逸提罪。"
523.新是指从制作开始称为。
床是指四种床:有脚的、捆绑的、弯脚的、可拆卸的。
椅是指四种椅:有脚的、捆绑的、弯脚的、可拆卸的。
使人做是指自己做或叫人做。
应当做八指高的脚,用善逝指,除了底部横木是指除了底部横木;超过那个做或叫人做,在过程中犯突吉罗罪,获得后应当切断并忏悔波逸提罪。
524.自己未完成的自己完成,犯波逸提罪。自己未完成的叫别人完成,犯波逸提罪。别人未完成的自己完成,犯波逸提罪。别人未完成的叫别人完成,犯波逸提罪。
为他人做或叫人做,犯突吉罗罪。获得他人做的使用,犯突吉罗罪。
525.无罪的情况:做标准尺寸的,做小于标准尺寸的,获得他人做的超过标准尺寸的切断后使用,精神错乱者,最初的犯戒者。
床椅学处第五结束。
6.棉花垫学处
526.那时,佛陀住在舍卫城(现在的夏希特-默赫特)祇树给孤独园。当时,六群比丘使人做棉花垫的床和椅。人们参观精舍时看到后抱怨、批评、指责说:"为什么释迦子沙门使人做棉花垫的床和椅,就像在家享受欲乐的人一样!"比丘们听到那些人抱怨、批评、指责。那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批评、指责说:"为什么六群比丘使人做棉花垫的床和椅?"...(他们)问:"比丘们,你们是否真的使人做棉花垫的床和椅?"(六群比丘说:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥说...:"愚人,为什么你们使人做棉花垫的床和椅!愚人,这不会使不信者生信..."比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
527."若比丘使人做棉花垫的床或椅,应当拆除,犯波逸提罪。"
528.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...这是在此含义中所指的比丘。
床是指四种床:有脚的、捆绑的、弯脚的、可拆卸的。
椅是指四种椅:有脚的、捆绑的、弯脚的、可拆卸的。
棉花是指三种棉花:树棉、藤棉、草棉。
使人做是指自己做或叫人做,在过程中犯突吉罗罪。获得后应当拆除并忏悔波逸提罪。
529.自己未完成的自己完成,犯波逸提罪。自己未完成的叫别人完成,犯波逸提罪。别人未完成的自己完成,犯波逸提罪。别人未完成的叫别人完成,犯波逸提罪。
为他人做或叫人做,犯突吉罗罪。获得他人做的使用,犯突吉罗罪。

530. Anāpatti āyoge, kāyabandhane, aṃsabaddhake, pattathavikāya, parissāvane, bibbohanaṃ karoti, aññena kataṃ paṭilabhitvā uddāletvā paribhuñjati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Tūlonaddhasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ.

7. Nisīdanasikkhāpadaṃ

531. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ nisīdanaṃ anuññātaṃ hoti. Chabbaggiyā bhikkhū – ‘‘bhagavatā nisīdanaṃ anuññāta’’nti appamāṇikāni nisīdanāni dhārenti. Mañcassapi pīṭhassapi puratopi pacchatopi olambenti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū appamāṇikāni nisīdanāni dhāressantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, appamāṇikāni nisīdanāni dhārethāti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, appamāṇikāni nisīdanāni dhāressatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

‘‘Nisīdanaṃ pana bhikkhunā kārayamānena pamāṇikaṃ kāretabbaṃ. Tatridaṃ pamāṇaṃ – dīghaso dve vidatthiyo, sugatavidatthiyā; tiriyaṃ diyaḍḍhaṃ. Taṃ atikkāmayato chedanakaṃ pācittiya’’nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

532. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā udāyī mahākāyo hoti. So bhagavato purato nisīdanaṃ paññapetvā samantato samañchamāno nisīdati. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ udāyiṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kissa tvaṃ, udāyi, nisīdanaṃ samantato samañchasi; seyyathāpi purāṇāsikoṭṭho’’ti? ‘‘Tathā hi pana, bhante, bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ atikhuddakaṃ nisīdanaṃ anuññāta’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, nisīdanassa dasaṃ vidatthiṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

533.‘‘Nisīdanaṃ pana bhikkhunā kārayamānena pamāṇikaṃ kāretabbaṃ. Tatridaṃ pamāṇaṃ – dīghaso dve vidatthiyo, sugatavidatthiyā; tiriyaṃ diyaḍḍhaṃ. Dasā vidatthi. Taṃ atikkāmayato chedanakaṃ pācittiya’’nti.

534.Nisīdanaṃ nāma sadasaṃ vuccati.

Kārayamānenāti karonto vā kārāpento vā pamāṇikaṃ kāretabbaṃ. Tatridaṃ pamāṇaṃ – dīghaso dve vidatthiyo, sugatavidatthiyā; tiriyaṃ diyaḍḍhaṃ. Dasā vidatthi. Taṃ atikkāmetvā karoti vā kārāpeti vā, payoge dukkaṭaṃ. Paṭilābhena chinditvā pācittiyaṃ desetabbaṃ.

535. Attanā vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Attanā vippakataṃ parehi pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Parehi vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Parehi vippakataṃ parehi pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Aññassatthāya karoti vā kārāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Aññena kataṃ paṭilabhitvā paribhuñjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

536. Anāpatti pamāṇikaṃ karoti, ūnakaṃ karoti, aññena kataṃ pamāṇātikkantaṃ paṭilabhitvā chinditvā paribhuñjati, vitānaṃ vā bhūmattharaṇaṃ vā sāṇipākāraṃ vā bhisiṃ vā bibbohanaṃ vā karoti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Nisīdanasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ sattamaṃ.

8. Kaṇḍuppaṭicchādisikkhāpadaṃ

537. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ kaṇḍuppaṭicchādi anuññātā hoti . Chabbaggiyā bhikkhū – ‘‘bhagavatā kaṇḍuppaṭicchādi anuññātā’’ti appamāṇikāyo kaṇḍuppaṭicchādiyo dhārenti; puratopi pacchatopi ākaḍḍhantā āhiṇḍanti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū appamāṇikāyo kaṇḍuppaṭicchādiyo dhāressantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, appamāṇikāyo kaṇḍuppaṭicchādiyo dhārethāti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, appamāṇikāyo kaṇḍuppaṭicchādiyo dhāressatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –



530.无罪的情况:做腰带、肩带、钵袋、滤水器、枕头,获得他人做的拆除后使用,精神错乱者,最初的犯戒者。
棉花垫学处第六结束。
7.坐具学处
531.那时,佛陀住在舍卫城(现在的夏希特-默赫特)祇树给孤独园。当时,世尊允许比丘们使用坐具。六群比丘想:"世尊允许使用坐具",就使用不合尺寸的坐具。他们让坐具在床和椅的前后悬挂下来。那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批评、指责说:"为什么六群比丘使用不合尺寸的坐具?"...(他们)问:"比丘们,你们是否真的使用不合尺寸的坐具?"(六群比丘说:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥说...:"愚人,为什么你们使用不合尺寸的坐具!愚人,这不会使不信者生信..."比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
"若比丘使人做坐具,应当做合尺寸的。这里的尺寸是:长两善逝张手,宽一个半。超过的应当切断,犯波逸提罪。"
世尊为比丘们制定了这条学处。
532.当时,尊者优陀夷身材高大。他在世尊面前铺设坐具,四周拉伸着坐下。然后世尊对尊者优陀夷这样说:"优陀夷,你为什么四周拉伸坐具?就像旧皮革一样。""世尊,因为世尊允许比丘们使用太小的坐具。"然后世尊因这缘起、因这事件说了法语后对比丘们说:"比丘们,我允许坐具有一张手的延伸部分。比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
533."若比丘使人做坐具,应当做合尺寸的。这里的尺寸是:长两善逝张手,宽一个半。延伸部分一张手。超过的应当切断,犯波逸提罪。"
534.坐具是指有延伸部分的。
使人做是指自己做或叫人做应当做合尺寸的。这里的尺寸是:长两善逝张手,宽一个半。延伸部分一张手。超过那个做或叫人做,在过程中犯突吉罗罪。获得后应当切断并忏悔波逸提罪。
535.自己未完成的自己完成,犯波逸提罪。自己未完成的叫别人完成,犯波逸提罪。别人未完成的自己完成,犯波逸提罪。别人未完成的叫别人完成,犯波逸提罪。
为他人做或叫人做,犯突吉罗罪。获得他人做的使用,犯突吉罗罪。
536.无罪的情况:做标准尺寸的,做小于标准尺寸的,获得他人做的超过标准尺寸的切断后使用,做天篷、地毯、墙帘、垫子、枕头,精神错乱者,最初的犯戒者。
坐具学处第七结束。
8.疥疮衣学处
537.那时,佛陀住在舍卫城(现在的夏希特-默赫特)祇树给孤独园。当时,世尊允许比丘们使用疥疮衣。六群比丘想:"世尊允许使用疥疮衣",就使用不合尺寸的疥疮衣;前后拉扯着走来走去。那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批评、指责说:"为什么六群比丘使用不合尺寸的疥疮衣?"...(他们)问:"比丘们,你们是否真的使用不合尺寸的疥疮衣?"(六群比丘说:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥说...:"愚人,为什么你们使用不合尺寸的疥疮衣!愚人,这不会使不信者生信..."比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:

538.‘‘Kaṇḍuppaṭicchādiṃ pana bhikkhunā kārayamānena pamāṇikā kāretabbā. Tatridaṃ pamāṇaṃ – dīghaso catasso vidatthiyo, sugatavidatthiyā; tiriyaṃ dve vidatthiyo. Taṃ atikkāmayato chedanakaṃ pācittiya’’nti.

539.Kaṇḍuppaṭicchādi nāma yassa adhonābhi ubbhajāṇumaṇḍalaṃ kaṇḍu vā pīḷakā vā assāvo vā thullakacchu vā ābādho, tassa paṭicchādanatthāya.

Kārayamānenāti karonto vā kārāpento vā . Pamāṇikā kāretabbā. Tatridaṃ pamāṇaṃ – dīghaso catasso vidatthiyo, sugatavidatthiyā; tiriyaṃ dve vidatthiyo. Taṃ atikkāmetvā karoti vā kārāpeti vā, payoge dukkaṭaṃ. Paṭilābhena chinditvā pācittiyaṃ desetabbaṃ.

540. Attanā vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Attanā vippakataṃ parehi pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Parehi vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Parehi vippakataṃ parehi pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Aññassatthāya karoti vā kārāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Aññena kataṃ paṭilabhitvā paribhuñjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

541. Anāpatti pamāṇikaṃ karoti, ūnakaṃ karoti, aññena kataṃ pamāṇātikkantaṃ paṭilabhitvā chinditvā paribhuñjati, vitānaṃ vā bhūmattharaṇaṃ vā sāṇipākāraṃ vā bhisiṃ vā bibbohanaṃ vā karoti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Kaṇḍuppaṭicchādisikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ.

9. Vassikasāṭikāsikkhāpadaṃ

542. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ vassikasāṭikā anuññātā hoti. Chabbaggiyā bhikkhū – ‘‘bhagavatā vassikasāṭikā anuññātā’’ti appamāṇikāyo vassikasāṭikāyo dhārenti. Puratopi pacchatopi ākaḍḍhantā āhiṇḍanti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū appamāṇikāyo vassikasāṭikāyo dhāressantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, appamāṇikāyo vassikasāṭikāyo dhārethāti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, appamāṇikāyo vassikasāṭikāyo dhāressatha! Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

543.‘‘Vassikasāṭikaṃ pana bhikkhunā kārayamānena pamāṇikā kāretabbā. Tatridaṃ pamāṇaṃ – dīghaso cha vidatthiyo, sugatavidatthiyā; tiriyaṃ aḍḍhateyyā. Taṃ atikkāmayato chedanakaṃ pācittiya’’nti.

544.Vassikasāṭikā nāma vassānassa catumāsatthāya.

Kārayamānenāti karonto vā kārāpento vā. Pamāṇikā kāretabbā . Tatridaṃ pamāṇaṃ – dīghaso cha vidatthiyo, sugatavidatthiyā; tiriyaṃ aḍḍhateyyā. Taṃ atikkāmetvā karoti vā kārāpeti vā, payoge dukkaṭaṃ. Paṭilābhena chinditvā pācittiyaṃ desetabbaṃ.

545. Attanā vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Attanā vippakataṃ parehi pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Parehi vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Parehi vippakataṃ parehi pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Aññassatthāya karoti vā kārāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Aññena kataṃ paṭilabhitvā paribhuñjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

546. Anāpatti pamāṇikaṃ karoti, ūnakaṃ karoti, aññena kataṃ pamāṇātikkantaṃ paṭilabhitvā chinditvā paribhuñjati, vitānaṃ vā bhūmattharaṇaṃ vā sāṇipākāraṃ vā bhisiṃ vā bibbohanaṃ vā karoti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Vassikasāṭikāsikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ navamaṃ.

10. Nandasikkhāpadaṃ



538."若比丘使人做疥疮衣,应当做合尺寸的。这里的尺寸是:长四善逝张手,宽两张手。超过的应当切断,犯波逸提罪。"
539.疥疮衣是指为了遮盖从脐以下到膝盖以上有疥疮、疖子、流脓、大痒或疾病的部位。
使人做是指自己做或叫人做。应当做合尺寸的。这里的尺寸是:长四善逝张手,宽两张手。超过那个做或叫人做,在过程中犯突吉罗罪。获得后应当切断并忏悔波逸提罪。
540.自己未完成的自己完成,犯波逸提罪。自己未完成的叫别人完成,犯波逸提罪。别人未完成的自己完成,犯波逸提罪。别人未完成的叫别人完成,犯波逸提罪。
为他人做或叫人做,犯突吉罗罪。获得他人做的使用,犯突吉罗罪。
541.无罪的情况:做标准尺寸的,做小于标准尺寸的,获得他人做的超过标准尺寸的切断后使用,做天篷、地毯、墙帘、垫子、枕头,精神错乱者,最初的犯戒者。
疥疮衣学处第八结束。
9.雨浴衣学处
542.那时,佛陀住在舍卫城(现在的夏希特-默赫特)祇树给孤独园。当时,世尊允许比丘们使用雨浴衣。六群比丘想:"世尊允许使用雨浴衣",就使用不合尺寸的雨浴衣。前后拉扯着走来走去。那些少欲知足的比丘...抱怨、批评、指责说:"为什么六群比丘使用不合尺寸的雨浴衣?"...(他们)问:"比丘们,你们是否真的使用不合尺寸的雨浴衣?"(六群比丘说:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥说...:"愚人,为什么你们使用不合尺寸的雨浴衣!愚人,这不会使不信者生信..."比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
543."若比丘使人做雨浴衣,应当做合尺寸的。这里的尺寸是:长六善逝张手,宽两个半。超过的应当切断,犯波逸提罪。"
544.雨浴衣是指为雨季四个月使用的。
使人做是指自己做或叫人做。应当做合尺寸的。这里的尺寸是:长六善逝张手,宽两个半。超过那个做或叫人做,在过程中犯突吉罗罪。获得后应当切断并忏悔波逸提罪。
545.自己未完成的自己完成,犯波逸提罪。自己未完成的叫别人完成,犯波逸提罪。别人未完成的自己完成,犯波逸提罪。别人未完成的叫别人完成,犯波逸提罪。
为他人做或叫人做,犯突吉罗罪。获得他人做的使用,犯突吉罗罪。
546.无罪的情况:做标准尺寸的,做小于标准尺寸的,获得他人做的超过标准尺寸的切断后使用,做天篷、地毯、墙帘、垫子、枕头,精神错乱者,最初的犯戒者。
雨浴衣学处第九结束。
10.难陀学处

547. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā nando bhagavato mātucchāputto abhirūpo hoti dassanīyo pāsādiko caturaṅgulomako bhagavatā [bhagavato (ka.)]. So sugatacīvarappamāṇaṃ cīvaraṃ dhāreti. Addasaṃsu kho therā bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ nandaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ. Disvāna – ‘‘bhagavā āgacchatī’’ti āsanā vuṭṭhahanti. Te upagate jānitvā [upagataṃ sañjānitvā (syā.), upagate sañjānitvā (sī.)] ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma āyasmā nando sugatacīvarappamāṇaṃ cīvaraṃ dhāressatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, nanda, sugatacīvarappamāṇaṃ cīvaraṃ dhāresīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, nanda, sugatacīvarappamāṇaṃ cīvaraṃ dhāressasi! Netaṃ, nanda, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha –

548.‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu sugatacīvarappamāṇaṃ cīvaraṃ kārāpeyya atirekaṃ vā, chedanakaṃ pācittiyaṃ . Tatridaṃ sugatassa sugatacīvarappamāṇaṃ – dīghaso nava vidatthiyo, sugatavidatthiyā; tiriyaṃ cha vidatthiyo. Idaṃ sugatassa sugatacīvarappamāṇa’’nti.

549.Yo panāti yo yādiso…pe… bhikkhūti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

Sugatacīvarappamāṇaṃ[sugatacīvaraṃ (ka.)] nāma dīghaso nava vidatthiyo, sugatavidatthiyā; tiriyaṃ cha vidatthiyo.

Kārāpeyyāti karoti vā kārāpeti vā, payoge dukkaṭaṃ. Paṭilābhena chinditvā pācittiyaṃ desetabbaṃ.

550. Attanā vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Attanā vippakataṃ parehi pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Parehi vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Parehi vippakataṃ parehi pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Aññassatthāya karoti vā kārāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Aññena kataṃ paṭilabhitvā paribhuñjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.



547.那时,佛陀住在舍卫城(现在的夏希特-默赫特)祇树给孤独园。当时,尊者难陀是世尊的姨母之子,容貌端正,令人喜悦,庄严,身高比世尊矮四指。他穿着与善逝衣等尺寸的衣服。长老比丘们远远地看到尊者难陀走来。看到后以为"世尊来了"就从座位站起。他们认出来后抱怨、批评、指责说:"为什么尊者难陀穿着与善逝衣等尺寸的衣服?"...(他们)问:"难陀,你是否真的穿着与善逝衣等尺寸的衣服?"(难陀说:)"是的,世尊。"佛陀呵斥说...:"难陀,为什么你穿着与善逝衣等尺寸的衣服!难陀,这不会使不信者生信..."比丘们,你们应当如此宣说这条学处:
548."若比丘使人做与善逝衣等尺寸或超过的衣服,应当切断,犯波逸提罪。这里善逝的善逝衣尺寸是:长九善逝张手,宽六张手。这是善逝的善逝衣尺寸。"
549.然而,凡是...等等...比丘...等等...这是在此含义中所指的比丘。
善逝衣尺寸是指长九善逝张手,宽六张手。
使人做是指自己做或叫人做,在过程中犯突吉罗罪。获得后应当切断并忏悔波逸提罪。
550.自己未完成的自己完成,犯波逸提罪。自己未完成的叫别人完成,犯波逸提罪。别人未完成的自己完成,犯波逸提罪。别人未完成的叫别人完成,犯波逸提罪。
为他人做或叫人做,犯突吉罗罪。获得他人做的使用,犯突吉罗罪。

551. Anāpatti ūnakaṃ karoti, aññena kataṃ paṭilabhitvā chinditvā paribhuñjati, vitānaṃ vā bhūmattharaṇaṃ vā sāṇipākāraṃ vā bhisiṃ vā bibbohanaṃ vā karoti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassāti.

Nandasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dasamaṃ.

Ratanavaggo [rājavaggo (sī.)] navamo.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Rañño ca ratanaṃ santaṃ, sūci mañcañca tūlikaṃ;

Nisīdanañca kaṇḍuñca, vassikā sugatena cāti.

Uddiṭṭhā kho, āyasmanto, dvenavuti pācittiyā dhammā. Tatthāyasmante pucchāmi – ‘‘kaccittha parisuddhā’’? Dutiyampi pucchāmi – ‘‘kaccittha parisuddhā’’? Tatiyampi pucchāmi – ‘‘kaccittha parisuddhā’’? Parisuddhetthāyasmanto, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmīti.

Khuddakaṃ samattaṃ.

Pācittiyakaṇḍaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

551.无罪的情况:做小于标准尺寸的,获得他人做的切断后使用,做天篷、地毯、墙帘、垫子、枕头,精神错乱者,最初的犯戒者。
难陀学处第十结束。
宝品[王品(有的版本)]第九结束。
其摘要:
国王和宝物、存在、针、床和棉花、
坐具和疥疮、雨浴衣和善逝。
   者们,九十二条波逸提法已经诵出。我问尊者们:"在此是否清净?"我再次问:"在此是否清净?"我第三次问:"在此是否清净?"尊者们在此清净,因此默然,我如是持。
小品结束。
波逸提篇结束。



